Skip to main content

Full text of "German Composition Based on Humorous Stories"

See other formats


Google 



This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on Hbrary shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 

to make the world's books discoverable online. 

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. 

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the 

publisher to a library and finally to you. 

Usage guidelines 

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we liave taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 
We also ask that you: 

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe. 

About Google Book Search 

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 

at |http : //books . google . com/| 



r£mMwmKmmWi^'Ms:;tWi^j^sir 



^ 



t 




BEQUEATHED BY 


n 


1 


(iBeorge ^Uison glcnch 


h' 




©crmantc lanouages aii6 Xiteratureg 


i 


) 


IN THE 




^" 


Hntt*eroit« trf ittlcltiemi, 




1i 


1896-1899. 








_t-.,«.<i>%n'.--'-'^ >■■"'■-■"''■ ^-. J 



•^^y^mM^''^::-Ji:h-^^'^^'^m^'}i^im>^hfi 



:;'^^,-,t'-. •:(::,«' -,vf^''.?Ci^^j-:;ii.sM.i.xj>:^-rt';ift-;t;'.w,v: 



I 




m 



BEQUEATHED BV 

(Heovge ^ilt«0n SencH 

PROFESSOR OF 

Oermanic Xanguages an& Xtteratuces 

IN THE 



4 ^^^^%^' 







1 1 



111 



» 
1/ 



»J 






% 



By miss CARLA WENCKHBACH 

Professor in Wellesley College 

Deutsche Spracblebre. 

Von Carla Wrnckbdach, Professor in Wellesley 
Collefi:e, XX + 404 pp. xamo. I1.12. 

Deuticbei Letebuch. 

Jinthfiltend eine ausfUnrliche Anleitung zur richtigen 
Auhsprfiche des Deutschen, Grimms Gesetz der Laut- 
verHcliiebunff. Bearbeitunfren der deutschen Volks- 
bUcher in senr leichtem Deutscb, Sagen, MKrchen, 
Kabein, Gediclite, Rtttiiel, Themen aus der deutschen 
Lilterutur, Genchichte und Sprachwissenschaft. drama- 
(isierie Mttrclien, u. s. w. Von Carla Whnckbbach, 
l'rofe«Mor in WelleBley College, und Hblbne Wenckb* 
iiArii, xvi -f 3^1 pp> lamo. 80 cents. 

GermAti Compoiition based on Humorous 
Stories. 

Hy Caki.a Wbni KttiiAcn, Professor in Wellesley College. 

Deuticher Anschauungs-Unterricbt. 

Fill* Amerikaner. Rin Hilfsbucli zu Wenckebach- 
Siiirakump'ii *' DeutHche Grammatik." Practisch und 
byHirmiiiiHch gcorUncier Sprachstoff, um Deutsch 
bclinell veriktenen und richtig sprechen zu lernen, 
iiebHt t;iner AnIellung zur Abfassung deutscher Auf- 
hAlxe, Von Caki.a Wknckbbach, Professor in Welles- 
Itiy ('()ll(*i;e, und IIklksb Wunckrbach. xvi -f 451 PP< 
ijuiu. It. 10. 

Die schoensten deutschen Lieder. 

Kino Sunimlung von 300 der hervorragendsten und 
brkanntrHlrn Lieder und Ralladen, 45 Volks- und 
Kiiclirnliader, letztere mit Singstimme und Klavier- 
bfglrituni;, nt'bNt 444 AnfUhrungen aus den Dramen 
(JocthfM, Schlllcrs, Lessings und den Prosawerken 
J fan PuuU. Von Carla Wenckebach, Professor of 
the (foi man Language and Literature in Wellesley Col- 
lt)uo, vind IIklenk Wknckbbach. 363pp. xzmo. $1.20. 
( 1 lit) HHine in half morocco, $a.oo.) 

Deutsche Grammatik fUr Amerikaner. 

Nttcil nni^r ncuen praktischen Methode. Von Carla 
WhNi KKHAtii, Professor of German in Wellesley Col- 
kge. and Josk^ha Schrakamp, Teacher of German, 
Kucl School, New York. Revised Edition, viii-f-998 
pp, lamo. ft, 00. 

Prices net. Postage. 83< additional. 

i'W destri/fioMS^ see ike publishers* Modern Language 
( .i/.«»\y«<#, i-^ntitining over 150 German text-books^ and 
WMt J* 44 on amplication. 

HENRY HOLT & CO. 
Sd W. a3a St., N«w York 378 Wabash Ave., Ohioago 



GERMAN COMPOSITION 

9 1 ^ 9 '^^ 



BASED ON 



HUMOROUS STORIES 



BY 



CARLA WENCKEBACH 

Professor of German in Wellesley College 




NEW YORK 
HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY 

1899 



Copyright, 1899 

BY 

Henry Holt and Co. 



PREFACE. 



This book is intended for students who have had 
some training in elementary German grammar and trans- 
lation. The material is taken from noted German 
humoristis, such as Fritz Renter, Rudolf Baumbach, 
Christoph Martin Wieland, Ernst Eckstein and others. 

In the first part, the subject matter is printed in 
parallel coluipns, the German story on one page, an 
English paraphrase of it on the opposite page and, in 
footnotes, a number of German questions recapitulating 
the contents of the story. This arrangement makes 
possible a close combination of reading, composition 
and conversation. 

The second part contains humorous stories in EngUsh 
to be translated into German without the help of a 
German version; also material for a thorough drill in 
letter-writing, subjects for original composition work, a 
comprehensive exposition of word-order and a vocab- 
ulary. 

Directions for the use of this book are given on pages 
165 and 166. 

WEIiliEBLEY GOLIiEGE, WELLESLEY, MASS. 

Jwfie, 1899. 



ill 



CONTENTS. 



Preface 



PART FIRST 



PAGES 

• • • 

Ul 



9leutcr 



1. @tn cngltfd^ f^jrcd^nbcr 3)cutf(^r 
An English-speaking German 

2. Umfonft gclcbt 
Lived in Yain 

3. 3)cS Keincn ^atob crftcr ©(i^ultog 
Little Jacob's First Day at School 

4. 3)ic ncuc SRct^obc 
The New Method 

6. 3)cr ncuc paletot 
The New Great-coat 

6. 3)eg 
The 

7. 3)ic ^bentcuer be8 fjrci^crrn toon SRiinrfjl^ufen 
The Adventures of Baron von Miinchhausen 

8. 3)ic Ztvi\t\ auf bcr ipimmetoiefc, toon 93aum6ad^ . 
The Devils in the Meadows of Heaven 

9. 3)cr ^roje^ um bc^ @fe(8 <S^ttcn, toon SBielanb . 
The Suit about the Donkey's Shadow . 



SteutenantS aRittagefien | ^^^ g^, gj^^j^^ 
I Lieutenant's Dinner ) 



{ 



2-4 
3-6 

4-6 
5-7 

a-10 

9-11 

10-16 
11-17 

16-26 
17-27 

26-36 
27-37 

36-44 
37-46 

46-64 
47-65 

64-108 
65-109 



PART SECOND. 

10. The Princess on the Pea, by Andersen . 113-114 

11. The Blessings of Logic 114-120 

12. Liszt Expected at an Evening Pakty, by 

Kossak 120-130 



VI 



CONTENTS. 



13. A YisiT TO THE Carcer, by Eckstein 

14. Letters ..... 

I. Familiar Letters 
II. Formal Letters 
III. Business Letters 

16. Oral and Written Exercises 

16. Subjects for Original Compositions in 

German 

17. Word-Order . 

1. Position of the Verb 

2. Position of the Infinitive 

3. Position of the Articles 

4. Position of Nouns , 

5. Position of Pronouns 

6. Position of Adjectives and Participles 

7. Position of the Appositive 

8. Position of Adverbs 

9. Position of Adverbial Clauses 

18. Some Special Points of Difficulty in 

MAN Composition 

19. Division of Syllables 

20. Punctuation . 

21. List of Idioms . 

22. vocarulary 

I. German-English Vocabulary 
II. English-German Vocabulary 

23. List of Strong and Irregular Verbs 



Ger- 



PAGE8 

130-147 

148-164 

163-157 
157-161 
162-164 

165-176 

177-178 

179-197 

179-187 
187-188 
188-189 

189 

190 
190-191 

191 
192-196 

197 

197-200 

200 

201-202 

203-210 

213-277 

213-247 
249-277 

278-282 



PART FIRST 



2 ENQLISCH SPRECHENDER DEUT8CHER. 

©inft retfte etn junger ©eutfd^er in (Snglanb. @r f onntc i 
nur toentg (Snglifd^. 2)ie geffilirlid^e S(ngett)0^nl)eit, beutfd^e 
SBdrter oft mit a£)nltci^ Hingenben englifd^en ju u&erfe^en, 
brac^te i^n in mand^e Ungelegenl)eit. ©o uberfe^te er jum 
SJeifpiel ba§ gelb mit the felt, ber Safe mit the case, ba§ 
@i mit the eye, befommen mit to become unb fo toeiter. 

@ine^ 2^age^ fam er in einem Ileinen ®ebirg^orte an 2 unb 
tjerlebte bort einige 3;age. Sine frembe Same lam auf il)tt 
ju unb fragte il)n, ob er t)ielleid^t 3 toiffe,* too fie ein from* 
me§ 9ieit|)ferb befommen I5nne.* 

greubigft ergriff ber t|6ftic^e junge SD?ann bie ©elegen^eit, 
ber Same Sluigfunft ju geben. " There are no horses here, 
Madam, but if you go to the foot of the mountain, you 
will become a donkey." 

(£r firgerte fic^ fe^r fiber ba^ unl)6flid|e S5enet)men ber 
®ame, toelc^e it)n mit einer unbefd^reiblid^en SD?iene t)on 
oben bi^ unten anfat),4 anftatt il)m ju banfen. 

3n einem nal)eliegenben $oteI, too er fein 9Kittageffen be- 
ftellte, mu^te er (ange toarten, et)e bai§ getounfd^te (Sffcn fam. 

1. 9Ber reiftc ctnft in gnglanb? 2. SBoburd^ tourbc er in 
manege Ungelegen^eit gebrad^t ? 3. ^lennen @ie Seifpiele tjon 
fciner gefti^rlid^en Slngetool^n^eit ! 4. ©0 Derlcbte ber junge 
!J)cutfd^e einige Jage? 6. SBer fam ba auf i^n gu? 6. ©a^ 
fragte bic !iDamc t^n? T. SBorttbcr freute er fid^? 8. SBeld^en 
ge^Icr mad^te er in feiner Slnttoort ? 9. SBarum ^ielt er bie 
©ame filr f e^r un^oflid^ ? 10. ffio ging er bann ^in ? 11. 2Ba« 
toolltc er ba tl)un? 12. SBe^l^alb tourbe er ungebulbig? 

* In German the subjunctive is the mood of indirect narration. 



AN ENGLISH-SPEAKING GERMAN 3 

An English-speaking German.^ 

A young German, who ^ knows i little English, is trav- 
elling ^ in England. He has a dangerous habit: he 
often ^ translates German words by similar sounding 
English [ones].^ So, for instance, he translates^ „ba§ 
gelb" by "the felt," „ber Safe" by " the case," „ba^ (Si" 
by "the eye," „befommen" by "become," etc. 

One day when ^ he arrives at a little place 2 in the 
mountains, a strange lady asks him"^: "Sir,® do.^ you 
happen 3 to know where ^^ I can procure a gentle saddle- 
horse ? " 

The polite young man gladly gives [the] information, 
" There are no horses here. Madam, but if you go to the 
foot of the mountain, you will become a donkey." 

Instead of thanking him,^^ the lady looks him over ^^ 
from head to foot,4 with an indescribable expression. 

Angered at such (an)^^ impolite behavior,^^ he goes 
into ^^ a neighboring hotel and orders his dinner. He 
waits [a] long [time], but ^^ the food he wants ^'* does not 

* 21, 23, 17. Theae numbers (heavy figures) refer to a chapter 
on word-order, p. 179-203. "Inferior" (below the Une) numbers 
refer to a Ust of idioms, p. 203. ^ is travelling, translate travels. 
German conjugation lacks the forms constructed with / am and 
I do. 8 52. 4 Words in [ ] are not to be translated. ^ 13. 
« " When" referring to definite time of the past must always be 
rendered by aU, 21, 22, 17, 29. ''871. ^Sir = iWcin ^txx. 
® Translate by happen you to know; see note 2. ^^ 21, 24, 17. 
1^ 29, 71 ^. ^^ to look over, an'jc^cn; separable verb, 72. ^* Words 
in ( ) have to be used. 1* 47, 29. ^ itt, with accusative. i« 15. 
" Use verbal adjective, 45. 

* See page 165. 



4 UM80N8T QELEBT, 

Sin unbefd^cifttgt baftetjenber SeHner errcgte feine Ungebulb. 
UntDtHtg rtef er t^m enbltd^ ju : " Waiter, when shall I 
ever become a beef-steak ! ". 

" Never, Sir," crtoiberte ber t)erbu|te ^eUner, toorauf fid^ 
ber ©eutfd^e em^jfirt entfemte. 



-♦o^ 



Untfonft gelelbt 

S(fe tc^ no6) ein Keiner 3unge toai, fagte td^ einft ju met^ 
nem SSater, bafe ici^ rubern lernert iDoUte. 2)er SSater fanb 
meinen SSorfrfjIag gut unb fagte, id^ biirfe rubern lernen. 

9?ad^bem ic^ nun enbltc^ rubern lonnte unb trf| bte Seute 
toicber^olt in einem Sla^n fiber ben 9ftt)ein gerubert tjatte, 
lam einei§ %a^t^ ein fel)r eleganter §err unb fagte, id^ foHe 
i^n einmal an bai§ jenfeitige Ufer rubern. 

3d^ tear bamit eintjerftanben unb 6at if|n, fid^ in ba^ 95oot 
ju fe^en.5 Site id^ ju rubern anfing, fat) mid) ber §err eine 
SBeile an unb fragte mid^, 06 id) lefen fSnne. 

Site id^ e^ t)erneinte, entgegnete er, bann ptte id^ ein 
SSiertel nteine^ Seben^ umfonft gelebt. 

3d^ fagte, ei§ tourbe toinbig unb fd^aute in bie §6£)e.6 

13. aSJa^ rtef er bcm Sellner untDiUtg gu? 14. SSJel^en %t^^ 
ler ma^te er auc^ l^ter wicber ? 16. 9Barum cntfemte er fic^ ? 

1. SBeld^en ©unfd^ (iu^crte (expressed) einft ein fteiner 
Ounge? 2. SBa^ bad^te ber Sater Don f einem a5orfd)Iag? 
3. ©a^ criaubte er i^m? 4. 9Ba^ tl)at ber ^unge, ate er ru* 
bcm lonnte? 6. ©er fam eine^ laged ju il)m? 6. $Ba^ 
tooHte ber §err Don i^m? t. 3ELMe erfilUte Joer ^unge ben 
9Bunfd^ bed^erm? 8. SBeld^e grage mufete ber ^unge Der* 
neinen? 9. SBa^ fagte ber ^errbaju? 10. ©arum fd)aute 



LIVED IN VAm. 6 

come.^ Indignantly ^ he calls to a waiter standing there 
unemployed,^ " Waiter, when shall I ever become a beef- 
steak I " 

The puzzled waiter replies, "Never, Sir," and* the 
German departs in disgust.^ 



-•o«- 



Lived in Vain. 

I once" said to my father: "I want^ [to] learn [to] 
row." " Good," said my father, " learn [to] row." 

At last^ I knew how to row, and^ I often rowed ^^ 
people across the Rhine. One day ^^ a very elegant man 
came and said : " Boy,^^ row me ^^ to the opposite shore." 

" Good," I said, " sit down 5 in the boat." And then 
I began ^* to row. The gentleman looked at^ me a 
while, and said, "Boy, can you read?" 

" No," I said.^® " Then you have lived ^"^ a quarter of 
your life in vain," he replied. 

"It is getting^® windy," I said, and looked upward. g 

1 Translate cornea not; p. 3, note 2. 2 js. « Use verbal adjec- 
tive or relative clause, 46^. * 15. ^61. 

"58. "^ tDoHen, after the modal auxiliaries and laffen, the infini- 
tive stands without gu, 81. ^13. ^ 15, 58. ^° Insert the definite 
article ; it is always required before nouns used in a generic sense. 
^^18. 12 3ungc, wi., address the boy in the 2d person singular, 
w Insert einmal, 64. 1* 18, 80. ^2. i« 18. "8. !» p. 3, note 2. 



6 UMS0N8T OELEBT. 

®ann fragte er mid^, ob id^ fd^reiben I6nne, toa^ id^ toieber^ 
urn berneinte. 2)er $err bet|au|)tete, bann ptte id^ bie 
^alfte meine§ Seben^ umfonft gelebt. 

3d^ fagte, c^ toilrbe fe^r totnbtg unb fd^aute nod^mate in 
bie $6t|e. S(uf feine grage, ob ic^ red^nen I6nne, antoor- 
tete ic^ toieberum ntit nein. „®ann tliuft bu mir fetjr leib," 7 
fagte ber §err, „lt)eil bu bann brei SBiertel beincS Zthtn^ 
umfonft gelebt l^aft" 

9?un fing ei§ an, unge^euer toinbig ju n^erben, fo bafe id^ 
toieberum angftlid^ in bie ^&\)t fc^aute. (Sin ^eftiger SBinb^ 
ftofe ntac^te ba§ Soot ^jlft^Iid^ umlippen. 

Site toir nun beibe im SBaffer lagen, fagte id^ : „S6nnen 
©ie fd^toimmen?" „9?ein, mein 3urtge," fagte er. „2)ann 
l^aben ©ie 3I)r ganje^ Seben umfonft gelebt, mein §err, 
fagte id^. „3lbieu V* ©ludHid^ertoeife n^aren einige %x\iitx in 
ber SKal^e, toeld^e il)n nod& lebenbig Iierau^jogen. 

ber ^MXiit in bie §5]^e? 11. SBa^ fragte ber §err weiter? 

12. '^a^ fagte ber ^err, al« ber ^unge rrUein^' anttuortete? 

13. aSeld^e Semerfung (remark) mad^te ber ^'unge iiber bad 
aSBetter? 14. SBarum bel^au^jtete ber §err, ber ^unge l^abe 
brei SSiertet feined 8eben« umfonft gelebt? 16. SBarum tourbe 
ber axunge iingftlic^? 16. SBeld^e ST^atfac^e (fact) betoied 
(proved), bafe er red^t l^atte, Sngfttid^ gu fein? IT. SBarum 
loar ber ©err in ber gro^ten ®efaf|r (danger)? I8. SBad be* 
^auptete ber ^unge, al« er hied fi5rte? 19. SJarum ertranl ber 
^err nid^t ? 



LIVED IN VAIN. 7 

Then he asked me, " Boy, can you write ? " " No," I 
said again. "Then you have lived ^ half your life in 
vain," he answered.^ 

I said, " it is getting very windy," and looked upward q 
again. Then he asked, " Boy, can you do arithmetic ?" 
" No," I answered. He was very sorry for me,^ and (he) 
said, "Then you have lived ^ three quarters of your 
life in vain." 

" It is beginning * to get terribly windy," I said, and 
again looked anxiously upward. Suddenly the boat 
capsized and we were ^ both in the water. 

I asked if ® he could swim. When ^ he answered in 
the negative,® I said that he had^ lived the whole of 
his life in vain. But fortunately some fishermen pulled 
him out alive. 



^2. * 13. * 2. * p. 3, note 2. <» were, trans, by Ucgen, lag, 
gelegen. • if, ob, 21, 22, 17; ob is usually followed by the subjunc- 
tive. ^ p. 3, note 6. ^ to answer in the negative = c8 tocrncincn. 
* In German the subjunctive is the mood of indirect narration. 



8 JAKOBS ER8TER 8CHULTAG, 

^td tltxntn ^atoh erfter Sd^nltag. 

2)er Heine Saf ob, ber auf bem Sanbc g aufgetoad^fen tft, 
totrb enblid^ in eine Sffentlid^c ©d^ule gefd^idtt. SBeil er mel^r 
t)om ©d^toimmen nnb Sllettern ate t)on gele^rten ©ingen t)er^ 
fte^t, erl^alt cr bafelbft cinen 5pia^ auf ber unterften Sanf.* 

Sn ber erften ©tunbe, toeld^e cine bcutfd^e ®rammatit 
ftunbe tft, Ifi^tg ber Sel)rer fiber beftimmte ^au^jtodrter 
©fi^e bilben. 3;ro^bem 3afob t)on aHebem lein SBort t)tx^ 
ftel^t, l^firt er bennod^ aufmerffam ju. Site ber Sel^rer aud^ 
it)n enblid^ anrebet: „3afob, mad^c einmal einenSa^f fiber 
ben 2:ifd^,'' ft^tingt ber SJleine mit gteuben auf unb mac^t einen 
ffilinen ©^jrung fiber ben 2:ifd^. Salob toeife fid^ nid^t ju 
erflfiren, toarum ein fierjlid^ei^ ©etac^ter feiten^ ber fibrigen 
Sinber biefer gefd^idtten Seiftung folgt. 

S)a bie jnjeite ©tunbe eine ©d^reibftunbe ift, erl^alten bie 
Sinber bie SBorfd^rift: „®ti)^ treu unb reblid^ burd^ bie 
SBelt, bag ift bag befte SReifegetb." SBorauf ber Heine Salob 
gang nait) f d^reibt : ,,®e^' treu unb reblid^ burd^ bie SBelt, 
bag SSefte ift bag SReifegelb.'' 

1. ©0 tear Qatob auf gewad^f en ? 2. SBol^tn tourbe er ge* 
fd^idtt? 3. 9Bag fur cinen ^afe crfjielt er in ber ©d^ule? 
4. aSarum mu^tc er auf biefer S3anf fifeen? 6- 2Bag fatten 
bie Sinber in ber erften ©tunbe ? 6. 9Bag mufeten bie iinber 
ti)un? 1. SBicDiel lonntc ber Heine ^^afob baDon Derftefjen? 

8. SBcId^e 3lufgabe (exercise) ftellte (gave) i^m ber 8e^rer? 

9. aSic Wftc (solve) cr bie Slufgabc ? 10. SBcIc^eg 93Bort ^attc 
3^aIob falfd^ tjcrftanben? 11. SBag ttjaten bie anbcren Sinber, 
ate fie bag fafjen? 12. SBag fUr cine ©tunbe toot bie itt)cite? 
13. ©ag ffir cine SSorfd^rift cr^ielten bie tinbcr? 14. ffiie 
anberte ^af ob bie aSorf d^rift ? 



J 



JACOB'S FIRST DAY AT SCHOOL. 9 

Little Jacob's First Day at School. 

^ Little Jacob had ^ grown up ^ in the country, g He 
understood more about swimming * and climbing * than 
about learned matters. At last he was sent^ to a 
public school and was given ^ a place on the lowest 
bench.* 

In the first hour the children had German grammar. 
The teacher had 9^ them form sentences about certain 
nouns. Jacob did not imderstand a word of it all. At 
last the teacher spoke ® to him too : ,,SctIob, tnad^e einmat 
einen ©a^f ^^^^^ ^^^ Xi)6),** The Kttle [fellow] sprang 
up joyfully and made a bold leap over the table. When 
the hearty laughter from the other children followed 
this skilful performance^ Jacob did not know why they 
laughed.® 

During ^^ the second hour [there] was a writing 
lesson. The children were given ^ the copy, "Go 
through the world true and honest, that is the best 
travelling money." Little Jacob wrote ^^ naively, " Go 
through the world true and honest, the best [thing] is 
the travelling money." 

1 Insert the def. article. The definite article is used when an 
adjective precedes the proper name. ^ Use fciii, to be; fctn is used 
with verbs denoting motion (fasten, gel^fn) or a change of condition 
(toadj\en, njcrbcn, crfranfen) and with the verbs blciben, fcin. ^ auf- 
getoac^fcn 78. * verbal noun and def. article. ^ 2. « To be given 
= er^altcn, cr^iclt, crl)QUcn. "^ laffcn, Ue«, getaffcn. ^ on'reben ; I, 2, 72. 
» to laugh, lad^cn, 21, 22, 29. 1° tDQ^r^b, 21, 22. " Insert gang. 

* In Germany good students sit on the upper bench, poor ones 
on the lower. 

t ©afe has two meanings, "sentence" and "leap." 



10 DIE NEUE METHODS. 

S)er cnglifd^e Secret, ber bie britte ©tunbe ^at unb btc 
t)ort)er aufgegebene Seftion abfragt, finbet bie SJnaben f(f)Ie(f)t 
tjorberettet. ©ariiber, bafe t^m niemanb fagen fann, tt)ie 
n e u n auf (Snglifci^ f)ei6t„o gergt ber etfrige SD?ann in 3orn. 
Sluf fein ungebulbige^ S^agen folgt ttefe ©tide, ©nbltci^ 
toenbet er fief) an Salob, ob er bieHeid^t n^iffe, lt)ie n e u n 
l^eifet Site biefer treul)erjig ,,neitt" emibert, fe^t xf)n ber 
erf rente 2et|rer anf bie oberfte 9)an! nnb fagt: ,,S)n fteiner 
3afob l^aft nteine iJ^age aHein ric^tig beantnjortet. 3t|r 
ganlpelje fonntet eg alle ni^t." 



©inft fam ber ©d^nlrat 3? clvl^ Sjenftein, nm bie ©d^nle 
beS ©c^nlmeifterg SRofengriin jn inf|)isieren. S)er ^err 
©d^nlrat toax aU geftrenger ^err befannt. Sr bat ben fel^r 
nert)6g gehjorbenen ©c^nlmeifter, eine Sefir^jrobe bor il)m 
abjniialten. n SBie gnt ber alte Sel)rer and^ fonft eine ©tunbe 
jn geben tpnfete, in biefem peinlid^en 9Komente fd^ien x\)m 

15. SBer gab bie britte ©tunbe? 16. SBa^ t^at ber ge^rer gu*= 
erft? 17. ^nmiefem fatten bie Snaben itjre ^flirf|t (duty) 
nirfit get^an ? 18. SBarum geriet ber gel^rer in 3om? 19. 2ln 
toen wenbete er fic^ enblirf)? 20. Sad fragte er ^atob? 

21. 2Bol)itt fefete er ben Sleinen, ate er „nein'' ermiberte? 

22. aSetd^e^ gob (praise) jprarf) er iiber i^n and? 23. 9Bie 
nannte er bie anbcren S'naben? 

1. 9Ber mar §err 9tofengriin? 2. 2Ber inf))ijierte einft feine 
©rfiule? 3. 9Ba« fiir ein §err tt)ar ber ©d^utrat? 4. ©elc^e 



THE NEW METHOD, 11 

In the third hour the English teacher came and asked 
them questions ^ [on] the lesson previously given out.^ 
Since ^ the boys were poorly prepared, the zealous 
man became angry. " Can no one really * tell ^ me 
what® „neun" isjo in English? " he asked impatiently. 
Deep silence. " Perhaps you know what ,,n e u n" is, he 
said, turning 7 to Jacob. „9?cin'S replied the latter® 
candidly. " Right, my child," said the delighted teacher. 
*' Only one of you lazy fellows could answer my ques- 
tion. Take your seat ^ on the upper bench, little 

[boy]-" 



-•O*- 



The New Method. 

After Fritz Beutbb. 

The superintendent of schools, Ix from Ixenstein, was 
once inspecting the school of Master Rosengriin. When^^ 
he had to give a test-lesson ^ before the severe superin- 
tendent, the old master got very nervous. Everything ^^ 
he knew so well before seemed to have been whisked 

SBirfung (effect) l)atte bed ®d)utrat« ©egentuart (presence) 
auf ©crm SRof enfltiln ? 5. fflarum furrfitetc fic^ bcr Setter? 

1 to ask questions ==ab'fraflen, 72. ^ verbal adjective or relative 
clause 45 K " Since = ba. When since denotes cause it should be 
rendered by ba ; 21, 22, 18, 29. * tt)irfli(ft. SteZ/ = fagcn, if you 
speak but a few words; lellr= ex fiffien, if you tell a story. ^ 21, 24. 
■^ Use preterit introduced by inbcm ; 67, 68. ^ the latter = bicfcr. 
• Transl. seat yourself. 

w p. 2, note 6. " alle«, tt)a«, 23, 18. 



12 DIE NEUE METHODS. 

aHe^r tt)a^ cr fagen tooHte, hjte au§ bem ®ebaci^tnt§ geBtafcn. 12 
Slud^ bie Sltnber t)ermo(i)ten nur bummed ^m^ ju fafelni, 
unb fc^tenen gar nid^t^ ju n^iffen. 

Snblid) tt)urbe ber Sefirer au^ feiner |)etnli(i)en ©ituatton 
erioft. S)er ©c^ulrat fd^lug t)or, er njoQe mi \\)n\ ben 5pta§ 
taufrfjen ^ unb t^n eine neue 9Ketf)obe let)ren. S)er Setjrer, 
njeld)er nur nad^ ber alien 9KetI)obe ju unterrid^ten t)erj'tanb, 
tear nur ju gludEUc^, alfo unter6rorf)en ju toerben unb I)6rte 
bem ©d^ulrat aufmerlfam ju. 

2)a bie ^inber gerabe ©eograp^ieftunbe I)atten, tPoHte ber 
©d^ulrat fie junad^ft auf ben 9?amen be^ an bem S)orfe t)or= 
beifliefeenben gtiifed^en^ bringen. 

®a^ erfte Sinb, toeld^e^ er aufrief, le ein Ileiner S!nabe, 
toufete nid^t, n^ie ber glufe ^iefe. 5Der ©dfjulrat tPoHte it)n 
auf bie ©pur bringen n unb bat i()n einmal bariiber nad)jU' 
benfen, xoa^ man tpte, toenn man eine ©iinbe begangen I)atte. 

„9SieIIeid)t toeifet bu ju anttt)orten, meine 3;od)ter/' fagte 
er JU bem Iteinen 9)Zaried)en. 

S)iefe rief eifrig, bafe man atebann Sufee ttjate. S)arauf er- 
flcirte ber ©c^ulrat, ba§ n^are gang red^t; fie miiffe nur 
S5 u f f e ftatt 95 u fe e fagen, um ben 9?amen be^ Sluffejg ju 
erf)alten. 

9?un erjal^Ite ber ©d£|ulrat, bafe bie 93uffe in einen anbern 
glufe miinbete. Um ben 9?amen be§ le^teren au^jufinben, 
foUten fie einmat narf)benfen unb it)m aQ bie S)inge nennen, 
bie t)om ^immel I)ernieberfielen. 

6. 2Betd)e SBirfung ^atte be« @c^ulrat« ©egenioart auf bie ^n* 
ber ? T. SBoburd^ tuurbe ber ?e^rer au^ feiner peinlid^en ©itua* 
tion ertoft ? 8. SBa« tfjat ber 8el|rer, n)al)renb ber ®rf|ulrat bie 
S!ittber unterric^tete ? 9. 9Ba« fUr eine ©tunbe fatten bie 0n* 



THE NEW METHOD. 13 

out of his ^ head. ^^ The children either ^ knew nothing 
or talked nonsense, jg 

At last the inspector interrupts the lesson. "My 
dear friend," he says, " you teach by the old method. I 
will teach you a new method." 

Glad to be released ^ from his painful situation, the 
teacher changes ^ places j^ with the superintendent. 

" Tell me,^ my child," says the superintendent to a 
small boy, "what is the name of the river that^ flows 
by your village. Think now.^ You do not know it? 
Well, I will guide you ^g to the name. What do we do,® 
when^ we have committed a sin? You may ^^ answer, 
my daughter." 

"We do penance" (SBufee), cries little Mary. 

"Quite right !^^ Now instead [of] SBu^e, say 9)uffe. 
Then you have the name of the river." 

" Into ^2 vv^hat river does the Busse flow ?" 

" Now, children, consider ! ^^ Which are ^^ all [the] 
things that ^^ fall from the sky ? I will call on ^g the 
boys this time." ^® 

ber ? 10. 9Ba« tuollte er bic ^inber guerft le^ren? 11. ©urrfi 
tuelc^c gragc bra^te er fie auf \>tn 9?amen be« JJluffe^? 
12. ©elc^e Sinber rief er auf ? 13. 2Ba« antmortete SKaried^en ? 
14. 2Bie braurfite (use) er biefe 3lnttt)ort? 15. 2Ba« tDoUte er 
juttd^ft au^finben ? 1 6. 2Bie l)atf er bie^mal ben Sinbem ? 

1 his = def. art. The English possessive pronoun is rendered in 
German by the definite article if the ownership is clear. ^ either 
. . . or, enttocbcr . . . obcr; 16". " SO, 47^. * 29. * Use the second 
person singular. « that = ber; 21, 28. ^ Use iiac^'bciifen and insert 
cinmal. ^ gee p. 3, note 2. » 21, 22. ^^ biirfcn, burftc, gcbuvft. 
" @an;j rcc^t. i* in ttjelt^en. " Use nat^'benfcn and insert cinmat. 
" ^eigen. ^* mettle; 21, 28. ^^ bie«maL 



14 DIE NEUE METHODS. 

®ie Sinber nannten 9ftegen, ©d^nee, 9?e6el, u. \. to. ,,3Bei== 
tcr !i8 SBa^ noct) ?" fagte ber ©diutrat, bt^ fie enblid^ u^a- 
gel" fagten. 2)a liefe er fie ftatt beffen „§a t) e I" fagen unb 
erllcirte, bie SBuffe fliefee alfo in bie ^at)et. 

3efet foUten fie nod^ benjenigen %[\x^ nennen, t)on toeld^em 
bie §at)el aufgenommen tpirb. 2)ie^mat I)alf il)nen ber 
©(i)ulrat ein irenig baburrf}, bafe er fie jat)ten liefe. Site fie 
enblid^ ,,a(i)te, neune, je^ne, etfe" jfililten, rief er „§alt!" 
benn „elf e " n^ar beinat) ba^felbe SBort, trie ber gehjflnfd^te 
9?ame ,,@lbe." 

S)er ©d^ulmeifter, ber bie neue 9Kett|obe nun gut ju begrei- 
fen glaubte, bat ben @d)ulrat um bie Srlaubni^, eine 5probe 
ablegen 19 ju burfen. 

2)er ©diutrat ern^iberte: ,,(£^ n^irb mir ein befonbere^ 
SSergniigen bereiten, 20 ©i^r libber g^eunb, nac^ ber neuen 
9Rett)obe unterri(J)ten ju I)6ren." 

S)er Selirer ^iefe 21 bie Sinber aufpaffen unb begann ju= 
nad^ft t)on ber 3Bei^I)eit (Sotted ju erjal)len: tt)ie er bie 
©d)iffat|rt baburc^ ermdglidEjt ^atte, bafe er bei jeber grofeen 
©tabt einen grofeen glufe tjorbeiftiefeen laffe. „3t)r fel)t, 
liebe Sinber, tpie n^eife ®ott e^ eingeric^tet ^at, bafe bie Slbe 
bei ber grofeen ©tabt Hamburg tjorbelfliefet, bamit bie §am 
beteipett m6) \)m grofee ©d)iffa^rt betreiben lann." 

S)er 2et|rer fragte nun narfj ber 9Kiinbung ber (Slbe, aber 

17. 9Ba« filr ©inge nannten bie Sinbcr? 18. SBte brauc^te 
er biefe 9lntroort? 19. 9Belrf|en ^\yx% tt)oUte ber ©d)ulrat 
noc^ tjaben? 20. 9Ba« Ueg er bie tinber tt)un? 21. Sei 
n)elc^er 3^t)I lie^ er bie Sinber auf^oren (stop) ju jd^Ien? 
22. SBarum ^orten fie ^ier auf ? 23. 9Barum woUte ber 8e^* 
rer biefe aotet^obe nun auc^ Derfuc^en? 24. Um n)ad bat er ben 



THE NEW METHOD, 15 

" Rain." — " What else ?" — " Snow." — " What be- 
sides ?" — "Mist." — " Go on." jg — " Hail." — 

" Right ! ^ Now I have given you the clue.i^ If you 
say Havel instead [of] Hagel^ you have ^ the river into ^ 
which the Busse empties." 

" But what river receives the Havel ? Who can name 
that river? No one ? I will help you a little. Count!" 

" One, two, three, four, five, six, seven — " — " Go 
on ! " — " eight, nine, ten, eleven — " 

" Stop ! Instead [of] elfe say (£I6e, it is almost the 
same word." 

" Mr. Superintendent," says the teacher, " I have al- 
ready grasped the new method. Permit me also to give 
an illustration of it."i9 

" Certainly,^ my dear friend ; that would give me [an] 
especial pleasure."2o 

" Then pay attention, dear children ! " begins the 
master. " Since ^ we are now at ^ the Elbe,^ we will see 
where ® it flows. First ^ it flows by the city [of] Ham- 
burg, where there is a great deal of navigation. Thus ^^ 
we see again how wisely God^^ has ordered that a great 
river shall flow by every great city, in order that^^ 
navigation may be possible." ^^ 

But now tell me, Charles, into what ^* does the Elbe 

©d^ulrat? 25. 2Ba^ anttDortcte ber (Sd^ulrat auf feme S3ittc? 
26* SBeld^en S3ett)eie (proof) Don ber 9Bei«l)eit ®otte« gab ber 
Sel^rer? 27. 9Bie tt)irb bie ©d^tffal^rt bet Hamburg ermogltrfit? 
28- 93Ba^ loolltc ber gel^rer bie ^inber au^finben laffen? 

1 9!e(^t. * 29. * in, with accusative. * gctt)i6. * p. H, note 3. 
« bcl with dative. '^ ^iU,f. ^ t^o^in, » jucrjt. i^foorba^er. "in- 
sert c«; 81, 24. ^* bamlt bie. " eraioglid^t toerbe, " troljtnein, 24. 



16 DER NEUE PALETOT, 

ber Heine Slarl lonnte e§ nid^t fagen unb ber fleine $j?etcr 
njufete aurfj nicf|t, njoI)inein bie @I6e miinbete. 

„S)ann tooQen tt)ir tjerfuc^en e§ au§ jufinben," fagte ber 
Sel^rer, „il)r braud^t nur einmal ju sa^Ien.'' 

Sllfo jci^Iten bie S!inber toieber : „(£ini§, 5tt)ei, brei, mer, 
funf, fec^^, fieben, ad)t, neun, jet)n, elf — , bt^ ber Setjrer 
bet ber ^(x\)l „3tr)6If' 1^ a 1 1 lommanbierte. 

SSergeben^ fuc^ten bie Sinber fiber bie aKunbung ber Stbe 
nad)jubenfen22 unb babei bie 3^t)t „jlt)6tf'' ju tpieberl^olen. 
S)er 9?ame tooflte leinem t)on it)neit einfaHen. 

ffS^^S^f! 3rt)6lf!" fc^rie §err SRofengrun i^eftig. „S6nnt 
t^r f urdEjtbaren ®ummf opfe nicf|t auf ben 9?amcn lommen ! 23 
©tatt „stt)6If" mufet il)r „9?orbfee^' fagen. 



^er nene ^a^titA. 

9ia(^ grit SRcutcr. 

§crr 93o^m tear mit %x(xvi unb Siod^ter in bie ©tabt gcjo- 
gen.^* (£r 'max jal)relang Dfonom geipefen, l^atte aber t)or 
furjem feine garm auf bent Sanbe t)erlauft SBalirenb bie 
beiben ©amen itjre einfad^e bauerlic^e Sleibung mit bem ele^ 
ganten SJoftum ber ©tabtbamen t)ertaufrf)ten, jeigte SBater 
SBo^m eine I)eftige Stbneigung, in irgenb njeldjer SBcife feinen 
I)erf6mm{id^en Slleiberfd^nitt ju Snbern. S)a^ tear ben ©a- 

29. SBie a^mte (imitate) er ben ©d^ulrat nad^ ? 30. SBarum 
iTJurbe §err SRofengriln l^eftig ? 31. SBie nannte er bie Sinber? 
32. aSBa^ foflten fie ftatt „jn)olf- fagen ? 

1. SBa^ tt)ar §err 33o^m jatirelang geioefen? 2. SBo^in jog 
er, al« er feine garm Derlauft t)atte? 3. 2Bie pflegten bie I)a* 



THE NEW QREAT-COAT. 17 

flow ? You don't know ? Then you say (it), Peter ! 
You too [can] not ? Then just ^ count, children ? " 

" One, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, 
ten, eleven, twelve — " 

'' Stop ! " commands Hen Rosengriin. " Now, into 
what does the Elbe flow ? Does the name occur 24 to 
nobody ? Yet it is so easy ! Twelve ! Twelve ! Think 
about 22 the number twelve. What^ dreadful dunces 
you are ! Instead [of ] "twelve " you must say, "North 
Sea ! " 



The New Great-coat. 

After Fbitz Bexjteb. 

Mr. Bohm having lived for ^ years in the country as 
[a] farmer, sold * his farm, and removed ^ with his wife 
and daughter to the city. ^ The two women soon ac- 
customed themselves to ^ city-life and exchanged their 
simple peasant's garb for the more elegant attire of the 
city. It was a great trial ^ to them that^ Mr. Bohm 
showed a strong dislike for any change ® in ^^ the accus- 
tomed cut of his clothes. His daughter Sophie espe- 

tneti fid) auf bem ganbe ju fieibcn ? 4. ^ntDiefent ftttberteti 
fie il^ren ®efd)Tna(f (taste)? 6. ffiogcgen jeigte SSater ©ol^tn 
eine l^eftige 3lbttctgun9 ? 

^ clnmat. ^ what, maS filr» 

^ felt, with dative. ^ Use clause with nod^bem; 22, 67, 68. ^ 29. 
• an, with accusative; Insert the def. article. ^ Summer, m. 
» 21, 22. • Snberung, /. " In, with dative. 



18 DER NEUE PALETOT. 

men ein grower S!unimer, befonber^ ba fie fid) fo batb unb fo 
teid^t an ba^ ©tabtleben getuo^nt fatten. 3n biefem SBinter 
tuaren fflr |)erren nur lange ^pa'Ietot^ 2Robe. 26 S^rogbem 
ging §err ©o^m ftet^ mit einer fursen Sade auf bie ^prome^^ 
nabe, 27 tt)oru6er fid^ feine Xoditer ©opl^ied^en befonberi§ 
gramte. 

@ine^ Sage^ baten SOiutter unb 2;od)ter ben ffiater, mit 
i^neu am genfter ju fi|en unb au§jufc£)auen. ©op^ie jeigte 
auf bie menfd)enbetebte ©trafee unb bemerfte, bafe fein 
aWenfd^ in einer furjen Sad e fpajieren ginge. 28 

©ie hat ben 9Sater, fid) bod^ aud^ einen langen neuen ^a^ 
letot ju taufen unb Derfuc^te, it)n tuiHig ju ftimmen, baburd^ 
bafe fie it)m jarttid^ bie SBange ftreid)elte. 

§err S8ot)m aber n?e{)rte fie ab, inbem er bet)auptete, bafe 
i^n bie neuen 2Woben nid)t^ angingen. 29 

9?ad)bem grau SBo^m i^re SBitten mit benen i^rer 2;od^ter 
Dereinigt l^atte, fonnte ber gute SWann bem ©rangen nidjt 
tanger tt)iberftef)en unb fagte : 

„9?untt)o]^t! 3d^ t)erfpredE)e, eud^ ben ®ef alien ju tt)un 
unb mir einen neuen ^patetot ju faufen. 3d^ ttjerbe fog(eidE) 
jum ©d^neiber get)en unb it)n fragen, ob er fertige ^atetot^ 
l^at." 

Unb §err S5ol^m ging. Site er jum ©d^neiber fam, 
jeigte it)m biefer einen braunen $patetot unb bat if)n, benfel* 
ben einmat anjuprobieren. 

^err S5oI)m tuar t)on impofanter g^gur. 3)a^ etegante 

6. Soriiber grttmte fid) feine Joditer ©opl^ie befottberd ? 7. Um 
tt)ad baten 5IKutter unb Jod^ter ben SSater? 8. 9Betc^e 93cmer* 
lung mad|te ©op^ie? 9. SBeld^e Sitte fprad) ©o^j^ie and? 
10. aSJobur^ Derfudite fie i^n wittig ju ftimmcn? U. 9Kit 



THE NEW GREAT-COAT, 19 

cially fretted, because ^ he always took a walk in a short 
jacket, despite the fact,^ that only, long great-coats were 
the fashion. 2^ 

One day father, mother and daughter sat at the win- 
dow, looking out^ on the street, which [was] alive 
with passers-by.* 

" Dear father," said ^ little Sophie, stroking ^ his 
cheek tenderly, " please buy a new great-coat [for] 
yourself.^ See, nobody goes to walk gg here in a short 
jacket." 

"Pooh! Pooh!^ child," evaded Mr. Bohm, "what 
have I to do ^ with the new styles ? "29 

But ^^ Mrs. Bohm joined her entreaties to those of her 
daughter, and together they pressed the good man, 
until,^^ to please them,^^ \^q promised to buy^^ a new 
great-coat. He went straightway to the tailor and 
inquired. 

"Have you any ready-made great-coats?" 

" Certainly, sir," ^* replied the man. " Here is a brown 
[one] that ^^ will suit you. Pray, try it on." 

Mr. Bohm put on the handsome garment over ^^ his 

tt)e(cf|er ©el)auptung wel^rtc §err ^SBo^tn bie ©itte ab ? 12. Wit 
gelang ed (succeed) enblirf) grau ©ol^m i^ren 3D?attn millig ju 
ftimnien? 13. SBa« Derf^jrarf) §crr ©o^m? 14. 3u xotm 
ging ©err ©o^tn? 15. SBonac^ fragte er ben ©c^neiber? 
16. SBa^ fur ein tleibung^ftiid fanb er beitn @cf|neiber ? 

* tDcil, 21 y 22. 2 tro^bcm \iQi^\ 21, 22. ^ unb fd^autcn au«. * Use 
verbal adjective or relative clause, 45 ^. ^ See p. 9, note 1. « Use 
clause with inbcm; 68, 21, 22. ^ blr, 36. ^ 5(cf) iraS! » 81. ^^ 16. 
" bt8; 21, 22. " to please them, i^ticn gu gcfaUcn. " 80. ^* mctn 
$err. ^^ ber; 21, 28. ^^ Uber, with aooueative. 



20 DER NEUE PALETOT. 

0eibung$ftud, tueld^e^ er angejogen ^atte, pafete it)m Dor- 
trcfflid^. 9?ur unten fdiien ber paletot ^errn 93o^m ju lang 
ju fein, im iibrigen fafe er Dorjugtid). 

@r fragte be^l^atb ben ©d^neiber fd)atf^aft, 06 er glau6e, 
ba§ er nod) tt)Qd)fen njerbe. 

©er ®d)neiber Derftc^erte, bafe it)m ba^ getuife nidjt in ben 
©inn gefommen fei. 30 Sr \)abt §unberte Don langen ^Pate- 
tot§ Derfauft, fie feien nun einmat 2Wobe. Sin jeber triige fie. 
SSon biefem eleganten ©d^nitt Ijabe er nur nod) biefen einen 
uberbel)alten. 

9?ad)bem §err S5ol^m fid) nod^ einmat im ©piegel befet)en 
l^atte, entfd)tofe er fid^, ben 9tod ju ne^men unb ju 6e3at)Ien. 

Site er erI)obenen ^aupte^ nad) |)aufe fd^ritt, tourbe er 
freubig oon feiner gran empfangen. ©ie berounberte it)n 
fel^r unb fagte, er fef)e jel)n 3at)re jiinger barin au^. 

©op^ie, bie fd)nell ^erbeigeftiirjt n?ar, lonnte nid^t uml^in^gi 
if)rer SBetounberung mit lautem Subel Stu^brud ju geben unb 
if)ren ffiater DoHer greube ju umtanjen. ©ie fc^aute it)n 
immer unb immer n)ieber an unb bemertte, trie prad^tig ber 
$Patetot il)m ftiinbesg unb toie elegant er au^fe^en n)erb«, 
toenn fie morgen auf bie ^romenabe gingen. 

„%to% Dorjiigtid^en ©igen^gg ift ber ^paletot ein toenig ju 
lang geraten," fagte grau 93o^m. „S)em fleinen gel)Ier ift 
aber teid)t abju^elfen, 34 baburd^^ \>(i^ man ben paletot um 
eine SSiertetelle fiirjer mad)t." 

17. 2Bad tl^at er bamit? 18. 3ntt)iefem gefiet (please) ber 
^atetot ©errn ©o^m ? 19. 2Ba« tiatte er baran ju tabeln (find 
fault with)? 20. SBetc^e grage ricl)tete er be«^l)alb an ben 
©d)neiber? 21. SBa^ anttDortete ber ©djueiber barauf? 
22. ajjit welc^en SBorten prie^ ber @d)neiber ben 9to(I an 



THE NEW GREAT'COAT, 21 

portly figure and said, "Up here ^ it fits me capitally, 
but it is too long below. You don't suppose, ^ I am 
going to grow [any taller ] " 

" Oh no, sir, certainly not, that did not occur to me.g^ 
But this style ^ is just [the] fashion now. Everybody 
wears a very long coat, I have sold hundreds of the 
same cut, and have only this one left." 

Mr. Bohm looked [at] himself* once more in the mir- 
ror, paid [for] the coat, and walked home with his head 
in the air. 

His wife received him with delight. " How becom- 
ing the coat is to you V^^ ^^^ cried admiringly. " You 
look ten years younger. Come quick, Sophie, the great- 
coat is here. Just look at your father ! " 

Sophie rushed to the spot and danced round her 
father full ^ [of ] admiration.^ 

" How fine you will look to-morrow when ^ we go on 
the promenade ! " she cried out in exultation.^ 

" The coat fits 33 excellently," said Mrs. Bohm. *' It 
has only one little fault, — it might ^ be a bit shorter." 



(commend)? 23. SBoju entfrfjlog fic^ §err ©oI|m enbtic^? 
24. ©ctDcifen ®ie (prove), ba^ §err ©oI|m ftotj auf ben ^a* 
letot toar. 26. 9Eie empptig i^n feine grau? 26. 2Be(cf)e« 
^omptiment madjte fie il^m? 27. 9Bie brildte ©op^ie i^re 
greube qu« ? 28. SBetcfie ©emerfung mac^te fie ? 29. aSet 
d)en gel^ter bemerfte grau ©o^m an bem SRod? 30. SBie 
tooUte fie bem iJe^Ier ab^elfen ? 

1 ^icr obcn. * Insert bag; 21, 22. ^ style, ©d^tiitt, m. * himself 
= ftd^. ^ tjoflcr. ^ S3cn)unbci-ung,/. "^ ircnn; 21, 22, 17, 29. ^ Transl. 
she exulted. ®fonncn; preterite subjunctive. 



22 DER NEUE PALETOT, 

n'^a^ \)aht id^ bent elenben ©d^neiber gletd) gefagt," ertDtbertc 
§err 93ot)in triump^ierenb. Slber trenn e§ ftd^ urn bie neue 
9Robe t)anbctt,35 tDoHen bie Seute nic^t§ Dom ^nbern Ijdren.'' 

„@§ ift nidjt notig, [id^ baruber ju erregen/' entgegnete 
grau S8ot)m. „2Benn ituten jtrei |)Qnb6rett abgefd^nitten 
toerben, tt)irb btr ber paletot nic^t me^r 6i^ auf bie ^adEen 
gel)en. gg 2Worgen Dor bem ©pajiergang fonnen xovc biefe 
Sleinigteit teid^t beforgen." 

Sim nad&ften aWorgen in aQer gruf)e 37 naf)m grau S5ot)m, 
el|e ®ema^t unb Sod^ter fid^ ert)o6en f)atten, ben ^paletot 
auiS bem ©dtiranfe. ®ie fa^ i^n DoQer greube an unb mur- 
mette teife Dor fid) t)in : 33 „Se|t trerbe id^ ©d^ere, 9?abel 
unb 3tDirn t)olen unb jtoei §anb6reit Don bem paletot ah- 
fdjneiben, bamit er genau nad^ ber 9Kobe au^fie^t unb bem 
SSater bod^ bequem fi^t, tuenn er barin ^erumf pajiert. " 

9Ite fie ben SRodE Derfurgt unb einen neuen @aum tjerum* 
gena^t ^atte, t)ing fie it)n trieber in ben @dE)rant. 

@opf)ie mar bie nadfifte, bie aufmad^te. ®o gegen fieben 

Ut)r39 ^^1^ ^^ ^"^) ^f)^ i^^ ^^^^ ®i"" gef ommen, 40 mie ber SSater 
ftd^ freuen rt)urbe, rt)enn er ben bereit^ oertitrjten paletot im 
©d^ranf fanbe. SBieberum tuurben jtrei ^anbbrcit Don bem 
9todE abgefdjnitten unb ein neuer ©aum t)erumgena^t. r,3Bie 
n)irb ber gute SSater iiberrafc^t fein," fliifterte ©opljied^en, 
at§ bie Slrbeit DoUenbet njar. 



3L 3^tttt)iefern triump^ierte §err ©oI|m iiber ben ©cf)neiber? 
32. 2Ba« antmortete grau ©o^m i^rem 9Jianne? 33. ffiann 
nal^m grau ^SBo^m ben paletot au« bem ©cfiranfe ? 34. 2Ba« 
t^at fie mit ber Severe? 35. SBad t^at fie mit S'Jabet unb 
3tt)im? 36. aBe«^a(b Derfurjte fie ben ^atetot ? 37, ffiann 
tt)ac^te ©opl^ie auf? 38. aBeld)cr ©ebanfe fam i^r in ben 



THE NEW QREAT-COAT. 23 

" Didn't I say it was ^ too long! " cried Mr. Bohm in 
triumph. "But that miserable tailor would hear no- 
thing of it.2 He said this was ^ the new style." 

" Ah, well,^ don't excite yourself.^ The coat reaches ^ 
to your ^ heels, gg and two handsbreadths must be cut 
off the bottom. But that is a small matter and ® can 
easily be attended to before our walk to-morrow." 

Very early gy the next morning while® husband and 
daughter were still asleep,^^ Mrs. Bohm rose, went to ^^ 
the closet, and took out^^ the great-coat. Then she took 
her thread, needle and scissors, cut off two hands- 
breadths from the coat, and made a new hem around 
[it]. " There,^^ father, there," she murmured joyfully 
to herself ,3g " now you can walk comfortably in it ; now 
it is quite in the fashion." — Then she hung it back in 
the closet. 

About seven o'clock gg Sophie awoke. It occurred to 
her^^^ that ^* she might ^^ surprise her father. So^^ she 
took the great-coat from the closet, cut off two hands- 
breadths, and made a new hem. 

" Now it is comfortable and in the latest style," she 
said joyiuUy. " How glad father will be !" 

«opf ? 39. aBa« t^at fie mtt bem paletot? 40. 2Ba« pfterte 
©o^jl^iec^cn t)or fid) jiiti ? 

1 pret. subjunctive. The subjunctive is used in dependent 
clauses after verbs of telling, thinking, wishing, hoping, supposing, 
fearing. * of it = baoon. ^ indirect discourse, see p. 7, note 7. 
* nun ja. * bit^. ^ gcl^cn. "^ see p. 13, note 1. ^ xjse relative in- 
stead of " and " ; 21, 28, 18. ^ iratjrenb; 21, 22. ^^ to be asleep, 
fd^tafcH; ft^Ucf, gcft^lafcn. " norf), with dative. 12 |^erau«. 1* fo. 
1* bag; 21, 22. ^^ tonncn. " bat)cr, 18. 



24 DER NEUE PALETOT. 

@^ n?ar nun ganj naturtid^, bafe ber erfte ®ebanfc bc^ 
SSater^, ber [id^ erft gegen neun llf)r Don feinem tneid^en ^a- 
ger erljob, bent neuen paletot gettenii foQte. ©ofort be* 
fd^Iofe er, benfetben jum ©d)netber ju tragen unb eine 9Sier=^ 
teleHe abfd^neiben ju laffen, urn feiner grau unb Stoc^ter 
eine angenel^me Uberrafd^ung ju bereiten. 

@r rief ganj leife ba^ S)ienftmabc£)en unb flufterte i^r ju, 
fie foHe ben 9tod t)om ©d^neiber Derlurjen taffen, aber ben 
J)amen mdE)tiS bauon fagen. 

S)a^ 3)ienftmabc^en fam ebenfo fd^neQ jurudE Xoxt fie ge:= 
gangen toar. @te berid)tete, bafe ber @dE|neiber fid^ fiber ben 
SBunfd^ §crrn S5o^m^ fet)r genjunbert t)abc. 42 @r toeigcre fid^ 
Don bem fdE)on ju furgen paletot nodE) etma^ abjufdineiben. 

§err 95ot)m braufte unnjiHig auf. „9Bie eigenfinnig bie* 
fer ©d^neiber ift ! 3ft e^ feine ®(x6:)t ober meine ! Slber roie 
t)ateftarrig er aud^ fein mag, er foU bennoc^ Don meinem 
paletot eine SSierteleUe f)erunterfd|neiben.'' 

Dbgleid^ ber @dE)netber l)eftig mit bem S!opfe fdE)utteIte, 43 
bKeb it)m md)tg fibrig, 44 at^ bem S5efel^I be^ ^errn 93ot)m 
ju gef)ord^en unb ein @tudE abjufdEineiben. ©arfaftifdE} 
Ifid^elnb fagte er ju bem ©ienftmabdEien, er Ijoffe, §err SBol^m 
fanbe ben paletot nun lurj genug. 



41. SBann erl)ob fid) §err ^Sol^m? 42. SBoran bac^te er juerft? 
43. SBie gtaubte er feiner J^au unb Sloditer eine angenel^me 
Uberrafd()Uttg ju bereiten? 44. 2BeId|en 3luftrag (order) gab 
er bem Dienftmcibdien ? 46. SBarum foUte bad DienftmSbc^en 
ben !Damen nid()t« baDon fagen? 46. 2Bie erfiiflte bad ©ienft* 
mttbc^en ben 3luftrag? 47. 2Bad lieg ber ©c^neiber §errn 
SJol^m fagen? 48. Durd) weldje SBorte brUdte §err So^m 
feinen Unn)iUen (displeasure) aud? 49. 933ie briidte ber 



THE NEW QREAT'COAT. 25 

About nine, Father Bohm, too, arose from his downy 
couch. His first thought was ^ of ^j the new great-coat. 
He determined to surprise his wife and daughter. 

* 

" Dorothea !" he whispered, " there in ^ the closet 
hangs a great-coat. Take it to the tailor and tell him 
that I was^ quite right, and it is too long. TelH him 
to cut off a good quarter of a yard. But say nothing 
about it to my wife,^ for ^ I want to give her a pleasant 
surprise." 

The servant went, but came back quickly. 

" Mr. Bohm," said she, " the tailor was surprised ^ 
that "^ he was ® to cut off still more of the coat. He said 
it was ® too short already." 

"Tell that 10 stiff-necked tailor that^^ this is my 
affair," blustered out Mr. Bohm. " I ought ^^ [to] know 
better than he how^^ long I want to have my coat. 
Just 1* because ^^ he is so obstinate, he shall cut off a 
quarter [of a] yard." 

The maid started off again and soon returned. 

" Mr. Bohm," said she, the tailor shook his ^^ head ^g 
violently, but at last he cut off a piece and said, he 
hoped that^"^ now it would be short enough for^^ you." 

©c^tteiber feine aJiipilligutig (disapproval) uber ben jtueiten 
Scfe^I au« ? 50. S33a« fagte er ju bem ©ienfttnabc^en, a(^ er 
ben paletot Derfarjt ^atte ? 

^ gettcn, gait, gcgotten, with dative. ^ \x\^ witli dative. ^ xjse l)aben ; 
indirect discourse. * bcfc^lcn, befall, bcfoljlcn, with dative. ^ grau,/. 
^ bcnii, 16. "^ ba6; 21, 22. ^ Use foUcii. ® indirect discourse. 
10 bem. "bag; 21, 22. ^-^ Use muff en. ^Muie; 21, 24, 83. ^^ gerabc. 
16 mx\, 21, 22. i« See p. 13, note 1. " ^(jg. 21, 22. ^^ for, with 
accusative. 



26 DES LIEUTENANTS MITTAOESSEN. 

^err SBof)m liefe ben 9tocf tjom S)ienftmabci^cn in ben 
©d^ranl pngen unb roartete ru^ig auf ben 3citpunft, too er 
bartn auf ber ©trafee erfd^einen fonnte. 

Site bic 3^it jum @pajtcrenget)n Ijerangefommen toax, jo- 
gen beibe S)amen |)ut unb 9J?antel an, [id^ 6eibe auf ben 
Slugenblid freuenb, ba ber SSater im boQen ©lanje be^ 
neuen 5patetot§ mit it)nen au^ge^en toiirbe. 

Unterbeffen Ijatte fic^ §crr 83ot)m Dor bie ©tubentpr ge- 
fteltt unb ben paletot bringen laffen. S!aum t)atte er Qtitf 
il|n mit ^iilfe be^ S)ien[tmabd^en§ ftini anjujie^en, aU bie 
©tubentpr aufftog unb bie entfefeten S)amen i^n in einer — 
lurjen Sade baftefjen fa^en. 



^t^ &knttmnt^ 9nittage{fen. 

Unter ben S5auern in SBolbcgt toar einft eine JRebetlion 
au^gebrod^en. ©a biefe nur burd) militarifdie 3"^^^^<^"^ion 
gefdE)IidE)tet toerben fonnte, erI)icU ber Sicutenant Don ^arfun- 
fetftein ben ftrengen 93efcf)I, mit feinem SRegiment nad) 9Bo(= 
begf 5u marfd^ieren. 

S)en SBefet)! in ber |)anb t)attenb, lam er nad^ §aufe. 45 
©ein erfter 93Iid fief auf feincn 9lrbeit^tifd^. 2tuf bemfelbcn 

61. aBa« befall §err Soi)m bem !Dienftmabcf|en ? 52. SBetc^en 
3eit)3unft ertuartete §err ©o^m ru^ig? 53. SBann gogen bie 
!Damen §ut unb 5H?antet an? 54. Sluf xoddjtn 3Koment freu* 
ten fie fid)? 55. SBo fteUte fic^ §^1^1^ ^^^^ ^^^f ? ^^^ ®^^ 
l)alf il^m beim Slnjiclien be^ ^a(etot«? 57. Onwiefcm war 
c« eine tiberraf^ung fiir aUe brei ? 



THE LIEUTENANT'S DINNER. 27 

" Very good," said Mr. Bohm. " Hang the coat in 
the closet." 

At last comes the time for a walk. The two ladies 
rejoice in anticipation of the moment when Mr. Bohm 
will appear on the street with them, in the full glory of 
his new great-coat. 

While ^ they are donning hats and mantles, Mr. Bohm 
stations himself before the parlor door. 

" Dorothea," he calls out, " now bring me my new 
great-coat." 

The maid quickly helps him put on the coat. The 
door flies open. 

Mr. Bohm stands before ^ the horrified women in — 
a short jacket ! 



The Lieutenant's Dinner. 

After Fbitz Beutbb. 

® Lieutenant von Karfunkelstein comes home^g one 
day.* He holds in his^ hand a strict order to march 
with his regiment to Woldegk, for^ a rebellion has broken 
out there "^ which ^ can be put down only by military 
force. 

1. S33eld|en 53cfc]^I crl^ielt bcr lieutenant Don Sarfunlefftein? 
2. S33arum foUte er nac^ ffiotbegf marfc^ieren? 3. SBie lonnte 
bte ^Rebellion nur gefditid^tet tt)erben? 4. SBof|in ging er jundd^ft? 

* iDfi^renb. ^ before, with dative. 

« iDsert the def. article. * cinc« "S^a^e^. ^ See p. 13, note 1. 
•benn;16. ' bort. 8 21,28. 



28 DES LIEUTENANTS MITTA6ESSEN. 

lag cin Sricf. @r gloubte bic ^nbfc^rift ju crfcnncn. 3)cn 
JBricf ^aftig aufreiBen unb bur^f^tegen 4^ toar ba^ 3Bcrf 
cinc§ 9ugen6IidS. Seine ^etjen^bame, bic junge SBittpe 
grau t)on 2)iamant, erfreute i^n mit einer freunblic^en &n^ 
labung jum ^eutigen SRittogeffen. 

SSa^ ^alf bem fiieutenant fein Sommern unb ^lagen ! ®r 
l^atte ben ftrengften SBefe^I, in einer @tunbc marfc^bcreit ju 
fein. SBie gern ^fittc er bic ©niabung, mit bcr reijenbcn 
grau JU fpeifen, angenommen ! ©tatt beffen mufete er nun 
gegen rebeUif d)e SBauern marfc^ieren. G§ toai ju fc^abe ! 47 
3)er Sieutenant ^fitte t)or Sfrger rafenb toerben mSgen. 

@§ blieb i^m nid)t§ anbere^ ubrig, ate Socmen ^pfifel, fei- 
nen SBurfc^en, ju rufen unb if)m ju befe^fen, ber gnSbigen 
grau ^on 3)iamant fcine 3(btt)efenf)eit ju erflfiren. 

„3)u giebft il^r einen genauen SBefd^eib fiber meine Sage 
unb fagft il|r, ba^ e§ mir fef)r leib tljate, 43 nid^t if)r ®aft 
fein JU fdnnen." 

3)ann fragte ber Sieutenant feinen SBurfd^en, ob er nun aud^ 
genau toiffe, n)a§ er fagen folle. 

ff3^ S5efet)t, 49 §err Sieutenant," entgegnete ber gute 
Sodden ^afet, gru^te mititarifd^ unb mad^te fid^ fofort auf 
ben 9Beg. go 

3)a e^ gerabe SWittag^jeit njar, fiel e^ bem Sieutenant ein^gi 
fid^ fein gen)ot)nte§ 2Kittageffen au§ bem §oteI tjolcn ju laf^^ 
fen. @r rief batjer bem bal^ineitenben Sodden burdE} ba§ ge* 

5. SBa^ fanb er auf feinem 2lrbeit«tifd^ ? 6. ffia^ t^at er 
mit bem Sricf? 1. 9Son tt)cm tt)ar ber Srief? 8. SBq^ 
ent^iett ber 53rief? 9. SBarum fonnte ber lieutenant bie 
©niabung nic^t anncl^men? 10. ©c^tfbem ®ie feine ®c* 
fiiflle? 11. ®en rief er? 12. SBcIc^cn «efef|t gab er feinem 



THE LIEUTENANT'S DINNER, 29 

The lieutenant's first glance falls on a letter that ^ lies 
on his work-table. He recognizes the handwriting. The 
letter is from his lady love, the young widow, Frau von 
Diamant.2 Hastily he opens the letter, and glances 
through it.^g It contains® a friendly invitation for din- 
ner that day.* 

The lieutenant is furiously angry .^ To march against 
rebellious peasants instead of dining® with his charm- 
ing lady, — that is indeed a pity. 47 But complaints and 
bewailings do no good; in an hour he must be ready to 
march. 

He calls Jochen Pasel, his servant,^ and gives him a 
precise account of his plight. He bids him go at once 
to Frau von Diamant and explain the absence of her in- 
vited guest. 

"Do you® know exactly what you are® to say?" asks^^ 
the lieutenant of the boy. 

"Surely, sir,^^" replies the good Jochen Pasel, and 
goes [on] his way.^ 

Now the lieutenant is accustomed to have his dinner 
brought^® from a hotel. As^* it is just dinner-time, he 

53urfd)en? 13. SBad fofltc 3od)cn ber !iDamc fagen? 
14. 2Btc cnnjftng Qod)tn ben 53cfc^(? 15. Sad rief ber 8ieu^ 
tenant bem ba^ineifenben Qo6)m nad)? 16. SBarum fiel e« 
il^m jcfet ein bied gu tl^un? 17. SBarum glaubte er, bag Qo^ 

^ tDeld^er 21, 28. ^ An appositive agrees in case with its ante- 
cedent. « entlftalten; entl}lett, ent^attcn. * Use adjective. * Translate 
rages from (tjor) vexation. • Use infinitive with jn. "^ S3ur|d)p, m. 
* Use the second person singular. * foUcn. " fragcn governs the 
accusative, i^ ^err lieutenant. ^^ felneS ^egd. " to have brought, 
ft(^ l^olen (offen. ^^ ba ; see p. 11, note 3. 



30 DES LIEUTENANTS MITTAGES8EN. 

Sffnete genfter na6), cr folle bann gteic^ ba^ (Sffcn miU 
bringeit. 

3lfe Socmen 5pafel ju bcr gnabigen grau Don 3)iamant 
fam unb biefe if)n ganj freunbfici^ ftagte, toa^ e^ bertit gfiBe, 52 
ertDiberte er, er Bringe eine @mpfef)Iung an bie gnabige grau 
t)on bem ^errn Sieutenant SBcgen beg SluiSbred^en^ ciner 
^Rebellion in SBoIbegf miiffe ber §err Sieutenant in einer 
©tunbe bortf)in marfd^iercn unb be^t)aI6 fei c§ if)m unmSg* 
Kd^, Iieute 6ei ber gnabigen g^au ju binieren. 

3)ie S)ame, ber biefe 9?aci^rid^t leib tf)at, fagte, bo^ hjfire 
ja fe^r fd^abe, er mflge feinem ^errn i^r Sebauern au^ 
brucfen. 

©ie erlpartete, bafe Sodden nun f)eimget)en foHte, unb 
lonnte nid)t begreifen, iparum ber nod^ immer bafte^enbe 
Surfd^e bie 9Wu§e fo Derfegen in ber §anb I|erumbret)te. 

©nbtid^ erflarte er auf it)re ^rage, tuarum er benn nid^t 
nad^ §aufe ginge, bafe ber Sieutenant i^m befol^fen I|a6e, ba^ 
©ffen gteid^ mitjubringen. 

3)ie junge SBittue fonnte einen ©pafe Derftelin. 53 9?id^t 
oljue feife in fid^ t)inein ju lad^en, 54 liefe fie Sodden einen 
grofeen mit Sffen DoIIgepadEten S!or6 mitgeben. 

93alb erfd^ien Sodden bamit Dor bem mittlertoeite red^t 
f)ungrig getoorbenen Sieutenant. 3)iefer fegte fid) fofort 
nieber, Derbriefelid^, ba^ er nid^t mit feiner 3tnge6eteten fpei* 
fen lonnte, fonbern etenbe^ SBirt^^au^effen t)inuntertt)urgen 

d^ctt toiffen tt)Urbe, tt)of|er er bad gffen ^olen foUte? 18. 2Bie 
murbe ^odien Don ber gnabigen grau empfangen? 19. SBa« 
erjftl^tte er i^r? 23. SBa« erwiberte bie liDame barauf? 
21. SBad fam ber IDame in feinem 53etragen (behavior) fon* 
bcrbar Dor? 22. SBad fragte fie il^n be«^a(b? 23. SBarum 



THE LIEUTENANT'S DINNER. 31 

opens the window and calls after the hurrymg Jochen, 
"And then bring the food along with you." 

Jochen comes to the gracious Frau von Diamant. 

"What is it, 52 my boy?^" asks the lady kindly. 

"Compliments from my master to the gracious lady 
and my gracious ^ lieutenant cannot come to dinner to- 
day. He must march in an hour to Woldegk, where ^ a 
rebellion has* broken out, and therefore the lieutenant 
cannot accept your invitation for dinner." 

"That is a pity! 47 I am very sorry ["^g 

And Jochen Pasel stands and stands and whirls his 
cap round in his^ hand in embarrassment.^ 

"Weiy Jochen, why do you^ not go home." 

"He said that^ I was to^^ bring the dinner with [me] 
gracious lady. " 

The young widow laughs softly to hereelf.g^ She 
knows how to take a joke,g3 and she packs a great bas- 
ket full [of] food and gives it [to] Jochen. 

In the meantime, the lieutenant has ^^ grown very hun- 
gry and when ^2 Jochen appears with the food, he sits 
down to it in ill-humor. 

"Instead of dining ^^ off the rarest dishes with my 
adored," he murmurs, "I must^* swallow this miserable 

toartetc er? 24. Wit tta^tn bie !t)ame feine ©otfd)aft auf? 
25. ffia« lieg fie ^oc^en mitgeben? 26. 3n tt)a« fitr etner 
©timmung (mood) fanb ^oc^en ben Sieutenant? 21. SBarum 
tear bcr Sieutenant Derbrie^tic^ ? 

1 @o^n, m. 2 Insert ^err. ^ 21, 24. * Auxiliary, see page 9, 
note 2. fi Seep. 13, note 1. « SSerlegen^eit,/. "^ 9?un. 8 Use second 
person singular. • 21, 22. ^^ foUcn. 1^ See p. 9, note 2. 12 gg^ 
p. 3, note 6. " gu fpcifen. " 29. 



eS2 DE8 LIEUTENANTS MITTA0ES8EN 

mufete. SlDer \i(xii be^ etoigen ©cf)n)etn' unb |)ammeI6raten§ 
fat) er bie feltenften ®erid^te Dor fid). „3Ba^ I)ab' icf) benn 
l)ier ?" murmelte er, tnbem er ©eflugef, ^jSafteten, Oefrorene^ 
unb S!nd^en entbedtte. ?lte fogar etne glafc^e Sf)ampagner 
gum 9Sorfcf)etn fam,55 bac^te er, e§ fSnnte Dtelleid^t etn |)oc^' 
3eit^fd)mau§ im SBirt^t)au^ fein. 3(ber \>0i er Sodden gerufen 
unb t^n bariiber befragt I)atte, ern)iberte biefer, \>a^ @ffen fei 
ja t)on il)r. 

,,3[Ba^?" fd^rie ber Sieutenant, „lt)0 fagteft bn, bafe baig 
(gffen ^er fet?%e 

211^ Sodden naiD erfldrte, er ^abe ba^ Sffen boc^ Don ber 
gnabigen grau gteic^ mitbrtngen follen, fd^ien ber ^oxn be^ 
Sieutenant^ !etne ©renjen 5U !ennen. 

Sr nannte Sodden ben allergrojsten Sfel, ber je auf jtpet 
95einen ^erumgelaufen fei unb toetterte lange unb l)eftig gegen 
feine beifpielTofe !5)umm^eit. 

Snblid) tobt fidt) aud^ ein Sieutenant^jorn au^. 9?ad^bem 
er ein bifec^en rul)iger geltjorben, befdilojs er, bie fd)5nfte 2!orte 
im Sonbitorlaben ju !aufen unb biefelbe an grau Don ^xa- 
mant ju fdt)idten. S)at)er gab er 3odt)en brei 3:t)aler* au^ 
feiner 956rfe unb befat)! it)m, eine 2!orte ju faufen unb ber 
gnabigen grau ju uberbringen. 

„©age x\)x bieig itjortlid^," befal)! ber Sieutenant: „3d^ bin 
ali^ @fel langft befannt unb bitte, bajs ®ie mir meine SDumm- 

28. 2Borin beftanb (consist) ba« SBirt«l)au«effen gemSlinlic^? 

29. ©a^ fanb ber gieutenant in bem Sorbe? 30. SBie erflcirte 
er fi(^ bie Uberraft^ung (surprise)? 3L SBeld)e grfldrung 
gab 3ocf)^tt? 32. Sefc^reiben fie bie Scene, t^el^e biefer 
grfldrung folgte. 33. SBie bcabfid)tigtc ber gieutenant ba« 

• one thaler = 75 cents. 



THE LIEUTENANT'S DINNER. 33 

hotel-fare, the everlasting pork and mutton roast. But 
what is this? Fowl, pastry, ices, cake, and even a bottle 
of champagne ! " 

"Jochen," he calls, "is there a wedding feast at 
the hotel?" 

"No, sir, this is from A^r." 

"Where did that food come from?"5g shouts the lieu- 
tenant. 

"Why,^ from Frau von Diamant. I was to bring the 
food with me." 

The lieutenant's wrath knows no bounds. 

" Jochen Pasel, you are the greatest ass that goes about 
on two legs!" he shouts in anger. "You were to bring 
the food from the hotel, not from Frau von Diamant!" 

After 2 the lieutenant has vented his fury, he takes 
three thalers from his purse and says to Jochen, "Here 
are three thalers. Go at once to the confectioner's and 
buy the finest cake^ he has in the shop. Do you under- 
stand me correctly, you ass?" 

"At your service,* lieutenant," responds Jochen Pasel. 

" Take the cake to Frau von Diamant. Say that you 
have long been known as [an] ass, and that she must^ 
graciously pardon you. If ^ the cake tastes half as good 

9ScrfcI)cn (mistake) fcine^ Surfd^cn iDiebcr gut ju madden? 
34. ffiictjicl ®clb gab er ^fo^cn? 35. aBa« foUte er batnit 
tl)un? 36. aBcId)c Sotfdiaft fotltc er ber gndbigcn grau 
tDortlic^ iiberbringcn ? 

1 nun. 2 nad^bctti, 21, 22, 29. ^ Supply the relative pronoun 
"which;" the relative pronoun can never be omitted in German. 
* Insert ©err. * mogen. * ttjenn, 21, 22, 29. 



34 DES LIEUTENANTS MITTAQES8EN 

I)eit gndbigft tjerjeifien mogen. @^ toxxh meinem §errn Steu* 
tenant bie grofete SBonne fein, tvcnn bie Xorte 3f)nen t)a(6 fo 
gut fcf)medcn follte, toie i£)m 3{)r SKittageff en. " 

3rt)eimal fragte ber Sieutenont, 06 Sod)en and) red)t t)er^ 
ftonben ^abe, lt)ie er'^ fagen folk, unb stpeimal entgegnete ber 
gate Sod)en ^afel „Qvi 95efet)(, |)err Sieutenant." 

Sodden marf)te fid) fofort auf ben SSeg, ber gnabigen grau 
ben ^nii)m ju uberbringen. 

Site er xi)x eine @mpfet){ung t>on bent |)errn Sieutenant 
melbete, unterbrad) fie t£)n ntit ber groge, wa^ er ba ©d)6neig 
bringe. Slber Sodden ful)r unbefiimmert mit feiner SBotfci^aft 
fort: „Tldn §err Sieutenant ift ate @fel langft befannt 
unb — 

„@t! @t!" (ad^te bie gnabige grau, „ba^ t^abm mx fd)on 
gen)u6t" — 

„Unb bittet @ie, it)m bie S)umm^eit gnabigft 5U Derjeiljen 
unb fd)idt 3t)nen eine Xorte, bie foil fur @ie eine 3Bonne 
fein." 

S)ie gnabige grau, n)eld)e toafjrenb biefer 9iebe fierjlid) 
geladjt i)atk, briidtte einen 3:^a(er in bie §anb be^ 95urfd^en 
unb fagte, fie tuiirbe mit bem §errn Sieutenant fpflter, nai^ 

feiner 3iJ^iid^iJ"ftf ^^^^ ^i^ ®a6)t fpred^en. 

©tatt nun fortjugefjen, ftanb Soi^en hat ate ob er niemate 
t>on ber ©telle toeid^en hjollte. 

2)ie §anb t)or fic^ l)inf)altenb, 57 ftarrte er auf ben '3ii)aUx, 
mit toeldjem i£)n bie 2)ame fur feine SJZii^e be(of|nen itJoHte. 
Wan follte meinen, er l)atte nie t>or{)er einen Xi)akx ge- 
fe^en. 

37* SBarum fragte ber Sieutenant gmeimal, ob Ood)en i^n aud^ 
red^t tjerftanben Ijabe? 38. SBie lautcte bie Slntmort bed guten 



THE LIEUTENANT'S DINNER, 36 

to her as her dinner [did] to me, I shall be more than 
happy. Have you understood, stupid donkey?" 

"At 3'our service, 49 lieutenant," replies the servant. 

And Jochen goes and takes the cake to the 
lady.i 

"The lieutenant's compliments to^ Frau von Dia- 
mant" — 

"What are you bringing there, my good lad?" 

— "and says he has long been known as [an] ass," — 
"St! St!" laughs the lady, "we know that already. " 

— "and you must^ graciously pardon him, and here is a 
cake to give* you joy." 

The lady laughs heartily. 

"Tell the lieutenant we will talk about the matter 
later, when he comes back." While speaking,^ she 
presses a thaler into his hand as® [a] reward for his 
trouble. 

She thinks that*^ now Jochen will go, but^ he does not 
stir from the spot. He holds out his hand and stares 
into it^ as if^^ he never had seen^^ a thaler before. 

So(i)tn ^'d\d ? 39. aBa« tnclbete Qo(i)tn ber gndbigcn grau 
guerft? 40. aJHt n)eld)er gragc untcrbrad) [ic \i)n? 41. 3n* 
tDicfcm dnbcrtc Qodjtn bie 53otfd)aft be« gieutenant^ ? 
42. pi)rcn @ie bie SRcbe Qod)en^ toovtlid) an I 43. ©eleven 
©nbrutf (impression) ma6)tt bie 9Jebe auf bie ©ante? 
44» SBarum brUdte fie Qo6)tn einen J^aler in bie ganb? 
45. Seft^reibcn ®ic 3o^en« Sctragen ! 

^86. *an. ' mSgcn; preterit subjunctive. * bcreiten. 

* Use clause introduced by njal)rcnb, 21, 22, 68. ^ urn . . .gu, 
use infinitive with gu. ^ 21, 28. ^ 15. 9 ^ineiiu 10 al« ob, 21, 22. 
^^ pluperfect subjunctive. 



36 MUNCHHAU8EN8 ABENTEUER. 

grau Don Sitamant, toetdje glaubte, bafe jegt aHe^ in Orb* 
nunflgg jet, fragtc i^n enbltd), itjorauf er noc^ tvattt 

Sodden entgegnetc, bte gnabige grau ^abe i^m ja nur 
etnen Xiiaitx gegeben, ber Siic^en 'f)abtn il)nen aber felber 
bret ge!oftet 



2)ie 3(l6enteuet beiS ^nif^tttn Hon ^Riind^l^aufen. 

2)er grctl^crr bon aRund^t)aufcn, tpeldier tm tjortgen Sa]^r=* 
I)unbert auf feinem ®ute in ber ^Protjinj §annot)er lebte, 
:pflegte feinen greunben unb Sagbgenoffen gern 'oon feincr 
SSergangenfjeit ju er3at)Ien. 

„@inft," ^ub er an, ,,reifte ic^ 5U ^PferbCgg burc^ ben 
n6rbUd)en Steil ^polen^. (£^ tear ein ungelt)6t)n(i^ fc^nee=^ 
reid^er SBinter. ©tunbenlang reite 16) burc^ bie obe ®d|nee- 
toufte bat)in. ©^ tpunbert mid), bafe i^ im Saufe eine^ 
ganjen 3^agei^ fein einjige^ !5)orf, feine ®d)en!e nod^ fonft 
ein einjelne^ §au^ antreffe. 

2:obmube fteige id) enblid) bei Slnbrud) ber SRad^t t)om 
^Pferbe unb :preife mid) gludtUd^, ein grofee^ SBrot mitgenommen 
ju ^aben, ba^ id) e^rlid) mit meinem Sidfetein teile. 2)arauf 
binbe ic^ mein 5pferb an eine Slrt SBaumftuntpf, ber au^ bem 

46, ©urd) tDeld^e neue ®umm{)eit red^tfertigte (justify) er be« 
Sicutenant^ aWeinung : „£) 3od)en ^ajel, m^ bift bu f Ur'n gfel"? 

1, aSie ^eigt ber §elb (hero) ber ®t\6)x^tt? 2, SBann 
lebte ber grei^crr t)on 3nUnc^^aufen? 3. SBo Icbte ber grei^ 
^en:? 4. 2Bic amiifiertc er oft feine greunbe? 6. 3fn totli)m 
Sanbe reifte er einft? 6. ^n tDelc^er 3<il)re^jeit (season)? 
7. Sefc^reiben ©ie bie 8anbfd)aft! 8» SBoriiber wunberte er 



ADVENTURES OF MUNCHHAU8EN. 37 

"Why do you still stand there? What are you waiting 
for?" finally asks the lady. "It is all right now V\^ 

"No," replies Jochen, "this is only one thaler. The 
cake costs us^ three." 



The Adventures of Baron von Munchhausen. 

2 Baron von Miinchhausen is said ^ to have lived in 
the last century on an estate in the province of Hano- 
ver. Among * the stories of ^ his past life which he 
used to relate to his friends, was one about ^ a journey 
on horseback through Poland. 

He used to begin with a description '' of the unusually 
snowy winter, and of the barren waste of snow through 
which he had ® to ride for hours at a time.^ 

He began to wonder (at it), he said, that ^^ he did not 
come to a village nor ^ [to] a single house in the course 
of a whole day. But at nightfall he was so tired that 
he had to dismount were he was. After ^ he had tied 
his horse to a sort of stump projecting ^^ out of the snow, 
and had shared with the animal a large piece of bread 
which he had been so provident ^* [as] to bring with 

fid) auf btcfcr SReifc? 9. aBarum fticg er cnblid) tjotn "iPfcrbe? 
10. SBe^^alb burfte er \\d) glitcfHc^ preifcn? 

1 Insert fclbcr. 

2 Insert the def. article. * Use active: man fagt,. bag; see p. 23, 
note 1. * unter, witli dative. ^ aii8, with dative. « fiber, with ac- 
cusative. "^ sBctd^reibung./. ^ mflffen. ^ At a time, ^intereinanber. 
^^ 21y22. ^^ mebcr . . . no(^. ^^ nat^bcm; 21 , 22. ^^ Relative clause 
or adjective, 46 S 71 2. " oorjlc^tig. 



38 MtlNCHHAUSENS ABENTEUER. 

©d^nee ^ertjorragt. 3d) felber aber ftrede mic^ auf ben 
®d)nee au^ unb net)me ben ©attel afe ^opffiffen. 

S)an!6ar em:pfinbe i^ e^, bafe ber fdjarfe 9lorbh)mb ))I6^ttd^ 
in einen fanften XaultJinb iiberge^t. 

333eil id) fo abgefpannt bin, t)erfane ic^ in einen toaliren 
2:obe^fd^(af, an^ bem xi) erft erlt)ad)e, afe e^ l^eHer 2:ag 
gehjorben ift. 

Ungetuife, ob id) nod) traume, blide \6) umt)er. SBie gro§ 
ift mein ©rftaunen, ate ic^ mic^ mitten in einem S)orfe untoeit 
ber ^ird)e liegen finbe. 

3m erften Slugenblide fet)e id) nic^tig t)on meinem ^Pferbe, 
aber :pl5glid) ^6re id) e^ \)o^ in ber Suft fiber mir tpiel^ern. 
Sc^ fd)aue in bie §6t)e unb lt)a^ gtauben ©ie lt)oI)I, tua^ id^ 
fe^e? §od) oben an ber ©pi^e be^ S!ird)turme^ t)angt mein 
5pferb. 

©ogleic^ tuirb mir aHe^ !Iar. 5d) I)atte ba^ S)orf ganjtid^ 
t)om ©d)nee bebedt gefunben, bie S^urmfpige fiir einen SBaum- 
ftumpf ge^attcn go wnb mein ^ferb baran gebunben. 2BaI)renb 
meine^ ©d^Iafes^ itjar nun aller ©d^nee h)eggefd)mol3en unb id) 
fo anmat)Iid) bi^ auf ben Soben ^erabgcfunfen. 

9Sor alien S)ingen mufjte id) mein ^ferb an^ feiner unbe= 
quemen Sage befreien. Sd) nel)me meine ^iftole unb jerfc^iefee 
bie 3w9^tf \^ ^^fe ^^^^ brat)er 9ieifegefat)rte fad^t am 2:urm 
I)eruntergteitet unb mid^ fel^r erfreut begriifet. 333ir !el)ren in 

11, SBetd)e SSorbereitungen (preparations) mad)te er fUr bie 
5«ad)t? 12. ©d^ilbem ©ie ben 2Bitterung«tt)e(i^fen 13. 2Ba« 
beiDeift, bag er fcljr miibc tDar? 14. SBarum glaubte er not^ gu 
trtiumen, ate er ern)ad)te? 15. SBie mad^te fi(^ fcin ^ferb be* 
mcrfbar? 16. SBo {)in9 fein ^ferb? it. SBie erltarte er fic^ 
bie« aUc«? 18. ©ie befreite er ba« ?ferb? 



ADVENTURES OF MUNCHHAUSEN. 39 

him,^ he was thankful to stretch himself out upon the 
snow, with his saddle for [a] pillow. 

He called himself fortunate when he perceived that 
the cold north wind had ^ suddenly changed to a softer 
wind, and soon he closed ^ his eyes. 

" On awaking * from ^ the deep sleep into which ^ I 
had fallen, and looking ^ around," the baron con- 
tinued,® " where do you suppose ^ I found myself ? " 

And he would describe ^^ his astonishment as he looked 
about. To find himself lying ^^ in the midst of a village 
made him uncertain whether ^^ he was still dreaming or 
not. But he could hear his horse whinnying,^^ and when 
at last he looked upward and saw it hanging ^^ from the 
top of the church tower, everything became clear to him. 

He saw that since ^* the snow had entirely covered the 
village, the evening before it was not strange that he 
should have taken g^ the tower for a stump and tied his 
horse to it, because the snow had entirely covered the 
village the evening before. Then as the snow gradu- 
ally melted away durmg his sleep he had sunk down to 
the ground without waking.^^ 

The baron now hastened ^^ to free his horse from its 
uncomfortable situation by shooting ^^ through the reins, 
so that it could slide gently down the tower. After ^® 
he had joyfully greeted his old comrade, he decided to 



' 1 him== fi(j^. 2 See p. 9, note 2. « ftj^licgcn, fd|Io6, gefci^roffcn. * SBcim 
^(ufmac^en* ^ au«. ^ 21, 28. "^ Clause with inbem, 68. ^ fort'fa^ren, 
fu^r fort, fortgefa^ren. ^ Insert bag. ^^ Preterite of ht\6)xt\\>t\\, ht* 
\6)X\tb, bef(^rieben. ^^ Infinitive. 12 qJ,^ ^ith subjunctive;* 21, 22. 
w Use infinitive, 71. " See p. 11, note 3. is Infinitive with gu, 71. 
w ficfi bfcilen. " Clause with Inbem, 88. " not^bcmj 21, 22. 



40 MUNCHHAU8EN8 ABENTEUER. 

einem Ooftfjofc etn unb erquicfert un^ beibe an einem erfri== 
fc^enben grul^ftiid 

Sd) tnad^c bafetbft bie 93efanntfcf)aft eine^ ^PoftiHon^, ber 
\m id) im ©d)nee iibernad^tet ^atte. @r tiangt fein |)orn an 
einen SRagel am Slamtn unb je^t fid) ju 2;ifd)e. Slber toa^ 
glauben ®ie toot)!, toa^ 9efd)ie^t ? 2:rara, trara ! S)a^ §orn 
beginnt t)on felbft ju blafen. 

S)ie 9KeIobien, tueld^e ber ^PoftiHoit geftern I)ineingeblafen 
I)atte, toaren namlid) in bem §orne eingefroren. S)a bie 
SBarme bie 3:6ne nad^ unb nad^ fd)mol3, brangen fie flar unb 
melobifd) ^ert)or. SBir I)atten ot)ne W\A)t \>a^ intereffantefte 
2:afeIfonjert. 

®ie hjiffen, meine |)erren, bafe id) ein :paffionierter Sager 
bin. @ine^ 3^ageio tjerfolge id) einen n)unbertid)en §afen, ber 
t)ier giifee am 93aud)e unb t)ier ouf bem SRuden \)aiit. SSenn 
bie beiben untcren ^^aare mube hjaren, bret)te er fid^ gefd)idt 
um unb fprang mit feinen beiben frifd^en ^jSaaren loeiter. Sd^ 
^(xht nie tuieber einen af)nlid)en §afen gefet)n, unb id^ l^attc 
if)n aud) toot)! nie ot)ne meinen t)or3iig!id^en 333inb!)unb ge^ 
fangen. !5)iefe^ Heine 3:ier !ief fo au|5erorbent!id^ rafd), bafe 
er ben §afen flber^o!te. Sei Xag unb bei 9?ad)t tear er g!eid^ 
gut JU braud)en. 3n ber 9?ad)t banb id) i^m eine Saterne an 
ben ©d)n)anj, mit ber er meinen 5pfab bctcud^tete. S)iefe^ 
SBinbfpie! !ief fo !ange in meinem !5)ienfte, bi^ er fid^ 5u!e^t bie 

19. 2Ba« tl)at er um fief) gu erljolen (refresh)? 20. SBeffen 
53efanntfd)aft madjte er im ©aftl^ofe? 2L 2Bo ^atte auc^ ber 
•ipoftitlon itbcmad)tet. 22. aBcId)c§ iDunbcrbare grcigni^ fanb 
ftatt? 23. Wit erflarte er bic«? 24. SBa^ fur ein iDunberbare^ 
Sier t)erfo!9te er einmal auf ber ^agb? 25. SBe^Ijalb toar e^ 
fo ft^toer^ ben §afcn gu fangen? 26. Stttoiefern toar ber ©unb 
bem 8rcil)erm bet 9lac^t nii^It^ ? 



ADVENTURES OF MUNCHHAUSEN. 41 

stop at a hotel ; and here, he had another strange ad- 
venture.^ 

While 2 he was eatmg a refreshing breakfast, he made 
the acquaintance of a man who had seated himself at ^ 
the same table. The latter,* a postillion, said that he 
had also spent the night in the snow. " Suddenly," the 
baron said, " [there] came clear and melodious tones 
from ^ the postillion's horn, which ^ was hanging on a 
nail by the chimney. 

The horn was playing of itself! The melodies 
which,*^ the day before,^ were frozen into the horn as ^ 
soon as the postillion had blown them in, were now be- 
ing gradually thawed ^^ out by ^^ the heat.^^ ^ more 
interesting table concert would be hard ^^ to find. 

Another of this passionate hunter's adventures is as 
follows.^* A hare was once being pursued by ^^ a grey- 
hound, when ^^ the baron noticed,^^ that the former had 
eight legs, four on its back. When^^ its two lower 
pairs were tired, it would turn over and spring away on 
its two fresh [pairs]. He hardly^® expected ^o to get it, 
for he saw that it could be overtaken only by ^^ a dog 
which could run remarkably fast. But his excellent 
greyhound finally caught *^ it. 

The baron could use this little dog at night as well 
as 23 in the day-time, for with a lantern tied^* to its tail, 

1 Slbentcucr, n. 2 njci^renb, 68. ' an, with accusative. * iCcfeterer. 
fi au8. « and ^ 21, 28. ^ ant XaQt toor^cr. » as . . . as, fo , . • mic. 
1^ auftauen. " burd^, with accusative. ^ ^i^c,/. " fd^Wer. " fol* 
gctibeg. ^fi t)on, with dative. " gee p. 3, note 6. " bcmcrfen. 
^8 If when is equal to whenever t it must be translated by tuenn; 21, 
22. ^® foum. 20 erWartcn, 21 j,on. 22 fangen, flng, gefangcn. ^ \o* 
tooljil ol3. 24 Verbal adjective or relative clause, 46^. 




42 MUNCHHAUSEN8 ABENTEUER. 

SSeine bi^ bid)t unter bent Seibe n)C9geIaufen i)atk. %n'\ feme 
alien %aQt fonnte i6) ba^ %kv ba^er bequem afe S)ac^^t)unb 
gebraud^en. 

(Sine^ Stageio fd)euc^t mein SBinb^unb einen :prad^ttgen §trfd^ 
auf, gerabe in bent 9Koment, al^ id) alle meine Slugeln t)erfd)offen 
^atte. 3d) labe fofort mit ^utoer unb tl)ue eine |)anbt)oll 
Slirjd)!erne barauf, bie id) jufaHig in ber Xafd^e l^atte. S)amit 
fd)ie|5e id^ nad) bent §irfd)e unb treffe i£)n genau in ber 2Kitte 
3tDifd)en bent ©etuei^. Sinen Stngenblid tvax er 6etau6t, fci^n^anft, 
rafft fid) jebod) toieber auf unb crgreift baig §afen|)anier. gg 

©n ober 5tt)ei Sa^re fpater jagte ici^ n^ieber in bentfelben 
SBalbe. 2)a fontntt ein ungetuo^nli^ ftarfer §irfd) gerabe 
auf mid^ ju mit einem uber ge^n gufe t)ot)en fd^Snen ^rfd^- 
baume 5n)ifd)en bem ®en)eit). 9?aturlid) follt mir gleic^ mein 
frii^erer ©ci^u^ mit ben Sirfd^ternen ein. ©ofort fd)ide id^ 
bem §irfd) eine Stuget burd) ben S!opf unb afe er ju SBoben 
foUt, ^abe ic^ glei^ SBilbbraten unb Stompott, benn ber Saum 
^ing Don ber ^errUd)ften reifen Stirfd^en. 

©nft lauft ein §afe, ben id) Derfolge, quer fiber ben SBeg. 
Sn biefem ?lugenb(ide fd()rt eine Sutfd^e mit ^tvn fd^Snen 
S)amen auf bemfelben SBege jn)ifd)en mir unb bem §afen 

27. aBeI(i^en Ginf(u§ (influence) Ijatte ba« Diele gaufett auf ben 
§UTtb? 28. SBie tie§ fic^ ba« aBinbfpiel auf feine alten Jage 
gebraut^en? 29. SBa« fttr ein Jier fd)eud)te ber §unb eine« 
Sage^ auf? 30, SBarum gefc^a^ bie^ in einem ungiinfttgen 
(unfavorable) SWoment? 31, SBarum Dermoct)te ber 55reil)err 
bod) 3U fd^iegcn? 32, SBo traf er ben ©irf(i^? 33, Ommefem 
tDar ber (2d)u§ ein SKigerfotg? 34. :©efd)reibctt ®tc ben ©irfc^, 
al^ ber greil)err il)n n)iebcr fa^! 35, SSSie tbtetc er ben ©irfc^? 
36, 2Bol)er nal)m er ba« Sompott gum Sratcn? 37, SBoburt^ 
wurbe ber ©aron' baran t)erl)inbert, einen §afcn ju tjerfolgen? 



L 



ADVENTURES OF MUNCHHAU8EN. 43 

it served him to light his path. It finally wore off its 
legs close under its body. But, as ^ it could then be 
used as [a] " Dachshund," it remained in his service 
until its last days. 

One day the baron found so much game,2that he shot 
away all his bullets. Just then a fine stag was started 
by^ his dog. Taking* some cherry-stones from his^ 
pocket, the baron at once decided ^ to load with powder, 
put in a handful [of the] cherry-stones from his pocket, 
and shot at the stag. 

The animal was hit in the middle of the forehead,*^ 
but in spite of ® some staggering ^ it succeeded gj in tak- 
ing 1® to its heels and escaping.^® 

Two years later, when ^ the baron went to the same 
wood to hunt, he saw a strong stag coming ^ up to him. 
He says that he remembered ^ his former shot. He no- 
ticed that a cherry-tree, ten feet high,^* full of the finest 
cherries, was growing ^^ between the horns of the animal. 
Therefore he only had to send a bullet through its 
head to have both,i^ venison ^^ and sauce. 

Once the baron saw a hare running ^® diagonally across 
the road. In pursuing ^^ it, his horse gracefully sprang 
through the open windows of a carriage which had^ 
(just) come between him and the hare. The baron 
would have taken off his hat and begged pardon of the 

1 See p. 11, note 3. ^ gngiib^ n. » »on. * clause with iubem; 68. 
» see p. 13, note 1. « befd|liegm, htWo% befd^Ioffcu. ^ @tirn, /. 
8 tro^jbem, 21, 22. ® Use preterite. ^ Use infinitive with gii, 71^. 
^ See p. 3, note 6. ^ Use infinitive. " fid) crinnern. " Insert : 
which was full, 71, 2. ^^ tt)ad|fcn, tt)U(^«, gcwac^fcn. " beibcS, 
" 28ilbbret,w. w Use infinitive. i» Clause with tofi^rcnb; 21, 22. 
» See p. 9, note 2. 



44 MUNCHHAU8EN8 ABENTEUER. 

t)orbet. SKein ^ferb fe^t fo grajifi^ unb rafd) burd^ beit 
SBagen, beffen genfter geoffnet tDoren, ba§ tcf) toeber ben §ut 
abnet)men nod) bie S)amen urn SSerjeiliung bitten !onnte. 

9?ad)bem id) an bemfetben 9?ad^mittage 25 big 30 §afen ge- 
I)e^t unb gefangen ^atte, fommt mir ein Sunipf in ben 333eg. %i) 
gebe meinem 9?offe bie ©poren, allein ber ®aul fpringt ju furj 
unb Siojs unb 9teiter fallen big wx ben |)afe in ben 9J?oraft 

2)a, meine §erren, gait eg fdjneUe ^ulfe.gg Sci^ urn- 
!Iammere mit beiben ©djenfeln feft bag eble Sier, erfaffe mif 
ber redjten §anb meinen eigenen 3opf * unb — jie^e mid^ mit^ 
famt bem ^jSferbe gludlid^ in bie §6^e. 

3n bemf elben Stugenblide f liegt eine 2lnjat)I tuilber (Snten 
aug bem ®ebufd^ beg fumpfigen Uferg auf. Sd) toiH fofort 
einen fid^eren ©d^ufe tt)un, aUein ic^ bemerfe ju meinem Strger, 
ba^ ber ©tein t)om glinten^al)ne abgejprungen ift 

Siafd^ entfdjloffen 6ffne \6) ben §a^n unb lege bag ®eh)ef|r 
an bie 93ade,64 ^iekes unb f^tage mic^ felber mit ber S^uft 
l^eftig ing Stuge, geuer unb gunfcn ftieben mir aug ben Slugen 
unb entjiinben bag ^ult)er. 2)er ©d)u|5 get)t log gg unb triff t 
fiinf 5|5aar Snten, t)ier ®anfe unb einige SBafferp^ner. 

Sa, ja ! ®eifteggegenn)art ift bie ©eele mann^after ^l^aten, 
fie ^ilft im Seben ju uncrltjarteten Srfolgen. 

Unb nun, meine ^erren, fei'g fiir t)eute genug. gur \>tn 
nad)ften 3lbenb t)erfpred)e ic^ i^nen einige befonberg mer!- 
n)flrbige Sagbgefc^id^ten." 

38 • 5luf iDetctie 3Beife triump^ierte er ilber bie ©diraierigfeit? 
39, 2BegI)atb fam er fid) un^bfli^ (impolite). t)or? 40, On* 
tDtefem Ijatte er am fetben 5Wa(i^mittagc ©liid? 4L aBeld)cg 
gefdt)rtid^e 2lbenteucr eriebte er? 42, 2Bie {)alf er fi(^ aug ber 
®efal)r? 43, SBag gcfc^al) in bemfetben Slugenblidc? 44. SBcI^^ 
d)eg toar bie Urfad)e feineg Slrgerg? 46, ©oburd) erfefetc er ben 






ADVENTURES OF MUNCHHAUSEH^. 45 

ladies sitting ^ in the carriage, if^ his horse had not 
gone ^ so quickly that he could not do this.* 

The baron says that on the afternoon of this wonder- 
ful adventure, he also hunted and caught [from] twen- 
ty-five to thirty hares. Then, however,^ his horse, 
in trying ^ to leap across a slough which lay in his way, 
had the misfortune ^ to sink up to his neck in the mud. 

Never could there be greater need of immediate help. ^ 
In an instant the baron had gripped the horse firmly with 
his legs and seized his own queue * with his right hand. 
Thus hunter and horse were drawn safely into the air. 

At this moment he noticed a number of wild ducks 
flying 8 out of the bushes. He could have made a sure 
shot if the flint of the musket had not sprung off. But 
he knew what to do. He relates that when he had 
taken aim, ^ he struck himself in the eye, and so many 
sparks flew out that the powder was set on fire and the 
shot went off. gg Five pair of ducks, four geese and a 
few water-hens were hit. 

At the end ^ of this story the baron always used to re- 
mark,^^ that presence of mind often led ^^ to unexpected 
results in life and was the soul of manly deeds. And 
when he had related enough for one evening, he would 
promise still more remarkable stories for the next. 

3Seriuft (loss) be§ (Steine« tjom gUtttcnI)at)n? 46. SBa^ traf 
cr tnit bem ©c^uffe? 4t. SBelc^c 8el)re jog er au§ alien bie[en 
®ef(^ic^tcn? 48. SSSa^ tjerfpracf) er ben §erren? 

1 71 2. 2 jijenn^ £1, 22. » laufen, Ucf, gelaufcn. * Transl. f«. « je* 
bod^, ^Clause with Inbem; 68. ' Ungliirf, w. s xjse either infinitive 
or relative clause. » 2lm (Snbe. ^^ bemcrfen. " fil^rcn, 

* In olden times gentlemen wore pig-tails or queues. 



46 DIE TEVFEL AVE DER HIMMEL8WIE8E. 

®ie Seufel anf bet ^imttteli^teiiefe. 

83efanntUd| fommen gute briber, hjenn fie fterben, in ben 
§immcl unb toerben ©ngct. 333enn if)r aber etltja glaubt, ba§ 
[ie bort ben lieben langen Sag nic^t^ tf)un, ate l)etaimfliegen 
unb Winter ben SBoIfen SSerfteden fpieten, fo irrt i^r eud^. 

3)ie ©ngelfinber finb fd^utpflic^tig toie bie SBuben unb 
SKabci^en auf ber (Srbe. ©ie muffen an ben SBod^entagen 
tjormittag^ brei unb nadjmittag^ jtpei ©tunben in ber (Sngel- 
fci^ule figen. 

3)a fc^reiben fie mit golbenen ®riffe(n auf filbemen Safein 
unb ^tatt ber SlS86=Sud)er t)aben fie ajJard^enbu^er mit 
bunten SBilbem. ®eograpt)ie lernen fie nic^t, benn n^oju 
braud^t man im §immel Srbftinbe, unb ba^ ©nmaleini^ fennt 
man in ber @lt)ig!eit gar nid)t. 

Sngelfc]^ullet)rer ift ber 2)o!tor ^^ciuft 2)er toar auf Srben 
SKagifter, unb toegen einer geitjiffen Oefd^id^te, bie nic^t f|ierf|er 
gel)6rt, mufe er nod^ breitaufenb Satire im ^immel ©d^ute 
l^alten, e^e bie grofeen gerien fflr i^n beginnen. 

a)?ittlt)od)' unb ©onnabenbnad^mittag t)aben bie fleinen 
©ngel frei ; bann mxbtn fie t)om 2)oftor gauft auf ber SKild^- 
ftrafee fpajieren gefu^rt. ©onntagio aber biirfen fie t)or bem 

1. 3Ba« n)irb au« gutcn Sinbem, iDcnn fie ftcrben? 2. SBa^ 
glauben tjieic geute, ba^ fie im §immcl t^un ? 3. ^^nmiefcrn 
f)abcn bie gngelfinber nid^t^ t)or ben grbcnfinbem t)orau«? 
4. 2Bie langc fifeen fie in ber ©c^utc? 6^ SBie unterfc^eibet 
(distinguish) fid^ bie gugeUfdiuIe t)on grbenf ct)ulen ? 6. SBcr 
ift @ngclf(^uac^rer? 7. SBic fommt gauft bagu, engelft^ullc^* 
rer gu fein? ©ie^c ®oct^c« ^Sauft", II. JctI, 93. 7211 ff. 
8. aSBie langc mu^ cr no6) ©c^ulc Ijaltcn? 9, 2ln ipelc^cn 






DEVILS IN THE MEADOWS OF HEAVEN. 47 

The Devils in the Meadows of Heaven. 

By RuDOiiPH Baumbach. 

Many people ^ suppose ^ that good children who have^ 
died and gone to (the) heaven, have nothing to do but* 
(to) amuse ^ themselves. But these people are mistaken,^ 
for if the angel-children merely flew about all day long 
and played hide-and-seek behind the clouds, the angel- 
school would not exist."^ 

In this school, where the multiplication table is not 
known ^ and no geography is needed^, the little angels 
learn to read out [of] fairy-story books with bright pic- 
tures instead [of] out [of] A-B-C books, and for^^ writ- 
ing ^^ they have silver slates and golden slate pencils. 
And when they have been in school three hoursi in the 
morning and two in the afternoon, they are not at all 
tired.i2 

Doctor Faust is the school-teacher in heaven. If a 
certain story belonged here, you would see why he has 
to keep school, after having taught ^^ on earth. They 
say^* however, that in three thousand years the great 
vacation will begin for him. 

Every Wednesday and Saturday afternoon, which the 
little angels have free, Doctor Faust takes them to walk 
on the milky way. But what^^ they especially delight in, 

9?acl)tttittagen l^abcn bie gngel frei ? 10. SBa^ t^ut ber !Dr. gauft 
mtt tt)nen an ben frcien Jagen? 

* ?cutc, pi. ^ gtauben. » See p. 9, note 2. * al6. ^ fid^ amfl- 
fieren. * fid) trrcn. "^ bofein or cjiftieieii. ^ befannt. ^ nbtlg. ^^ gii, 
" Verbal uoun with def . article. ^2 jniibe. ^^ lel^ren. 1* man fagt. 
" njovflber. 



48 Dm TEUFEL AUF DER HIMMEL8WIE8E. 

^immetetl^or auf ber gro^en SBiefe fpielen, nnb barauf freuen 
fie fid^ fd^on bie ganje 3Bod)e. S)ie SBiefe ift nid)t grfln, fon- 
bern blau, unb taufenb unb aftertaufenb filberne unb gotbene 
93tumen toad^fen barauf. @ie fd)einen in ber 9iad^t, unb n)ir 
SWenfd^en nennen fie ©terne. 

SBenn fid) bie Sngel t)or bem §immefett)or Ijerumtummeln, 
ift ber S)oftor gauft nid^t jugegen, benn ber mu§ fid^ am 
©onntag t)on ber SWu^fat ber tjergangenen SBod^e er^oten. 
S)ie Sluffid^t ful)rt bann ber Ijeitige ^^etru^, ber am §imniefe== 
t^or SBad^e I)alt. @r fjajst auf, bajs e^ beim @f)iet pbfd^ 
orbenttid) jugetit, unb ba^ fid^ feiner t)ertquft ober Uerfliegt. 
SBenn fid^ aOer einer ju njeit t)om Xfiore entfernt, fo pfeift er 
auf feinem gotbenen ©d^tiiffel, ba^ I)ei§t .^juriidE!" 

®inmal, e^ n)ar gerabe fel)r f)eiJ3 im ^immel, ift ber f)eitige 
^etru^ eingefd)tafen. SBie ba^ bie Snget gemerft fiaOen, finb 
fie au^gefd^tparmt baf)in unb bortf)in unb f)abcn fid^ fiber bie 
ganje SBiefe jerftreut. S)ie Unternef)menbften t)on i^nen aber 
finb auf SntbedEungen au^gegangen unb finb am ®nbe an bie 
©telle ge!ommen, too bie SBelt mit Srettern jugefd^tagen ift. 
Srft l^aben fie gefud^t, ob nid^t irgenbtoo eine Sii^e njcire, burd^ 
njetd^e man blinjeln fftnne, bann aber, toie fie !eine SudEe ge= 
funben, finb fie bie 93rettern)anb ^inaufgeftettert unb geflattert 
unb ^aben ]^inubergefd)aut. 

S)rfiben auf ber anbern ©eite toax bie §6Qe, unb t)or bem 

11. SBorauf freuen fie fic^ fd^on bie ganje SBod)e? 12. Se* 
fd^reiben ®ie bie §immel«tt)iefe ! 13. SBer fit^rt l^ier bie 
Sluffi^t? 14. aSJarum ift ber !Dr. gauft nic^t gugegen? 
15. SBel^e^ finb bie ^f(id)ten be^ l^eitigen ^etru«? 16. 3Ba^ 
fiir ein ©ignat' giebt er jutoeilen ben Sngein? 17. SBann 
giebt er ba« ©ignal' ? 18. SBie !am e^, bag fie einmal o^ne 
Sluffic^t fpielten? 19. aBoju benufjten fie biefen 2Koment'? 



DEVILS m TBE MEADOWS OF HEAVEN. 49 

is playing on the great blue meadow before the gate of 
heaven. On Sunday they are allowed^ to play here, 
where grow the thousands upon thousands [of] shining ^ 
golden and silver flowers which are called stars by us 
mortals. 

There^ they are supervised^ by^ Saint Peter, whose 
duty ^ it is to keep watch at '' the gate. Doctor Faust is 
not present, for he needs rest® in order to recover from 
the toil of the past week. Saint Peter takes care that 
none of the little angels go too far from the gate. He 
has a golden key on which he can blow if any of them 
should try to run or fly away, and they know that means 
" Come back." 

Usually® everything goes very nicely in their play. But 
once, on a very hot day. Saint Peter fell asleep. The lit- 
tle angels soon noticed it, and scattered hither and thither 
over the whole meadow. Some were so enterprising [as] 
to go on explorations, until they finally came to the place 
where long ago^^ the world was shut in with boards. Af- 
ter diligent ^^ se'arch they could not find the smallest 
crack through which they could peep, so ^^ they had to 
flutter up and look over. 

There on the other side they saw a crowd of little coal- 

20. ffittd tijatcn bic Utitcmc^menbften ? 21. 2ln ipcld|c ®tclic 
pnb cmigc gctamtnen? 22. fficldicn SSerfiu^ mad)icn fie, burdi 
bie Srtttenoanb ju ^cffti? 23. Sie geiang e0 t^nett enblit^, 
fiber bie SrettenDonb px ^dfmen ? 24. SBae bef anb fic^ aiif ber 
onberen ®eile? 

iTraDs,, is it to them allowed. ^0(an|ntb. *boii. ^ Uan^fidfti^en. 
3rit "fidltg, «foU«|. 



50 DIE TEUFEL AVE DER BIMMELSWIESE, 

^ftCent^or l^at [id^ gerabe eine SKenge fleiner Xeufel I)erum= 
getrieben. S)ie tuaren fol^lfd^tparj unb fatten |)6rner am 
^of)f unb ^inten (ange ©d^tDanje. 3wfcilligern)eife ja^ einer 
t)on ben ^^eufetn in bie §6I)e unb nal^m bie ®nget tua^r, unb 
afebatb baten fie fteljentlid^ um ®inta§. 

„2aJ5t un^ bod^ auf furje Qtit m bm |)imme(," fleljten fie. 
„SBir t)erfpred)en, un^ ba gang fein unb manierlid^ auf5U== 
fiil^ren." 

3uerft l^aBen bie Keinen, fd^tuarjen S!erte ben ©ngeln gc- 
fatten. 

„S)ie erbarmen mid^," flufterten einige. 

,,SaJ3t un^ ben armen Xeufein ba^ unfd^ulbige SSergnugen 
gfinnen, eg f5nnte ttJot)! nid^tg fd^aben^^^Y meinten anbere. 

„Sd^ tt)tx% ttJO bie Safob^teiter ftel^t," fagte eincr t)on i^nen. 
„@ie ift in ber 9ftum)3et!ammer. Sajst un^ fie l^erbeif d)Ie))pen. '' 

S)ie anbem tuittigten ein, unb batb t)aben fie bie Seiter fiber 
bie SretterDerjaunung getjoben unb in bie §6tte gelaffen. 

©ogleid^ finb bie gefd^tDanjten 93urfd)e bie ©proffen tjerauf^ 
geffettert \vk bie Slffen, bie (Snget I)aben il^nen bie |)anbe ge^ 
reid^t, unb fo finb bie ^^eufel auf bie |)immefett)iefe gefommen. 

?(nfangg betrugen fie fid^ ganj orbentlid^. ©ittfam fd^ritten 
fie einf)er unb trugen it)re ©d^ttjanje ate ©d^teppen im 9Irm, 
tvk iljuen bag beg Xeufetg ©rofemutter, bie t)ie( auf Slnftanb es 
I)alt, beigebrad^t I)atte. 

@g bauerte aber nid^t lange, 59 fo tDurben fie auggetaffcn, 
fd^Iugen SRaber unb ?Purjetbaume unb gr5]^Iten baju tvk 

25. :83efd^retbcn ®ie bie ©ccnc Dor bent ^oflent^or ! 26. SBie 
fam e«, bag bie Jcufcl btcgngel getoal^r murben? 27. Um toa^ 
baten bie Scufcl? 28. SBa^ Derfpra^cn fie ? 29. 2lu« mclc^cn 
©riinbcn (reasonB) gema^rten bie gngel bie 53itte ? 30. SBic 
war c^ iiber^aupt moglid), bie SEeufet in ben §immet ju taff en ? 



DEVILS IN THE MEADOWS OF HEAVEN. 61 

black devils, with horns on their heads and long tails be- 
hind, idling^ about before the gate of hell. No sooner^ 
had the angels been perceived by one of the little devils, 
who happened to be looking upward, than all his com- 
panions^ began to beg for admission into (the) heaven. 
They begged that the angels would^ let them in for 
just a short time, and promised that they would behave 
themselves very properly. 

The angels, who were pleased^ with the little black 
fellows, began to whisper that they were sorry for the 
poor little devils, and to think that they might safely^ 
grant them this innocent pleasure. 

One of them said that he knew'' where (the) Jacob's 
ladder was standing and proposed® that they bring it 
there. They succeeded in raising® it over the barricade 
of boards and letting it down. The little tailed fellows 
there below could climb like apes, and were soon in the 
heavenly meadows. 

The devil's grandmother is said ^^ to have a great re- 
gard for propriety gg and to have taught them all to carry 
their tails over their arms like trains, and to walk about 
properly. But such orderly behavior ^^ was not often to 
be expected ^2 from them, and it was not longgg before, 
they began to be ungovernable, to turn cart-wheels and 

31. SBo ftanb bie ^afob^leiter? 32. Sefd^reiben @ic bie 2ln= 
funft (arrival) ber Jcufet ! 33. 3'titt)iefern tt)ar i^r ffletragen 
anfang^ orbentlid) ? 34. SBcr l^atte il^ncn 2lnftanb bcigcbra^t ? 
36. SBoburc^ bctt)tefen fie, ba^ fie ec^te SCeufel tparen? 

1 Relative clause. 2 fobalb al8. » ^efal^rtc, m. (-n). * Subjunc- 
tive of in ogen. fi Use active. « o!)nc ^cfal^r. '' ttJiffen. ^ ttor'f^lagcn. 
» Infinitive with ju. ^o fotten. ^^ SBetragcn, n. 12 Active, infinitive. 



62 DIE TEUFEL AVE DER HIMMELSWIE8E. 

ed^te S^eufeferangen. 3)en brabcn Ttonb, ber freunblid^ au§ 
einem ^immel^fenfter ^ertjorfc^aute, f)3otteten fie au§, tpiefen 
il)m btc 3""9^ i^tti^ mad^ten il)m lange SRafen. 70 ©c^Iie^Iid^ 
fingen fie an, bie 93tumen, bie auf ber SBiefe ftanben, au^ju^^ 
raufen unb auf bie @rbe l^inunterjutoerfen. 

3e|t n)urbe e§ ben ©ngein bang, unb fie bereuten eg btt*^ 
ter, baJ3 fie bie unfauberen ®afte in ben ^immet gelaffen 
l^atten. ©ie baten unb brof)ten, aber bie ^^eufel leljrten fid^ 
an nid^tg 71 unb trieben eg immer toHer. 

S)a n)ecften bie ©ngel in i^rer Slngft ben tjeiligen 5petrug 
unb geftanben if)m reumiitig, toa^ fie get^an Ijatten. ®er 
fd^tug bie §anbe fiber bcm Kofjf jufammen, alg er ben Urn 
fug, ben bie ^^eufet trieben, getua^r tuurbe. 72 

„3J?arfd^, Ijinein !'' bonnerte er, unb bie ^teinen fd^tid^en 
mit tjangenben S^figeln burd^ bag %i)ox in ben §immel. 

3)ann rief ©anft ^jSeter ein paar tjanbfefte ©ngel ^erbei. 
S)ie fingen bie S^eufetgbraten unb brad)ten fie baf)in, hjo^in 
fie geprten. 

S)ie ©trafe blieb nid^t an^. S)rei ©onntage Ijintereinan^ 
ber burften bie Keinen Sngel nid^t t)or bag §immetgtt)or. 
SSenn fie ffjajieren gefuf)rt tuurben, mufeten fie jut)or il^re 
gtfigel togfd^naUen unb ben ^eiligenfd^ein ablegen, unb fur 
einen (Sngel ift eg eine gro^e ©d^anbe, tuenn er oljne x^in^d 
unb ^eitigenfd^ein l^erumlaufen mufe. 

@ttt)ag Outeg l^atte bie ©ad^e aber bod^. 2)ie 95tumen, 

36. 2Bte benal^men fie fid) gcgen ben 3)?onb? 37. SBag ttiaten 
fie mit btn Slumcn, bie auf ber SBiefe ftanben? 38. Sefc^rei* 
ben ©ie bie ©efiil^le ber gngel 1 39. SBie Derfucl)ten fie bie 
S^eufel gur SRut)e gu bemegen? 40. SBet^en ©rfolg (success) 
liatten il^re !Dro^ungen ? 41. SBoju entf^loffen ft^ bie gngel 
in ifircr 2lngft? 42. 3'n tpelc^er SBeife brUdte ©antt ^eter 



DEVILS IN THE MEADOWS OF HEAVEN. 53 

to shriek like real devils. Then they dared ^ to ridicule 
the moon, which they saw looking out of a window in 
heaven. Finally they noticed the flowers on the meadow, 
and soon they had torn up many and thiown them down 
to the earth. In spite of ^ their entreaties^ and threats,* 
the little angels, who had now become frightened, could 
not prevent^ their guests from carrying^ on more and 
more madly. 

Then the angels, bitterly regretting ^ their deed, de- 
cided® to wake Saint Peter and confess everything to 
him. When he became aware of the mischief ^g which 
the devils were doing in heaven, he was very angry. ^ 
Clapping 1^ his hands together over his head, he com- 
manded^^ the angels with thundering voice to march in. 
When the last little [one] had^ crept through the gate, 
he had a few strong angels called to him. The devils 
were soon caught and carried where they belonged. 

The little angels were told that^^ punishment would 
not be delayed, and that they might not go before the 
gate [for] three Sundays in succession. And a greater 
disgrace was their having to take off their wings and 
lay aside their halos when they went to walk. 

Nevertheless,^* the affair was not without some good. 

fetncn 3orn au^? 43. SBa^ bcfal^l cr ben (gngcln? 44. SBtc 
fc^li^ctt fie burcf|« ©iinmetett)or ? 45. SBcn ricf @an!t ^eter 
jur ©Ulfe? 46. 2Ba^ geft^al^ mit ben leufetn? 47. «e^ 
fc^reiben @te bie ©trafe, tpelcfie bte gngel er^telten 1 

1 ttagcn. ^ tro^, with genitive. » and * SBittcn unb ©rol^ungcn. 
* ^inbcrn. ® Infinitive with gu. "^ Relative clause. ^ bef^Iicgcn. 
« gornig. ^ Clause with Inbcm. ^^ bcfcl^tcH. ^^ gee p. 9, note 2. 
" Insert def. art. " tro(jbcm. 



54 DER PR0ZE88, 

tuelc^e bie Xeufet au^geriffen unb auf bte ®rbe getDorfcn 
fatten, fd^Iugen SBurjel unb met)rten fid^ t)on Sal^r ju 3at|r. 
greilic^ t)erIor bie ©ternblume t)ie( t)on i^rer l^immlifd^cn 
@c^6ne, aber liebltd^ anjufefin ift fie tmmer noc^ mit i^rer 
golbgelben ©d^eibe unb bem filbemei^en ©tra^tenfranj. 
Unb njcil fie ^immlifd^en Urfprung^ ift, fo too^nt if|r eine 
ganj befonbere ^raft inne. SBenn ein 9Kagb(ein mit 3^^^- 
fel im ®emut bie toeijsen ©tatter be^ SBIutenftern^ einjeln 
abjupft unb baju einen getuiffen ©prud^ raunt, fo tueife fie 
beim Ie|ten 93Idtttein ganj fid^er, tva^ fie ju n)iffen begel^rt. 



Set ^tojeg urn bei§ &^tU Sd^attett. 

%VL9 SBicIanbS ©cfd^ld^tc bcr Slbbcrltcn. (^Scrfflrgt.) 

1. 



@in Qai)naxit, namen^ @trutI)ion, h^eld^er in ber ©tabt 
2Ibbera in ©ried^entanb anfaffig tvax, ntietete eine^ 2agei§ 
fur ein beftimmte^ @elb einen ®fet at^ SReittier, urn in ber 
benad^barten ©tabt ©erania feinen Seruf aui^juuben. 
Slnttiraj, ber Sigentumer bei^ (Sfe(§, begleitete if|n ju gu§e, 73 
urn ba^ %kx ju beforgen unb abmh^ tuieber nac^ §aufe ju 
bringen. S)er SBeg fut)rte fiber eine grofee §eibe. @^ tvav 

48. aBa« tt)urbe au« ben Stunten, mel^e bie leufel auf bie grbe 
getporfen fatten? 49. SBeldie 3Ser(inberung (change) erlitten 
bie siumen? 50. SBie nennen tpir bte ^immlifdien :83Iumen? 
51. SBie fie^t bie ©ternblume au^? 52. SBelc^en SStmi^ 
(proof) tl^re^ l^immlif^en Urfprung^ giebt fie noc^ ^eute? 
53. aSetcfie ffiorte f priest ba« SIKagblein beim 3lu«rupfen ber 
©latter ? & liebt mid) — liebt mi^ ni^t. 



THE SUIT. 65 

People say^ that the flowers thrown ^ upon the earth by 
the little devils, took root and increased from year to 
year. We all like^ to look at the golden disk and white 
crown of the star-flower. Although * much of its heavenly 
beauty is of course lost, a special power is said to re- 
side in it, by virtue of ^ its heavenly origin. Many [a] 
maiden has pulled off its petals one by one, while ® she 
whispered a certain formula, so that with the last petal 
she might know what she was longing to find out. 



The Suit about the Donkey's Shadow. 

From WielandPs History of the AhderUea. (Abbreviated.) 

Chapter 1. 

One day Struthion, a dentist estiiblished in the city 
[of] Abdera, wished to practice his calling in the neigh- 
boring city of Gerania. Since the way which led there 
was very long, he rented a donkey for a certain sum. 

"I shall accompany you on foot, 73 Sir," said the 
owner, a mule-driver named Anthrax, " because I want 
to take care of the donkey and bring it home in the 
evening." 

As they were going over a great plain, the dentist be- 

1. SBer mx @trutt)iott? 2. 3Bo tDar ®trutt|ion anfdffig? 
2Be«]^atb mictctc er fic^ cincn Sfcl? 4. SBcr toav 2J(ntl)raj? 
5. aSe^tialb beglcitete 2lntt)raj ben B^^^^^J* ? 6- SBot)m fiitjrtc 
ber SBcg? 

1 man fagt. 2 Relative clause. » to like, gcrn mbgcn. * trotjbcm. 
^ ttJegen, with genitive. « tuci^renb. 



66 DER PR0ZE88. 

mitten im ©ommer unb bie |)i§e be^ Staged fe^r gro^. S)cr 
3a^nar3t jat) fid^ led^jenb nac^ einem frfiattigen 5pfa| urn, 
n)0 er einen SIugenbttdE ab[teigen unb tttva^ frtfd^e Suft 
jd^fipfen tonnte. Slber tueit unb breit 74 tuar toeber Saum 
nod^ ©traud^ ju fefien. ©nbtic^, aU bie §i|e unertragtid^ 
5U njerben anfing, mad^te er §att, 75 ftieg ab unb fe^te fid^ in 
ben ©d^atten be^ @[efe. 

,,9?un, §err, toa^ mad^t Sf|r ba," fagte ber Sfeltreiber, 
„tva^ foU ba^ P'Ve 

rrSd^ fe^e mid) ein tuenig in ben @df)atten," berfe^te 
©trut^ion, „benn bie ©onne praUt mir ganj unleibtid) auf 
ben ©d^abel" 

„9tein," mein guter §err,'' ertuiberte ber anbere, „fo I)aben 
n)ir nid^t geljanbelt ! 77 3d^ t)ermietete eud^ ben Sfel, aber 
be^ ©d^atten^ njurbe mit f einem 3Borte babei gebad^t." 

ffStjr [pa^t, guter greunb/' fagte ber S^^^^^^i^ lad^enb, 
„ber ©d^atten gef)t mit bem (Sfel, ba§ t)er[tel)t fid^.'Vs 

„©i, beim §immel! ba^ t)er[te]^t [td^ nidft/' rief ber (S)et 
mann gang tro^ig ; v^ein anbere^ i[t ber (Sfel, ein anb.ere^ ift 
be§ Sfelig ©diatten. 79 3^r f)abt mir im Sfel um f unb fo- 
t)ie( abgemietet. ^fittet 3t)r ben ©dE)atten aud^ bajn mieten 
tooCien, fo Ijattet 3t)r'^ [agen miiffen. 9Rit einem SBort, go 
§err, fte^t auf unb fe^t Sure Sieife fort, ober bejaljlt mir fiir 
be§ (£fel§ ©d)atten, tva^ biHig ift.'' 

„3Ba§?" fd^rie ber Qa1)nax^t, „\^ t)abe fiir ben Sfel be- 
jaljtt unb foU jefet aud^ nod^ fiir feinen (Bdjattm beja^Ien ? 
Stennt mid^ felbft einen breifad^en @fel, n^enn id) ba^ t^ue ! 
!J)er @fe( ift einmal biefen ganjen Sag mein, unb ic^ n)itl 
mid^ in feinen ©d}atten fe^en, fo oft mir'^ beliebt, gi unb ba- 
rin fi^en bfeiben, fo lange mir'^ btlkit ; barauf fount S^ir 
6uc^ tjerlaffen ! "^^ 



THE SUIT. 67 

gan to find the heat of the summer day almost unendu- 
rable. He could scarcely ^ get a breath of fresh air, and 
far and wide ^^ no shady place was to be found. At last 
the sun shone so unbearably hot upon his head, that, 
after he had looked about him in vain^ for a tree or 
bush, he determined ^ to stop 75 and to sit down a minute 
in the shadow of the donkey. As he dismounted, how- 
ever. Anthrax asked him, what he was doing and what 
it meant, ^g and demanded * that he should either ^ pay 
for the shadow or get up and continue his journey. 

The dentist, who thought that the mule-driver was only 
joking, laughed and answered that it was understood ^g 
that the shadow went with the donkey. The defiant 
mule-driver, however, said that the donkey was one thing 
and the shadow another, ^g and that he was entirely in 
earnest. Neither he nor Struthion had said a word about 
the shadow when they bargained about the donkey. 
Struthion ought ^ to have paid for the shadow when 
he hired the donkey, if he wanted to have that besides. 

" I should be a threefold ass myself, if I did that," 
cried the dentist, and insisted ^ that the donkey was his 
for the whole day, and that he should sit in its shadow 
as long as he chose, gj 

1. SBeldjc Oal^re^gcit (season) toot e«? 2. SBic tDar ba^ 
SBetter? 3. SBoju Dcranlagte (induced) bie §i^e ben S^^^' 
arjt? 4. aSarum fe^te cr \x^ in ben ©fatten be« @fet«? 
5. 3Ba^ t)atte aint^raj bagegen ? 6. gomiulieren ©ie bie Sir* 
gumente be^ SfeltreibcrS ! 7. gormulieren @ie bie ®egen* 
orgumente bc^ S^fimviU^ ! 

1 faum. 2 tjcrgcbens. « bcfdiUegen. * tjcrlangen. ^ cntttcbcr ♦ . . 
ober. * fotten. "^ befle^en, befianb^ beftanben; insert barauf* 



68 DER PR0ZE88. 

ffSft ba^ im Srnft Sure 3Keinung?" fragte ber anbcrc mit 
ber ganjen ^attOHitigfeit eiue^ abberitifd&en (£fe(trei6eri§. 

„Sm ganjen Srnfte," Derfe^te @trutf)ion. 

„@o fomme ber §err nur gleid) tuieber juruci na6) Slbbera 
t)or bie Dbrigfeit," fagte jener, ,,ba tDoHen tuir fe^en, tuelc^er 
t)on unig beibeu red^t betjalten tuirb. S^ XoxVi bod^ fe^en, 
tper mir \>t\i ©d^atten meine^ Gfet§ tDiber- meinen SSillen ab- 
tro^en foil !" 

®er 3cif)nar3t I)atte grofee Suft, ben @fe(treiber burd^ bie 
©tar!e feine^ Strme^ jur ®ebuf|r ju tueifen. §3 ©d^on batlte 
er feine gauft jufammen, fd)on f)ob fid^ fein fitrjer Slrm ; 
aber ate er fcinen 3Kann genaiier in^ Stuge f a^te, §4 fanb er 
fur beffer, ben ertjobenen 9Irm a(Ima{)Iid^ tuieber finfen ju 
laffen unb e§ nod^ einmat mit gclinberen 9Ra^regetn ju t)er= 
fudien. SIber er t)ertor feinen Sltem babei. !J)er unge^* 
fc^tad^te SKenfc^ beftanb barauf, bafe er fur ben ©c^atten 
feine^ Gfete bejatjlt fein tDoCite. S)a ©trut^ion ebenfo f|art= 
nadEig babei blieb, nid^t beja^ten ju tuollen, fo tpar fein an= 
berer SBeg ubrig, ate nad^ 2Ibbera juriicfjufetiren unb bie 
©ac^e t)or ben ©tabtric^ter ju bringen. 

2)er ©tabtrid^ter ^^ilipfjibe^ Xoox ein SRann t)on Dielen 
guten ®igenfd^aften ; ein el)rbarer, nud^terner, feinem 3Imte 
fkifeig t)orfteI)enber SKann, ber jebermann mit grojser Oebulb 
ant|6rte, bie Seute mit 9Witbe bc()anbelte unb im allgemeinen 
SRufe ftanb, ^ bafe er unbeftcd^tid^ fei. 

83ei alien biefen SSerbienften l^atte ber gute 5pi)itippibe§ 
nur einen cinjigen fleinen getjler unb ber Xoax, bajs, fo oft 
jtuei ^arteien t)or if)n lamen, if)m aUemal berjenige red;t ju 



THE SUIT. 59 

" Then you must come to the city judge at Abdera 
without delay," said Anthrax with all the obstinacy of a 
cold-blooded Abderite mule-driver. " You may depend 
upon it, g2 he will not allow ^ you to take the shadow of 
my donkey from me against my will." 

The dentist would have liked to bring the mule- 
driver to terms gg by the strength of his arm. But when 
he had measured his man with his eyes, ^ his raised 
arm gradually sank and he stopped ^ clenching his fist. 
No way remained in short, ^ but to try once more, with 
milder measures. Anthrax, however, relying^ on ob- 
taining ^ his rights, was obstinate. At last, instead of 
wasting more breath, Struthion returned with him to 
Abdera. 

Chapter 2. 

The judge before whom the dentist and the mule- 
driver now brought their case, was called Philippides. 
He was diligent in his office, and had the reputation ^ 
of judging^ (the) people with great clemency. It is 
true ^ when he listened to two parties the one who spoke 

1. ©tt^ tpar ba^ SRefuItat be« ©trette^ (quaiTel)? 2. SBogu 
l^attc ber 3^^^^^i* B^ofee 8uft? 3. SBarum cr^ob cr ben Slrm 
Titd|t gcgcn %nt\jra}c? 4. SBontit Dcrfud^tc cr e^ nod) cinmal? 
5. SBorauf bcftanb ber (gfeltreibcr ? 6. 3^ntt)iefem jetgte ftd^ 
ber S^^l^^^^^i* ebenfo tiartnadig? 7. 3Sor tt)eld|c Slutoritat brad)* 
ten fie il^re @a^e? 8. SBer mar ^l^illppibe^? 9. 5Kennen 
©ie feine guten ® genf d)af ten ! 10. SBelc^e^ tear ber einjige 
gc^Ier, ben er l^atte? 

1 crtaubcn with dative. * auf ^Sren. ' relative clause. * Use 
Infinitive with gu, * bcurtcilcn. • jmar. 



60 DER PR0ZE88. 

f)a6cn fd^ien, ber julc|t gefprod^en l^atte. !J)ie 2t6beriten 
tvaxtn [o bumm nic^t, ba§ fie ba§ nid)t gemerft ptten ; aber 
fie gtaubten einem 9J?anne, ber fo Diele gute ©igenfcliaften be- 
fi|e, !6nne man ja tuo^t einen einjigen gef)Ier ju gute tjatten. g^ 
„^a/' fagten fie, „n)enn 5pf)ilippibe^ biefen get)ter nic^t ptte, 
tDcire er ber befte @tabtrid)ter, ben Slbbera jemafe ge!annt l)at !« 

S)er 3^^i^^^3^ ©trut^ion unb ber ©fettreiber STnt^roj 
famen tok brennenb t)or biefen hjurbigen ©tabtric^ter gelau== 
fen unb brad)ten beibe jugleid^ mit grofeem (SJefd^rei il^re 
Stage t)or. ®r 1^6rte fie mit feiner gctp6I)ntid^en Sangmut 
an, unb \)a fie enblid) fertig unb be^ ©d^reien^ mube toaren, 
gudfte er bie Std^feln, benn ber §anbet buntte i^m einer ber 
tjerttJorrenften t)on alien, bie if)m jemal^ tjorgefommen. „9Ber 
t)on eud^ beiben ift benn eigentlid^ ber Stager?" 

„3d^ Hage gegen ben ©fetmann," anttDortete ©trut^ion, 
„ha^ er unferen Sontraft gebrod^en l^at." 

„Unb ic^," fagte biefer, rrflage gegen ben Sa^nax^t, ba§ er 
fid^ unentgetttid^ eine ©ad£)e angemafet I)at, gy bie id^ i^m 
nic^t tjermietet ^atte." 

,,S)a ^abeu n)ir stt)ei SIfiger/' fagte ber ©tabtrid^ter, r^unb 
n)o ift ber 93eftagte ? ©in tpunbcrtic^er ^anbet ! ©rjft^It 
mir bie ©ad^e noc^ einmat mit alien Umftanben — aber 
einer nad^ bem anbern — benn e^ ift unmftgtid^ ffug barau^ 
ju tx)crben,8g tuenn beibe jugteid^ fc^reien." 

rr§oc^gea(^tctcr |)err ©tabtrii^ter," fagte ber ^c^tincirjt, „x6) 
ijobt il)m ben ®ebraud^ be^ (Sfel^ auf einen Xag abgemietet. 
Si§ ift tDaljr, be^ Sfet^ ©(fatten tDurbe babei nid)t ertua^nt. 
Slber tDer l^at and) jematio gel)6rt, ba^ bei einer fotdjen 9Kiete 
eine Sttaufet tuegen be^ ©djatteni^ tuare eingefcljaltet tDorben ? 
@Jo ift ja, beim §erfute§, ni(J)t ber erfte Sfet, ber ju Slbbera 
tjermietet n)irb." 



THE SUIT. 61 

last could always convince^ him that he was in the right. 
But aside from this little peculiarity ^ Philippides had so 
many merits, that the Abderites made allowances g^ for 
this one fault. They thought that without it a man of 
such patience and honesty would have been one of the 
best judges among those who had been known in Abdera. 

This worthy judge thought^ the case of the two men 
who now came running before him [was] very confused, 
for each of the two seemed to be a plaintiff. They both 
told the affair at the same time with all its attendant 
circumstances, and screamed so loud that the judge could 
make neither head nor tailgg of the case. He shruggod 
his shoulders and with his usual forbearance bogged 
them to state their case once more, one after the othei*. 

Struthion complained of the mule-driver that lie had 
prevented^ him from having^ the benefit of the shadow 
of the donkey ^ he had hired for the day. He said that 
the shadow was never mentioned in such a contract, but 
that"^ it always went with the donkey. Therefore the 
contract had been broken by the mule-driver. 

1. 2Be«t)aIb l^telten it)in bic Slbberitcn btcfcn gctjlcr ju gute? 
2. SBte bra^ten ©trutJ^ion unb 2lntl)raj il^rc Slafle Dor ben 
®tabtrid)ter? 3. 9Bic etnpflng (receive) cr fie? 4. SKarum 
gudte cr bic Sld^fetn? 5. Sarum bilnfte x\}m bicfer §anbcl fo 
t)ertt)orren? 6. 2Ba^ fitr cine ^tagc bra^tc ©trut^ion Dor? 
Y. ©ie lautete bte Slagc be« (Sfeltrciber«? 8. aSarum Hcg fic^ 
bcr (Stabtrid^ter bic ®ad)c no^ einmat crjii^len? 9. gortnultc* 
ren ®tc bie Slrgutnen'te ©trutl^ton^ ! 

1 flbergcugcn, with accusative. 2 (Sigentilmtid^fcit, /. » bflnfcn, with 
dative of the person. * Ijinbern, insert baran. * infinitive with ;;ii. 
« Insert relative pronoun, see p. 33, note 3. ' fonbeni ; it is used 
only after a negative, and introduces an opposite statement, 74. 



62 DER PR0ZE88. 

„S)a fiat ber §crr red^t," fagte ber SRic^tcr. 

„S)er @[el unb fein ©dfjatten gel^en mit einanber," ful^r 
©trutl^ion fort, „nnb njarum foQtc ber, ber ben @fel feI6ft 
gemietet l^at, nic^t aud^ ben S^tefebraud^ fetne^ ©c^atten^ 
l^aben ?" 

,,S)er@d^atten ift etn Accessorium, ba§ ift Har," t)erfefete 
ber Stabtrtd^ter. 

w®eftrenger §err," fd^rte ber Sfeltreiber, „id^ bin nur etn 
gcmeiner SKann unb tjerftel^e ntd^t^ t)on Suren Strten unb 
Drten ; aber ha^ fagen mtr metne t)ier ©tnne, bafe tc^ ntd^t 
t)crpflid^tet bin, metnen @)el umfonft in ber ©onne ftel^en ju 
laffen, bamit fic^ ein anberer in feinen ©d^atten fe^e. 3d^ 
\)aht bem §errn ben @fel t)ermietet, unb er ^at mir bie ^filfte 
t)oraugbeja]^It, ha^ geftef)' id^ ; aber ein anbere^ ift ber Sfef, 
ein anbereS ift fein ©d^atten.^yg 

„Sluc^ hja^r," murmelte ber ©tabtrid^ter. 

„9BiH er biefen f|aben, fo mag er f)alb fo t)iel bafiir bejal^fen 
ate fiir ben @fel felbft; benn id^ t)erlange nid^t^, afe nja^ 
biCig ift, unb id^ bitte, mir ju meinem 9?ed^te ju t)er^etfen. " 

„S)ag 93efte, m^ 3t)r {)ierbei t^un f5nnt," fagte ^p^ilippibe^, 
„ift, @ud^ in ©lite mit einanber abjufinben. gg 3t)r, el^rlid^er 
5D?ann, la^t immer{)in be^ ©fefe ©d^atten, njeil t^ bod^ nur 
ein ©d^atten ift, mit in bie 3Riete gel^en; unb 3t)r, §err 
©trutf|ion, gebt ii)m eine f)albe 3)rac^me bafiir, fo !6nnen beibe 
2;eile jufrieben fein." 

„3d^ gebe nid^t ben t)ierten J^eil t)on einem ^elter," fd^rie 
ber S^^^^x^^f ff^^ t)ertange mein JRed^t!" 

„Unb id^," fd^rie fein ®egenpart, „befte]^' auf bem meinigen. 
SBenn ber Sfel mein ift, fo ift ber ©c^atten aud^ mein, unb id^ 
fann bamit, afe mit meinem Sigentum, madden, toa^ icf) hjiH. 
9Seit ber 9Kann ba nid^t^ t)on Slec^t unb SBilligfeit f|6ren toilt. 



TBJS SUIT, 63 

" As the shadow is an accessory of the donkey," said 
the judge, " the one who rented the donkey should have 
the benefit of the shadow also." 

Anthrax, however, ^ answered : " I must confess, that 
I rented the donkey, and that I was paid ^ half ^ the 
price ire«i5C.aii€e. But the donkey is one thing and the 
shadow another, yg and since I had rented only the 
former, I had a right to dispose of the latter as I chose.* 
The dentist made my donkey stand in the sun, in 
order that he might sit in its shadow. It is clear that 
he has appropriated to himself a thing g^ that he had 
not rented. It is only right that he should pay for 
the shadow at least half of what he paid for the 
donkey." 

In great perplexity the judge counselled them, " Settle 
with each other amicably."g9 He advised Struthion to 
give the mule-driver half a drachma and tried ^ to 
' convince ^ Anthrax that a shadow was nothing but a 
shadow and should therefore be included in the 
rent. 

But each insisted on his rights. The dentist demanded 
his, and said he would not pay the smallest part of a 
drachma for the shadow. 

Anthrax answered that he could control his own prop- 

1. 2BcId^e« argument' gab ber $Rirf)ter gu? 2. Wt weld^cn 
Slrgumcn'ten anttDortete ber gf eltreibev ? 3. 3Boju viet ^^ilip* 
piht^ ben beiben SPiiinnern? 4. SBa^ fUr einen grfolg ^atte 
fetne 9iebe? 

^ ^itigcgen. ^ Use dative with impers. passive verb. ^ xjse noun. 
* nad) 33eUcben. ^ bcrfud^en. ^ iibergcugen. 



64 DER PR0ZE88. 

[o t)erlan8^ i(^ jc^t ba^ S)oppeIte ; unb td^ toiU ho6) fefien, 06 
nod^ Suftij in 9t6bera tft!" 

S)er 9?i(^ter njar in grower SSerlcgcn^eit. „aSo ift benn 
ber Sfel?" fragte er enbtidE), ba il^m in ber 9lngft nid^ti^ an- 
berei^ einfaCen tDoHte, urn ettt)a§ 3^i^ 5" gett)innen. 

,,3)er ftel^t unten auf ber ®a[fe t)or ber Xpre, geftrenger 
§err!" 

„gftf|rt i{)n in ben ^of herein!'' fagte ^pi^ilippibe^. 

S)er Sigentiimer be^ Sfete geljord^te mit grenben, benn er 
f|ielt e^ fur ein gute^ 3^^^^"^ ^^^ ^^^ 9iid|ter bie ^au^t))erfon 
im ©piele fefien tDoQte. S)er Sfel murbc ^crbeigefu^rt. 
©d)abe, bafe er feine 5D?einung nid^t aud^ jur ®a6)t fagen 
!onnte ! Slber er ftanb gang getaffen ba, fdEjaute mit geredEten 
Dl)ren erft ben beiben ^erren, bann feinem S)?eifter in^ ©efid^t, 
ijcrjog ia^ SDfauI, lie^ bie O^ren tuieber finfen unb fagte fein 
aSort. 

„5)a fe{)t nun fetbft, gnabiger ^rr ©tabtrid^ter, " rief %n^ 
ti)xai, „ob ber ©d^atten eine^ fo fd^5nen, ftatttid^en ©fete nic^t 
feine jnjei S)rad^men unter Sriibem tuert ift, 90 jumaf an einem 
fo l^eifeen 3;age tuie ber t)eutige!" 

S)er ©tabtrid^ter Uerfud^te bie (Siite nod^ einntat, unb bie 
^Parteien fingen fdE|on an, einen SSergteidE) anjuftreben, 91 ate un== 
gliidtid^ernjeife ^{)5fignatu§ unb ^ot^ptionu^, jmei t)on ben 
naml^afteften 3lbt)o!aten in STbbera, baju famen unb,^ nad^bem 
fie gct)8rt, hjot)on bie SRebe njar, ber ©ad^e auf einmal eine 
anbere SBenbung gaben. 

„|)err ©trutl^ion f|at ba^ 9iedE|t t)6IIig auf feiner ©eite," 
fagte 5pf|^fignatu^, ber ben 3<i^"^^3t f^^ ^inen n)of|I{)abenben 
unb babei fef|r l^ifeigen unb eigcnfinnigen 3Rann fannte. ®er 
anbere 3rbt)o!at, miemot)! ein njenig uerbrieBlid), bafe it)m fcin 
§anbn)ertegenoffe fo eitfertig jnuorgefommen tvaXf tuarf einen 



THE SUIT. 65 

erty. And instead ^ of letting the shadow be included 
in the rent, he now demanded twice as much for it. 

At liast it occurred to the judge who could think 
of no other pretext to gain time, to have the chief char- 
acter in the play brought into court. But after the 
donkey had stood there and stared them all in the face, 
had snapped his jaws and dropped his cars, Philippides 
was still in perplexity. It was a pity that its opmion of 
the affair could not be given. 

The owner of the donkey, considering it a good sign 
that the gentlemen inspected ^ the donkey, claimed that 
on so hot a day as this, the shadow of the tall, handsome 
beast was worth at least two drachmas, qq 

The judge had to try conciliation again, and the oppo- 
nents were approaching an agreement 91 when a new turn 
was given to the affair by two lawyers. They came up 
and asked what the conversation was about. Since Stru- 
thion was considered a prosperous man, one of the law- 
yers rushed in ahead of his comrade and proclaimed him- 
self on the side of the dentist. The other, after a side- 

1. ©e^^alb mx ber mi)ttx in aScrlegen^cit ? 2. ©ic 
fud^te cr ^tit gu gewinnen? 3. 2Bo ftanb ber @[el unter* 
beffen? 4. SBe«t)alb freute fi^ 2lntt)raj baritber? 6. «e- 
fc^reiben @ie wie ber gfel baftanb! 6. 3Bie fud^te 2lnt^raj 
feine (Sai^t gu Derftdrfen? T. 2BeId)en SSerfud^ mad^te ber 
9iid^ter? 8. ©oju toaxm bie ^arteien bereit? 9. SBarum 
famen bie ^arteien ju teinem SSergleid^? 10. SPer toaxtn 
^t|t)fignatu« unb "^oltjpifom^? 11. SBa^ ge[rf)af) burd^ tt)re 
©ajlDifd^enlunft (intervention)? 12. SBarum erftcirte fid^ 
^^^fignatu^ fUr ben 3^^^^J^i^? 13. SBe^^alb \mx ber anbere 
2lbt)ofat t)erbriep^? 

1 anflatt, with infinitive with ju. 2 bepd^tigen. 



66 DER PR0ZES8. 

©eitenbttd auf ben @fd, ber tl^m etn {)u6fd|e^, hjol^Igena^rteS 
Xter ju fein fd^ien, unb erftarte fidE) fogleid^ mtt bent grS^ten 
9?ad^bru(i filr 92 ben Sfeltreiber. 93eibe ^parteten tDoUten nun 
fein SBort nTc()r Uom 9SergIetd|en t)6ren, unb ber e{)rti(^e ^f)i- 
lipptbeg fat) fid) genfittgt, einen 9?ed|tgtag anjufe^en. ®ie be^ 
gaben fid^ I)icrauf, jeber mtt feinem Slbt)ofaten, nad^ ^aufe. 
S)er Sfel abet mit feinem ©d^atten, aU ba§ Dbjeft be^ 9Jed^t^= 
fianbefe, tDurbe bi^ gum Stu^trag ber ©ad^e in ben SKarftaU 
ber ©tabt Slbbera abgefiitirt. 

Sin 9fted|tgt)anbef fiber eine§ Sfel^ ©d^atten njiirbe fonber 
3tt)eifel in jeber ©tabt ber SBelt 2tuffe{)en madden. 3Ran 
benfe atfo, tva^ er in 9lbbera t^un mu^te ! 

Saum toax ba§ ©eriid^t bat)on erfdEjoHen, aU t)on ©tunb' 
an aQe anberen ®egenftanbe ber gefellfd^aftlidEjen Unterl^at 
tung auff)6rten. Sebermann fprad^ mit eben fo t)iel S^eil- 
naf)me t)on biefem 9?ed^tgt)anbel, al§ ob er ein ©rofee^ babei 
ju genjinnen ober ju Uerlieren t)atte. S)ie einen erflfirten fid^ 
fiir ben Sa\)naxit, bie anberen fur ben Sfeltreiber. 3a, fogar 
ber Sfel felbft l^atte feine 55veunbe, metd^e baf ur f)ietten, 93 ba^ 
berfelbe gang mol)! beredEjtigt tuare, urn ©d^abenerfag ju fta* 

gen, ha er burd^ bie 3""^"*ii^fl/ ^^^ B^^^^^^J* ^^ feinem 
©dEjatten fi^en ju laffen unb unterbeffen in ber brennenben 
©onnenf)i^e ju ftet)en, offenbar am meiften iibert)orteiIt n)or== 
ben fei. 3Rit e i n e m SESorte : ber befagte Sfel ^attt feinen 
©d^atten auf gang Slbbera gen^orfen, unb bie ®a^t tDurbe 

1. SBarum t)ielt e« ber anbere 2lbt)ofat fUr ber SJZUI^e n)ert, 
ben gfeltreiber gu Derteibigen (defend)? 2, 2Ba« war ba« 9te* 
fultat t)on bem ©ajttjifci^entreten (interference) ber 5lbt)ofaten? 



■1 



THE SUIT. 67 

glance at the donkey, which looked as if it was worth a 
good price,^ promised ^ the mule-driver to help him to his 
rights. Therefore they began again to dispute.^ 

" Since you will not hear a word of compromise," said 
the judge, finally, " I must appoint a trial, the donkey, 
as object of the lawsuit, shall be taken to the public sta- 
ble." The two men therefore went home to wait* until 
the appointed day. 

Chapter 3. 

When the rumor of the lawsuit spread abroad, it imme- 
diately ^ made [a] sensation in the city of Abdera. Only 
think with what interest every one would talk of such 
a case. Scarcely had some taken the side of the dentist 
or the mule-driver when others began to insist that the 
donkey also must have his rights. 

" He would be justified," they said, " in claiming ^ in- 
demnity. He was evidently most defrauded by the de- 
mand that he should stand in the sun while ^ the dentist 
sat in his shadow." 

From this hour they could not have carried on the 
affair with more zeal if they had had a great deal to win 
or lose by it. In a word, all other subjects of conversa- 
tion were dropped,® as if the said donkey had cast his 

3. 2Ba« gef^a^ mtt bent gfel? 4. ^ef^reiben ©ie ben gin* 
brnd, n)eld^en ber SRcd^t^tianbel anf bie 3l6beriten ntad^te! 
5. ©arum crliarten fic^ einige fiir ben (gfel felbft ? 6. 9Borau« 
erfefien tt)ir, ba§ bie 2lbberiten ben ^roge§ fitr augerorbentlic^ 
toid^tig (important) l^ielten? 

^ ^reis, m. 2 tytx^ptedjtn, tJcrlpracf), t)er|procf)cn. » fireitcn, flritt, ge* 
fhritten. * loarten. * fofort. ^ infinitive with ju. ^ nja^renb. ^ foUen 
loffcn. 



68 DER PR0ZE8S. 

mit etner Scbl^aftigfeit, cinem (Sifer, einem Sntcreffe betrteben, 
bie faum grS^er ptten fetn lonnen, mcnn ba§ §etf ber 
©tabt unb 9Jepu6tif Slbbera auf bent ©ptde geftanben fiatte. 94 

S)te famtlidie 93iirgerfd^aft t)on SIbbera mar in 3^"?^^ ^^' 
geteilt. ©iner aften ©itte jufotge gel^ortc ber 3<^^"<^^3* 
in bie ©diuftergnnft. S)er ®runb baDon n^ar, \vk bie ®runbe 
ber SIbberiten iminer jn fein pftegten, maditig fpi^finbig. 
Sn ben erften 3^iten ber 9tepub(if ^atte namlict) biefe Snn^ 
bIo| bie ©d^ufter unb ©d^utiftider in fid^ begriffen. ^a^- 
mate tDurben aQe SIrten t)on glidfern in bie 3""ft aufgenom^ 
men unb fo tarn e^, bafe in ber S*^(ge auc^ bie SBunbdrjte, 
aU SI?enfd^enftidEer, unb jule^t and) bie 3ci^nar5te jur ©d^u- 
ftergilbe geredEjnet tuurben. ©trutl^ion t)atte bemnad) bie 
ganje iSblid^e ©dEjufterjunft unb befonber^ alle ©d^uljflider 
auf feiner ©eite. Jiaturtid^ermeife njanbte fid^ atf ber 3^^^* 
arjt \)ox alien anberen fogteidE) an feinen SBorgefegten, btn 
3unftmeifter ^JJfriem. S)iefer 2Kann, beffen patriotifd^er 
Sifer fur bie greit)eiten ber 9iepublif aUbefannt loar, erflarte 
fogleid^ mit feiner genj6t|nlid^en |)i|e, ba^ er ftdE) el^er 
mit feiner eigenen ©cf)ufteral)te erftedjen, aU gefd^ef)en laffen 
tDoUte, bafe bie 9?ed^te unb greitjeiten t)on 3tbbera in ber ^JJer^ 
fon eine§ feiner 3«nftgenoffen fo grObtid) Derle^t tDiirben. 

,,SBo," fagte er, „foII e^ mit unferer grei^eit f)inIommen, 
hjenn einem Siirger t)on Slbbera nid^t einmal freiftel)en foQ, 
fid) in ben ©(fatten eine^ @fel§ ju fe^en ? Oteid^ al^ ob 
ein (Sfefefd^atten t)orne^mer tofire a(^ ber ©dt)atten be^ SRat- 
t)aufe^, in ben fid^ fteQen, fe^en unb legen mag, Jtier ba ttjiH. 
©d^atten ift ©c^atten, er !omme t)on einem SBaum ober t)on 
ciner @t)renfau(c, Don einem ©fel ober t)Ort ©r. ®nabcn bem 
^rafibenten fetbft! Surj unb gut," fefete SKeifter 5Pfriem 
l^iuju, rr^ci^tcxfet ®ii^ ouf ^^^f ^^^^ ©trutljiou. 3)er ®ro^ 



THE SUIT. 69 

shadow over all Abdera, and the welfare of the repub- 
lic was at stake. ^^ 

In the early times of the republic, the Abderites di- 
vided all the citizens into guilds. In the guild to which 
Struthion according to an old custom belonged were 
included at first only shoemakers and cobblers. But 
afterward they admitted all kinds of menders, and finally 
menders of people. Therefore, by virtue of this old 
custom, surgeons and dentists belonged to the cobbler's 
guild. Struthion's superior, the guildmaster Pfriem, 
to whom he now naturally turned, and all the cobblers 
were on his gide. 

Pfriem, in his well known patriotic zeal for the lib- 
erties of the republic, immediately declared: "The 
rights of Abdera shall never be violated in your person. 
I would sooner be stabbed with my own awl than let 
that happen." 

With his usual heat, he asked what would become of 
their freedom if a citizen was not free to sit in a shadow, 
whether ^ it was the shadow of a donkey, a tree, or even 
of the great court-house. Struthion might rely upon 

1. SBie toax bie ^Surgerfc^aft t)on 2l6bera abgeteilt? 2. ^n 
tod6)cx B^^ft gel|orten bie i^aijxi&xitt? 3. SBarum wurben 
bic 3^f|^^^i*^ i^^ ©c^ufterjunft gered^net? 4. SBer toax na* 
turlic^ auf ©trut^ion^ @cite? 5. Sin iDen wanbte er fic^ \o^ 
gleic^? 6. 9Boburd^ war pfriem aflen Slbbcrttcn bcfannt? 
7. SBie na^tn pfriem feme «ttte auf? 8. 2Ba« fur ein 2lr* 
gument fanb er auf (Strut^ion^ ©eite? 9. SBa« Derfprad^ 
er bent S^l)naxit? 10. SBie nannte er ben gfettreiber? 

1 ob, with subjunctive. 



70 DER PR0ZE88, 

9 • 

bian foil @ud^ ntdjt nur ben ©d^atten, [onbern ju Surer gc^ 
bii^renben ©atii^faltion btn Sfel nod^ obenbretn laffen, ober eg 
miifete tueber 55^eii)eit nod^ Stgentum mefir in 9tbbera fein ; 
unb ba^in f olF^ nid)t f ommen, 95 fo lang' x^ ber 3unftmei[ter 
^Pfriem I)eifee !" 

SBa^renb ber Qaijuaxit ftd^ ber ®unft etne^ fo totd^tigen 
9Kanne§ Derftdjert t)atte, liefe e^ ber ©feltretber %nti)xa]c aud^ 
nid^t fel^ten, 9^ fief) urn einen S3efd^u^er su bemerben, ber jenem 
luenigften^ ba^3 ®teid^gen)idt)t l^alten 93 f onnte. Slntl^raj roar 
cigenttt(^ fein 93urger t)on 3l0bera, fonbern nur ein greigc* 
(affener, ber fidE) in bent Sejirfe be^ Safontempet^ auf^ielt 
@r ftanb aU ein @dt)ufet)ertt)anbter be^felben unter ber unmit* 
tetbaren ©erid^t^bartcit bc^ Srjpriefter^, biefeig ju 5lbbera 
g6tt(ic§ t)eret|rten Oberf)aupteg beg Safontempefe. 

Site ber Srspriefter bie Sitte beg Sfeltreiberg ijernommen 
i)atk, erflarte er, ba^ er nid|t gef onnen 99 fei, aud^ htn aQer^ 
geringften ©d^u^DertDanbten beg Safontempeig ben ©d^ifanen 
b^^ 9lbt)ofaten 5p()5fignatug unb ber ^Parteitic^feit bt^ 3""^ 
meifterg ^Pfriem preigjugeben. @o lad^erlid^ biefer ^anbet 
an fid) felbft fci, fagte er, fo !6nne bod^ nidjt jugegeben njer- 
ben, ba^ ein armer Sl?ann, ber unter bent ^^ixi^t Safong 
ftet)e, burdt) eine offenbare Sabate unterbriidt merbe. 

2Bir miiffen eg jur ©teuer ber 2Bat)rt)eitioofcigcn, anfangg gab 
eg Derfdiiebcne Uernunftige SBiirger, toetd^e bie 'Sa6)t ungefat)r fo 
anfat)en, toie fie anjufetien toav, unb eg bent ©tabtrid^ter ^i)U 
tippibeg fcljr t)erbad)ten, 101 ba^ er nid^t S3efonnenf|eit genug 
ge£)abt, einen fo ungereimten Qm'\t gleid^ in ber ©eburt ju er- 
ftiden. 102 SlQein unuermerft anberten fid^ bie ©efinnungen, 
unb ber ©d^njinbelgeift, ber bereitg einen XqH ber SBiirgerfdjaft 
auf ben S'opf gcftefit 103 tjatte, ergriff enblid) aud^ ben gr^feeren 
Xeil ber 9tatgt)erren t)on Slbbera. ©inige fingen an, bie <S>ad)t 



THE SUIT. 71 

him, he would never let it come 95 to that ^ as long as 
his name was Pfriem. The mule-driver ought to allow 
him the donkey also for his due satisfaction. 

Anthrax in the mean time ^ had also sought a pro- 
tector. The latter, the chief priest of the Jason temple, 
easily held his own with gg the guild-master, for the peo- 
ple revered him like a god. As Anthrax was a freed 
man who had long ^ lived in the precincts of the Jason 
temple and so been under its direct jurisdiction, he knew 
he must not fail 97 to secure the favor of the head of the 
temple. His request was kindly received by the chief 
priest who was not mclinedgg to permit that a man 
standing under the protection of Jason should be ex- 
posed to the tricks of a lawyer. 

" The case is absurd in itself," he said, " but no open 
cabal nor* partial^ guildmaster shall oppress^ the least 
prot^g^ of this temple." 

But although the chief priest took the matter so se- 
riously, many of the citizens at first regarded it as an 
absurd dispute, and blamed the judge for not having"^ 
nipped it in the bud. ^q^ ^^ ^^^ affair began to turn the 
heads 103 of the citizens, however, the greater part of the 
councilmeri were also infected with this strange mad- 

1. 2Ba« Dcrlangtc er Don bent (Sfeltrciber? 2. SBeffen ®un[t 
t)crftc^ertc fid) 2lntt)raj ? 3. -^niDiefem ^atte 2lntt)raj 3lnfpmd) 
(claim) anf ben ©c^ufe be6 ©rjpriefterd ? 4. 2Bc^t|aIb erfitllte 
biefer bie Sitte bc« gfeftreibcr^ ? 5. 2Ba« f agte ber grjprieftcr 
gn bent ©anbel ? 6. SBorau^ erfefien totr, bag ntcf|t alk 2lbbe* 
riten gteid) t^brid^t (silly) waren ? 

1 bagu. 2 untcrbcffcn. ^ felt langcm. * Insert indef . art. ^ paxttU 
Ifd^. « fd^aben. "^ Use clause with bag. 



72 DER PROZESS, 

fiir hjtcf)tigcr anjufe^en, toett etn SKann \o\t ber ©r^priefter fid^ 
berfetben fo ernftttd^ anjunel^men fdEjien. 104 Slnbere ergriffert 
bte ^partet 105 bc^ Sfeltreiber^ 6(0^ au^ SBtberfprud^^geift, anbcre 
au^ einem tuirflic^en ®efu^t, ba^ tt)m Unred^t gefd^e£)e, unb 
noc^ anbere erflarten fid^ fur ben 3^t)nar3t, tueit getDiffe ^per- 
fonen, mit benen fie nie einer SKeinung fein njoHten, ftd^ fiir 
feinen ®egner erflart i)atten. 

3n btefer ®arung befanben fid^ bie ©ad^en, afe auf einmal 
bie 9?amen ® d^ a 1 1 e n unb S f e I in Stbbera ge£)6rt unb in 
furjem burd^gangig baju gebraud^t tuurbcn, bie beiben 5par= 
teien ju bejeid^nen. 

S)ie 2tnt)anger be^ ^(i\^xiaxiit^ t)atten ben 9lnfang gemac^t, 
fidE) fetbft, tueil fie fiir @trutt)ion^ 9ted)t an be^ Sfefe ©d^atten 
ftritten, bie © d) a 1 1 e n, unb it)re ®egner, tueil fie ben ®d^at= 
ten gleid^fam gum Sfel felbft madden tDoltten, au^ ©pott unb 
95erac^tung bie Sfel ju nennen. 2)ie 3lnt)anger be^ (£rj= 
priefter^ fatten ben ©piefe umgebret)t ^^^ unb bci^ 9Serad^tlidE)e 
mit bem ©d^atten unb ba^ @t)rent)oKe mit bem Sfel Uer- 
fniipft. 

„2Benn e^ ja ein^ t)on beiben fein foil," fagten fie, ,,fo toirb 
jeber bratje Serl bod^ immer lieber ein tDirf tidier leibl^after 
Sfet mit adem feinen 3w6cI)or, at^ ber bto^e ^6)oXitn i)on 
einem (Sfel fein tDoHen." 

©obatb bie ^arteien einen Stamen {)atten, na^m ber (Sifer 
auf beiben ©citen fo fdCjnell unb t)eftig ju, \>Ci^ ^^ gar nid[)t 
mcf)r ertaubt toar, neutral gu bteiben. „93ift bu ein ©d)attcn 
obcr ein Gfel ?" ^oar immer bie erftc 5^'age, n)etd)e bie 93iirgcr 
an einanber rid^teten, locnn fie fid) auf ber ©tra^e ober in ber 
©d^cnfe antrafen. 3®enn einen ©d)atten gerabe ba^ Ungtiid 
traf, an einem fold^en Drte ber cinjigc fcinci^gfeid^en unter 
einer ^tnja^I Don (Sfeln ju fein, fo blieb if)m nid)ti3 iibrig, afe 



THE SUIT. 73 

ness. It must be said for the sake of truth, iqq that some 
seem to have taken the side 105 of the mule-driver because 
they really felt that injustice had been done him. But 
there were others who joined a party from a mere spirit 
of opposition, in order to be the opponents of certain 
people with whom they were never of the same opinion. 

Things had not been in this ferment long before the 
adherents of Struthion's party began to designate them- 
selves as the "Shadows," and those who were not of the 
same opinion about his right to the shadow as " Donkeys." 
Their opponents took the name given in scorn and de- 
rision, and found it easy to turn the tables ^qq and con- 
nect the idea of contempt ^ with the Shadows and that of 
honor 2 with the Donkeys. They said that any brave 
fellow who must be one of the two, would rather be a 
real live donkey than the mere shadow of one. 

After these names began to be universally used, and 
the zeal on both sides had increased violently, great dis- 
order arose from it. It was soon a real misfortune for 
either a Shadow or a Donkey to be the only one of his 
party in a house with a number of citizens. If he did 

1. 3lu§ wcld^en ©rimbeti (reasons) ergriffen fie abcr boc^ 
^artci? 2. 333a« fiir 9?amen erl^ielten jefet bic ^arteien? 
3. ©arum nannten ]i6) bie cinen bie „®fel'' unb bie anbercn 
bie „@d^atten" ? 4. SBarum l^ielten bie ^Sfet" i^ren 3lamtn fiir 
ben el^renDolIeren ? 5. SBa^ beweift, bag ber gifer fur bie 
®ad^e immer mel|r junal^m? 6. SBeld^e grage rid^teten bie 
©ilrger an einanber, toenn fie fic^ auf ber ©trage trafen? 
T. 3^tttDiefem tear e§ ein UngliidE, toenn etn „®c^atten'' eine 2ln* 
ja^t Don „©feln" antraf ? 

1 and 2 genitive. 



74 DER PR0ZE8S, 

cntnjeber auf ber ©telle feine TOeinung ju anbem ober fic| mtt 
tud^ttgen ©tfi^en jur %f)ixv ^inau^roerfen 311 laffen. 

9Bie t)iele unb gro^e Unorbnungen t)ierau^ entftet)en mu|= 
ten, fann man fid) o^ne unfer 3wt^un Dorftellen. S)tc Srbtt- 
ternng ging in furjem fo tDeit, bafe ein ©d^atten fid) lieber t)or 
J^unger jum tuirfUd^en ®efpenft abgege^rt, afe einem iBdder 
Don ber ®egenpartei flir einen §ellcr 93rot abgefauft t)atte. 

Slud^ bie SBeiber na£)men, tuic teid^t ju erad^ten, ^artei, 105 
unb getui^ nid^t mit ber tuenigften ,^i|e. S)enn ba^ erfte 
93tut, ba^ bei ®etegent)eit biefe^ fettfamen SiirgerWeg^ "otx- 
goffen tuurbe, tarn t)on ben 9?dgetn jtueier ^Sfernjeibcr ijcx, bie 
einanber auf dffenttid^em TOarfte in bie 5pf)^fiognomie geraten 
tuaren. 107 9Bo in einem ^aufe ber Tlann ein ©d^atten tuar, 
ba fonnte man fic^ barauf t)er(af|cn, bie grau tuar eine Sfelin 
unb gemeiniglidt) eine fo ^i|ige unb unbanbige (Sfelin, at^ man 
fid^ eine benfen fann. 

Sine ber t)ieten S^Igen biefe^ ^jSarteigeifte^ tDwc, bafe man= 
d)er Siebe^^anbel baburd^ auf einmat abgebrodien njurbe, n^eil 
ber eigenfinnige Sieb^aber tieber feine 9lnfprud)e afe feine 
5partet aufgeben njoQte. SKand^er ^ingegen, ber fid) fd^on 
iat)relang t)ergeben^ urn bie ®unft einer ©d^onen ben^orben 
t)atte, beburfte je^t auf einmal !eine^ anberen 2^itete um gtiidE^ 
tid^ ju merben, aU feine S)ame ju iiberjeugen, bafe er — ein 
efel fei. 

S)a fein ®efe^ in SIbbera t)or£)anben toar, ttjetdje^J in ber fo 
ernft genjorbenen Sfet^fad^c i)atk angefut)rt njcrbcn fonnen, 
befd^IoB man ben ^anbel ttjegen bc^ @fet^fd)atten5^ Dor hm 
„@rofeen 9?at" ber SHepubti! ju brtngen. 9tadt) Uoraus^gegan- 
gener fturmifd)en S)ebatte tourbe ber erfte 2^ag be^ fotgenben 
SWonat^ jur ©ntfdjcibung biefer, aHe 5(bbmten auf^ au^erfte 
erregenben grage anberaumt, 



^ i 



THE SUIT. 75 

not change his views on the spot, he would soon be 
thrust out of the door with violent blows. 

In a little while the bitterness had gone so far that 
whenever two citizens met on the street they were com- 
pelled to ask which side each was taking j^ in the contest, 
instead of exchanging the usual questions ; and a Don- 
key would not buy bread of a Shadow^ even^ if starva- 
tion ^ were reducing him to a real ghost. 

While the men were taking sides so hotly, we may 
rely upon it that the women would not remain neutral 
long, and we may easily imagine the consequences. 
Many a fair [maid] broke off a love affair because her 
lover had not been able to convince her that he was a Don- 
key, and many a lover instead of having to sue years for 
favor, needed only to give up his party to be happy. Even 
the fishwives in the public market took sides, and it is 
said that^ two of these women once scratched each other's 
faces, 1Q7 and so shed the first blood in this civil war. 

Since no existing law could be quoted for the decision* 
of this most serious case about the shadow, the affair 
was brought before the " Great Council" of the republic. 
A stormy debate preceded the decision ^ to give the first 
day of the following month to this question, 

1. 5Kcnncn ®ic ^eif|jielc ber toad^fcnbcn grbittcrung! 
2. SSon totm tonxht ba« crftc ^lut in bicfctn ©iirgcrfriege t)er* 
goffcn ? 3. SBctd^cn ginflu^ l^atte ber ©treit auf bie grauen ? 
4. auf bic 8icbc«f|(inbel ? 5. SBa^ befd^Iog man cnblid^, mit 
bicfcr gfcl^fraflc gu t^un ? 6. ©c^l^alb bra^tc man fie Dor ben 
,r®ro6en SRat«? T. ^am foHte ber STag ber entfd^eibung fein? 

1 felbfl. « ^ttugcr, m* • mgn fagt, bag. * gntft^eibung, /. « ^t* 



76 DER PR0ZES8. 



4. ^fl^iitel* 

Site ber grofee ©ntfd^cibung^tag fierannal^te, ftanb ganj 216^ 
bera in jitternber SBenjegung, ertDartung^boH be^ Slu^gangi^, 
ben ein fo unert)6rter 3tec]^t^{)anbet nef)men tDiirbe. 9?iemanb 
l^atte fein grut)ftud orbentlid^ genommen, tutetDof)! aHe^ fd^on 
mit Xage^anbrud) auf ben guB^n tuar. S)te t)ier]^nnbert 
3Ranner, njeld^e im „®rofeen 9Jat'' bilbeten, berfammelten 
fid^ auf bem'ert)6i)ten SSorpla^e ber 3;empel be^ 3tpoIto unb 
ber S)iana, bent grofeen SKarftpfa^e gegeniiber. 

S)te ©d^atten erfd^ienen ntit tud^tigen Sniitteln unb SDfeffern 
i)erfet)en auf bent ©eric^t^pta^e, bie Sfel trugen S)oId^e unter 
it)ren fangen Stetbem tjerborgen. 2lud^ ber SlSger unb SBe^ 
flagte ntit ii)ren nad^ften 3lnt)ertt)anbten unb ntit it)ren beiben 
3lbt)ofaten t)atten ftd^ bereiti^ frut) eingefunben unb tt)ren gef|6- 
rigen 5pia^ eingenontmen. 

S)er ganje 3Rarft l^atte fid^ mit einer SKenge SSoIfe ange^ 
fuQt, beffen ®eftnnungen burdE) ein larmenbei^ ^urraf), fo oft 
etn 9?at^t)err ober 3unftmeifter Don ber ©d^attenpartei einf)er== 
gefd^ritten tarn, fid^ beutlid^ genug Uerrieten. 

Sitter njartete nun auf ben ^prafibenten be^ „®ro|ett 9iate^," 
ber, aU ein grower Slnl^anger ber ©tifette, genjol^nt toar, bei 
bergleidEjen ®elegenf|eiten auf fid^ tuarten ju laffen. @r f)atte 
jebod^ bafiir geforgt, bafe bie SSerfammlung unterbeffen ntit 
einer SDiufi! t)on feiner S!ompofition unterl)alten unb (mie er 
fagte) ju einer fo feiertid^en ^anblung t)orbereitet toiirbe. 

3)iefe 5D?ufif gab benen t)on ber ^^artei be^ Srjpriefter^ ju 
einer 9Renge fpa^l^after Sinfalte Slnlafe, fiber toeld^e fic^ t)on 
3eit JU Qtit ein grofee^ ©efad^ter ert)ob. @iner fagte: „S)iefeg 
Slllegro flingt ja toie ein ©dE)ladE)tgefang" — „iu einem SSac^* 
telfampfe," fiel ein anbercr ein. „3)afur tflnt aber aud^," fagte 



THJB SUIT. 77 



Chapter 4. 



At last the decisive day approached. By daybreak 
Shadows and Donkeys were on their feet. They were 
in too great agitation to take ^ breakfast properly, and 
all provided themselves with strong clubs and knives, 
or hid daggers under their clothes. 

The Shadows filled the whole market-place, and be- 
trayed their sentiments by a noisy cheer whenever a 
judge of the Shadow-party ascended to the porch of the 
temple opposite them. Complainant and defendant were 
there early ^ to take their proper places and the four 
hundred men of which the "Great Council" was com- 
posed, had aU assembled, but still they waited for the 
president who always appeared late on such occasions. 

In the mean time, however, the whole assembly was re- 
stored to its natural good humor by some music of the 
president's composition. The witty conceits to which 
occasion was thus given, caused great laughter. After 
they had interrupted the music continually, with stale 
jokes, and had compared, for instance, the allegro with a 
battle-cry, the adagio with a funeral song^ the party 

1. 53cfd^reibcn (Sic Slbbcra am SDlorgcn bc« gntfdfieibung^' 
tagc^ ! 2. 2Bo Dcrfamnidtc ftdf) bcr „®xo^t yiat** ? 3. SBcIc^c 
SJorbercitungcn f)atten bic ©trcitcnbcn gcmadjt ? 4. SBcr l)attc 
fid^ bcrcit^ friil^ cingcfunbcn ? 5. SBic gab ba« S5oII feinc ®c== 
finnung lunb? 6. aBanti f^riccn fie ©urral^? T. 2Be«f)alb 
fam bcr ^rdfibent ju [piit? 8. 2Bic tDurben [ic untcrbcffen 
untcr^alten ? 9. aBa« fiir cincn grfofg f)attc bic aKufif? 

4. 5Retttten @ie cinigc bcr f|)a§^aften ginfcllle ! 

I 

1 Insert l^r. * fril^. « ©rabgefang, m. 



78 DER PR0ZE88. 

ein britter, „ba^ Stbagio, al^ ob eg ben ^^^nbred^er (Strutl^ion 
unb ben ©d^ufter 5pfriem, feinen ©d^u^atron, ju ®ra6e fin= 
gen foHte." „^k ganje 9Kufit'' nteinte ein t)terter, ,,t)erbiene, 
t)on ©c^atten gemad^t unb t)on ©fein gel^ort ju n)erben," u. f. tt). 
SBie fabe nun aud^ biefe ©d^erje tuaren, fo braud^te e^ bod^ 
bei einem fo joDialifd^en 9S6lfd^en nid^tg ntel^r, um bie ganje 
SBerfammlung unDermerft in il)re natiirlid^e fomifd^e Saune urn- 
juftintmen. 2)iefe Saune na\)m ber ^arteituut, tt)ot)on fie nod^ 
befeffen tvaXf unDermutet xi)x (Sift unb trug t)ielleid^t mel^r afe 
irgenb etoa^ anbereg jur ©rl^altung be^ ©taateg in biefem 
fritifd^en 9lugenblide bei. 

®nblid^ erfd^ien ber ^rafibent ntit feiner Seibtoad^e t)on 
armen ^anbtuerfern, tueld^e, mit ftumpfen ^ellebarben unb mit 
einer friebfamen 3lrt t)on eingerofteten S)egen betuaffnet, mel^r 
bag 9lnfel)en ber lad^erlid^en giguren \)atten, tvomxt man in 
®arten bie 9S6geI fd^redt, ate t)on ^ieggmSnnern, bie bent 
©erid^te beim ^dbel SBurbe unb gurd^tbarfeit Derfd^affen foU'^ 
ten. ^eil ber Stepublif, bie jur ©efd^irmung it|rer 2;i)ore unb 
innerlid^en ©id^er{)eit !eine anberen §elben nStig l)at ate f old^e* 

S)er Slnblid biefer grotegfen 3KiIij unb bie ungefd)idtte, 
poffierlid^e Slrt, tuie fie fid^ in bem friegerifd)en ^uf juge gebar^ 
beten, ertpedfte bei bem jufd^auenben SBoIfe einen neuen 2lug== 
brud^ t)on Suftigfeit, fo ba^ ber §eroIb t)iele 9D?ut|e l^atte, bie 
Seute enblid^ ju einer leiblid^en ©tide unb ju bem Stefpeft, ben 
fie bem t)6d^ften ®erid^te fd^ulbig toaren, ju bringen. 

S)er ^rcifibent erfiffnete nunmel)r bie ©i^ung mit einer fur* 
jen 9tebe, ber ^erolb gebot ein abermaligeg ©tillfd^loeigen, 
unb bie 3tbt)ofaten beiber S^eile n)urben aufgeforbert, i^re 
Slage unb SBerteibigung munblid^ t)orjubringen. 

S)en 3tbt)o!aten, toeI(^e fur gro^e SKeifter in il)rer 3(rt gat 
ten, mu^te bie ®elegenf)eit, if)re Sunft an einem (Sfetefd^atten 



THE SUIT, 79 

violence that still possessed them, had, unnoticed by 
them, lost its venom. Thus they were prepared for the 
trial, and the music, instead of merely entertaining 
them, seems to have contributed more than anything 
else to the preservation of the state. 

A new outburst of merriment was caused by the ap- 
pearance of the president's body-guard. It was grotesque 
to see the clumsiness ^ of these poor workmen, who had 
been armed with dull halberds and rusty swords in 
order to give the court dignity in the eyes of the people. 
The way they looked might have frightened the birds. 
That war-like outfit could never give them the appear- 
ance of soldiers. 

With much difficulty the herald got the people to keep 
quiet. The meeting was opened by a short speech from 
the president. Then the herald, after he had again com- 
manded silence, summoned the lawyers. They, of 
course, ^ treated the case with the greatest seriousness. 
For, to be a master of his art, a lawyer must have such 

1. aBcld)c« Urtcit fprad) cin burger Uber bic 5IKu[if au«? 
2. SBcId)c (Sinmirfung (influence) I)atten bic ©d)crgc auf bo^ 
93oIt? 3. 3nn)icfern trugeu biefc ®df|crgc gur grl^altung be« 
©taatc^ bei? 4. S3}eld}e^ Sreigni^ gab it)ren ©ebanfen cine 
onberc SEBenbung (turn)? 5. ^efc^reiben Sic bic gcibmadjc 
bc« ^rftfibcntcn! 6. SBcIdjcn (Sinbrud vxaijtt bicfc auf ba« 
ajolf? 7. SBBarum ift cine 9tcpub(if gUidli^ gu prcifen, bie 
nut fo(d)cr §elbcn gur ®cfc{)innung bcbarf? 8. SBarum 
Dcrurfa^tc bic Suftigfcit bc^ ajolfc^ bcm §eroIb t)ic( mixljc? 
9. 2Bic tDurbe bie (Sitjung croffnet? 10. ^^nttjiefern war bicfc 
®c(cgcnt)cit an fid) fd)on cine gro^c Slufmuntcrung fiir bie 
SlbDofatcn ? 

^ Unbc^olfen^eit,/. ^ natflrlid^. 



80 DER PR0ZE88, 

fe^en ju laffen, an fid^ allein fc^on eine gro^e Stufmunterung 
fein. ©eit ein Stbbera in ber SBelt tvaXf I)atte man nod^ 
feinen 9ted^t^]^anbel gefetien, ber fo lad^erlic^ an fid^ felbft unb 
f ernftl^aft burd^ bie Strt, tute er gefii^rt los tpurbe, getpefen 
toavt, ©in 3tbt)o!at muj^te aud^ ganj unb gar fein ®enie unb 
feinen 3lbt)o!atenfinn ge^abt t)a6en, ber 6ei einer fold^en @ele= 
genl)eit fid^ nid^t felbft ubertroffen I)atte. 

S)er Stbt)o!at ^t|^fignatu§, ber ate ©ad^Dertualtcr be^ 3oi)n^ 
arjte^ ©trutf)ion juerft fprad^, tear ein 9J?ann t)on 3Kittet 
gr6J3e, ftarfen 3KugfeIn unb mdd^tiger Sunge. ©eine grfij^te 
Slunft beftanb barin, ba^ er, urn feinem SBortrag burd^ bie 
STOobuIation feiner ©timnte me{)r Seb{)aftigfeit unb Slu^brudE 
JU geben, in bem Umfang t)on anbertl^alb D!tat)en t)on einem 
3ntert)all jum anberen tuie ein ©d^l^om ^erumfprang unb fo 
t)iefe ©rintaffen unb ©eftifulationen baju mad^te, ate ob er 
feinen 3^^^*^^^^" ^^^ ^"^^ ®ebarben t)erftanblid^ toerben 
ffinnte. 

^^^fignatu^ trat ntit ber ganjen Unt)erfd^amtt)eit eine^ W)- 
t)ofaten auf, ber fid^ barauf Derlaj^t, baJ3 er Slbberiten ju Qa^ 
l)8rern ^at^ unb fing alf o an : 

,,@bfe, et)renfefte unb n)eife, gro§mad)tige SSierl^unbert- 
mSnner ! 

SBenn jemate ein 2;ag tpar, an tueldiem fid^ bie SBortrefflid^* 
feit ber SBerfaffung unferer 9tepubli! in it)rem gro^ten ©lanj 
entpnt ^at, unb n)enn jemate id) mit bem ®efu^I, tva^ e^ ift, 
ein SBurger tjon Slbbera ju fein, unter @ud^ aufgetreten bin, fo 
ift eg an btefem gro^en 2;age. ^eute foH t)or biefeig et)rtt)ur^ 
bige {)8d^fte ®erid^t, tjor biefe ertuartung^DoUe unb teilnel)- 
menbe 9J?enge be^ SBoIfe^, t)or biefen anfel^nlit^en ^itf^i^^cn- 
flu§ t)on gremben ein 9ted^tgl)anbel jur ©ntfc^eibung gebrad^t 
n)erben, ber in einem minber freien ®taak, ber felbft in einem 



THE SUIT. 81 

a legal mind that he seizes with enthusiasm any ^ oppor- 
tunity to be heard even in such an absurd case as this. 

Struthions counsel Physignatus was the first who 
showed his genius and his power as an advocate by car- 
rying on with seriousness and pathos ^ a suit i^g which 
was so ludicrous in itself. Being a man of strong and 
mighty lungs he was sure of success. Since he could 
rely on having Abderites for hearers he made his art 
consist merely in giving life and expression to his ad- 
dress by the modulation of his voice within the compass 
of an octave and a half. To-day he surpassed him- 
self by letting his voice spring from one interval to 
another. He made moreover so many grimaces and 
gesticulations that merely through them, he would have 
made himself intelligible to his hearers. 

Stepping 3 forward, he addressed the Four-hundred by 
calling them noble, wise and powerful and then began 
to praise* the lawgivers of Abdera, who were busied 
with a case the decision of which the magistrates in a 
less free state would not have considered important 

1. 2Ba0 fiir ctncti SRcdf|t01^anbcI l^attc man fclbft in Slbbcra 
nod) mi)t gcl^abt? 2. SBie tDurbc ber ^rogc§ gcfiil^rt? 3. 3^n== 
iDicfcm gab bicfcr ^rogcg ben 2lbt)oIatcn ©clegcnl^cit, i^r 
®cnie ju gcigcn? 4. SBetd^cr 2lbt)ofat fpradf) jnerft? 5. ©e* 
fd^rcibcn ®ic ^l^^fignatu^ ! 6. SBorin bcftanb feme gro|c 
Sunft? 7. SBce^oIb n)Qgtc cr c0 ntit Unt)crfc^dnitf)cit aufgu* 
trcten ? 8. 2Bic rcbctc cr ben „®rogcn SRat^ an ? 9. SBomm 
nanntc cr ben ©cri^tetog cinen grofeen Sag? 10. 3Bcr 
nol^m on ben SSerl^anblnngen (proceedings) teil? 11. SBa^ 
foMte on biefem grogen 2^age gefc^ef)n? 

1 Irgenb eine. * ^at^oS, n. « clause with Inbem. * loben. 



82 DER PR0ZE88. 

Slt^en ober ©parta nid^t fur tDtd^tig genug geftalten tDorben 
toare, bie ftoljen SBertDalter be^ ©emetnlDefen^ nur einen 
Slugenblic! ju befd^aftigen. Sble^, prei^lDurbtge^, breimal 
gliidEIic^e^ Stbbera ! ®u aHein lebft unter bent ©^u^ enter 
©efe^gebung, ber aud^ bte geringften unb fpi^finbigftcn 
9ted^te ber Siirger l^eiltg finb ! 2)u aHein genie^eft eine 
©id^erl^eit unb grei^eit, n)ot)on anbere SRepublifen nur ben 
©d^atten jum SInteil tjobtn ! 

„Dber, faget mir, in ttjeld^er anberen Siepubli! ttjurbe ein 
9ted^t^^anbel jtpijd^en einem SBurger unb einem ber ®ering= 
ften au^ bem SBoIfe, fiber einen ®egenftanb, ber fo unbebeu^ 
tenb fd^eint, ba^ bie ®efe^e ii)n bei Senennung ber 2)inge, 
tueld^e in^ (Sigentum lommen fonnen, ganjtid^ t)ergeffen 
i)aben, ein ^anbel fiber etoa^, bem ein fubtiler S)ialeftifer 
fogar ben SWamen eine§ S)inge§ ftreitig madden f 6nnte, — ntit 
einem SBort, ein ©treit fiber ben ©djatten eine^ ®fete — 
faget mir, in n)eld^er anberen Stepublif tpfirbe ein fold^er 
9ted^t§]^anbel gum ®egenftanb ber aUgemeinen ^^eilnal^me, 
jur ©ad^e be^ ganjen ©taat^ gelDorben fein ? 3n tt)eld)er 
anberen 9tepublif finb bie ©efe^e be§ Sigentum^ fo f^arf 
beftimmt, bie gegenfeitigen 9ied^te ber SBflrger Dor aller SBiH- 
!fir ber obrigfeitlid^en ^JJerfonen fo fid^er geftellt, bie gering^ 
ffigigften 2fnfprfidE)e felbft be^ ^rmften in ben 9Iugen ber 
Dbrigfeit fo {)od^ angefetien, baJ3 ba^ I)6cE)fte ®erid^t ber Sie- 
publif felbft e^ ni(^t unter feiner 9Sfirbe ^alt, fid^ feierlid) ju 
t)erfammeln, um fiber ba^ jn^eifeUjaft frf)einenbe SRed)t an 
einem (£fefefdE)atten ein Urteil ju fallen. 109 

Slber inbcm id^ auf ber einen ©eite mit bem gered)ten 
©tolj einc^ ed^ten Slbberiten ffit)Ie, toeld^ ein g(orrei(^e^ 
3eugni§ t)on ber t)ortreffIicf)en SBerfaffung unferer SRepublif 
biefer tjorliegenbe ^anbel bei ber fpateften 9?ad)fommenfd^aft 



THE SUIT, 83 

enough for discussion.^ To live under the protection 
of a court of justice to which the smallest rights of the 
citizens were sacred, was to enjoy a freedom, the glory 
of which was now fully revealed. When he appeared 
among the expectant crowd on this great day, he felt 
more fortunate than ever before in being a citizen of Ab- 
dera. 

The object of this lawsuit, he said seemed so insig- 
nificant that it had been omitted ^ from the catalogue ^ 
of articles* which the law recognized^ as property. It 
was something to which a dialectician might even have 
refused a name and yet it had become an object of uni- 
versal interest. In no other republic, however sharply 
the laws of property might be defined, did the government 
regard the claims of the people to such an extent^ that 
the supreme court would recognize any man's right to 
a mere'' shadow. 

But although^ Physignatus gave this glorious testi- 

1. 2lu« tDctc^cm ®runbc ftcKte cr Slbbera felbft Uber 5ltt)cn 
unb (Sparta? 2. SBBie nanntc cr 3lbbera? 3. 9?cnnen ©e 
gtDci ©rilnbc, tDcewegcn cr Slbbera bie gtiidlic^ftc $Rc)3ubIif 
nottttte ? 4. SBBc^f)a(b nonntc cr ben SRcdit^l^aTibcI an fidf) unbc- 
bcutenb? 5. 2Ba^ tDiirbc ein [ubtiler ©ioteftifer gcttian 
l^obcn ? 6* SBorin bcftanb bie liberlcgcnticit 3lbbera0 iiber alJe 
onbcrcn 9ic|)ub(ifcn ? (a) in S3egug auf bie Oefe^e be6 @igen== 
tum6? (b) in ©egufl ouf bie {Recite bcr SUrger? (c) in 
«cgug auf bie 3lnfprad|e ber trmften ? 7. 2BeIef)e« ®eful)t 
gab i^m biefe ®en)ipeit? 8, SBBefd^en ©nbrud wiirbe ber 
9tec^t^]^anbet auf bie 5Radf|fommenfci^aft madjtn? 

1 (grbrterung, /. * au«'geIoffen, tjergeffcn. « Catalog, m., ?ifte, /. 
* 3>ing, w. * on'erfenncn, bejeid^ncn. « to such an extent, transL, so 
highly. 7 jiog. 8 tro^jbent. 



84 DEB PR0ZE88, 

ablegen totrb : n)ie fel^r mufe id^ auf ber anbcrcn ©cite btc 
9(6na^me jener treul^erjigen ©tnfalt imferer SSoreltern, jener 
freitPiHigen ©cneigtl^cit, aug Siebe unb greunbfd^aft, ettt)a§ 
t)on unferem t)ennetnten ftrengen 9ied^te fal^ren ju loffen, ht^ 
flagen! D bu einft fo beriil^mte Sieberl^erjigleit unfcrer 
guten SHten, tft e^ b a 1^ i n mit btr gef ommen,iio ^ct^ abberi- 
tifd^e SBiirger fo felbftfiid^tig, \o farg, \o unfreunbltd^, Xoa^ 
fag' id), fo unmenfdjlid^ finb, einanbcr fogar ben ©(fatten 
cineg (Sfel^ ju Derfagen ? 

S)od^ — Derjei^t mir, tuerte SKitburger ! id^ irrte tnid^ in 
bcm SBorte — perjeil)! ntir eine unt)orfa^Iid^e Seleibigung ! 
S)crienige, ber einer fo niebrigen, fo ro^en unb barbarifd^en 
©enfart fa{)ig tuar, ift !einer unferer 9Kitburger. @ig ift tin 
bfofe gebulbeter SinlDOl^rter unferer ©tabt, ein blofeer ©dE)u^ 
t)ertDanbter be^ Safontempel^, ein SKenfdE) au^ ben bidfften 
§efen be^ ^6bete, ein 3Kenfd), t)on beffen ®eburt, @rjiel)ung 
unb Seben^art nid^tig Seffereig ju ertuarten tuar, mit e i n e m 
SBort, ein Sfeltreiber. ©eine ©d^anbe Ilebt an il)m allein, 
u nig lann fie nidjt befubeln. ©in abberitif(^er ©urger, id^ 
unterftetie mi(^'§ ju fagen, ptte fid^ feiner fold^en Untl)at 
fd^ulbig madden Idnnen. 

Stber — nenn' i(^ fie tjieHeid^t mit einem ju ftrengen ^a^ 
men, biefe ^l^at ? — ©tellet Sud^, id^ bitte, an ben ^la^ 
@ure^ guten SD?itburgeri§ ©trut^ion unb — ful^Iet ! 

@r reifet in feinen ©efd^aften, in ®ef(^aften feiner ebetn 
Sunft, bie t^ blofe mit SBerminberung ber Seiben feiner 
3iebenmenf(^en ju t^un l^at, t)on 2(bbera nad| ©erania. S)er 
^ag ift einer ber fd^tpiilften ©ommertage. S)ie ftrengftc 
©onnenl^ifee fd^eint ben ganjen ^orijont in ben I)of)Ien SBaud^ 
eine^ gtu^enben SBadEofeng t)ertt)anbelt ju l^aben. Sein 
SBoIf^en, ba^ il)re fengenben ©tral^Ien bampfe! Kein 



THE SUIT. 85 

mony to their excellent constitution he on the other 
hand lamented that the whole-hearted simplicity [known] 
in^ their elders had decreased ^ lamentably^ among them- 
selves. These he said had sometimes waived their rights 
out of friendship, while now there was such a decrease 
of good-heartedness that a niggardly and selfish Abde- 
rite could refuse a fellow-citizen even a shadow. 

But here Physignatus begged pardon for the uninten- 
tional insult, for no such disgrace attached to any 
Abderite. The city could not be contaminated by the 
misdeed of a man who was not a native^ but merely tol- 
erated as an inhabitant. Such an inhuman fellow must 
have been a man from the dregs of the people, and was, 
— as was to be expected, — a mule-driver. 

Then, to show that he did not call the deed by too 
strong a name, the lawyer begged his hearers to put 
themselves in Struthion's place as he travelled to Gera- 
nia to lessen the sufferings of his fellow-beings. He pic- 
tured^ the sultry summer day, the glowing horizon 
which seemed to have been transformed into an oven, 
and the scorching rays of the sun, subdued by no clouds. 

1. 2BcId)c 5Cugenbctt rlit)mtc er an ben SSorcItcm ? 2. 2Ba6 
fanb er fef)r beflagen^n)ert? 3. SBie nonnte er bie iefeigen 
S3toger Don Slbbera? 4. SBorum bat cr nadf) biefen 2Borten 
nm (5nt|d)ulbigung ? 5. SBeldjer ©enlart befc^ulbigte er 
Slnttiraj? 6. SBae ^atte lein abberitifef)er Surger t^un lonnen? 
T. 3n xotlijtm aScrt)aItni« ftanb 2ln%aj gu Slbbera? 8. 2Bor* 
au« erfictrte fic^ bie niebrige ©enlart be^ 9lntt)raj? 9. ®df|it 
bem @ie (Strutl^ion^ SReife nad^ ©erania in be^ 5lbt)oIaten 
aSorten 1 

1 genitive. 2 ab'nel^mem « in bebauerltd^cr SBeifc. * gingcbore* 
ner, m. * fd^ilbern. 



86 DER PR0ZE8S. 

njetjcnbe^ Siiftc^en, ben t)erbur[tenben SBanbcrcr anjufrifd^cn ! 
S)ie ©onne flammt fiber feinem ©d^citel, faugt ba§ ©lut au§ 
feinen Stbern, ba^ 9J?arf au§ feineu S!nod)en. Sed^jenb, bic 
burre 3w"9' <^^ ©aumen, mit trfiben, Don §i|e unb ©lanj 
erblirtbenben Slugen, fiel^t er fid) nad^ einem ©d^attenpta^, 
nad^ irgenb einem einjelnen, mitleibigen 93aum urn, unter 
beffen @d^u^ er fid) er^olen, er einen 9D?unb tyoU frifd^erer 
Suft einatmcn, einen Slugenblid t)or ben glfil^enben ^Pfeiten 
be^ nner6ittlid)en SfpoHo fid)er fein fonnte. 

Umfonft ! S^r fennet aHe bie ®egenb tjon 9lbbera nad^ 
®erania. Qtvd ©tunben lang, jur ©dE)anbe be§ ganjen 
Sti)ralien^ fei e§ gefagt ! fein SBaum, feine ©taube, bie i^m 
gegen bie mittdgltd^e ©onne 3i^ffwd^t geben !6nnte ! 

S)er arme ©trutl)ion fanf enblid^ Don feinem Stier l^erab. 
S)ie SWatur Dermod^t^ e^ nid^t langer auigju^alten. @r Iie§ 
ben Sfel fatten unb fe^te fidE) in feinen ©fatten. — ©d^nja- 
d^eig, armfelige^ @rt)oIiing^mitteI ! Slber fo toenig ei§ njar, 
toar e§ bod) etoa^ ! 

Unb tueld^ ein Unge^euer mufete ber ©efu^Hofe, ber get 
fenljerjige fein, ber feinem leibenben 9lebenmenfd)en in fold^en 
Umftanben ben ®(i)atkn eine§ Sfefe Derfagen fonnte ! SBar' 
e^ glaublid^, ba^ e§ einen fold^en 9D?enfd)en gcibe, toenn toir 
il)n nid^t mit eigenen Slugen Dor un§ fa^en ? — Slber f)ier 
ftel^t er, unb — toa^ beinat)e nod^ arger, nod) ungtaublid^er 
aU bie Xl)at felbft ift — er befennt fic^ an^ freien ©tudenm 
baju, fd)eint ficE) feiner ©d^anbe nod^ ju ruf)mett. 3a, er 
be^auptet fogar Dor ber SKajeftat biefei^ l)8d^ften ®m6)t^- 
t)ofe^ ber SSier^unbertmanner, bafe er red^t baran getl^an 

Unb glaubt 3f)r, bafe toir nn^ uberreben laffen foHten, 
dncn ©d)attcn fur et)pa^ SBJirflid^eg, 9efd£)njei0e fur ettpa^. 



THE SUIT, 87 

The flaming sun blinded^ the wanderer's eyes and seemed 
to suck the marrow from his bones. If he could only- 
have breathed a mouthful of fresher air, or been safe 
one instant from the severe heat of the sun, he would 
have recovered a little. Biit however anxiously he 
looked about him for a shady place, there was no refuge ^ 
to be found. On the road to Gerania there was no tree 
nor shrub to be seen in whose protection he might 
escape^ the glowing arrows of remorseless Apollo. 
Human nature cannot endure such heat too long, and at 
last Struthion had to stop the donkey, and then sank 
down exhausted. 

"Under these circumstances," cried Physignatus, "be 
it said to the shame of such an unfeeling monster as 
this mule-driver, my client was refused even such a poor 
means of recovery as a donkey's shadow. And this stony- 
hearted [fellow], incredible as it seems, actually boasts 
of his shame, and dares* to acknowledge it of his own 
accord, m and to assert before this court that he did 
right! We are not going to be persuaded that An- 
thrax had an exclusive right to the shadow." 

1. SBcIc^e gintDirfunflCtt f)attc bic @onne ouf ©trutl^ion? 
2. 2Bc6f)aIb bcburftc ©ti'Ut^ion bee ©diattene fo fet)r ? 3. «c= 
fd^reiben ®ic ben SBeg jwifd^en Slbbcra unb ©crania! 4. SBann 
jefetc fief) ©trut^ion in ben ©c^atten bee gfele? 5. 2Bie 
iDirlte ber (Sd)atten auf i^n ? 6. SBarum nannte ^^Ijfignatu^ 
ben Sfdtreiber ein Unget)euer? T. SBBobntd^ macl)te Slnt^raj 
feine ©d^onbe nod) drger ? 8. SBo^ bet)au|)tete 2lntl)raj t)or bem 
i)5df|ften ©eric^te^of ? 9. SBoju n)ar ober ^^^[ignatu« nic^t ju 
uberreben ? 



88 DER PR0ZE8S. 

an tueld^e^ jemanb ein btrefte^ unb au^fd^Iic^enbe^ Sied^t 
l)aben !8nne, 5U t)atten ? 

,,(£in ©d^atten fann, genau ju reben, ntcE)t unter bie ttjirt 
licfien 2)inge gered^net tperben. S)enn ba§, toa§ t^n jum 
©d^atten mad^t, tft nid^t^ 9Bir!U(^ea unb ^ofittt)e§. ®§ tft 
im ©egenteil bie (Sntjieliung be^jenigen SidEjte^, tt)elrf)e^ auf 
ben ubrigen, ben ©dE)Qtten umgebenben !5)ingen liegt. Snt 
t)orUcgenben gall tft bie fdEjiefe ©teHung ber ©onne unb bie 
Unburc^fidjtigfeit be§ (gfete (eine Gigenfd^aft, bie it)m nidit, 
infofern er ein (Sfel, fonbern infofern cr ein bid^ter unb bunf- 
ler S6rper ift, anftebt) bie einjige toaf)x^ Urfadje be§ ®6)aU 
ten§, ben ber @fel 5U n)erfen fd^eint, unb ben jeber anbere 
Sfirper an feinem ^ta^e tuerfen tDiirbe. ^tnn bie gigur be§ 
©diatten^ t^ut I)ier ni(^t^ jur ©a(^e. 112 3Kein Client l^at 
fid^ atfo, genau ju reben, nid^t in ben ©d^atten eine^ Sfel^, 
fonbern in ben ©djatten eine^ S6rper^ gcfe^t. J)er Um^* 
ftanb, ba^ biefer SSrper ein Sfet, unb ber (£fel ein ^au§ge= 
noffe eineg getuiffen Slntliraj au^ bem Safontempel ju SCObera 
tuar, ging i^n ebenfo tuenig an^ ^a o.U er jur ©ad^e gel^Orte. 
S)enn, tuie gefagt, nidjt bie ®fell)eit (tpenn 16) fo fagen barf), 
fonbern bie Sfirperlid^feit unb Unburd^fi(^tigfeit be^ Sfet^ ift 
ber ®runb be^ ©d^atten^, ben er ju toerfen f^eint. 

„3inein tpenn toir audi jum Uberflu^ jugeben, ba^ ber 
©d^atten unter bie S)inge gel^ore, fo ift au§ unjatiligen 
58eifpielen Har unb n)eltbe!annt, bafe er ju ben gemeinen 
S)ingen ju redt)nen ift, an toeld^e ein jeber fot)ieI SRed^t ^at 
ate ber anbere, unb an bie fid) bcrjenige bai§ nadiftc SRed^t 
ern)irbt, ber fie 5uerft in Sefi^ nimmt 

„S)o(^ id^ toiU nod) me^r tl)un ; id^ toitt fogar jugeben, ba& 
be^ Sfete ©diatten ein 3w6e^6r be^ Sfet^ fei, fo gut ate e^ 
feine Df)ren finb; toa^ getoinnt bie ©egenpartei baburd^? 






THE SUIT, 89 

Then came the real argument. He said that a shadow 
could not be considered a real thing, because it was 
made by nothing positive. Light was merely withdrawn 
from the place where the shadow was, while it lay upon 
the objects that surrounded the shadow. If it was not 
the " mulishness " of the donkey but his corporeity and 
opacity which made him cast the shadow, then his 
client did not sit in the shadow of a donkey but in the 
shadow of a body. Since therefore a shadow could 
be cast by every opaque body, no one had any direct 
right to a shadow, let alone ^ an exclusive [right]. 
What sort of (a) body it was that cast a certain shadow 
had nothing to do with the case,ii2 ^^^ could not 
concern ng anyone who was using it. 

But, Physignatus continued, even if a shadow was 
classified 2 as a thing, it must be reckoned among the 
things common to all, and therefore he who had first 
taken possession of it had in so doing ^ won the best 
right to it. If the shadow was not an appurtenance of the 
donkey, every one had as much right to it as Anthrax. 

But even if the shadow were an appurtenance of the 
donkey, Physignatus showed* that the other side could 

1. SBarum ift cin ©rfjatten nic^t^ ffiirffic^ce? 2. ©ie cntftc^t 
tin ©c^attcn? 3. aBcIrf)e« ift bie Urfadjc be^ ©diattcn^ tm alU 
gcmcinen? 4. ©c^ gfete ©d^attcn im bcf onbcrcn ? 5. 2Ba0 
gab ^fi^fignatue gu? 6. ^n todi)en ^Dlngcn gel^ort bcr 
©(fatten? 7. SBarum \)at jcbcr ein ktd)t an bcm ©c^atten? 
8. SBcr f)at ba^ nad&ftc $Rcd|t an bem Sdiattcn? 9. 2Ba« gab 
^^^fignatue fogar gu? 10. gormuUcrcn ©ic bic brei Slrgu* 
mcntc bc« 3lbt)ofatcn ! 

1 let alone, gefd^toeige benn. ^ (tafftflgiert. > In so doing, baburcl^, 
* erfiaren. 



90 DER PR0ZE8S, 

©trutl^ion t)atte ben (Sfel gemietet, folglic^ aud^ fcincn (S6)at^ 
ten. 2)enn e^ t)erftel)t ftd^ bei jebem 3Kietfontra!t, bafe ber 
SSermieter bent Slbmieter bie ©ac^e mit allem il^rem 3ii6c]^&^ 
jum ©ebraud^ iiberlaj^t. 9D?it tpeldjem ©d^atten eine^ Sied^tig 
lonnte %i\ti)xai alfo begel^ren, ba^ t^nt @trutt)ion ben ©d^at^ 
ten be^ (Sfel^ nod^ befonber^ bejalile ? S)a^ J)tlemma* ift 
au^cr aHer 3Biberrebe ; cnttueber ift ber ©d^atten be^ Sfete 
ein Snbe^bx be^ gfelg ober nid^t. Sft er e§ nid^t, fo 
]^at ©trut{)ion unb jeber anbere eben fot)ieI 9ted^t baran aU 
^ntl^raj. Sft cr e§ aber, fo l^atte 3Intt|raj, inbcm er ben 
Sfel tjermietete, and) ben ©d^atten t)ennietet. ©eine gorbe- 
rung ift ebenfo ungereimt, ate tuenn mir einer feine Seier 
t)erfauft ptte unb bertangte bann, tuenn id^ barauf fpielen 
tuollte, bafe x6) if)m aud^ nod^ fur ii)ren S^lang bejQ^Ien mufete. 

„S)od| ttjoju fo t)iele ©riinbe in einer ©ad^e, bie bent aUge- 
meinen SUZenfd^enfinn fo liar ift, ba^ man fie nur ju l^dren 
braud^t, urn ju fel^en, auf metdier ©eite ba^ SRed^t ift ? SBa^ 
ift ein @fetefdE)atten ? 9BeI^e Unt)erfd^amtf)eit t)on biefem 
Stnt^raj, tuofern er !ein SRed^t an x\)n f)at, fid) benfelben an= 
jumafeen, urn SBud^er bamit ju treiben ! Unb toofern ber 
©diatten n)irllid^ fein tuar : tueld^e SRiebertrad^tigfeit, ein fo 
toenige^, ba^ toenigfte, toa^ fid^ nennen ober benfen Ififet, 
einem SlKenfdien, einem 9?ad|bar unb greunbe, in bent eim 
jigen galle ju t)erfagen, too er it|m unentbetirlid^ ift ! 

„2affet, eble unb grofemad)tige S8iert|unbertmanner, laffet 
nidjt t)on Slbbera gefagt toerben, bafe ein foI(^er gret)el t)or 
einem ©ericftte, t)or toel(^em ©fitter felbft ni(^t errfiten toiir* 
ben, it|re ©treitigfeiten entfd^eiben ju laffen, ©d)ug gefunben 
I)abe ! J)ie Stbmeifung be^ Stager^ mit feiner ungered^ten 
unb Iad|erlid|en Slage, bie SBerurteilung benfelben in aHe 
Soften, bie er bem unfd)ulblgen JBefla^ten burd) fein 95etra* 



THE SUIT. 91 

gain nothing by his admitting i it. For it is understood 
in every contract of rental, that all the appurtenances of 
a thing are given with it for the use of the lessee. A 
man who sold a lyre, for instance,^ could not demand 
that he be paid for its sound whenever anyone played 
on it, and Anthrax' demand to have the shadow of the 
donkey paid for was just as absurd. Beyond contra- 
diction. Anthrax had either possessed himself of some- 
thing to which he had no right, and taken usury, or in 
so far as the shadow was really his, he had denied to 
a neighbor to whom it was almost indispensable the 
smallest thing that could be mentioned. The dilemma* 
was clear to all. 

Then Physignatus, speaking further to the noble and 
powerful Four-hundred, said that inasmuch as the gods 
themselves need not blush to lay their disputes before 
the court of Abdera, so, such an outrage ought not 
to find protection here, since, in order to discern on 
which side the right lies one has only to hear the case 
stated. No more reasons need (to) be given. 

Therefore Physignatus demanded, in the name of his 
client, that [the case of] the plaintiff be dismissed, and 
that the latter be sentenced to pay all the costs of the 

1. gormuticrcn @ic ba^ !iDilcmTna bcr ©cgcnpartci ! 2. !Curd& 
tt)ctc^e« 53eif|)icl illuftricrtc ^l^^ftpatu^ bie Uitflcrcinttl^cit il^rcr 
tJorbcrung? 3. OtitDicfcm roar ba^ 53cttcl^Tncn bc^ 5lnt]^raj 
boppcit nicbcrtrfic^Kg ? 4. SBctd^e ©c^ntcid^clci (flattery) f agte 
^^^fignatu^ bcm ©crtd&t^^of ? 

* baburd^ ^a% with clause. 2 j^^i S3elf^leL 

* dilemma, an argument which affords alternatives to an antag- 
onist but is conclusive against him whichever alternative he 
chooses. 



92 DER PR0ZE88. 

gen in bicfcr ©ad^e bcrurfad^t l^at, ift jc|t bag hjcnigftc, toag 
id^ im 9?amcn meineiS Silientcn f orbcrn f ann. Slud^ ®cnug^ 
tl^uung, unb toa^rtid^ einc ungel^cure ®enugt^uung, iDenn [tc 
mtt ber ©rSfee fcine^ gret)ete im ®bcnma§c ftel^cn foH, ift ber 
unbefugte Sitagcr fd^ulbig! ©enugtl^uung bem SBeHagten, 
beffen t)augtid^e 9iu^c, (Sefd^afte unb ®]§re h^al^renb be§ 
Saufeg bicfeg §anbcte auf unja^Iigc Slrt geftSrt unb angc^^ 
griffcn toorben! ©enugtl^uung biefem l^dd^ften ©erid^te, 
tod6)t^ er mit einem fo nid^t^njurbigcn §anbel mutoiQigcr 
toeife ju fte^eUigen ftd^ untcrftanben ! ©enugtl^uung cnblidE) 
ber ganjen ©tabt unb 9iepubti{ SIbbera, bic er bei biefer 
©elegenl^eit in Unru^e, 3^icfr<Jft "^^ ®efa^r gefefet i)at ! 

^gorbere id^ ju t)iel, grofemad^tige ^erren ? f orbere id£) 
cttoa^ UnbiHigeg? ©e^et ^ier bag ganje 3lbbera, bag ftd£) 
on bie ©tufen biefer Ijol^en ®erid£)tgftatte brfingt unb im 
9?amen eineg berbienftooHen, fd^toer gefrSnften SKitbiirgerg 
ja im 9?amen ber 9iepubtif felbft, ©enugtl^uung ertoartet, 
®enugtl)uung forbert. Xa^ SSertrauen ber SBiirger, bie 
©id^er^eit i^rer ©ered^tfame, bie SBieberl^erftellung unferer 
innerlid^en unb dffentlid^en SRu^e, mit einem SBorte, bie 
SBol^Ifal^rt unfereg ganjen ©taateg l^angt t)on bem SlugfprudE) 
cA, ben ^\)x t\)\xn toerbet !" 

©obalb ^pi^^fignatug ju reben oufge^Srt l^atte, gab bog 
SSott, bag ben 9RarIt erfilllte, feine SBeiftimmung mit einem 
tauten ®efd^rei, n)eld£)eg fo l^eftig unb anl)aftenb toax, bafe bie 
SRid^ter enbUd^ ju beforgen anfingen, bie ganje §anblung 
mdd^te baburd^ unterbrod^en njerben. S)ie ^jJartei b^ @rj* 
priefterg geriet in ftd£)tbare SSerlegen^eit. 5)ie ©d^atten i)vn^ 
gegen fasten neuen 9Rut 114 unb t)erfprad^en fid£) t)on bem 6in== 
brudE, ben biefeg 9Sorf)jieI auf bie 6fel madden nm|te, einen 
giinftigen (Srfolg. 



THE SUIT. 93 

trial. He begged the court not to let such an outrage 
find protection among them in a place where disputes had 
always been decided with such justice, that the gods 
themselves might come before it without blushing. The 
satisfaction he demanded, he said, was the least Anthrax 
owed, and was^ not at all in proportion to the greatness 
of his crime. He and the other ''Donkeys" had dis- 
turbed and attacked the business of the dentist in count- 
less ways. He had dared to trouble the highest court 
of the republic with such a frivolous case. Contention 
and danger had been brought into the whole state by his 
contemptible behavior. Then, pointing ^ to the count- 
less citizens crowded upon the terraces around the judg- 
ment place, Physignatus demanded satisfaction in the 
name of his injured fellow-citizens, and declared^ that 
the welfare of the republic depended on the judgment 
which the court should give. 

He stopped speaking, and the people in the market- 
place, who had taken fresh courage n^ during his speech, 
shouted their approval so loudly and continued* it^ so 
long that the judges feared they would break up the 
whole trial. But quiet was at last restored, and the 

1. SBa« forbcrtc cr ftir fcincn fflicntcn? 2. giir totn t)cr^ 
langtc cr ©cnuflt^uung? 3. iVoran war bcr ^rogc§ ft^ulb? 
4. S3SeI(^c aBit^tigfeit Icgte ^t|l))ignatu« bem 2lu^^rurf| bcr 
SRid^tcr bci? 5. SBic briicftc ba« 9SoII [cine ©eiftimmung au«? 
6 SBcId^ctt ginbrucf mad^te bie $Rebe (a) auf bic SRit^tcr? 
(b) auf bic «gfct« ? (c) auf bic «®(^attcn" ? 

1 Use jlel^en (jlanb, gcjlanben). ^ gcigcitauf = use clause with inbenu 
» helfavipttn, * fort'fa^ren (fu^r, gefa^rcn). * bamit. 



94 DER PR0ZE88, 

SRad^bem ber §eroIb enblid^ burd^ einen breimaligcn SRuf bie 
aUgemeinc ©tiHc tokbtx I)er9efteIIt I)atte, trat ^Pot^pl^onu^, ber 
Slbt)ofat bei^ ©fettreiberi^, cin unterfe^tcr, ftammtger 9Rann, 
mit futjcm, fraufem §aar unb biden, ped^fd^toarjen Slugcm 
brauen, auf, erl^ob fcine SBafeftimme, unb Iie§ fid^ folgcnbcr^ 
majsen t)crnel)men : 

„®roJ5mad^tige 9SierI)unbertmanner ! 

„SBa]^r^cit unb fiid^t ^aben ba^ t)or alien anbcrcn 5)in' 
gen in ber SBelt t)oraui§, us ba§ fie feiner fremben §ilfe bebiir^^ 
fen, urn gefel)en gu toerben. 3d^ iiberiaffe meinem ®egner 
toiHig aHe SSorteile, bie er t)on feinen Slebnerfiinften ju jiel^en 
bermeint i)at S)em, ber unred^t ^at, fommt e^ ju, burd^ bag 
ganje ©aufelfpiel ber ©d^utrl^etorif Kinbern unb SWarren einen 
S)unft bor bie Slugen ju mad£)en. us ©efd^eite Seute laffen ftd^ 
nid^t baburd^ blenben. 3d^ tviU nid^t unterfud^en, njie biel 
®I)re unb SRad^ru^m bie SRepublif Slbbera bei biefem §anbel 
liber einen (Sfetefd^atten genjinnen toirb. 3d£) toiQ bie Siid^ter 
toeber burd^ grobe ©dfjmeid^eleien ju befted^en, nod^ burd^ t)er= 
ftedte S)ro]§ungen jU fd^redten fud^en. 3d^ tt)ti% iDarum id^ 
ba bin, unb gu n)em id^ rebe. Kurj, id^ toerbe mid^ begniigen, 
JU benjeifen, bafe ber ©feltreiber Slntl^raj red^t ober, urn mid^ 
genauer ougjubrudEen, toeniger unred^t i)at aU fein SBiber^ 
fad^er. S)er Slid^ter njirb atebann fd^on njiffen, toa^ feine^ 
Slmteg 117 ift, oI)ne baJ5 id^ il^n baran ju erinnern braud^e/' 

§ier fingen einige tt)enige t)om ^psbel an, ben Slebner mit 
©efd^rei, ©d^impfreben unb Sro^ungen ju unterbred^en. 5)a 
aber ber ^prfifibent fid^ t)on feinem elfenbeinernen 2^I)ron er* 
I)ob, ber §eroIb abermate ©tiHe gebot, unb bie ffliirgerttjad^e 
bie langen ©piefee ben^egte, fo n^arb plS^Iid^ aHeg toieber 
rul^ig, unb ber SRebner fu^r alf o fort : 

„®ro§mad^tige §erren, id^ ftel^e l^ier nid^t afe @ad^t)ertt)alter 



THE SUIT. 95 

party of the chief priest waited anxiously until Poly- 
phonus, a sturdy man with curly hair and black eye- 
brows, had come forward and raised his voice. 

Poljrphonus said that he left all the jugglery of 
rhetoric to his opponent. It was not his business to 
consider whether or not the Republic [of] Abdera would 
derive honor and renown from a suit over a donkey's 
shadow. It did not become him to derive advantage 
from oratory, to bribe the judges by flattery, or to 
frighten them by threats. Only a man who was in the 
wrong could need such help, for truth, like light had 
this advantage overijg all other things, that it could not 
be concealed.^ 

''Therefore," he said, "instead of trying to dazzle the 
judges by my discourse, or to pull the wool over their 
eyes, ^g I shall prove how much less in the wrong is my 
client than his opponent. The judge will not let the 
elocutionary arts of my opponent deceive ^ him, and 
I shall not need to remind him of his duty-'^^y 

Here his speech was interrupted with cries and 
threats from the crowd. Polyphonus was not able to 
continue, until silence was once more obtained by the 
president's rising from his ivory throne, by the militia's 
thrusting out theii* long spears and by the herald's re- 
peatedly calling the people to order, ^g 

1. 2Ba« war bie ^flirf|t bc« QtvoM? 2. SBcr trat bann 
t)or bic SSicr^unbcrtmanner ? 3. ©cft^rcibcn ®ic ^o(l)pl)OTiu^ I 
4. aSelrfic ittbircftc Stitil Ubtc er an bcr SRebc fcine^ ©cgncr^ ? 
6. Qntoit^txn foBtc [cine eigcnc 9lcbc ganj anbcr« mcrbcn? 
6. S35arum fonntc cr nii)t wcitcrrebcn ? T. ©ic wurbc bic 
9lul^c tDicbcr^crgcftcBt ? 

^ t>exhexQtn (oerbarg, t)erborgen). ^ ftd^ taufc^en. 



96 DER PR0ZES8, 

be^ ©fcItreiberS Slnt^raj, fonbem ate S5ct)oIlmad^ttgtcr be§ cr^ 
laud^tcn unb ]^ocf)tDurbigen ©rspriefter^, urn bon ®ud^ ju be= 
gclircn, bal^ bem ®feltreiber 2lntI)raE ©enugtl^uung gefd^el^e, 
toeil cr int ©runbe bod^ am meiften red^t \)at S)afe cr'i§ I)a6c, 
l^offe id^ fo Mar unb laut ju bctocifen, baJ5 c^ bie SBIinben 
fel)en unb bie ^^auben ^6ren foHen. 9lffo, o^nc langc SSor* 
tebc, 119 5ur @adE)e ! 120 

^Slntl^raj t)ermietete bem Qai)naxitt ©trut^ion feinen ®fel 
auf einen 2xig, nid^t 5U betiebigem ©ebraud^, fonbem um i^n, 
ben 2af)naxitf naif) ©erania ju tragen, tt)e(d^e^, h)ie jebermann 
tod% ad)t [tarle SKeilen bon l^ier entfernt Uegt. 

„S8ei ber SBermietung be^ ©fete bad^te natiirUd^ertDeife fei= 
ner t)on beiben an feinen ©d^atten. Slber ate ber 3cit)narst 
mitten auf bem ^Ibe abftieg unb htn ®fel, ber toal)rlid^ t)on 
ber §i^e nod^ mel)r gelitten ^atte ate er, in ber ©onne 5U 
ftel^en nStigte, um fid^ tn beffen ©d^atten gu fe|en, toar e^ ganj 
natiirlidE), ba^ ber §err unb ©igentilmer be^ ©fete babei nidE)t 
gleid^giiltig blieb. 

„^d) begel^re nidE)t ju leugnen, bal^ Slntl^raj eine alberne 
unb efell^afte SSenbung ndf)m, ha er bon bem Qaf)nbxtd)tx 
toerlangte, bafe er i^n fiir be^ ©fete ©d^atten be^tnegen b^a\)' 
ten foUtc, h)eil er i^m ben ©d^atten nid^t mit t)ermietet t)abe. 
Slber bafiir ift er aud£) nur ein ®feltreiber bon SSorcItern l^cr, 
b. i. ein SKann, ber eben barum, toeil er unter lauter ©fein 
aufgetoad^fen ift unb mel^r mit ©fetn ate e^rtid^en Seuten 
Icbt, eine Slrt bon 9led^t ernjorben l^at, fetbft nid^t t)iel beffer 
ate ein @fel ju fein. 3m ©runbe toax^^ atfo blofe — ber 
©pafe eineiS ©fettreiber^. 

„3Iber in toeld^e Klaffe t)on 2;ieren foHen toir ben fe^cn, 
ber aug einem foIdEien ©pafe ©rnft mad^te? §atte §err 
©trutl^ion toie ein t)erftanbiger SKann ge^anbelt, fo braud^tc 



THE SUIT. 97 

He gave the Four-hundred to understand that he 
spoke as [a] deputy of the high priest, his illustrious 
and reverend master, not merely as [an] advocate of the 
mule-driver Anthrax. It would not be difficult to 
prove that Anthrax' case was the nearer right of the 
two and that due satisfaction should be given him. 

Unlike his opponent, he did not intend to waste his 
words 119 but to come immediately to the point. 120 

Efis argument was that the dentist had rented the don- 
key for a definite purpose,^ to carry him eight miles to 
Gerania. At the rental, neither had thought that Stru- 
thion might want to dismount in the middle of the plain 
and force the donkey to stand longer in the sun. And 
in spite of the asinine turn given the affair by Anthrax, 
which was simply the joke of a man who had always 
lived among donkeys, Struthion ought to have recom- 
pensed him for the loss of time caused by his dismount- 
ing. Since Anthrax grew up entirely among donkeys, 
he gained a sort of right to be classed with those animals. 
But Struthion, who ought to have acted like a sensible 
and just man, had no excuse ^ for taking^ this joke in 
earnest. If Struthion had only given the mule-driver 

1. SBa« fagte ^oI^^3]^onu« in feincr furjcn SSorrcbc? 
2. Untcr tDcIc^er SSorau^fcfeung i)ermictete Slntl^raf bem 
3al^ttargt ben 6fcl ? 3. SBoran bat^te nicmanb bci bcr 9Scr* 
tnietung? 4. ©cfd^reiben @ic bie 9teifc nad^ ©crania in bc« 
2lbi)oIaten 3Bortcn ! 5. 2Ba^ tabdtc cr an bem ©cncl^men bc« 
ant^raf? 6. SBett^e gntfdjulbigung ^attc cr far 2lntl)raj? 
1. i:)uxd) todd)t gragc vxaijtt cr §crm @trutf|ion Iftd^crlid^? 
8. aSic pttc §crr ©tmt^ion ^anbcln foHcn? 

1 Insert nfimllt^. ^ (Sntfc^utoigung,/. » Transl. by inftnit. with 311. 



98 DMl PROZESS, 

cr bem ®ro6tan nur 5U fagcn : ,®uter ^reunb, h)ir iDoffcn 
un§ itid^t urn eine§ ©fet^fd^attcn^ tDiHen eiitjmeien. SSeif id^ 
bit ben (£fel nid^t abgemietet I)a6e, urn mid^ in fcinen @d£)at* 
ten iu fc^en, fonbern urn barauf nad^ ®eranta ju reiten, fo 
ift e§ biHig, bafe id^ bir bic tocnigen SWinuten 3eitt)erluft t)tx- 
gutc, bie bir mein Slbfteigcn t)crurfad^t ; jumal ba bcr (Sfel 
urn fo bid langer in ber §i^e ftcl^en mufe unb baburd^ nid^t 
beffer toirb. S)a, Sruber, ^aft bu einc ^aI6e 5)radE)nie ; lafe 
mid^ einen 3Iugen6tid ^ier berfd^naufen, unb bann tuotleh totr 
un^, in afler (Sfel Stamen ! h)iebcr auf bm 2Beg madden.' — 

„§atte ber 3^^"<J^St auiS biefem 2;one gefprod^en, fo l^atte 
er gefprod^en h)ie ein el^rtiebenber unb gcred^ter SKann. 5)er 
(Sfeltreiber Ijcitte i^m fur bie l^atbe ©raceme nod^ ein ®ott 
toergelt'^ ! gefagt, unb bie ©tabt Slbbera njfire bor bem 
ungeh)iffen 9?ad^ruf)m, ben i^r mein (Segner bon biefem ©fel^^ 
projeJ5 berfprid^t, ben^al^rt getoefen. ©tatt beffen beftel^t 
ber Wtaxin auf feinem bobenlofen 9iedE)te, fid^ Dermdge feineiS 
Wict^tontxatt^ in be^ ©fet^ ©d^atten ju fe^en, fo oft unb fo 
lange er tooHe, unb bringt baburdj ben (Sfeltreiber in §ifee, 121 
ba§ er t)or ben ©tabtrid^ter tauft unb eine Stage anbringt. ,22 

„0i e^ nun nid^t jur 3luffteIIung eine^ le^rreid^en 95ei^ 
fpiet^ 123 h)oI)Igetf)an toare, hjenn bem 9lbt)o{aten ^jjl^^figna* 
tu^, meinem loerteften SoHegen — beffen Sluffje^ung e§ ganj 
aUein jujufd^reiben ift, ha^ ber 3<Jt)nbred^er h^n t)on ^^U 
lippibe^ tjorgefd^lagenen biHigen Sgergleid^ nid^t eingegan== 
gen 124 — fur ben S)ienft, ben er bem abberitifd^en ®emein= 
Joefen baburdj geleiftet, bie Of)ren geftu^t, unb, 5um en^igen 
SInbenfen, ein paar ©feteo^ren bafflr angefefet tourben ? S)er 
ertaud^te ©rjpriefter, mein ^pringipal, toirb afebann ate 
Dberl^err be^ ©feltreiberiS Slntl^raj nid^t ermangetn, biefem 
ate too^foerbiente SBelo^nung feine^ UnijerftanbeiS fiinf unb 



THE SUIT. 99 

half a drachma, they would not have fallen out over a 
shadow, but would soon have gone peacefully on their 
way. 

If Struthion had been an honest or a just man he 
would have remunerated the mule-driver for the time the 
donkey was kept standing in the sun. If he had done 
so Anthrax would gladly have consented to the dentist's 
sitting in the shadow and recovering his breath. But 
instead of speaking in a friendly tone, he insisted on his 
rights by virtue of the contract. Anthrax flies into a 
passion, jgi and thus this absurd case was brought before 
the court. 122 

Poljrphonus ended by ascribing^ the present lawsuit 
to his colleague Physignatus. Without his intervention,^ 
he said, the dentist would have made a compromise. ^24 
He then proposed that for the service thus rendered, the 
judges should have Physignatus' ears cropped and some 
donkey% ears put on instead. He promised in the name 
of his principal that Anthrax should be given twenty- 

1. aSa^ fiatte cr gu bem ©robiati fageti follcn? 2. aSic 
l^fittc er il^tn ben ^^it^^riuft i)erguten follcn ? 3. 2Ba« witrbe 
ber g[eltrcibcr batin getl^an ^abcn? 4. $Boi)or mUrbc bie ©tabt 
Slbbcra al^bann .ittoai)xt worbcn fcin? 5 ffia^ l^aben beibe 
ftatt bcffctt flct^an? 6. SBer ^atte tiat^ ^o(^pt)OTiu« 3lnficl)t 
bie ©d^utb, ba§ e« Ubcr]^au^)t gu einem ^roje§ fam? T. SBet 
d^en aSorfd^Iag mac^te ^ot^pl^onud begitgti^ [cities SoBegen? 

8. 2Ba« \)tx\pxad) ^ol^pl^onu^ im 9?amen bc« grgpriefter^? 

9. aBSren beibc ©trafen gercdjt ober ungered)! gcmefen? 

10. SBelc^er t)on ben beiben 9lbi)ofatett Ijat bie bcfte SRcbc gel^at^ 
ten ? 11. aScrglcid^en ©ic bie beiben 9teben I 

* Inbem with clause, a S)ajtt)lf(^enlunft, /. 






100 DER PR0ZES8. 

jlDanjtg ^prflgct jujfililcn ju laffcn. S)a abcr barum bag 
SRed^t bc§ ®fcltrctbcr§, bon bent Qa\)naxik ©enugtljuung ju 
forbcrn, nid^tebcftohjenigcr in feiner ganjen Kraft bcftcl)t : 
fo erhjartct btx erlaudite ©rjpricftcr t)on bcr (Sercdittgfeit 
btcfcg I|oI|cn ®erici)tg, ba^ [eincm Untert^ancn bie gebfi^renbc 
©ntfd^abigung unb ©enugtl^uung t)erf diafft toerbe, " 

©icfc furje unb uncrhjartete SRebc brad^te auf einige Slugen^ 
blicfe cin ticfc§ ©tiUfd^tocigen Ijerbor. 

3)a§ Sidit, in tt)dd)t^ ber Slbt)o!at 5poI^pl|onu§ bm toali* 
ren @ad^t)crl|alt gcfteUt Ijatte, mad^te einen fo guten ®inbrudE, 
ba^ untcr ben famtlid^en SSierljunbertmannern faum i^rcr 
jtoanjig flbrig blicben, bie, nadE) abbcritifdEier ®eh)ol^nl^cit, 
nid^t t)crfid^erten, ha^ fie bie ©ad£)e gleid^ t)om Stnfang an 
cbenfo angefel^en Ijatten. ®g tourbe in jiemlid^ Iebl)aften 
Stu^brudEen gegcn biejenigen gefprod)cn, JDctd^e ©d^ulb baran 
Ijfittcn, ha^ einc fo fimple ©ad^e ju fotd^en SBeitlaufigJeitcn 
gctricbcn juorbcn fci. S)ie mciften fdE)ienen geneigt beantra=^ 
gen ju toollen : bafe bent ©rjpriefter nidE)t nur bie fflr fcinen 
?(ngel|6rigcn t)ertangte ©ntfd^abigung unb ©enugt^unng ju* 
gefprod^en, fonbern aud^ eine Siommiffion aug bent (Stolen 
9iat niebergefe^t tt)erben foQte, unt ju unterfudE)en, toer bie 
erften 9lnftifter biefeS ^anbefe eigentlid^ getoefen feien. 

S)iefer Slntrag tvk bie beleibigenben ^u^erungen beg geg* 
nerifd^en Stbb.ofaten jtoangen ?P^^fignatug ju einer l^eftigen 
®rtt)iberung : 

„Slnftatt bie gered&te ©ad^e feineg Ktienten ju be^aupten, ge* 
ftel)t nun ntein ©egner auf einntat felbfjt ein, ba^ ber ©feltrei* 
ber unred^t unb unfinnig baran getf)an ^obtf feine gegen ben 
3al^nar}t ©trut^ion erf)obene Silage auf fein t)ermeintlid^eg 
©igentumgred^t an bent (£fetefdE)atten ju griinben. ®r befennt 
fiffentlid^, ba§ ber Sllager eine ungegrunbcte, frit)oIe Stage 



V « 
• .' • • • 



THE SUIT, 101 

five lashes as a reward for his indiscretion. The high 
priest, however, would not fail to demand that the court 
award his subordinate the damages due him. 

After the deep silence caused by this unexpected 
speech of Polyphonus, the good impression he had pro- 
duced became evident.^ Nearly all the four hundred men 
now saw the affair in the new light in which Polyphonus 
had put it, and there were scarcely twenty left who did 
not want to award damages to the priest. They blamed 
the instigators of the lawsuit, and wanted to appoint 
a commission to discover ^ the man who had carried a 
simple affair to such lengths. 

But Physignatus was forced by this proposal to reply. 
He reminded^ them that his opponent had openly con- 
fessed that the complaint entered* by his client was un- 
founded, and had been based on a merely supposed right 
of possession. But in spite of acknowledging that his 
case was unjust, he had dared to talk of indemnification. 

1. SBorauf beftanb er nicl)t^bcfton)cniger ? 2. 2Ba« tjcrfongte 
er gufltcitt) im 9?amcn be^ @r j^3ricftcr« ? 3. ?BcIrf|e SBirfung 
ntarf|te bicfc SRebe? 4. aSBarutn maclite bie 9tcbc cincn [o 
flutcTi ginbrucf ? 5. aajclttjer aWcitiung toaxtn bie asicrl^unbert* 
manner? 6. ®egen wen rit^teten fie i^ren 3oni? T. SBa« 
[(^ienen fie beantragen gu molten? 8. SBa^ follte bie ^om* 
miffion tl^un? 9. SBoburrfi fal^ fid) ^l^^fignatu^ gur gripibe* 
rung gegtDungen? 10. 2Ba^ l^at ber gegnerifcl)e 2lbt)ofat nirf|t 
getl^an? 11. ©a^ l^at er im ®egenteil eingeftanben ? 12. 2luf 
ipcld^en gro§en SBiberfprut^ in ber 9tebe feine^ ®egner« toit^ 
er f|in? 

1 flar. 2 au«flnbig madden. * erlnnern . . . baron. * cr^eBen (er^ob, 
erl^oben). 



102 DER PR0ZES8, 

erl^oben I)abc, unb er untcrftel^t fid^, t)on SRe^t auf ©d^abcn- 
^^^^ i^ fd^tpafecn, unb in bem tro^igen 2;on cine§ @fcttreiber§ 
©enugtl^uung ju forbern? 5)ie SRebe ift im gegenlDartigen 
9ied^t^ftreite nid^t t)on 3citt)eriuft unb deterioration be^ (£fefe, 
fonbern t)on be§ (£fefe Sd^atten. Sltager bel^au^tete, ba^ fein 
(Sigentum^red^t an bem (£fel ftd^ aud^ auf beffen ©d^atten 
erftredte, unb I)at e^ n i d^ t betoiefen. SBellagter bel^auptete, 
ba§ er f o t)iel red^t an be^ (Sfefe ©d^atten l^abe ate ber @igen== 
turner, unb er l^at f eine SBel^auptung b e lo i e f e n. 

r,3d^ [tel^e atfo ^ier, gro^mad^tige §erren, unb berlange 
einen rid^terlid^en ©prud^ fiber ba^, toa^ bi^I)er ben (Segenftanb 
be^ ©treite^ au^gemad^t l^at. Urn beffenttoiBen aHein ift 
gegentoartige^ t)6d^fte^ ®erid^t eingefe^t loorben! Unb id^ 
unterftelie mid^'^, t)or biefem ganjen mid^ I)6renben 9SoI!e ju 
fagen : entn^eber ift fein Sted^t in Slbbera me^r, ober meine 
gorberung ift gefe^ma^ig.'' 

S)er 3lbt3o!at fd^toieg, bie 9iid^ter ftu^ten, ba^ SSoIf fing bon 
neuem an ju murmein unb unrul)ig ju n^erben, unb bie ©d^at*^ 
ten redften iljre ^6pfe luieber empor. 

„9?un,'' fagte ber ^prafibent, inbem er fid^ an ^poI^pl^onuiS 
toanbte, „tDa^ \)at ber Itagerifd^e Slnn^att I)ierauf ju ertoibern ?" 

M^od^gead^teter §err 5praftbent," ertoiberte ^jjol^pljonu^, 
„nid^tj§ — ate aHe^ t)on 9Bort ju 2Bort, toa^ id^ fdE)on gefagt 
^aht. S)er ^proje^ fiber be^ (£fete ©d^atten ift ein fo b6fer 
§anbet, bal^ er nid^t batb genug au^gemad^t hjerben fann. 
2)er Klager l^at babei gefef)tt, ber SBeHagte l^at gefef)It, bie Sin- 
tofilte I)aben gefe^tt, ber 9iid^ter ber erften Snftanj l^at gefe^It, 
ganj 9lbbera t)at gefe^tt ! 5D?an foUte benfen, ein bfifer SBinb 
t)abe un^ alte angebtafen, unb e^ fei nid^t fo ganj rid^tig mit 
un^ genjefen, 125 ate too^I ju tounfd^en n^are. Mm' t^ barauf 
an, 128 un^ nod^ Ifinger ju blamieren, fo f oUte mir'iS tt)of)t audj 



THE SUIT. 103 

One question constituted the object of the dispute, 
whether right of possession in the donkey extended to 
its shadow. 

"Since my opponent," said Physignatus, "has not 
been able to prove this, he talks about deterioration of 
the donkey, whict has nothing to do with the case. I 
claim a just sentence for my lawful demand." 

The bewildered judges were silent, but the people 
murmured, and the "Shadows" began to hold up their 
heads again. The president turned again to the counsel 
for the plaintiff and asked what he had to say in answer 
to his opponent. Polyphonus replied, but he added little 
to what he had already said. He repeated ^ that every one 
had been at fault, complainant, defendant, the judge who 
heard the case first, and all Abdera. An evil wind 
seemed to have blown upon them all. It was to be 
hoped that the judges would end the procedure as soon 
as they could. 

"This farce does not depend upon my efforts ^ for 
its success. I do not lack breath to speak for my client's 
right to the shadow, and if I were commanded to do so 
I could speak from sunrise to sunset. But I will leave 
the case to you. Speak as the gods have inspired you." 

1. 2Ba« t)at bet Klagcr nid^t belief en? 2. aBa« ^at ber 
SeHagte bctDicfcn? 3. Um toa^ bat cr bic gro^mdttitigcTi 
©crren? 4. 2Bc^l)aIb lonntc cr fo gut)crfirf|tlicl^ eincn rid)ter^ 
l\6)tn @prurf| crmartcn? 5. SBett^e S^\i)tn eincr ©efinnung^* 
ttnbcrung fcincr 3wl^«>i*^i' niacl)ten fid) bcmerlbar? 6. SBctc^c 
gragc rid^tete ber ^rdfibcnt an ^oi^pl^onu^? 7. tJomtuticrcn 
®ie ^o(^^3]^onu^ gnburtcit iibcr ben ^roge^I 

1 tpicber^oleiu * Slnjlrengung,/., -cru 



104 DER PR0ZE88. 

ni6)t an ?(tem fel^Icn, fiir ba^ SRed^t meine^ Slientcn an feine^ 
®fete©d^atten cine SRebe ju i)alim, 127 bicbon ©onnenaufgang 
U^ }u ©onnenuntergang reid^en foHte. Slber iDir ^aben fein 
xt6)t, bie Somfibic bor einem fo e^rh)urbigen (Serid^te, lt)ie ber 
I)oI)e 9lat Don Slbbera ift, Ifinger fortjufpieten. SSenigften^ 
I)abe id^ feinen Sluftrag baju unb iibertaffe Sud^ atfo, gro§= 
mad^ttge §erren, iibcr ben §anbel nun abjuurteiten — n)ie e^ 
@ud^ bie ©fitter eingeben toerben." 

S)ie Slid^ter befanben fid^ in grower 5BerIegenI)eit, unb e^ ift 
fdimer ju fagen, toa^ fiir ein SWittel fie enblid^ ergriffen l^aben 
iDiirben, um mit (£I)ren auig ber ©ad^e gu fommen. Slber ber 
3ufaII, ber ju alien Qtxim ber grofee ©d^u^gott aHer SIbberiten 
gctoefcn ift, nal^m fid^ i^rcr an unb gab bem S)rama einen un- 
erlDartetcn 3IbfdE)tufe. 

S)er (Sfct, beffen @dE)atten eine fo feltfamc SSerfinfterung in 
ben §irnfd^fibeln ber 9lbberiten angerid^tet l^atte, toax bi^ jum 
Slu^trag ber ©ad^e in ben Sffcntlid^en ©tall ber 9ie))ublif ob' 
gcful^rt unb bii^l^er bafetbft notburftig t)erpflegt toorbcn. 

S)iefen SKorgen nun h)ar e^ ben ©taHbebienten auf einmat 
cingefaQen, ber (Sfet, ber eine §auptperfon bei ber ©ad^e bor- 
ftellte,i28 foHte bod^ biHig aud^ babei fein. ©ie l^atten i^n 
gfftriegett unb mit SBanbern l^eraujSgepu^t unb brad^tcn if)n 
nun, unter ber 93egleitung unjaI)Uger (Saffenjungen, in grofeem 
^omp Ijerbei. S)er B^^f^H njoUte, bafe fie auf bem 9Karfte 
aniangten, afe 5poI^pt)onu^ eben feine 9tebe geenbigt l^atte, 
unb bie armen SRid^ter fid^ gar nid^t mct)r ju l^etfen tou^ten. 

S)er Sarm, ben bie ©affenjungen um ben Sfel ^er mad^ten, 
brel)te jebermann^ Slugen nadf) ber ©eite, toot)er er tarn. 'SRan 
ftu^te unb brSngte fid^ f)inju. ,,$a!" ricf enblid^ einer au^ 



THE SUIT. 105 

If chance, the great protector of all Abderites, had 
not taken the judges under its care at^ this time, it is 
hard to see how they would have come out of the affair 
with honor. But before they could take any means to 
release themselves ^ from this embarrassment, an unex- 
pected close was suddenly given to the drama. 

Chapter 5. 

While the donkey's shadow was causing such strange 
darkness in the brains of the Abderites, the donkey 
itself was being cared for in the public stables, where it 
had been led to stay until the outcome of the lawnsuit. 
On the morning when the affair was to come to an end, 
it occurred to the stablemen to curry the donkey, deco- 
rate it with ribbons, and lead it with great pomp to the 
temple. If the poor animal, which, as chance would 
have it, was again to be chief actor ^gg in the drama, had 
not arrived at the market-place just as Polyphonus was 
finishing his speech, the judges would not have known 
[how] to help themselves. 

Countless street-arabs were making a great noise 

1. 2Ba« miirbc il)m ein 2t\6)M [cin, fatl^ cr fid) nod) langcr 
Mamicrctt woHte? 2, SBarum l)iclt cr fcitic tangc SRcbc? 
3. Qn toti6)tx ?age bcfanbcn fid) bic 9ticl^ter? 4. aBa« fam 
tfinctt ju ©life? 5. 303o war bcr gfel untcrbcffen gctDcfcn? 
6. SBctd^en ginfaU l)attcn bie ©taabcbicntcn? T. SBa^ tl)atctt 
fie mit bem gfet? 8. SBer begteitetc ben @fc(? 9. ^fti tDeld^em 
toid^ttgen SWomcnte langteti fie auf bem SWarlte an? 10. 2Bdd)e 
SKeinungen ciu^ertc man iibcr ben gfet? 

1 gtt. « |t(i^ befretett* 



106 DER PR0ZE88. 

bcm aSoIfc, „ba fommt ber @fel felbft!" — „@r toirb ben 
SKd^tern tool^t ju einem 9lii^fprud^ ^elfen iDoHen," fagtc ein 
anbcrcr. — „S)er t)erbammte (£)et," rief ein britter, „er I)at 
un^ aHe ju ®runbe geric^tet ! 129 3d^ tooUte, ba^ tl)n bic 
SBfilfc flefreffen t)atten, e^' er un^ biefen gottlofcn §anbet auf 
ben ^aU jog !"i3o — „^dha I" fd^rie ein ^effetflicfer, „toa^ ein 
braber 9l6berit ift, fiber ben ©fet I|er ! 131 ®r foQ un^ bie 
3ed^e bejat)fen ! 132 fiaj^t nicf|t ein §aar an^ feinem fd^abi- 
gen ©din^anj bon it)m fibrig bleiben !" 

Sn einem Slugenblicf ftflrjte fid^ bie 9Kenge auf ba^ arme 
2;ier, unb in n^enig 9lugen6tiden toax e^ in taufenb ©tfide 
jerriffen. 3)?an fd^tug, !ra^te unb raufte fid^ urn ein ®tud£ 
mit einer §i^e, bie nid^t i^re^gleid^en I)atte. 133 S)ie meiften 
liefen mit bem, toa^ fie erfampft I)atten, nac^ §aufe. S)a 
ein jeber eine SKenge l^inter fid^ t)er l^atte, bie it)m feinen 9lau6 
abjujagen fud^te, fo hjurbe ber Wtaxtt in toenig SKinuten fo 
leer tvk um 9Kitternad£|t 

S)ie 9SierI)unbertmanner tvavm im erften SlugenbtidE biefeg 
9lufrul)r^ in grofee SBefturjnng geraten. D^ne fetbft ju luiffen, 
toa^ fie t^aten, jogen fie bie 9Rorbh)erfseuge l^ert)or, bie fie ))cm^ 
lid^ unter il)ren SKantetn bei fid^ ful^rten. S)ie §erren f aljen ein=^ 
anber mit feinem ffeinen Srftaunen an, ba auf einmal, t)om 
^prafibenten ix^ jum unterften SBeifi^er, in jeber §anb ein 
blower S)oId^ funfelte. Slt^ fie aber enbtid^ bie Urfad^e be^ 
Slufrul^r^ f a^en, ftedten fie gefd^iuinbe i^re SKeffer n^ieber in htn 
SBufen unb brad^en aHefamt, gteidE) ben ®6ttern im erften 
SBud^e ber 3tia^, in ein unaui§I8fd^Iid^e^ ©elad^ter au^. 

„S)anf fei bem §immel !" rief enblid^, nad^bem bie fet)r el^r^ 
hjurbigen §erren n^ieber ju fid& felbft gefommen toaren, ber 
^praftbent tad^enb an^, „mit aHer unferer SBei^^eit fatten tvxx 
ber ©adE)e feinen fdE)idUd)eren Slui^gang ge^en fpnnen. SBoju 



■1 



THE SUIT. 107 

around the donkey, and everybody rushed and crowded 
toward the side where it was coming. Some of the peo- 
ple began to cry out that the donkey had ruined them 
all, J29 and that it would have been better if he had been 
taken by wolves before he could bring such a lawsuit 
upon their heads. ^gQ Then a tinker shouted that the 
donkey should yet atone for it, ^^ and the whole crowd 
rushed upon it ^3^ and tore it into a thousand pieces. 
Not even a hair of its tail was left. The eagerness with 
which they wrestled and fought and beat each other for 
the fragments, had no parallel. ^33 In a few minutes 
those whose plunder had not been torn from them had 
run home with it, the others had pursued them, and the 
market-place was empty. In the meantime the four 
hundred men, falling into great anxiety, had pulled out 
the glittering daggers they were secretly carrying under 
their cloaks. But as soon as they saw the cause of the 
uproar, they could do nothing but look at each other in 
amazement and then break into irrepressible laughter. 

The president was the first to come to himself. He 
saw that since the people had wreaked their vengeance jg^ 
on the innocent cause of the lawsuit, it was now pos- 
sible to restore the general quiet. It only depended on 

1. ^n xodijtx ©enjaltt^at forbcrtc bcr S'effctflidcr bie 
ttbrigen 5lbbcritcn auf? 2. SBa^ gefci^a]^ atebann? 3. 2Bie 
lam c^, ba§ bcr SWarft balb leer njurbe? 4. aBarum tparen bie 
gSierl^unbertmSnner in grofee Seftilrgung geraten? 5. 9Bie be* 
reiteten fie fx6) auf einen moglid^en ^ampf dor? 6. SBann 
ftedten fie il^re SWeffer njteber in it|ren Sufen? 2. -3^^^^* 
fern ^anbelten fie mie bie ©fitter in ber Qlxa^? 3. SBo« 
bad^te ber ^rftftbent t>on bief em 3lu«gange ber ®ad)t ? 



108 DER PR0ZE88. 

tooUtm toir un§ nun nod^ langcr bic Sftpfe jerbrcci^en ?iu S)cr 
6fcl, bcr unfd)ulbigc Slnlajs bicfe^ Icibtgen §anbcfe, ift (tt)ic e^ 
ju gcl^en pflcgt) ba^ D^fer bat)on getuorben. S)a§ 9SoH l^at 
fein SKfitd^cn an tt|m abgcfutilt, 135 unb e^ fommt je^t nur auf 
cinert guten 6ntfd^IuJ3 t)on unferer ©ettc an, fo fonn biefer 
%aQ eirt %aQ bcr greube unb SBicberticrfteHung ber oHgemei* 
nen SRutic tuerben. 3)o ber 6fel felbft nid^t mel^r ift, toa^ 
I)lilfe eg, 136 nod) lange fiber feinen ©d^atten ju red)ten ? 3d^ 
beantrage, bofe biefe ganje ©fefefod^e Intermit Sffentlid^ fur 
beenbtgt erflart intrb. 93etbe ^parteten erl^alten alle Soften 
aM ber ©taat^faffe t)ergfitet. 3)em armen ©fel aber tt)irb 
auf ©tabtfoften ein S)enfmal errid^tet, bag jugleid^ ung unb 
unfern 9?ad)fommen jur etoigen ©rtnnerung biene, n?ie leid^t 
etne grojse unb bifitienbe SRepublif fogar um eineg 6fete)d)at* 
teng tDilIen tiatte ju Orunbe getien fdnnen." 

SSebermann beflatfd^te ben Slntrag beg ^prafibenten, afe ber 
fifigften ©ntfd^eibung, bte man tiatte treffen fonnen. 137 93etbe 
jparteien f onnten bamit jufrieben fein, unb bie Slepublif erfaufte 
itiren ^rieben nod^ immer hjol^lfeil genug. 

3)te Slbberiten Iad)ten nun felbft l^erjlid^ fiber il^re Xf)ox^ 
f)eit. Stner if)rer SBaHabenmanner (beren fie fe^r t)iele unb 
fef)r fd^Ied^te f)atten) eilte, bie gauge ©efd^id^te in ein ®affen== 
lieb ju bringen, bag fogleid^ auf alien ©trafeen gefungen h)urbe. 
3!)er Sramenmad^cr S^Iapg mad^te binnen ttjenigen SBod^en 
fogar eine S!om6bie baraug, tDoju ber ^prafibent eigenfianbig 
bie 9Kufif fomponierte. 

3)iefeg fd)6ne ©tfid tDurbe Sffentlid^ mit grofeem SeifaH auf- 
geffil^rt, unb beibe t)ormaIige ^parteien lad^ten fo l^erjlid^ bar^ 
fiber, alg ob fie bie ©ad^e gar nid^tg anginge. 



THE SUIT. 109 

a good decision on the part of the judges. Thanking 
Heaven for the fitting outcome given to the ajffair, he 
thereupon proposed that since it would do no good^g^ to 
rack their brains over^g^ the shadow of a donkey that no 
longer existed, they should publicly declare the whole 
matter ended. Also that the costs should be restored 
to both parties from the public treasury, and that they 
should have a monument erected to the donkey at the 
expense of the state. ''May this ever serve as a re- 
minder to our descendants," he said, "how easily a great 
republic might be destroyed." As this was certainly the 
wisest decision which any one could have reached, 137 all 
were glad to clap their approval of the proposal and 
thus buy peace for the republic. Now that this attack 
of madness was over, the Abderites themselves did not 
fail to laugh at their foolishness. The story was put 
into a ballad, and the people were soon singing it in all 
the streets, as if the affair had never concerned them in 
the least. Within a few weeks a comedy was also made 
from it, for which the music was composed by the presi- 
dent. And with both parties its presentation won the 
greatest applause. 

1 . ffiarum xoav bie« tin gUnftigcr Slugenblid, bic attgetneine 
{Rul^e toicber^erjuftcUen? 2. 9Ba« bcontragtc bcr ^riifibcnt? 
3. SBorum rict tx, bcm (S[cl ein ©enhnat ju errid^ten? 4. 9Bic 
gefiel ben SSier^unbertmanncm bicfer 9iat? 5. SOSarum fanben 
fie il^tt fo gut? 6. ©ic [al^en bie Slbbcriten bic gange ©ocfie nun 
on? 7. 2Ba« mad^te ein Sallabenmann au« ber ®e[d)id)te? 
8. ffia« madjtt ein !iDramenma(i^er barau^? 9. ^a^ tijat 
man mit bem fci^onen ©tUd? 10* 9Bad filr eine ©irfung l^atte 
bad ®tilLd auf bie 9bberiten? 



PART SECOND 



111 



The Princess on the Pea. 

By Hans Chbistian Andebsen. 

There was once^ a prince who wanted to marry a 
princess ; but she waa ^ to be a real ^ princess. So * he 
travelled about, all through the world, jgg to find a real 
one, but everywhere [there] was something in^ the 
way. There were^ princesses enough, but whether '^ 
they ® were real princesses he could not quite make out : 
there was always something that did not seem quite 
right. i3g So® he came^^ home again, and was quite 
sad : for he wished so much ^^ to have a real princess. 

One evening ^^ a terrible storm came on. It lightened 
and thundered ; the rain streamed down ; it was quite 
fearful I Then there was a knocking ^ at the town 
gate, and the old king went out to open it. 

It was a princess who stood outside ^ the gate. But, 
mercy I ^* how she looked, from the rain and the rough 
weather! The water ran down from^^ her hair and 
her clothes ; it ran in ^^ at ^^ the points of her shoes, 
and out ^® at ^® the heels ; and yet she declared that she 
was a real princess. 

"Yes, we will soon find that out," thought the old 
queen. But she said nothing, went into the bed-cham- 

1 (58 tt)ar einmal; ein'mal = once (definite time) ; clnmal' = 
once (indefinite time). 2 foUcn. * tt)lrfU(i^. * ba. * in, with dative. 
• (g« gab. ' ob. « c«. » ba. ^o Insert bcnn. " (gine« 3lbenb« ; the 
genitive is used to express definite time. ^^ Transl., then it 
knocked. " braugen Dor. " ^immel! 1* au«. " l^lneiiu " in. 
« berau«. i» an. 

113 



114 THE BLESSINGS OF LOaiC, 

ber, took all the bedding^ ofif, and put^ a pea on the 
flooring of the bedstead; then she took twenty mat- 
tresses and laid them upon the pea and then twenty 
eider-down beds upon the mattresses. On this^ the 
princess had * ix) lie all night. In the morning she was 
asked how she had slept. 

"O, miserably!" said the princess. "I scarcely^ 
closed my eyes all night [long]. Goodness® knows 
what was ^ in my bed. I lay upon something hard, so 
that I am black and blue all over.^ It is quite dread- 
full" ^ 

Now they saw^ that she was a real princess, for 
through the twenty mattresses and the twenty eider- 
down beds she had felt the pea. No one but ^^ a real 
princess could be so delicate. 

So the prince took her for his ^^ wife, for now he know 
that he had a true princess ; and the pea was put ^ in 
the museum, where it is still to be ^^ seen, unless ^* some- 
body has carried it ofif. 

Look you,^ this is a true story. 



The Blessings of Logic. 

The renowned professor of logic. Dr. Gypius, sat in 
his study at his writing-desk, bent over a book, with a 
great pipe in his left hand. After he had read one para- 

1 ©cttcn, pi* 2 tegen, ' barauf. * milffcn. ^ fafl n^t, faum. 
• ber ^Immel. "^ TransL, has been. 8 (jj^i; mclnen gan^cn ^or|)er, 
» cln'fc^cn. ^° al8. ^^ for his = gur. ^^ <v7as put = fam. ^^ active. 
" wenn nld^t. " ©iel^. 



THE BLESSINGS OF LOGIC, 115 

graph of the work attentively three times without grasp- 
ing its meaning,^ he leaned back in his armchair with an 
astonished countenance. 

" Hm, remarkable ! " he said to himself half aloud. 
" This famous book is written in the German language 
and treats of logic. I understand both the German 
language and logic, yet I cannot fathom the meaning of 
this chapter. What follows from all this, gentlemen ? ^ 
The answer is clear. It is not the fault of ^ this unim- 
peachable work, but of me. Good ! Now, if I do not 
understand what I have read, the cause might be a weak- 
ness, or a confusion of mind. But that is not the case, 
for I am in a condition ^ to draw correct conclusions. I 
now propound the question, ' Am I in a sober or an in- 
toxicated condition?' The correctness of the answer 
depends on the correct judgment ^ of the facts. This 
morning about two hours ago, I drank a glass of tea, but 
besides this ^ I have introduced no sort of ^ nourishment 
into my body, either of a liquid or a solid nature. Now 
chemistry teaches that tea boiled in water does not con- 
tain an atom [of] alcohol ; consequently I am sober, con- 
sequently intoxication cannot have caused my inabiUty 
to understand that chapter . . • What possibihty of ex- 
plaining this phenomenon have we still ? The possibil- 
ity, if not also the probability, I say therefore, gentle- 
men, the possibility that I am at this instant sleeping 
and dreaming vividly. If this is so,® then it is impos- 

^ @tnn, m. ^ metne $6rren; the professor imagines he is lectur- 
ing before his class. ^ It is not the fault of, <Sd tiegt nici^t an. 
^ to be in a condition, imflanbc fcin. * ©eurtcilung,/. • besides 
this, augerbem. ^ no sort of, teitierlei. ^ if this is so, tpenn bem fo ifi. 



116 THE BLESSINGS OF LOGIC, 

sible for me to assure myself of it.* What must I do 
under such cu'cumstanees, in order to obtain certainly 
about the facts ? I must cause another mature person,* 
who is in a waking condition, to determine what the 
facts are." 

Doctor Gypius rang the electric bell and soon the 
trim servant-girl entered the room. " Anna," began the 
professor, "I have — " 

" I beg your pardon, 14^ Professor," answered the girl, 
smiling roguishly, " my name is still ^ Minna." 

" Very well, dear Minna," began the professor again, 
" I am in doubt, whether I am now, that is, at this in- 
stant, awake or dreaming. There arises for you on the 
one hand,* as a servant girl, on the other ^ as a fellow- 
being who ought to help a neighbor at every opportun- 
ity, the unavoidable duty of delivering me from my un- 
certainty. Therefore ! " 

Again the girl smiled, then she said : " I think you 
must be « dreaming." 

" Dear Johanna — I beg your pardon, I would say 
dear Emilie," returned Professor Gypius, "allow me 
to reply to your answer as follows."^ You said first, ' I 
think . . .' That seems to me to be a false manner of 
expression, for you must know definitely, whether I am 
dreaming or awake, — unless ® at this instant your ap- 
pearance also is a dream, to which ® I intend to return 
later. Secondly, when you gave verbal expression to 
your opinion of ^^ my condition, you used the expression 

1 of it, bcffcn. ' cmad^fcnen SWcnfc^cn. « no(i^ tmmer. * on the one 
hand, clncrfclts. * anbcrcr(elt«. • Insert Wo^l. ^ as follows, gol* 
genbe«. • unless, e9 fcl benn bag. • worauf. ^^ fiber. 



THE BLESSINGS OF LOGIC. 117 

„tDo\)V* That was superfluous, since the preceding 
sentence had already shown the hypothetical character 
of your opinion by ^ the verb ' think.' But to business.^ 
I will be a little less technical, so that you may under- 
stand me more easily." Therefore, dear Clara, we will 
assume, that when you leave my room in the immedi- 
ate^ future, you will meet a person, who asks you 
whether Professor Gypius is asleep or awake just 
now, — what would be the answer you would give, on 
the basis ^ of your observations ? " 

Minna answered, convulsively stifling her laughter, 
" Professor Gypius is sitting at his writing-desk and is 
not asleep." 

" I thank you, dear Augusta," said Professor Gypius, 
and added after serious meditation " you may go." 

"Now the fact is determined beyond doubt," the 
learned man resumed his monologue, " that I am awake 
and not asleep nor dreaming. I can explain the strange 
occurrence, that I, as a logician, do not understand a 
passage in an excellent German book about logic, only 
by this,^ that I am absent-minded. But why am I so,® 
gentlemen ? " 

His glance fell on his pipe and his face brightened. 

"Possibly because I have not followed the custom 
which has become"^ second nature to me, of smoking 
while reading." 

He stuck the mouthpiece between his lips and began 
the reading ^ anew, again without result. 

He took the pipe out of his mouth and looked at it. 

1 bur(i^, 2 to business, gur @ac^c. * nfic^fl. * on the basis, auf 
@runb. * only by this, blog bamit. • c«. "^ Insert $ur. • 2tMxt,f, 



118 THE BLESSINGS OF LOGIC. 

" Since I neither feel in my mouth, the specific warmth 
which one perceives when smoking, nor am sensible of 
the smell of tobacco, the supposition that I have not 
lighted the tobacco might be justified by the facts." 

He leaned over, saw with satisfaction that his infer- 
ence fully agreed with the facts and rang the bell. 

Minna appeared again. 

" Dear Matilda," said Professor Gypius, " will you 
kindly hand me a match, so that I may convert the 
tobacco into a state of combustion ? " ^ 

Minna approached him with a burning match. In his 
absent-mindedness Professor Gypius stuffed the tobacco 
into place ^ with Minna's forefinger and began to smoke. 

" You may go again, dear Bertha." 

The scholar^ puffed comfortably and again went to 
work. Soon he knocked his pipe against the table to 
shake out the ashes, and hearing the knock called, 
" Oome in ! " * No one appeared, however, and after 
waiting a few minutes, the professor began to read 
again. But it was vain trouble. He could not find out 
what the author meant. ' Professor Gypius now became 
seriously disturbed. He bent a little over the table, as 
if it were a lecturer's desk, and began in a meditative 
voice : 

"Although I am sober and awake, understand the 
German language, am a specialist in ^ the province ^ of 
logic, and am smoking my pipe, I cannot succeed in 
grasping the meaning of this chapter. We have to do 
with a phenomenal occurrence, gentlemen, which 

1 convert . . . combustion, beii Xabaf in eincn glimmcnbcn 3"^^"^ 
t)erfe|}en« * jurcti^t. • ©ele^rtc, m. * l^creln ! * ouf « (§ebiet, n. 



THE BLESSINGS OP LOGIC. 119 

makes a more thorough investigation necessary. A pro- 
fessor of logic who does not understand an exposition 
on ^ logic, would be something so illogical, that we can- 
not assume ^ it otherwise than as hypothetical and pro- 
visional. We will now try to solve this apparent 
riddle by logic itself. After the possibilities of expla- 
nation thus far enumerated have proved untenable, we 
will continue to seek for other possible causes. Such 
could be the piresence ^ of great absent-mindedness. And 
this absence of mind must be traced back to a deeper 
cause. Good ! What circumstances could make me so 
absent-minded? With reference to this there would 
have to be considered, first, money matters. But there can 
be no question of that with me, ^^^ for since I have no 
money, there can be no money matters for me, that is clear. 

" Secondly, family matters ; and (1) family matters in 
a bmader* sense, (2) the same^ in a narrower sense; 
«) I establish the fact, that of my relatives who were 
qualified either directly or indirectly to induce absent- 
mindedness in me, none are now living;^ ^) I have to 
observe, that I have no children, and that I am at 
present ^ unmarrried, — yes, that I am at present un- 
married. — Hm — ." 

Professor Gypius paused, the wrinkles on his forehead 
smoothed out, — over his face spread the sunshine of 
bright joy and the learned man now continued, with 
raised voice : 

" But ^ future occurrences are able to call forth a con- 
centration of the mental powers even in the present, 

1 fiber. 2 an'ne^mcn. ^ ^or^anbcnfeln, n. * ipeit. ^ fold^e. ^ am 
?eben. ^ gcgentpartig. ' attein. 



120 LI8ZT EXPECTED AT AN EVENING PARTY. 

gentlemen ; and this is and was the case with me. Now 
I have succeeded in finding, by purely logical discussion, 
the cause of my peculiar absent-mindedness. At twelve 
o'clock I am to appear at ^ the mayor's office ^ of this 
place to be married to my betrothed." 

Professor Gypius bowed to his imaginary hearers and 
rang the bell. 

Minna appeared. 

" Dear Helen," said the learned man, " with regard to ^ 
the fact that I must arrive* at the mayor's office at 
twelve o'clock, for the purpose of fulfilling^ my offi- 
cial marriage ^ with my betrothed, and in consideration 
of the circumstance, that it is already a quarter of 
twelve, I beg you to get me a carriage." 

Minna got the desired conveyance. Professor Gypius 
called to the coachman, " To the University, quickly ! " 
In this roundabout way^ he arrived, three quarters of an 
hour late, before the office where he was anxiously 
awaited. 



■•o*- 



Liszti" Expected^ at' an Evening Party. 

By E. Eossak. 

It is enough ^^ to say that Liszt had come. The whole 
town spoke of him and of nothing else. . . . Not only 

1 auf. 2 mayor's office, @tanbc8amt, n. « with regard to, Im 
^inblld auf. *ein'treffcn, traf, gctroffcn. * for the . . . fufilling, jwedS 
SBoma^me. • S^rauung,/. ^ 'ifta^ blefem Umwege. * wlrb ertpartet 
» auf with dative. " e« genttgt. 

* Liszt, the greatest pianist of modem times. 






LISZT EXPECTED AT AN EVENING PARTY. 121 

was it considered ^ an inevitable requisite for a person of 
culture ^ to have heard at least one of his concerts, but 
for those of musical proclivity ^ it was a question of* life 
and death to have seen the virtttoso at ^ their own house. 
A salon was greatly ^ in danger of losing ^ its painfully 
acquired reputation if Liszt had not honored it with a 
visit. Much ® higher than the musical treat, which was 
easily attaiaable for two thalers, stood the consciousness 
of being able to say at the proper moment, with ap- 
parent nonchalance, but with the blessed ® assurance of 
crushing ^ a less fortunate rival : " Do you know, my 
dear,^^ Liszt was with^^ us on Thursday? We had only 
a few ^ friends iavited to meet him. j^g He played the 
Erlkonig ! " Thereupon your ^^ rival would go home, 
lie down on the sofa, and have ice and cologne applied i* 
to her throbbing ^^ forehead. 

When the excitement in ^^ town had reached its height 
I found, one evening after coming ^^ home exhausted by 
a round of lessons to untalented beginners, an invitation 
from Frau Geheimrat ^® Pfeffermiinze. She asked me to 
put in an appearance ^ at her salon that very evening ^ 
at eight o'clock ; something very unusual must have oc- 
curred. Her musical prot^gfe were in the habit ^ of 
assembling on Saturday, once a fortnight;^ this was 

1 Insert a\9. * a person of culture, cin gcbitbcter 3Rcnf(i^. « bie 
SWuJifbegabtcn, pi * auf. *» in. • Transl., in the greatest. ^ in- 
finitive with gu. 8 iijeit. • bcfeligcnb. ^^ Insert bag. ^^ bei. ^ cin 
paar. " your = definite article, i* have . . . applied, fi^ Icgcn 
laffen. " flcbcmbe. *• Insert the def. article. ^^ clause with nac^- 
bcm. ^* privy councillor, title of a high official. ^^ to put in 
an appearance, in bie @r((^cinung }u trcten. ^ benfelben Slbenb* 
» Transl., had the habit. » tjj ^jiergc^n a:agen. 



122 LISZT EXPECTED AT AN EVENING PARTY. 

evidently an extra ^ under difficulties. We had never 
before been asked so late. 

The note bore signs of haste ; Frederick the Great 
and Napoleon had granted themselves more time to sign 
the orders of cabinet than had the Frau Geheimrat. I 
jumped into my dress-coat head over heels,^ for there 
was not a moment to spare, and hastened to the Char- 
lotten Strasse. 

The first story was illuminated with an unreasonable 
profusion of oil and wax. A gentle shiver passed ^ over 
my back; in the little reception-room, the inviolable 
sanctuary of the Geheimrat in the eyes of young and 
giddy musicians, glittered the lights of a chandelier. 
The hall door stood wide open with that philosophically 
resigned hospitality which in general confines itself to 
funerals with four horses. At * such supreme moments 
the lesser laws of life^ become void, and even those 
beings, which would never be asked to a place ® at ^ the 
family table, were made ^ welcome. 

"Heavens!" I exclaimed in a whispered monologue, 
"it cannot be that the Geheimrat has died an® unex- 
pected death ! " The absurdity of the supposition im- 
mediately became apparent, for, as ^^ I passed through the 
reception-room, the head of the house appeared before 
me in person, at ^^ the right of the gilded mirror, sur- 
rounded by satellites, and saluted me graciously with a 
mild wave of his hand. As long as we could remember 

^ eine augergemd^nlic^e @t^ung. ^ ^aU fiber ^opf. ' laufen. ^ in. 
^ the lesser laws of life, bie gcmb^nUt^en I?eben9rcgeln. * to be asked 
to a place, gelaben werben. "^ gu. * ge^eigen werben. • genitive, ^o a(9 
or Inbem. " gu. 



LISZT EXPECTED AT AN EVENING PARTY. 123 

he had not condescended to receive any ordinary musi- 
cians, such as we were,^ personally, for we were never 
invited to the higher esoteric fStes. To make his pres- 
ence more emphatically imposing, he had adorned him- 
self with three or four badges of honor instead of wear- 
ing merely the ribbons belonging thereto.^ 

What had occurred ? ^ What was about * to occur ? 

The Geheimrat was tx) me an unapproachable entity. 

I dared not^ ask him. ® Etiquette demanded that I 
should confine myself ^ to replying if he should address 
me. His lady^ might ^ be looked upon as more con- 
descending, but to-day I should have to forego ^^ any po- 
lite advances. Like the vestal High Priestess in Spon- 
tini's opera, she stood in the centre of a group of maidens 
festively arrayed.^^ Man, at any other time a much- 
sought-for article, had evidently fallen in ^^ price. The 
young gentlemen, even the boldest lions of society, stood 
close together, and did not venture above a whisper.^^ 

What had occurred ? What was about to occur ? 

My vague forebodings became ^* certainty as I heard a 
pale and criminally ^^ lean gentleman, one notorious^® for^^ 
his festive odes, say to his neighbor : '' He is coming ! 
You will see the godlike youth face to face."^^ The 
person addressed,^® like the contrite Brahmin, stared at 
the tip of his nose, and preserved a worshipful silence, 

1 such as we were, ttJie tuir ed tuarcn. ^ verbal adjective. • war 
gefd^el^en. * was about, fottte. ^ Insert gu. ® Insert the def. 
article. ^ Insert barauf. * ©ema^Un,/. * fonnen. ^o ocrjic^tcn auf. 

II verbal adjective. 12 insert def. art. 1* did not . . . whisper, 
toagten nut gu Pfiern. " Insert gur. " ^jotlgcimibrig. i« relative 
clause. 1^ ttjegcn, 1* face to face, Don Slngcjid^t gu Slngeftc^t. " verbal 
adjective. 



124 LISZT EXPECTED AT AN EVENING PARTY. 

" I breakfasted with him yesterday. A most delightful 
companion! The very picture^ of unpretentious sim- 
plicity," continued the other. Ah, could he but ^ break- 
fast with him every day, life had looked brighter to 
him!^ 

Among the bards near by* a wild state ^ of excite- 
ment made itself felt.® Their leader distributed printed 
leaflets among them, and the poet stepped nearer^ to 
designate a certain passage in the third stanza which re- 
quired a decided crescendo. Just then the Frau Ge- 
heimrat came rustling ^ into the circle. 

*' Would it not be better," she said, smiling benignly, 
but struggling with a nervous tremor, "if the chorus 
were to retire ® into the adjoining room, so as ^^ [to have] 
the music come ^^ from ^ a greater distance ? " 

"Frau Geheimrat is right," exclaimed the poet en- 
couragingly, urging the youths of Berlin into the next 
room. " The chant should impress him ^^ as coming ^* 
from another, purer world. Then in the third and last 
stanzas ^^ the angels descend and greet the genius here 
below as [a] brother. Carry out my suggestions, gen- 
tlemen, and go into the other room." 

The singers would greatly ^® have preferred to be pres- 
ent from ^^ beginning to ^® end, but there was nothing 
for them^^ but^ to yield. They took the desired posi- 

1 the very picture, ba9 e(^tc Slbbilb. ^ nur. ' life . . . him, bad 
Scben ttJiirbe l^nt ^citcrcr crfd^clncn. * near by, umficl^cnb. * wUd 
state, l|o^er ®rab. « fii^lbor. ^ Insert urn. * Transl., rustled. 
• active; subjunctive. i<> fo bag. " Transl., would come. " au«. 
^B auf i^n ben (Sinbruct madden. ^^ Translate, as if it came; sub- 
junctive. 16 singular, w bcl TOcltem. ^"^ Insert the def. article. 
" bi« gum. " there ... for it, e« blleb nid^t« anbere« ilbrig. *» al«. 






LISZT EXPECTED AT AN EVENING PARTY. 125 

tion, attentively re-read^ the melodious lyric made to 
fit 2 a weU-known tune, and cleared their throats. 

The clock on the mantel struck nine ; the Geheimrat 
still stood sentinel at the right of the mirror,^ convers- 
ing* with the aristocratic element. In the background 
preparations for a sacrificial offering of tea seemed to be 
going on,^ but no one ventured to begin the solemn ce- 
remony. My conjecture was that the hostess feared 
thereby to offend the august spirit of the expected 
genius. 

It struck a quarter, it struck half-past — still no 
Liszt ! — 

The Geheimrat and his aesthetic wife moved nearer to 
the windows, and started convulsively every time® a 
carriage passed near enough to give one reason to sus- 
pect ^ [it] of ^ an intention of stopping.^ The assembled 
guests had said everything ^^ they had to say, and the 
need of an impetus,^^ physical or psychical, was making 
itself sadly ielt.^ 

" We certainly cannot have ^ tea. served now. He 
may come at any moment. The effect would be ^* quite 
lost ! " whispered the Frau Geheimrat as her husband 
approached her, reminding ^^ her of the bodily needs ^® 
of her guests. 

A general restlessness took possession of those assem- 
bled. " Punctuality is the politeness of kings, but not 

1 auf« ncuc lefen. * it was made to fit, c« wor ongepagt. ' Insert 
unb. * preterit. * to be going on, gemoc^t ju njerben. « Insert 
ttenit. "^ Use noun : gur ^ermutung. ^ bag, with clause. ' infini- 
tive with ju. w Insert ttJoS. ^^ ^nrcig, m. " bemerfli(^. i« laffcn. 
1^ Transl., go lost. ^'^ clause with inbent. ^^ the bodily needs, ba9 
leiblic^e ^o^l 



126 LISZT EXPECTED AT AN EVENING PARTY. 

of geniuses ! " a young lawyer, who was at ^ other times 
the Aristophanes 2 of these receptions, ventured to re- 
mark with some bitterness. 

" Liszt did not name ^ the hour, I should say by way 
of vindication;* he merely promised to come. You 
know that his time is tasked ^ to the utmost. A king 
may seclude himself from his worshippers, but a virtuoso 
has not an hour of the ^ day to call "^ his own," said the 
Geheimrat, soothingly. 

A carriage came rattling wildly up to the door ^ and 
stopped. "It is he!" cried an academic youth, whom 
the master of the house had stationed as [a] sentry at^ 
the first window. 

The moment was overwhelming. As fast as^^ cir- 
cumstances would permit ^^ the guests grouped pictu- 
resquely. The Geheimrat took ^^ the centre at the right 
of the mirror : his lady, our gracious patroness, seized the 
white silk ribbons on ^^ which the ode had been printed 
in gilt letters. The chorus of priestesses arranged itself 
artistically about her ; the chorus of Berlin youths began 
to sing in the adjoining room; we mutes sent greedy 
glances to meet ^* the expected guest. 

A nimble young man put ^^ his small, coal-black head 
through the door, and seemedundecided to whom to tuln.^^ 

" Pfeffermiinze," whispered an old gentleman to the 
Geheimrat, " that is not Liszt ! " 



1 ju. 2 Aristophanes, a comic poet of Athens. • on'geben, 
perfect. * by way of vindication, ju feincr S^cc^tfcrtlgung. * In 
3lnfpru(^ nc^mcn. • cm. "^ relative clause. » to come up to the 
door, oor'fal^rcn. 'on. ^^ Insert c«. ^^ preterit. 12 jj^jj^j p^^ i^. 
" ouf. 1* Transl. (to meet) by cntgcgen. " flcdcn. i« to whom to 
turn, ail tuett er ftd^ tucnben {oQte. 



LISZT EXPECTED AT AN EVENING PARTY. 127 

" That is not the blond head of our Samson, A vaunt, 
venal slave ! " muttered the manufacturer of festive 
odes. The black-headed little fellow was actually one 
of the secretaries of the genius sent out^ to calm the 
assembly on account of his late arrival ^ ; perhaps, also, 
if I rightly judge the much-enduring virtuoso^ to ward 
off the boisterous ovations in store for him.^ The in- 
habitants of dangerously-situated Alpine villages erect 
stone waUs as a security against avalanches ; the mass 
of snow is broken by them and falls powerless on either 
side. 

There was a universal disappointment ; the chorus of 
youths was hushed with difficulty, the* gilt-illumined 
ode was laid aside, the secretary was surroimded, and 
by way of ^ reward for his good news that his master 
was following,® he was made much of.^ The commotion 
was so great that no one noticed the entrance of a slen- 
der young man, with lank arms and long yellow hair, 
who had been peeled out of a magnificent sable great- 
coat in the reception-room by a servant. But he did not 
escape the eagle eye of our patroness. 

" Mein Gott, Liszt ! " she exclaimed in ^ [a] broken 
voice, and then she sank into the arms of two robust alto 
singers, who, always on the alert for ^ such unaccount- 
able tricks of destiny, were ever at ^^ her side. There was 
a sympathetic movement among the guests, only the one 
most nearly concerned, the Geheimrat, retaining a pos- 

^ t)orauS'(cnbcn; relative clause. ^ on account . . . arrival, ilbcr fcin 
3u(<)atfommcn. ' in store for him, ttJcJd^e feincr tuartcten. * Insert 
mit. ^ by way of, gur. * was following, nad^fommen hjurbe. "^ to 
make much of, mit befonbcrer 3lufmcr!famfeit bc^anbcln. * mit. ® to 
be on the alert for, auf ber $ut feln Dor. ^^ on. 



128 LISZT EXPECTFD AT AN EVENING PARTY. 

ture of stoic composure. The master of tone also did 
not seem quite inexperienced in the treatment of such 
misadventures. He rapidly approached the invalid,^ 
seized the right hand of the lady overcome by the inten- 
sity of her feelings,^ ordered " things strengthening ^ and 
refreshing," ^ like Mozart's Don Ottavio, and raised her 
spirits * with marvellous speed. 

So Liszt had come, but all the effects ^ arranged for 
his reception had failed. But his tortured soul was not 
spared the ode. He was compelled to sit down between 
two ladies and listen to^ the song. Then the artistic 
hostess presented the silk ribbon. It was entwined 
about a fresh laurel wreath. 

During this offering of gratitude ^ I had been making 
some remarks of condolence^ to the secretary. Since 
nightfall his liege lord had been visiting five families of 
distinction.^ The Erlkonig had been wrung from him 
at four places. Was ^^ the genius [to] escape the Erl- 
konig here ? [From] out of the music-room the concert- 
grand loomed forth majestically like the heavy cannons 
in forts that are used to practise recruits. 

The illustrious one bore with rare firmness all [the] 
trials inflicted ^^ upon him; he deported himself somewhat 
as a prince humoring ^ a company of persons of little 
estate, permitted ^^ aspiring instrumentalists and singers, 
professionals and amateurs, to be presented, said some- 

1 ble ©llfSbebftrftige. ^ verbal adjective. « verbal noun; omit 
«* things." * raised her spirits, ermecfte l^rc ScbcnSgeifler. « StnaVi- 
cffeftc. • auf, with accusative. "^ oflfering of gratitude, S)anfc«- 
f^)enbe,/. « ©eilcibSbegcugungcn, p^. » of distinction, bornc^m. lo con- 
ditional. 11 relative clause. ^ (id^ l^crablaffen gu. i* Insert bag. 



LI8ZT EXPECTED AT AN EVENING PARTY. 129 

thing apt and encouraging to each, jested with the ladies 
in a courtly manner, and endured the aged with a philo- 
sophic resignation ^ rare in one ^ of his yeara. He es- 
caped^ [from] tea, [it] probably having^ been urged 
upon him five times already. The whole company was 
intoxicated by the charm of his manner. More than 
twenty album-leaves had been clandestinely introduced* 
by the ladies, and he wrote his name on ^ each without 
[a] groan. I feared in secret that one of the fair De- 
lilas might stealthily draw a pair of scissors out of her 
pocket and clutch the lion's mane. But the god of the 
muses watched over his precious head ; he kept his locks 
and his titanic strength, and he permitted himself to be 
persuaded to play. Counting ® by ^ the programmes of 
previous concerts, and the receipts consequent ^ upon the 
high price of admission,® the magnanimous fellow^ played, 
at ^^ [a] modest estimate, long enough to earn 950 thalers. 

The Frau Geheimrat would have given a great deal 
to induce him to finish the ninth hundred, and she did 
her very best ^^ to force the poor unfortunate to give her^ 
the Chromatic Gallop. It was not possible. Inexorable 
fate still had another reception in store ^ with which the 
genius was to finish the day's task. It became necessary 
to dismiss him. 

As he went all the guests escorted him to i* the ante- 
chamber, and his amiable hostess personally exerted 

1 relative clause. ^ insert Tltn\d)f m. * cntge^en, with dative. 
* einf(^muggcln. ^ auf. ® Translate, if we count. ^ nad). * (5intritt«s 
preid, m. ; insert fo before the magnanimous. ^ ^2en{(^. ^^ nad^. 
11 she . . . best, Jtc bcmfl^tc Jtd^ auf« fiugcrfic. ^^ Translate, to play. 
18 in petto (from Lat. pectus = chest, heart), i* bid gu. 



130 THE VISIT TO THE CARCER. 

herself to get him into ^ his sable great coat. Deep sor- 
row shone in ^ the eyes of the Frau Geheimrat, perhaps 
at ^ her inability to be able to induce the vocal * youths 
of Berlin to prostrate themselves before him by way^ 
[of a] musical carpet to the master's carriage. 

The reputation of her salon had been established for 
one generation. 



■•o*- 



The Visit to « the Career.^ 

By Ebnst Eckstein. 

The clock struck two. The Director of the Gymnar 
sium,® Dr. Samuel Heinzerling, entered the school-court 
with all his own peculiar dignity, and slowly ascended 
the stairs. 

Upon the steps he met Mr. Quaddler, the pedell ^ of 
the school, who had just rung the bell. 

" Hath anything happened, ^^^ Quadlaw ? " asked the 
principal, acknowledging the humble salutation of his 
vassal with a lordly bend of his head. 

" No, sir,i^ nothing." 

" The pupil Wumpf hath been abthent faw ^^ theveral 
dayth. Go to hith wethidenthe,^ and find out, whether 
he ith weally ill. I almost doubt . . . ." 

1 i^n ^inelngufrlegcn In. ^ shone in, \pvad) au«. ' fiber. * flimm* 
begabt. ^ aid. ^ in. "^ Statiex, m., prison in German schools and 
universities. « ©^mnajium, n., a school preparatory to the univer- 
sities. ' $ebell^ m., beadle, janitor, ^o TransL, Mr. Principal. 
" felt. " SBo^nung,/. 



THE VISIT TO THE CARCER. 131 

" I beg your pardon, j^^ sir, but Rumpf is here. I saw 
him ^ crossing the court." 

" Ah. Tho much the bettaw." j^g 

Dr. Samuel Heinzerling stalked through the long cor- 
ridor to the door of his class room. On this day he ar- 
rived unusually early. While he was still in ^ the cor- 
ridor, he heard a tremendous noise. Forty boyish voices 
shouted " Bravo " and " Encore." 

Samuel wrinkled his brow. 

Now the roar of the chorus ceased, and a clear, pene- 
trating voice began with comical pathos : 

"Well,^ faw thith time we will let it path, j^ It 
ith vewy evident you have come to clath unprepared. I 
am vewy much dithatified with you. Thit down!" 
Thundering applause. 

The director stood as if turned to stone.* 

By all the gods of Greece, it was his voice, his man- 
ner, his very living self ! ^^^ A little caricatured, per- 
haps — but still, so strikingly like, that only a connois- 
seur could have detected the difference. Such sacrilege 
had never before been known ^ in the school. A pupil 
dared, from the sacred heights of his own professorial 
chair, to ridicule him I JKw, the author of " The Latin 
Grammar for use in schools,^ with special reference to ^ 
the higher classes." JJm, the renowned pedagogue and 
disciple of Kant! Proh pudor !^ This was a prank such 
as none but® the soul of the arch-rogue Wilhelm Rumpf 
could invent. 

1 Insert berelW. * auf. * nun. * as if . . . stone, wlc Derflcinert. 
» had never been known, mar benn bo(^ no(^ nlc^t bagcwcfen. • for use 
in schools, gum ©d^ulgebraud^. ^ auf. ^ O ©d^anbel * such as 
none but, rote i^n nur. 



132 THE VISIT TO TEE CARCER. 

" Will you go on ^ tranthlating, Mowicke," the voice 
of the mischievous pupil continued. "What, you are 
indithpothed?^ Deaw me, when young men of your 
age thay that they are indithpothed it maketh an unf a- 
vowable impwethion. Knebel, put down ^ in the clath- 
book: 'Mowicke, being called upon to tranthlate, wath 
indithpothed.' " 

No longer could the Principal master his indignation. 

With a sudden jerk he opened the door and appeared 
among his startled pupils, like a lion among a herd of 
gazelles. 

It was indeed Wilhelm Rumpf, the greatest good-for- 
nothing in the class, who had committed the unpardon- 
able offence against the majesty of his person. His col- 
lar drawn high in front,* a huge pair of paper specta- 
cles ^ on his nose, a book in his left hand, the traditional 
leadpencil in his right, there ^ he stood upon the plat- 
form, just about j4g to continue the comedy when the in- 
dignant Principal appeared upon ^ the threshold. 

"Wumpf," said Samuel with composure, "Wumpf! 
you will go to® the cawcer faw® two dayth. Knebel, 
put down in the clath-book: 'Wumpf thententhed to 
two dayth [in the] cawcer faw ^^ childith and unworthy 
conduct.' Heppenheimer, call the pedell!^^ 

" But, sir," ^^ stammered Rumpf, putting the paper 
spectacles in his pocket, and returning to his seat. 

" Not another word ! "j^^ 

" But I only wanted, I thought . . ." 

^ fort'fa^rcn. * un^)a6ilc3^. • Use the second person plural. * in 
front, oornc. * a pair of paper spectacles, ^aplcrbrlUe, /. • there 
fo. ^ auf. * In. • auf. ^o wegcn. ^^ Mr. Principal. 



THE VISIT TO THE CARCER, 133 

« Be thtill, I teU you ! '* 

" But please, allow me, sir, let me . . ." 

" Knebel, put down, Wumpf thententhed faw obthi- 
nathy to another day [in- the] caweer. I am tiwed of 
fighting with you faw evah. You ought to be athamed 
to ^ the vewy depth ^ of your thoul ! " 

" Audatur et altera pars^^ sir. Have you not always 
called our attention to it ? ^\^ 

" Good. You thall not thay that I am untrue to my 
printhipleth. What have you to thay faw yourthelf ? "* 

" I can only assure you, Sir, that I did not mean any- 
thing out of the way.^ I only intended to practise the 
art of mimicry a little." 

" Exerthithe yourthelf in Latin thtyle and in Greek 
compothition." 

" So I do,® sir. But besides knowledge, art has also 
its rights." 

" Thertainly, I have nevah denied that. But do you 
want to path off ^ your nonthenthe faw art ? It ith an 
art that you ® will nevah be able to live [on] ." 

" There is no knowing,^ sir." 

" Be thtill, I tell you. If you go on at this wate ^^ you 
will be shipwecked ^^ soonaw or lataw in life. Knipcke, 
go and thee what Heppenheimer and the pedell are 
doing." 

*' Oh, just this once,^ sir," whispered Rumpf coax- 
ingly. " Could you not let me off jg^ just this onqe ? " 

1 In. 2 the very depth, ben ®runb. * SWan pre aw^) ben anbern 
%ti\. * for yourself, ju 3^rer lRe(^tfertigung. ^ anything out of the 
way, nld^W Unglcmtid^c«. « ba« tl^ue ic^. ^ au«'gcbcn. ^ Transl., of 
which you, etc. » S)a« fann man ni(^t njtffen. ^^ in btcfer SBeife. ^^ to be 
shipwrecked, ^(l^iffbrud^ erieiben* ^^ just this once, nur fiir bie^maU 



134 THE VISIT TO THE CARCER. 

" Thertainly not ! You will go to the cawcer. Now 
thith dithagreeable affair must not interrupt our work 
any longaw. Hutzler, begin the wepetition." 

" I was ill when we translated this, sir. Here is my 
certificate." 

"Indeed! You were thick again. Do you know, 
Hutzler, it stwikes me jgg ^^^^ Y^^ ^^^ oftener thick than 
well." 

" Unfortunately, sir. My delicate constitution . . ." 

"Delicate? You delicate? You don't thay tho, 153 
Hutzler! I wish evewy man imder the sun were ath 
delicate ath you are. Lathy you are, but not delicate." 

" Lazy? But I can't do anything when I have a high 
fever . . ." 

" I know all that.^ You dwank too much beer again. 
You go on twanthlating, Gildemeister." 

" Absent ! " shouted six voices at once. 

Samuel shook his head sadly. 

" Doeth any one know why Gildemeister ith abthent ? " 

" He has a cold ! " replied one of the six. 

"Cold! When I wath in hith age I nevah had a 
cold. But where are Knipcke and Heppenheimer? 
Schwarz, go and thee,^ but come wight back." 

Schwarz went and after ten minutes came back with 
the pedell and his two companions. 

"Mr. Quaddler was^ busy papering his wall," said 
Heppenheimer in a respectful tone, " he had to change 
his coat first." jg^ 

"Indeed! And you need half an hour to do that? 
Quaddlaw, it theemth to me that you are beginning to 
neglect your dutieth." 

^ S)a9 lenne td^. > nad^'fe^en. * Insert bamit. 



THE VISIT TO THE CARCER. 185 

"I humbly beg your pardon, sir; but the young 
gentlemen came to ^ my door just two minutes ago." 155 

" Oh ! " cried the three messengers with one voice, jgg 

''Well, I will not investigate thith matter further. 
Here, take Wumpf and put^ him in the cmucer. 
Wumpf, you will behave yourthelf and not be calling 
the pedell evewy moment ath you did latht week. 
Quaddlawj don't let anything induthe you to let him 
come out into the hall." 

" Very well, sir." 

" Now away with you, Wiimpf I " 

William Rumpf bit his lip, turned about jg^ and dis- 
appeared with Quaddler in the gloom of the corridor. 

"What did you do,^ Mr. Rumpf?" asked the pedell^ 
as they ascended the stairs. 

" Nothing." 

" Oh, but I beg your pardon, you must have been do- 
ing something." 

"I have only done what the Principal does con- 
stantly." 

*' What do you mean ? " 

" Well, you just listen to me. Do you thee, my dear 
Quaddlaw, Wumpf ith a pawfect scapegwace and de- 
therveth exemplawy chathtithement." 

" Good gracious ! " stammered the pedell^ clasping his 
hands above his head. " Who could believe such things 
possible 1 158 Heaven knows if I didn't see you right * 
here before me with my own eyes, I should swear that 
it was the Principal's own voice I heard I You'll make 
your fortune with such a gift as that some day I " ^ 

* an. 2 ffll^ren, * Tranel., have you done. * gerabe, * cines £agc«. 



136 THE VISIT TO THE CARCER. 

"Yeth, yeth, deaw Quaddlaw," replied Rumpf, still 
imitating the Principal. 

"And you have actually done this in his presence? 
Well, I must say — no offence, ^gg Mr. Rumpf — but 
all in good time ^qq That was not at all fitting j^i and 
the Principal had very good reason to be extremely 
angry." 

*' Now weally ? Do you think tho ? " 

" I must beg you to leave off this joking now. It is 
not compatible with the dignity of my oflBce. Will you 
please walk into this room ! " 

" With pleathure ! " 

"Mr. Rumpf, I shall tell the Principal that your 
punishment is ,not severe enough." 

" What bithineth ith that of yourth, ^gg you abthurd 
old Quaddlaw ? I can do what I pleathe." i^ 

" That you cannot do." 

" Of courthe I can.^ I can talk ath it thuits me, and 
any one who doeth not like it, can take himthelf off ^ or 
thtop up hith ears."i64 

" Just ^ you wait." 

"What for? "4 

" I shall report it to the Principal." 

" Give him my compliments. "jgg 

Quaddler turned the key and shambled slowly down 
the stairs. When he returned to his room he went on 
with his work of papering. He dipped his brush into 
the paste-pot and besmeared strip after strip of wall 
paper with the fragrant liquid. 

1 Insert ba«. ^ take himself ofif, jtc^ briltfen. * nun. * worauf. 



THE VISIT TO THE CARCER. 137 

Wilhelm Rumpf, however, sat yawning on the bench, 
and assured himself in a soliloquy that he was heartily 
tired of the Gymnasium and of the uncalled-for re- 
strictions of school life. 

In the first-class room, meanwhile, Sophocles was 
diligently translated. Heppenheimer accomplished his 
task to the Principal's moderate "appwoval." After 
him, Schwarz translated " unthatithfactowily." Then 
the bell rang. — The author of the Latin grammar for 
use in schools vanished into the directorial chamber, 
where he sank down thoughtfully in his official chair. 

" A mithewable boy, this Wumpf," he murmured to 
himself.^ " But I almotht believe I could win him more 
weadily by ^ kindneth than [I can] by forthe and seve- 
rity. I will make one more attempt to appeal to hith 
conthienthe. jg^ It ith a pity about ^ him. He ith one 
of my motht gifted pupilth." 

He passed his hand once or twice over his smoothly 
shaven chin, i^ then he took his hat from the table and 
ascended the stairs to the career. 

Wilhelm Rumpf was greatly surprised when after so 
short [an] imprisonment the door turned on its hinges. 
His amazement reached its climax when he recognized 
in the visitor the Principal, Samuel Heinzerling. 

" Well, Wumpf ? " said the honorable pedagogue with 
dignity. 

'' What do you wish, sir ? " asked the pupil in a tone 
of resolute obstinacy. 

" I have come to inquire if you are not beginning to 
thee that thuch childithneth ith altogether contrary * to 

1 to himself, oor jid^ ^in. ^ ^^x^^ « um. * to be contrary, gu* 
kvi'berlaufetu 



138 THE VISIT TO THE CARCER. 

the traditionth of a gynathium, and the spirit prevailing 
within thethe wallth . . ." 

" I am not at all aware . . . "jgg 

" What, Wumpf ? I did not expect to find you tho 
thtubborn. I wish you would put^ yourthelf in^ my 
plathe.^ I am thure you would be much more thevere 
with thith presumptuous Wilhelm Wumpf than I have 
been." 

" But, sir ..." 

"Surely thuch childith condjuct ith not what one 
would expect of a young man of good family. You'd 
betht be on your guard, jgg for the next time I catch you 
at * thuch a stupid trick I thall expel you." 

" Expel me ? " 

" Yeth, Wumpf, expel you. Therefore wepent and 
give up your dithgratheful nonthenthe. I wepeat it, 
put yourthelf in my plathe ! " 

Wilhelm Rumpf bent his head. He felt that his ex- 
pulsion was only a question of time. Suddenly a dia- 
bolical thought darted through his brain. 

" If I must get expelled," he said to himself, " it shall 
be with flying colors." ^ 

He smiled like the villainous hero of a sensational 
novel after a dark deed, and said in a tone of simulated 
contrition : 

" You say, sir, I should put myself in your place ? " 

" Yeth, Wumpf, that ith what I thay." 

" Well, then, if you will have it so — I wish you 
much pleasure ! " 

^ fet^en. ^ an. ^ ©telle,/. * bei. ^ with flying colors, tnit^aufen 
unb 2^rom^eten (with kettledrums and trumpets). 



THE VISIT TO THE CARCER. 139 

And with a single bound he was outside the door, 
turned the key and left ^ the poor Principal to his unex- 
pected fate. 

" Wumpf, what do you mean ? j^^ I'll exthpel you 
thith vewy day ! ^ Open the door at onthe ! At onthe, 
Ithay!" 

"I give you two hours' caweer,^^ replied Rumpf with 
dignity. " You told me to put mythelf in your plathe." 

" Wumpf, you will thee what will happen ! Open 
the door ; I inthitht upon it ! " 

"You have no wight to talk to me in that tone. 
Jutht at pwethent I am the Printhipal. You are merely 
the pupil Wilhelm Wumpf. Be thtill! I will not 
bwook oppothition ! " 

"Dear Wumpf! I will fawgive you thith onthe. 
Pleathe open the door. Your penalty thall be a vewy 
thlight one. You thall not be exthpelled, I promithe 
you. Do you hear what I thay ? " 

But the "dear Wumpf" did not hear. He had 
crept • stealthily along the hall and was now hastening 
downstairs to escape. 

As he passed the pedelVs door, a brilliant idea took 
possession of him. ^^^ 

He put* his eye to^ the keyhole. Quaddler was 
standing upon a ladder, his back turned to ® the door, 
and was just attempting to stick a heavily-pasted strip 
of paper upon the wall. Wilhelm Rumpf opened the 
door a little way "^ and called out with the purest Hein- 
zerling accent of which he was capable j^g — 

1 fiberlaffcn. * this very day, augenbllrflld^. « fc^leld^en. * legcn. 
• an. • nad^. ^ ein Kcln wcnig. 



140 THE VISIT TO THE CARCER. 

" I am going now, Quaddlaw. Look after that fellow 
Wumpf . The lad behaveth like a lunatic. He ith thtill 
keeping up hith impertinent nonthenthe. You keep 
wight^ on with your work and stay on your laddaw. All 
1 want to thay ith that you are not imder any conthidera- 
tion to open the door faw him. The fellow ith quite 
capable of j^g knocking you down and wunning away. 
Do you hear what I thay, Quaddlaw ? " 

" As you command, sir. You will kindly excuse me 
for not getting down . . ." ^ 

" Thtay wight ^ where you are, I thay, and finish your 
papawing. Good morning." 

" Your servant,^ sir." 

Wilhelm Rumpf went upstairs ^jg again, and once 
more entered the precincts of the career. Samuel Hein- 
zerling was raging terribly. Now he seemed to have 
discovered the bell, for just as Rumpf concealed himself 
behind an enormous linen chest belonging to the Quad- 
dler family, it resoimded shrilly through the hall like the 
yell of infuriated demons. 

" Help ! " * shouted the schoolmaster. " Help ! Quad- 
dlaw; you will lothe your plathe thith very day, if 
you don't come up thith minute. Help ! Fire 1 Mur- 
der ! Wobbers I Help I " 

The pedell, reminded^ of his duty by the uninter- 
rupted ringing of the beU, left his private occupation 
and appeared before the door of the prison. 

The malicious Wilhelm Rumpf crept deeper into his 
hiding-place. Samuel Heinzerling, utterly exhausted 

1 ru^lg. * ^eruntcr'fomtnciu » ge^orfamcr 2)lcncr. * gu ^filfe, 
• erinncrn aiu 



THE VISIT TO THE CARCER. 141 

from caUing and crying, threw himself down upon his 
seat. His chest heaved ; his nostrils worked like a pair 
of good bellows. 

" Mr. Rumpf," said Quaddler, knocking wamingly on 
the door, " it will all be noted down ! " 

" Heaven be praithed that you are here, Quaddlaw ! 
Open the door, I thay ! Thith mithewable thcoundwel 
hath locked me in. Thuch conduct ith unheard of ! " 

" Let me tell you, Mr, Rumpf , you had better stop 
your joking. You may be quite sure y^^ I will tell the 
Principal how you called him a miserable scoundrel ! " 

" Have you lotht your wits, j^g Quaddlaw ? " shouted 
Samuel in a tone of supreme indignation. *' The devil ! ^ 
I tell you that Wumpf , the mitherable fellow, hath locked 
me in here when I came to thee him and make an appeal 
to hith conthcienthe. I thay, don't keep ^ me waiting ! 
Open the door at onthe ! " 

" You must take me for a simpleton, j^g Mr. Rumpf. 
The Principal has only ^ this moment spoken to me, and 
strictly forbidden me, on no condition whatever, to let 
you out. And now I advise you to behave yourself and 
stop ringing that bell, else I'll take it down." 

" Quaddlaw, I'll have you thent to gaol for* depwiv- 
ing me of my fweedom." 

"Now just you listen to me, will you? It's posi- 
tively childish this everlasting imitating of the Principal. 
It is true, the Principal lisps a bit, and pronounces his 
r*8 in a funny way, but never so long as I have known 
him, has he been guilty ^ of such a silly twaddle as you 

1 jum Seufel « laffciu » gcrabe In. * wegcn. * to be guilty, ftd^ 
fd^ulbig madftiL 



142 THE VISIT TO THE CARCER. 

are indulging^ in. And now, for the last time, I tell 
you, be quiet, and conduct yourself in a proper manner." 

" But I wepeat to you, upon [my] honor, that con- 
foimded scoundwel turned the key behind me, before I 
knew what he wath about.^ Quaddlaw ! Idiot, ass ! 
You must know me ! " 

" What ? You call me an ass ? You call me an idiot ? 
It is a question j^^ who is the greater ass or the greater 
idiot, you or I ! The impudence ! A green boy like 
you calling an honest old man an ass I You are an ass 
yourself! Do you understand? But you'll get your 
deserts ! " ^^g 

" You are an ass and a fool ! " moaned Heinzerling in 
despair. " So you wefuse to open the door?" 

« I shall not think of such a thing." j^g 

" Good, vewy good ! " groaned the schoolmaster in ' 
[a] dying voice. " Vewy good ! I'll stay here in the 
caweer^ then ! Do you hear, Quaddlaw ? Here in the 
cawcer!^^ 

*' I shall be glad to hear if you come to your senses.jg^ 
And now leave me in peace. I have no more time to 
listen to your farce." 

" Quaddlaw," cried Samuel, getting enraged once more, 
"hour by hour* I'll thit here, do you understand? 
Hour by hour. Like a naughty thchoolboy I'll bear the 
dithgwace [of it]! Do you hear me, Quaddlaw?" 

" I'm going now. You'd better do your trans- 
lation."i8i 

''Holy heaventh, I'm lothing my weasonl Am I 

1 ftd^ gcflotten. *to be about, tjor'^aben. »mit. * @tunbe urn @tunbf , 



THE VISIT TO THE CARCER. 143 

weally cwathy ? Man, won't you look through the key- 
hole ? Then at leatht you might thee . . ." 

"You don't catch me. 132 I haven't forgotten how 
you blew in my eyes the other day ! " 

''Well then, go to the devil. The godth them- 
thelveth would fight ^ in vain with a blockhead. Just^ 
wait till I come out [of thith] . You won't have thith 
plathe of pedell much longer, I'll promithe you that ! " 

Quaddler went downstairs in a very ill humor. This 
lad Rumpf was surely the most impertinent fellow he 
had ever come across. An ass did he call him? Thun- 
der and lightning ! ^ Ever since the decease of Mrs. 
Quaddler the like had not happened jgg to him • . . 

These miserable schoolboys ! 

Meanwhile Samuel Heinzerling paced up and down 
his cell with long steps. His whole appearance reminded 
one of an African lion condemned to imprisonment by 
human cruelty without losing thereby any of the origi- 
nal pride and strength of his noble nature. His hands 
crossed on his back, his head with its grey mane in- 
clined woefully toward his right shoulder, his lips tightly 
shut — so he walked back and f orth,^ back and forth, 
the darkest and most misanthropic thoughts in his bosom. 

Suddenly a broad smile ^ flitted ^ across his features. 

" Most abthurd thith ith ! " he muttered to himself. 
"Weally, though thith ith a vewy disagweeable affair 
for me, there ith no denying '^ the humor of the thitu- 
ation . . ." 

He stood still. 

* ffitnpfcn. ^ abcr. • 2)onner unb 3)oria (from Schiller's FHesko), 
* auf unb Qb. * S5ot[tnonb«lo(^eln, n. « f|)ielen. "^ there is no 
denying, man fann . . . nid^t leugnen. 



144 THE VISIT TO THE CARCER. 

" Ith there weally any dithgwace in being outwitted 
by a thchoolboy? Conthider, Thamuel! Did not a 
thelebrated king with hith own hand hold the ladder 
f aw the thief who wanted to thteal hith watch ? Wath 
not even Prince Bithmarck locked in by wuthless 
hands ^ — not to mention a hundred other cathes. And 
thtill hithtory treath thith king with rethpect. And 
thtill Bithmarck hath lotht none of hith weputation ath 
the betht diplomatitht in Europe. No, no Thamuel ! 
Your dignity ath thchoolmathter, ath thitizen, ath phi- 
lothopher, does not thuffer by thith mortifying thitua- 
tion. Retht assured, Thamuel . . ." 

He continued his walk in a self-satisfied mood. But 
soon he interrupted himself anew. 

"But thothe boyth," he stammered turning pale. 
" When thothe boyth hear that I wath impwithoned ^ in 
the cawcer ! Fearful thought ! My authority ath [a] 
teacher will be gone forever. And they will hear it. 
I am once for all 194 disgraced. Ye godth, ye godth, 
why do ye thmite me thus ? " 

" Herr Direktor," whispered a familiar voice at ^ the 
door of the cell, ''you are not yet dishonored. Your 
authority is as unassailable as ever . . ." 

" Wumpf ! " stammered Samuel, " you godleth fellow ! 
Open that door, I thay, thith minute ! Conthider your 
ears boxed ! jgg Conthider yourthelf expelled ! " 

" But, sir, I have come to save you ! Do not insult 
me!" 

" To thave me ? What impertinenthe 1 Open the 
door, or I'll . . ." 

1 l)on bo«^aftcr $anb. 2 i was imprisoned, \&j ))aht gefeffcn. * atu 



THE VISIT TO THE CARCER. 145 

" Will you listen to me quietly, sir ? I assure you 
all will end well." 

Samuel considered. 

" Well," he said at last ; I'll condethend to hear you. 
Thpeak . . ." 

" I only wanted to show you that my art is not quite 
without practical import. Forgive me if I have seem- 
ingly forgotten the very high esteem and respect I owe 
you." 

*' You are a wogue, Wumpf ! " 

"Suppose you excuse me from the career penalty, 
withdraw your threat regarding ^ expulsion, and permit 
me to keep the strictest silence about what has passed." ^ 

" It will not do, 186 Wumpf. You mutht finish your 
vime ... jgY 

" Yes ? Well then, good-bye to you, sir. Don't ring 
the bell too often ! " 

"Wumpf! hear what I thay to you. Wumpf!" 

"Well.. .!" 

" You are in many wespects an extwaawdinawy lad, 
Wumpf ; and tho I am quite willing to make extheption 
in your favor. ^^ Open the door ! " 

" Will you excuse me from the career penalty ? " 

" Yeth ! " 

" Will you expel me ? " 

" No, in the dewil'th name." 

" Give me your word of honor, sir." 

" Wumpf, how dare you ? " ^^ 

" Your word of honor, sir ! " 

" Vewy good, you have it ! " 

1 betref[« bcr. * what has passed, bad SJorgcfQHene. 



146 THE VISIT TO THE CARCER. 

" Jupiter Ultor is witness." 

"What?" 

" I call upon the gods for ^ witness ! " 

«' Open the door, I thay ! " 

"Presently, sir! You are sure you bear me no 

grudge?" 190 

" No, no, no I Will you open that door ? " 

" You give 2 me full absolution ? " 

" Yeth, on ^ (the) condition that you tell nobody of 
your guilty conduct. I have told you that I take you 
to be 191 an extwaawdinawy lad, Wumpf . . ." 

"I thank you for your good opinion. My word of 
honor then that so long as you are in your present 
position at* the gymnasium, no word shall pass my 
Ups ! " 

With that ^ he turned the key and opened the door. 

Like Uhland's king out of the tower so Samuel Hein- 
zerling stepped out into the free air of heaven. He took ® 
a deep breath; then passing his right hand over his 
forehead as if trying to remember something, he said : 

" Wumpf, I can take a joke 192 ath well ath any man ; 
but I wish you would do me the favor not to mimic me 
in future. You weally do ^ it too well." 

" Your wish is my law." ® 

" Vewy good I And now you had betht hathten 
down ® to the clath-woom. It ith not yet half past ten 
— you will be just in time I "^^ 

"But how can I [do] that, sir? They all know that 
you have given me three days I " 

1 al«. ^ crteilcn. » unter. * an. * bomit. « ^olen. "^ tna(^cn. 
» my law, tnlr ©cfe^I, m. » ^Iniinter'cilcn. " in time, rcd^tjeltlg. 



THE VISIT TO THE CARCER. 147 

" Vewy good ! I'll go with you." 

They quickly walked downstairs. 

" Quaddlaw ! " called the Principal into the basement. 

The pedell appeared at once and officiously asked 
what was his behest. 

" I have wemitted Wumpf s penalty f aw ^ thevewal 
weasons," said Samuel. 

" Ah ! that is what ^ you came back [for]. Hm ! . . . 
All I wish to say is that Mr. Rumpf was not at all quiet 
in his cell. It's none of my business, 152 I suppose, but 
he shouted and swore like a Turk . . ." 

"Well, never mind, 193 Quaddlaw; I have thpecial 
motiveth faw dealing leniently with him thith time. 
You may wemove the key to the caxocer^ 

Quaddler shook his head in astonishment. 

" And now come with me, Wumpf." 

They walked along the corridor to the class-room. 
The Principal knocked. 

"Excuse me, dear colleague," he whispered, as he 
entered, " I have brought Wumpf back. Knebel, write 
in the clath-book, that in conthequenthe of Wumpf s 
thinthere wepentanthe I have been moved to wemit hith 
punithment." 

He spoke and vanished among ^ the labyrinthian pas- 
sages of the school building. 

^ au9. ^ that is what, barum. ' in. 



LETTERS. 



•o« 



1. Dear Aunt: — 

To-day our teacher notified us in our German recita- 
tion that his class would take part in the international 
correspondence for students. ^ Through the mediation 
of 2 Professor M. Hartmann in Leipzig, German stu- 
dents ^ receive the addresses of American students. The 
German student writes first to* her American corre- 
spondent ^ a German letter, the American answers with 
an English letter. Then they write to each other at 
least once a month: the German in the English 
language, the American in the German language. A 
careful correction of the foreign ® letter accompanies the 
answer. Such letters are counted as exercises in Ger- 
man composition. '^ 

Now I should like to ask you, ® dear aunt, to give me 
some advice ^^ in regard to the composition ^ of a Ger- 
man letter. What shall I write and how shall I write 
it? I know that it is not easy to write a real German 
letter. You have lived- in Germany for years ^^ and 
therefore will best be able to advise me. I shall be 
much obliged to you j^g for your trouble. 

1 @d^fllcrbrleftt)e(^fel, m. » Insert ^err. » ©d^filerln, /. (-nen). 
* an, * ^orrefponbcntin, /. (-ncn). « frembf<)rQ(i^Ii(^. "^ Sluffatj, w; 
" Use the second person singular. • 3lbfaffung, /. i° for years, 
jlQ^relang. 

148 



LETTERS, 149 

With best love ^^ to my uncle and ^ cousins and an 
affectionate embrace for youi'self , I remain your loving ^ 
niece. 

2. My deak Niecb : — 

It gives me great pleasure jg^ to hear that you are 
permitted to take part in the international correspon- 
dence for students. I am sure that it will greatly in- 
crease your interest in ^ the study of German as well as 
your knowledge of the German language. But above 
all it will enlarge your comprehension of the difference 
between the real living German and that which has 
been painfully * put together out of the dictionary. 

I am very willing jgg to give you the desired advice. 
First as regards the contents of the letters, ^^ I ad- 
vise you to introduce yourself 200 in the first letter, to 
make statements about ^ your age, your family, your 
school, and to fix the dates for (the) mailing^ the 
letters. 

In the subsequent letters the following subjects 
might ^ be discussed : Your native place and its envir- 
onments, the school (college) to ^ which you go, the 
plan of study of the institution, the branches of study 
you have elected, your favorite studies, the examina- 
tions, your plans for the future. You might give descrip- 
tions of vacation-trips, of large cities and mountains of 
the country, its factories, its industries, etc. Alwaj^ put^ 
some questions to your correspondent about her experi- 
ences, about good books, magazines, products of art, etc. 

1 Repeat the possessive adjective. 2 2)elne 2)i^ Uebcnbe. * an. 
*mflWflm. * fiber. • ^bfenbung, /. '''fomien. Mn. » jleflcn. 



150 LETTERS. 

Send her a " calendar " ^ of your school, now and then a 
picture postal card,^ an article from a newspaper, which 
has interested 3'^ou very much, a photograph, etc. 

In regard to the form of the letters, I wish to draw 
your attention^ to^ the following [points]. Write 
very distinctly. Your correspondent can read Latin 
script as well as German, but the way ^ in which the 
American forms the letters, seems strange^ for the 
German. Address your correspondent in the first 
letters with „@ee^rte^ or Stebe^ ^duletn SRtd^ter!" and 
place an exclamation point after the address. Use the 
second person plural (©te, S^ter, S^nen, @te) and do not 
forget to write these words with capitals. After you 
know each other better use the Christian name"^ and 
write " Dear Louise " or what ® the name may be. Pos- 
sibly ^ your German correspondent will suggest that you 
call each other " thou." ^^ Gladly accept this offer, for 
it would be very impolite to refuse it. Moreover it 
will be very good for your German grammar, because it 
will make you familiar with different forms of the verb. 
When you write the address on the envelope, write the 
name of the street under the place of destination, viz. 

graulctn Soutfe Sitd^tcr, 
per adr. ^^ ^rrn 9iegterung^rat SJraun 

93crlin 
Germany. SBtll^cIm^ftrafee 12 ^^- 

1 Use the same word ; German schools have no "calendars" in 
our sense of the word. Many schools publish yearly a ,,@d)uI^ro« 
gramm." * 3lnft(i^t«pofHarte, /. * Transl., to make you attentive. 
*auf. fi^lrtiinbSBeife,/. « frembartlg. "^ SSomame, m. » mie. • (S« 
Ijl ni5gU(^, bag. ^^ p^ j) j, nennen or fxdj bujcn. " care of. 



LETTERS. 151 

The ^^ behind the figure 12 means second ^ta'ge^ 
(third story) or "two flights up." German families gene- 
rally live in apartment houses.^ Put^ a five-cent stamp 
on* the letter and do not forget that you can send only 
half an ounce for five cents. But do not attempt to 
save postage by using ^ the very thin paper which is often 
sold for foreign ^ correspondence. For on this paper the 
letters all run into each other and it is often impossible 
to read the words. Either shorten your letter or double 
the postage. Books and papers go for the same postage 
from New York to Berlin^ as from New York to Boston. 

In writing your own address do not use abbreviations, 
and write very distinctly. When you have received 
and read an English letter from your German corre- 
spondent, make a careful correction on a separate "^ sheet 
of paper. Indicate, if you can, the reasons, why it is 
this way ^ and not that way. ® You will find out how 
little you know of your own mother-tongue. You ought 
to take^ an exact copy of every German letter you 
send, so that you will be able to understand the correc- 
tions that your correspondent will send you. 

The best [thing] you can do as [a] preparation for 
this correspondence is to write letters of different con- 
tents and form for ^^ practice. Enclosed ^^ I send you 
samples of German letters, several English letters for 
translation ^2 j^^ ^q German and a number [of] subjects 

for German lettei-s. As soon as you have finished the 
letters, send them to me. I shall gladly correct them. 

1 6tage = flat. The first floor is caUed „^artcrrc", the second 
floor = erfle (StQ'ge. Or, first floor = erfte« @to(ftt)crf, second 
floor = 3tt)cite« @to(ftt)crf third floor = britte« @tO(ftt)crf. ^ njo^ncn 
auf einer (Stage. « fleben. * auf. * clause with inbem. « QU«Ian* 
hi^dj, ilberfccif(^. '' bcfonber. ^ jo — unb ni(^t fo. » ma^tn, lo gur. 
" %nUl " gu^ liberfcfecn. 



152 



LETTERS. 



Your uncle and^ cousins return ^ your greetings 
most cordially and hope that you will soon come to 
see ^ us. I remain as always your affectionate * aunt. 



3. Familiar letters, ^amiliare SBriefe. 



'Ste6e greunbtn ! 

SBenn 2)tt bon 2)ctttct SRetfe 
jurudfommft, foUft ®u etnen 
©rief Uon mtr borfinben. @ci 
mtr l^erjttd^ flegriifet ! ^^mme 
f 6atb 2)tt lannft ju mir unb 
tt^aiit mtr ©ctttc Sriebntffe, 
^etgt^ m6)i, S)ctnc 5p^oto* 
grapl^ien mitjubringen, £a^ 
uttjg pwfig jufammcn lorn- 
men, ©a^ tpunfd^t 2)ctnc 
®ul§ l^erjKd^ ttcbenbe SWarte. 



Stebe greunbtnnen ! 

SBenn 3l^t Don ®urct SRcife 
jurucffommt, foUt 3^r etnen 
SBrief Don mir Uorfinben. @etb 
mir t)er jlid^ gegrflfet ! ^Qittmt 
fo bolb Sl^r I6nnt ju mtr unb 
erjS^lt mir ®ttre (£rlebniffe. 
^etge^t nid^t, ©ure ^\)oio^ 
gra)3^ien mitjiibringen. 2.a^t 
ttttiS pnftg jufammen lorn* 
men. 2)a^ njunfd^t ®ttte Chtd^ 
I)erjtid^ liebenbe SWarie. 



4. Formal letter. ^oxvxtWtx Srief. 

©eel^rte^ graulein SBalter ! 

SBenn @te Don 3^ter SReife jurudEfommen, [oHen 6te 
einen SBrief Uon mir i)orfinben. @etett @te mir fjerjlid^ 
gegrufet ! ^^mmen 6te [o balb @te !6nnen ju mir unb er= 
ja^len @ie mir ^l^re ©riebniffe. ^ergeffen @te ntd^t, 3^re 
5pt|otogrctt)]^ien mitjubringen. Sajfen @te wx^ t)aufig ju- 
fammen fommen. 5)a^ tofinfd^t 3^^ S^tteu feiir ergebene 
SKaric. 

SBerlin, ben 10. Suni 1899. 



1 Bepeat the possessive adjective. * erWibevu. ' befu(^en. * !J)id^ 
Uebenbe. 



LMiTTERS. 153 

L FAMILIAR LETTERS.* 

6. My deab Louise: t — 

Will you take dinner 201 with^ me to-morrow, June 
seventh,^ at' six o'clock? I want you to meet my 
cousin, 202 Emma Lincoln, who is spending a week with 
me. Affectionately yours, 

Boston, June 6, 1898. Kathabine Allen. 

6. Dearest Katharlne: — 

I* shall be very glad 203 to take dinner with you on 
June seventh at six o'clock, and to meet your cousin, of 
whom I have so often heard you speak. 

Yours very lovingly, 

Boston, June 6, 1898. LouiSE R. Brown. 

* I, In familiar letters the pronoun of address is generally 
^n (3)ctncr, 3)!r, 3)i(^), plural 3^? (^ucr, ©uti^, ©ut^). These pro- 
nouns are written with a capital in letters. 

II. Familiar forms of address : 

l^ieber 9^ber! Dear brother. Siebed fiout^n! Dear little 
Louise. SReine liebe Sd^toefter ! My dear sister. Qklkhitx $ater ! 
Beloved father. Snnig geliebte Gutter ! Dear precious mother, 
^rjliebc tJrcunbin ! My darling friend. 

^ bet. ^ am fithttn 3uni or ^en 7ten 3uni. In giving a date the 
preposition an with the dat. of the def . art. is used or the accusa- 
tive ^tn without a preposition. Letters are always dated in the 
ace. * utn.. ^ A German letter must not begin with the pronoun /. 

t After the address '* Dear Louise : — " stands in German an ex- 
clamation point : Siebe i'ouifc ! 



154 LETTERS. 

7. My dear Katharine: — 

I am very sorry ^ that a previous engagement ^ pre- 
vents me from accepting your kind invitation to take 
dinner with you on June seventh. 

Yours very sincerely, 

Boston, June 6, 1898. LouiSE R. Brown. 

8. Dear James: — 

You know that a severe ^ cold has confined me to my 
room 204 for ^ the last four days, so that I have not been 
able to attend any classes. 205 I ani better now 206 and (I 
am) quite able to work, though* I cannot go out yet. 
Will you please call on me 207 this afternoon to give me 
the lessons for to-morrow, so that I can prepare them? 
Hoping^ to see you to-day after ^ school, 

I am yours truly, 

New York, April 9, 1899. Fred L. Alston. 

Sicbc %xau 3Rc^r ! * Dear Mrs. Meyer, 
fiicbcr ^rr ©(i^mibt ! * Dear Mr. Smith. 
fiicbcS tJrfiulcin ©d^ul^c!* Dear Miss Schultze. 

IIL Familiar conclusions and signatures equivalent to the 
English : "Yours very sincerely, cordially, truly, affectionately, 
lovingly ; 

1. ^cvilic^ft bic ^cinc (bcr ^cinc). Yours very cordially. 

2. 3n treuer fiiebc unb grcunb^ In true love and friendship I 

fc^ft bin \(i) 3)cin ^orl. am your Charles. 

3. ScbcttJol^l unb bc^ltc lieb Farewell and continue to love 

2)cinc trcuc ^rcunbin ^Inno. your faithful friend Anna. 



^ cine Dorl^er angenomniene ©inlabung or elne Dorl^er eingegangene 53ers 
pfli(^tung. 2 l)eftlg. « mo^renb, with genitive. * wenn . . . anc^. « 3n 
bcr ^offnuhg or inbem idj ^offe. « Insert the def. art. 

* In letters beginning „2iebe grau aWc^cr!" the pronoun of ad- 
dress is @ie. Do not omit the last name or title after ^err, grau, 
grciuleiiu ,^8lcbe grau" means " Dear Wife." 



LETTERS, 155 

9. My dear Fred : — 

I am very sorry ^^ not to be able to call on you 207 as 
you wished. I have to do an errand gos for my father 
after school. But I enclose a scrap on which I wrote 
out the lessons for you. Hoping to see you to-morrow 
in school quite recovered, I am your affectionate friend, 

New York, April 9, 1899. James E. Ball. 

10. Dearest Sister : — 

Hearty congratulations on ^ your birthday. The little 
gift 2 I enclose bears ^ you my best wishes for many 
happy returns of the day .^ I long ^ to be with ^ you, 
but as that is impossible I must write (you) instead. All 
the family join me in sending-^ (yo^) ^^ve and good 
wishes. Your affectionate brother, Henry. 

11. My dear Father: — 

I arrived safely ® in Wellesley this ^ morning, bag and 

4. 9J?it \ivx bcftCTi ©riijcn an 3)id^ With much love to you and 

unb bie liej^n 3)cinigeTi, blcibc your dear ones, I remain 
v6) 3)cin %vi) ^rjlic^ Uebenbcr your loving Paul. 

5. Stt^m i^ ^'^^ '^^'^ 2)einc Sending hearty greetings to 

licbcn 5lngc]^9rigen \^x})xi) you and your dear family, I 

griifec, bleibe \&j 2)cin aufiiti^s remain your sincere friend, 
tiger fjrcunb. 

6. 3[« aufrid^tigcr fjreunbfc^ft, In sincere friendship, your 

3)cin ^\\\xv6), Henry. 

1 ju. * see page 33, note 2. « iibcrbringen, with dat. of person 
and ace. of thing. ^ for many . . . days, bag ^u biefeii !Iag \\o6) oft 
erlebcn mbgefl. * insert barnad^. « bet. "^ Use infinitive with ju, 
' wo^tbeJ^alten. ® Ijeute. 



156 LETTERS. 

baggage, 209 and have already begun to unpack my 
trunks. My room is very pleasant, or will ^ be when I 
have arranged it. The college ^ buildings and the 
grounds look very attractive in spite of the pouring 
rain. I will write you a long letter and tell you all 
about ^ the college very soon. 

With much love to you and all the family, I am 
Your loving daughter, DoRis.^^ 

12. Dear Friends: — 

As I have only a few minutes for writing this morning, 
I must make one letter do for you all,* or else send you 
each about one line apiece.^ You are living under the 
same roof this summer, and I want^ to say about the 
same things ^ to you all. I am sorry not to have seen 
you at® (the) Thanksgiving, but my vacation will 
surely begin next week, and then I shall start at once 
for ^ your home. If you want ^^ me to bring yoy any- 
thing from^i the city, or do any errands gos bfefore I 
come, please let me know before Monday. 

Hoping you are all well, I am with much love to ^^ 
your aunt, Yours sincerely, 

Clara Walker.^^ 

13. Exercises in writing familiar letters. 

(1) Write a birthday letter to your mother. 

(2) Write a friend an invitation to a concert. 

1 Insert e8. " College, n, ^ iibtx, with accusative. * I must . . . 
you all, mu6 id) einen ©rief an dnd) atte ric^ten. ^ k ^erfon. « ic^ 
nibd)te. "^ baSfelbe. ^ an, with dative. * nacft. ^° clause with bag. 
*^ au«. *2 an, with accusative. ^^ Always add the date. 



LETTERS. 167 

(3) Write an affirmative and a negative answer to this 
letter. 

(4) Write a letter to your best friend and tell him (or 
her) about your first days in college (in school). 

(5) Write a letter to several friends in German and tell 
them abouth the 4th of July celebration. 

(6) Write a letter to a friend asking her to lend you 
some cups and saucers for a tea party. 

(7) Write a letter to several friends who live in a board- 
ing school, asking them to go bicycling with you. 

(8) Write a letter to a friend in Germany and tell 
her (him) about your intention to spend the summer in 
Germany. 

IL FORMAL LETTERS.* 

14. Deab Sir: — 

As I intend to set off within a few days for ^ America, 
I respectfully request you to give me a letter of recom- 
mendation to Mr. Symour, your friend, whose acquaint- 
ance will prove very useful to me. I am, dear Sir, 

Yours respectfully, 

Louis S. Fuller. 

* J. In formal letters the pronoun of address is always @ie 
(S^tcr, Sl^nen, @ic), which is always written with a capital. 

II, Formal addresses equivalent to the English : My Dear 
Sir ; Dear Madam ; Dear Mr. P. ; Dear Mrs. S. 

®ccl^rtcr ^crr! * Honored sir : ^ee^rte ^rrcit! Gentlemen: 

@e]^ gccl^e tJrau!' Most honored lady: 

fiiebc, t)crcl^rtc Srau!' Dear honored lady: 

^ nad^. ^ You may or may not add the last name or title or both. 
* But ?irbe grau @(^mtbt ! Dear Mrs. Smith ; this address is only 
used in familiar letters. 



158 LETTERS. 

15. My dear Sir : — 

Allow me to introduce to you my friend, 210 Mr. Louis 
S. Fuller, of the well known firm of Meyer brothers ^ of 
Berlin. This gentleman Ls on the point 143 of commenc- 
ing 2 a tour through your principal manufacturing towns 
for ^ business purposes and for ^ recreation. We shall 
feel ^ personally obliged to you 211 for ^ any -^ marks of 
kindness ^ that you may show this young man, and for 
any assistance that you may render him in making ^ him 
acquainted with American business methods. 
I remain, dear Sir, yours very truly, 

Charles S. Boswell. 

16. Advertisement. 

Wanted,^^ as private secretary, an accomplished young 
lady who is able to correspond in the thi*ee principal 
languages (English, German, French). She must be 
experienced in stenography^^ and typewriting.^^ Ad- 
dress ^2 Mrs. O. Gordon, New York. 

§od^cc]^rte§ grSulein ! Highly honored lady : 
SBerc^rtc, gnSbigc %xayx ! Most honored gracious lady : 

III, Formal conclusions and signatures equivalent to the 
English : Yours very truly, sincerely, respectfully : 

1. 3Kit l^ocfyid^tung^Doflem ®ru6 With most respectful greetings 

bin idi Q^r fcl^r ergebcner I am yours very truly 
9?. 9?. N. N. 

2. Tin borjiigliti^er ^oc^d^htng With the greatest esteem yours 

ergcbcnft Ql^rc 3R. S3. very truly M. B. 

1 ©cbrflber 3We^er. » infinitive with gu. « in. * ^nm, ^ Transl. 
feln. « fflr with accusative. "^ Irgcnbnjeld^e. ^ 3Cufmerffamfeit(cn). 
® infinitive with gu. 10 fu(]^en. ^^ verbal noun ; Transl. In writing 
on the typewriter. " ^infragen (or ©efud^e) jiiib gu rld^ten an. 



LETTERS, 



159 



17. Mrs. O. Gordon, New York. 

Dear Madam : — 

I have seen your advertisement for ^ a private secre- 
tary, and wish to apply for the place. 212 I have held a 
position 218 as stenographer for two years in a business 
house of this city, and I am familiar 214 with both Ger- 
man and French. I enclose testimonials from my em- 
ployers and others certifying ^ [to] my ability and 
character.^ Please send* me particulars as to^ the 
salary you give and the requirements of the position. 

Respectfully yours, 

Bertha L. Wheeler. 



18. My dear Mr. Brown : — 

I am preparing to take the entrance examination 215 at 
the Boston Medical College this fall, but I am unable to 
procure one of the required text-books, Gray's Anatomy, 
in time ^ to review " it before the examination. In case 
you are not using your copy of that book just now. 



3. 3(i^ ^bc bic 6^rc ju fcin. . . Sl^r 

<Sic ^oc^Dcrei^renbcr Srcunb. 

4. (SmpfoTigcn @ic, fcl^r ^ecl^rter 

^crr General, bic SBcrfic^nmg 
bcr grSfetcn ^od^ati^tung ^^xt^ 
gcl^orfamcn 3)icncr3, %, 38. 

5. ®cncl^migcn @ic, gnfibige grau, 

ben 3lu§bruc! bcr oufrid^tigftcn 
SJcrcl^ng unb 3)an!barfeit 
ST^t crgcbcncn 31. S. 



I have the honor to be. . . With 
sincerest esteem — . 

Accept, highly honored Mr. 
General, the assurance of 
the greatest esteem of your 
obedient servant, P. W. 

Accept, gracious lady, the ex- 
pression of the most sincere 
veneration and gratitude of 
yours respectfully, A. B. 



^ bqiiglic^, with genitive. 2 relative clause. « (S^arattereigen* 
fd^aften ; ph, /. * mit'teilen. ^ bejflgUd^, with genitive. « rcd^tgeitlg, 
'^ auf9 neue burd^fe^cn. 



160 LETTERS. 

would you be willing to lend it to me? I will return it 
immediately after the examination, October fourth,^ and 
I shall be very grateful for your kindness. Please give 
my compliments to your brother and tell him I shall 
hope to see him when (the) college opens.^ 

Very sincerely yours, 

Frank Somerset. 

19. My dear Mr. Somerset: — 

I have just received your letter, and take pleasure ^^ 
in mailing ^ to you my copy of Gray's Anatomy. My 
brother joins with me in wishing * you great success in 
passing your examination,^ and a pleasant and profitable 
year at ^ the college. Yours veiy truly, 

Everett Brown. 

20. Mr. and Mrs. Higgins request the pleasure of the 
company'' of Mr. and Mrs. Samuel Pickering at® a 
costume party at their residence, 2 Pearl Street,^ next 
Tuesday,^^ January the ninth, at ^^ eight o'clock. 

6. @nij)fc^lcn ©ie mici^ frcunbltd^ft Please give my compliments 

Sl^ren gefd^^ten ^ngel^5rigen to your esteemed family (to 

(Sl^rcm ^rm SSatcr, Q^rcr your father, your mother, 

i5tau SWuttcr, ^^m fjrfiulcin your sister) and accept many 

©d^tocftcr) uitb fcicn @ic fclbcr greetings from yours sin- 

t)ieImaIiS gegtiigt t)on ^^xtm cerely, B. B. 
aufri(^tigcn S3. fR. 

1 TransL, on the fourth October. « erBffnet merben. • and * in- 
finitive with }u. ^ in passing your examination, im (Seamen. 
^ in. 7 Transl., requeat the . . , Pickering by : geben ftd^ bic (S^re, 
$erni unb gran $. . . . eingulaben. ^ )u. * Insert far. ^^ Transl., 
the ninth January. ^^ urn. 



LETTERS. 161 

21. Mr. and Mrs. Samuel Pickering accept with pleas- 
ure the kind invitation of Mr. and Mrs. Higgins to a 
costume party next Tuesday, January the ninth, at 
eight o'clock. 

22. Mr. and Mrs. S. Pickering regret that a previous 
engagement ^ prevents them from accepting ^ the kind 
invitation of Mr. and Mrs. Higgins to a costume party 
next Tuesday, January the ninth, at eight o'clock. 

23. Exercises in writing formal letters. 

(1) Rewrite the last three letters in the first and second 
person, addressing only one person, and using the formal 
beginning and ending. 

(2) Write a letter to a superintendent, applying for a 
position in his school. 

(3) Write an affirmative and a negative answer to this 
application. 

(4) Write to the principal of your preparatory school, 
asking him for a certificate for entrance to college. 

(5) Write a letter of thanks to a lady who has given you 
the means for a college education. 

(6) Write a letter to a student congratulating him (or 
her) on taking his (her) doctor's degree. 

(7) Write a letter to your pastor introducing a friend. 

(8) Write a letter to an acquaintance in Germany 
asking her advice about schools and boarding-places in 
Dresden. 

1 See p. 154, note 1. ^ Inflnitiye with }ii« 



162 LETTERS, 

IIL BUSINESS LETTERS. 

24. Messrs. Brown, Jones & Co. 
Gentlemen : — Brooklyn, N. Y. 

Please send to^ my address at your earliest con- 
venience,^ the following books : Andersen 8 Fairy Tales^ 
latest edition, illustrated. Goethe's Faust^ Schroer's 
edition. And please send the following' books for^ in- 
spection, with the privilege of returning as many as I 
cannot use.* Schiller^s Wilhelm Tell^ school edition. 
DahfCs Fin Kampf um Rom,, illustrated. School edition 
of ScheffeVs Fkkehard^ with notes. 

Find enclosed^ a postoffice order for ^ six dollars. 

Yours very truly, 

James B. Morgan. 

I. In business letters the pronoun of address is @ie. 

II. Business forms of address equivalent to the English 
Mr. Frank A. Long, Dear Sir: Miss Emma B. Smith, Dear 
Madam : 

§erm (Smft S3urc^arb — ©ccl^rtcr §crr ! 

.^erven ©mil ©c^rSber unb ^omp, — ©eel^rte gcrrcn \ 

Srau ©life ^aUer — ©ecl^rtc fjrau ! 

III. Conclusions and signatures for business letters equi- 
valent to the English Yours very truly, Respectfully yours : 

^d^tung^tJoU or ^oci^oc^tung^DoU 

tJranj 9Kcicr. 
§o(i^a(i^titng8t)olI crgcbenft Ql^r £arl ©c^mibt. 

^ an, with aco. ^ at your earliest convenience, umgclfenb or {o 
fd^nett aid m5glt(^. ^ jur. * Transl., qf returning . . . use, ba« Sflid^U 
gelpiinfd^te gurilcffenben )u I5nnen. ^ find enclosed, anbei. ^ auf. 



LETTERS. 163 

25. Mb. James B. Mobgan, 

Deab Sib : — Springfield, Mass. 

We mail you to-day seven books for inspection, and 
the AnderserCB Fairy Tales you ordered. The edition 
of Faust by Schroer is not in stock, but we can procure ^ 
it from Germany in about three weeks. Please let us 
know by return mail^ whether^ you wish us to order 
it.* We enclose the bill for all the books sent^ and 
will credit^ you [with] all^ you return. The bill 
amounts to ® ten dollars. Respectfully, 

The Bbown Jones Co. 

26. Mb. E. B. Swift, 

Deab Sib : — 

It is my intention to build a summer cottage at 
Nabant early ^ [in] March. It should contain a large 
parlor, a dining-room, a kitchen, and five sleeping rooms. 
Will you submit plans for such a cottage, of cost ^^ not 
excQ^ding two thousand dollars, and oblige ^^ 

Yours truly, 

JosiAH Gbeen. 

27. The Boston National Bank, 
Gentlemen : — Boston, Mass. 

I own a house and lot, situated ^ at 731 Main Street ^ 

ifommen (affcn. ^ untge^enb. ^q\>. *TransL, that we order it. 

* verbal adjective of flbcrfcnben. * gut'Jt^reiben. "^ Insert ttjaS. ' auf. 

• anfangg. ^^ gu eluem ^reifc, ber. ^^ Begin a new sentence : You 
would very much oblige. '^ relative clause, i^ Transl., at the 
Main Street number 731. 



164 LETTERS. 

of this city and^ assessed at^ nine thousand dollars. 
Will you kindly inform me how large a mortgage you 
would take on this property, and at ^ what rate of in- 
terest? Will you also tell me whether you would take 
a lot situated on (the) Summer Street as security for a 
loan of four thousand dollars ? 

Yours very truly, 

Harold B. Curtis. 

28, Exerdsei in writing business letters. 

(1) Write a letter to a publishing firm offering for 
publication a novel which you have written. 

(2) Write an affirmative and a negative answer to this 
letter. 

(3) Write a letter to a drygoods merchant ordering 
articles of clothing and furniture. 

(4) Write a letter to a painter asking him to bid on 
painting your house. 

(5) Write a letter to a real estate agent asking him to 
sell your house for you. 

1 Repeat the relative pronoun. ^ auf. ' gu. 



ORAL AND WRITTEN EXERCISES. 



1* @in ettgUfd^ f^red^ett^et ^enifd^er. 

Pages 2-4. 1 .* Read the selection in German and trans- 
late it into good English with the help of the vocabulary. 

2.* Make, in good German, a written translation of the 
opposite English page with help of the German text, f 

3.* Answer the questions in German with the help of the 
German text and always make full statements. 

4. Read the selection again in German and substitute 
the present tense for the past. 

5. Give the article and the nominative singular and plural 
of : SBort — aingclDol^n^eit — Scif J)iel — 2:ag — 9leitj)fcrb — 
® ebirg^ort — mam — 5Dame — 2lu«!unf t — ©ff en — §otcr — 
aHicnc — Scncl^mcn — fieHner — Ungcbulb — 3)cutf d^c — Safe. 

6. Conjugate the present and imperfect, indicative and 
subjunctive moods, of : reifen — fonnen — fein — iDiffen — 
ergrcif en — l^aben — banfen — f ommen. 

7. Find three separable verbs in the selection and conju- 
gate them in the present and in the perfect. 

8. Review the chief rules concerning separable verbs 
(§§ 72, 73) and state them in German if possible. 

9. Conjugate the following sentences in the present, the 
imperfect and the perfect : gc^ ^abe feine gefdl^rlid^e Singes 

• 

* The directions given under No. 1, 2, 3, 12, 13, 14, 15, should 
be followed in all the other selections. 

t Only those English words are given in the English-German 
vocabulary whose equivalents cannot be found in the German text. 

106 



166 ORAL AND WRITTEN EXERCISES. 

tool^nl^eit. Sringc id) 3)ic^ nid^t in mand^e Ungelegenl^eit ? 
Kann id) nid^t cin frommeg 9leitj)f erb befommen ? 3^ ergreif e 
frcubigft bie ©clcgenl^cit. 

10. Parse the following sentences and explain the word- 
order: ©inft reifte cin jungcr 3)eutfd;er in ©nglanb. 6inc^ 
2lagcg fam er in einem flcinen ©ebirg^orte an. @r drgertc fid^ 
fel^r ilber ba^ unl^oflid^c 35enel^men ber 3)amc. fiber bag un^ 
^oflid^c 35cnel^mcn ber ^arm drgertc er fid^ fel^r. 

11. When is the conjunction t(;Ae?i . translated by ai§? 

(75). 

12.* Answer the German questions again without looking 

into the text. 

13.* Cover up the left-hand German page and translate 
the English page verbally with fluency and idiomatic accu- 
racy. 

14.* Shut your book and write or relate the story in 
German from memory. 

15.* Learn several paragraphs of the chapter on Word- 
Order, pp. 179-197, for each lesson. 

2, ttrnfonft fitltht 

Pages 4-6. Read the selection again in German and 
substitute the present tense for the past and change the in- 
direct discourse into the direct. 

2. Classify* the strong nouns in selections 1 and 2 into 
three classes according to the ending they take in the nomi- 
native plural and underline the nouns which take an Umlaut 
in the plural; viz. : 

la. No ending lb. Ending e Ic. Ending er 



ber ha» ber bie ha» ber bai9 

Rafe Ufer SCag ^anb «Pferb gjlgnn 2Bort 

SeKner SSiertel Kalj^n Soot gelb 

* GlassificatioDS should be continued throughout the course and 
kept in a special note-book. 



ORAL AND WRITTEN EXERCISES, 167 

3. Review the chief rules concerning the strong declension 
and state them in German if possible. 

4. Translate and decline : a young German — the dan- 
gerous habit — this little place in the mountains — that 
polite young man — a very elegant gentleman — your whole 
life. 

5. Parse the following sentences and explain the word- 
order: 2((g id^ nod^ ein Heiner ^wx^t Xoax, letnte \i) rubern. 
9Jad^bem id^ rubern lonntc, rubcrtc id^ bte Seute iiber ben Sll^ein. 
2)a^ id^ rubern lonnte, tou^ten atte Seute. 

6. Place the dependent clauses stated above after their 
principal clauses and change the word-order. 

7. Where is a comma in German required? (83-87) 

8. Conjugate the following sentences in the pluperfect 
and in the first future : ^d^ finbe beinen SSorfd^Iag gut. 2)amit 
bin id^ ntd^t eint)erftanben. 2BeiI id^ bann brei SSiertet meine^ 
Sebeng umfonft lebe. ©e^e id^ mid^ nid^t in ba§ 33oot ? 

9. Review the declension of the personal and reflexive 
pronouns and state the differences between them. 

3« ^t» Keinett ^afob erfter ©i^ultag* 

Pages 8-10. l. Read the selection again and substitute 
the imperfect for the present and perfect. 

2. Review the rules concerning the declension of proper 
names. 

3. Classify the weak nouns in selections 1,2,3 into two 
classes according to the ending they take in the nominative 
plural, viz. : 

II a. Ending tt II &. Ending en 



ber bte ber bte 

2)eutfd^e 2)ame §err SlngetDol^nl^eit 

Sunge SWiene Ungelegenl^eit 



168 ORAL AND WRITTEN EXERCISES, 

4. Review the chief rules concerning the weak declension 
and state them in German if possible. 

5. Explain tense, number and person of: er lonnte — id^ 
foax — eg hJiirbc toinbig — ©ic l^aben gelebt — U)it toaren aufs 
gehjoc^f en — mad^e ! bu toirft beantloortet l^aben — fie f ^jrangen 
auf. 

6. Parse the sentences and explain the word-order : ^er 
Heine ^aioi, bet auf bem Sanbe aufgetoad^fen ift, U)itb enblid^ 
in eine fiffentlid^e ©d^ule gefd^idt. 3« ber etften ©tunbe, toeld^e 
eine beutfd^e ©rammatilftunbe ift, la^t ber Sei^rer ©d^e bilben. 
SBotauf bet f leine gafob ganj nait) f d^reibt. 38Bo id^ ein 9leit))ferb 
belommen lann. 

7. Conjugate the following sentences in the imperfect 
subjunctive and in the conditional: 2Benn id^ einen $Ia$ 
auf bet untetften 33anl erl^alte. 2)amit id^ mit Reuben iiber 
ben 2:tfd^ f^Jtinge. 2Benn id^ bte t)orl^er aufgegebene Seftion 
nid^t abfrage. Ob id^ i>kUtxi)t bie ^age ric^tig pi beanttoorten 
toei^. 

8. How is the present participle frequently translated? 
(67-69) . 

9. Change the passive construction into the active : @r 
i toitb auf bte unterfte 33anl gefe^t. 2)u toirft in eine dffentlid^e 

©d^ule gefd^idft. ^aioh hJttb t)on bem Sel^rer angerebet. 2)ie 
gtage iDttb toon ^atoi rid^tig beanthjottet. 

10. How is the passive formed? Which preposition is 
used in German with the passive to express the subject of 
the active? 

11. Distinguish between Umlaut and Ablaut: SQotter — 
lam — etgriff — iirgerte — 95te — anfing — fanb — Simie 
§5l^e — l^erau^gejogen — lourbe — 5liil^e — finne. 

12. Give a definition of Umlaut and AblaiU. 



ORAL AND WRITTEN EXERCISES. 



169 



4« ^te iieiie VUifi9ht. 

Pages 10-16. 1. Read the selection again and substitute 
the past tense for the present tense and change the indirect 
discourse into the direct. 

2. Classify all strong verbs in selections 1, 2, 3, 4 ac- 
cording to their AblatUung, Proceed in the following 



manner : 
/. Glass. 

The vowels are different 
in tlie principal parts 

//. Class. 

The Yowels are the same 

in the infinitiye and 

participle 



///. Class. 

The vowels are the same 1 

in the imperfect and l 

participle J 



InfinitlTe 

fj)rtnflen 

Iiimmen 
geben 



ergteifen 
fd^elnen 



Imperfect Fast Farticivle 

fd^toamm gefd^toommen 
frtang gefjjrungen 



tarn 
ga6 



ergrtff 
fd^ien 



ge!iimmen 
gegeben 



ctgriffen 
gefd^ienen 



3. Review the chief rules concerning the strong conjuga- 
tion and state them in German if possible. 

4. Give the degrees of comparison of the following ad- 
jectives: jung — gcfdl^rlid^ — frcmb — J^fiflid^ — gut — 
elegant^ — l&etjHd^ — bumm — gro^ — loeif c. 

5. Find examples for all three types of word-order in this 
selection. State the reasons. 

6. Explain the cases in the following sentences : @$ ift 
mir h>ie aud bent ©ebad^tntd geblafen. ^d^ unterrid^te nad^ ber 
alien SWet^obe. (Sr fagte ju bent Ileinen SWaried^en. 2)er 
9legen faQt t)om ^imntel. 3)ie (SIbe flie^t bet ber @tabt ^am^ 
burg t)orbei. 

7. Which prepositions govern the dative ? 

8. Explain the position of the verbs: ^er ©d^ulmeiftev 



170 ORAL AND WRITTEN EXERCISES. 

hJttb eine 2t^xpxobt toor tl^m abgel^alten l^aben. 2)er ©d^ulrat 
l^at i^n eine mm SWetl^obe le^ren hjollen. @r l^at bie ©tunbe 
geben laffen h)otten. 2)er Secret toar gliitflid^ toon bem ©d^ut 
rat alfo untetbrod^en ju U)erben. 

9. Conjugate the following sentences in the imperfect, 
the perfect and imperative : §^wte l^alte td^ eine 2el^rj)robe 
toot i^m ab. ^i) fd^Iage toor, mit il^m ben 5{JIa^ ju taufd^en. 
SBeil id^ bem ©d^ulrat aufmerlfam jul^ore. 3^ ^"fe einen 
Keinen Knaben auf* 2)en!e id^ iiber ben Stamen be§ S^Iuffe^ 
nad^. 3d^ tDiebetl^oIe bie 3^^! /^i^jftlf" nid^t. Dft iiberfe^e id^ 
aHe Slegetn ing 2)eutfd^e. 

10. When is since translated by ba ? (76,) 

5* ^er nene ^a'letot* 

Pages 16-26. 1. Make a list* of all strong verbs in 
selections 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 which change e to ie or i in the 
present and imperative and a to a in the present, viz. : 



«fen 


^«fen 


lajfen 


id^ lefe 


id^ l^elfe 


ic^ laife 


bu lieft 


bu ^ilfft 


bu lii^t 


er lieft 


er ^ilft 


er I5^t 


toir lefen 


loir l^elfen 


toir laffen 


i^r left 


i^r ^elft 


i^r la^t 


fie lefen 


fie i^etfen 


fte lajfen 



lieg! lefen ©ie! ^ilf! ^elfen ©ie! 

2. Give the genitive singular and plural with the article, 
of : §err — g^rau — ^a' letot — 2^od^ter — SKutter — SKenf d^ 
— ©d^neiber — SWodf — 9label. 

* Lists and classifications should be continued throughout the 
course in a special note-book. 



ORAL AND WRITTEN EXERCISES. 171 

3. Translate and decline : This elegant costume — her 
accustomed cut of clothes — a very short jacket — my new 
handsome great-coat — such a miserable tailor — two ready- 
made great coats — our new fashion. 

4. State the chief principles in German involved in the 
declension of adjectives. 

5. Explain the position of nouns and pronouns (36-^44) : 
®er Sd^nciber jeigte bent §ctrn Solent einen braunen paletot. 
@r t)ctfaufte \f)n bem ^^xxn. 6t jeigte i^n il^nen. 6r tl^at 
il^ncn ben ©efatten. gtau 33o^m nd^te il^m einen neuen @aum 
urn ben paletot. 2)er ©d^neiber foH mir benfelben tjerlurjen. 
Sd^ beforge biefe Sleinigfeit fiir bid^. 

6. Conjugate the following sentences in the negative form 
in the imperfect and perfect : '^^ bin nid^t £)fonom'. 3^ 
^abe leine l^eftige Slbneigung gegen bie neue SWobe. 3^ mad^e 
ben ^Paletot nid^t urn eine 3SierteIelIe liirjer. 3^ fl^i}^ ^^wte 
nic^t mit bit in bem neuen paletot f^jajieren. gd^ pxointxt 
ben braunen paletot nid^t an. ^6) beja^Ie ben dtoi nid^t. 

7. Study the rules concerning the position of the negation 
nid^t. (60-63.) 

8. Explain the case in the following sentences : @r l^atte 
feine garm auf bem Sanbe toetlauft. ©ie tt)aren in bie ©tabt 
flejogen. '^n biefem SIBinter tt)aren nur lange ^aletotg 5IKobe. 
§err Sol^m l^atte fid^ toor bie ©tubentl^ur gefteHt. ®ine frembe 
3)ame fam auf il^n ju. Jlubere mid^ einmal an bag jenfeitige 
Ufer. 

9. Which prepositions govern sometimes the dative and 
sometimes the accusative? 

10. Expand the following adjectives and their modifiers 
into a relative clause (45, 46) : 2)ag getoiinfd^te (Sffen — ein 
unbefd^aftigt baftel^enber ^ettner — bie toorl^er aufgegebene 
Seftion — ben fel^r nert)og getoorbenen Sd^ulmeifter — beg an 
bem 3)orfe botbeiflie^enben ^lii^d^eng — ber getDiinfd^te 
SRame. 



172 



ORAL AND WRITTEN EXERCISES. 



11. Explain the word-order: §err 33ol^m fagte, toare id^ 
bod^ auf bent Sanbe geblieben — tomn x6) hod) auf bcm ganbe 
geblieben hjcire. gtetlid^, bte Scute tooHen nid^tg bom a^nbern 
l^dten, toenn eg fic^ urn bte neue 3Jlobe l^attbelt. 2lud^ td^ hjottte 
etnen langen ^Paletot l^aben. 3^ ^^'^^ f^^ ^^'^ SSater batett, 
befto (je) i^eftiger jetgte er feme aibnetgung gegen bte neue 9Kobe. 



6. ^t» fiieutenantiS 9Rtttageffen. 

Pages 26-36. 1. Make a list of weak verbs found in 
this book whose stems end in t, t>, ft, n, ttt and take the 
euphonic e ; viz. : 



anthjorten 


reben 


raflen 


red^tten 


atmen 


id^ anttt)ortete 


rebete 


raftcte 


red^nete 


atmete 


bu anthjorteteft 


rebcteft 


raftcteft 


red^ncteft 


atmeteft 


er anthjortete 


rebete 


raftcte 


red^ncte 


atmete 


toxx anthjorteten 


rebeten 


rafteten 


red^neten 


atmcten 


t^r anth)ortetet 


rebetet 


raftetet 


red^netet 


atmctet 


fie anthjortcten 


rebeten 


rafteten 


rec^neten 


atmeten 



2. Give the dative singular and plural together with the 
demonstrative pronoun biefer : Steu'tenant — Sefel^l — SBittoe 

— Surfd^e — TOittagejfen — Sorb — ©epgel — Rud^en — 
2^orte — ®fel — Drbnung — §anb — Sonbi'torlaben. 

3. Give the second person singular of all the tenses, in- 
dicative and subjunctive, of : marfd^ieren — fatten — Hegen 

— annel^men — tl^un — grii^en — befel^Ien — l^erumlaufen. 

4. Find in this selection 32 compound verbs and state 
whether they are separable or inseparable. Name the in- 
separable prefixes. 

5. Explain the use of l^aben and fetn as auxiliaries. 

6. Conjugate the following sentences in the pluperfect 
indicative and subjunctive and in the two conditional tenses : 



ORAL AND WRITTEN EXERCISES, 173 

®el^e td^ ttid^t mit metnem Jlcgtmcnt nad^ SBoIbegl ? 3j<^ toad^fe 
ouf bcm Sanbe auf. Sle^me id^ bie ®inlabung ber reijenben 
grou an? Saffe id^ mir metn SKittageffen aug bem §otel ^olen? 
3d^ hjeid^e nicmate bon ber ©telle. 

7. Explain mood, tense, number, person, of: @$ tt)ar eine 
JlebeHion au^gebtoc^en — toie gern ^citte er bie ©inlabung an* 
genommen — hjag eg benn giibe — ba^ ber Sieutenant il^m 
befol^Ien l^abe — bu Mrbeft mit il^m fjjciter iiber bie ©ad^e 
fjjred^en — ^od^en h)urbe gerufen. 2)ie 2^orte ift im Konbitor* 
laben gelauft toorben. 

8. Explain gender, number and case of : SBegen beg 3(ug« 
bred^eng einer JlebeHion — er mu^te gegen rebettifc^e Sauerm 
ntafd^ieren — er rief i^m burd^ bag geoffnete ^enfter na^ — 
ftatt beg etoigen §ammelbrateng — er h)etterte gegen feine 
©umml^eit — fie belol^nte i^n fiir feine SWul^e. 

9. Which prepositions govern the accusative? the geni- 
tive? 

10. Explain the word-order : (gntlDeber marfd^ierft bu gegen 
bie rebellifd^en Sauern ober bu nimmft bie ®in(abung an. 2)u 
fagft il^r, ba^ eg mir fel^r leib tl^cite, nid^t il^r ®aft fein ju 
fdnnen. 2)u fagft il^r, eg tl^ate mir fel^r leib, nic^t i^r ©aft 
fein ju fdnnen. 2)er Sieutenant l^dtte t)or Srger rafenb toerben 
mogen. ^a^ er bie (Sinlabung nic^t ^at anne^men bUrfen. 

7* ^ie 9(fienteiter ht» gfreil^errn kiott 9Riltt4[|attfett. 

Pages 36-44. 1. Make a list of all compound nouns 
found in this and in the preceding selections and give a defi- 
nition of them, viz. : 2)er ©ebirggort (ber Drt, bag ©ebirge) 
ift ein Drt, tveld^er im ©ebirge liegt. 3)ag SKittageffen (bag 
Sffen, ber SKittag) ift bag (Sffen, toeld^eg man um bie ^Kittagg^ 
jeit i^t. 

2. Find many examples for illustration in this selection 
concerning the prepositions which govern sometimes the ac- 
cusative and sometimes the dative. State the reasons. 



174 ORAL AND WRITTEN EXERCISES. 

3. Translate and decline : Not a single hoase — the 
northern part of Poland — what an unusually cold winter 

— your brave travelling companion — such an interesting 
table concert — its two lower pairs — enough ripe cherries 

— a still more remarkable story. 

4. Conjugate in the interrogative-negative form in the 
imperfect and in the first and second future : ^i) lebe auf 
mcinem ®ute in ber ^rotoinj §annotocr. 3^ ^^i^^ ftunbenlang 
burd^ bie 5be ©d^ncehJiifte bal^in. 3^ ^^^ff^ ^^ Saufe einc^ 
^ani^n 2^agc^ etn einjigeg 3)orf an. 3d^ labe ntit $ult)cr unb 
fd^ie^e nac^ bent ^xx((S). 

5. Change the relative clause into an attributive adjec- 
tive : ©in 33aumftum^)f, ber au^ bent ©d^nee J^erborragt — metn 
$f crb, h)cld^c§ l^od^ oben an ber ©^)i^e be^ ^ird^turm^ l^angt — 
bie SJlelobien, h)eld^e ber 5{JoftilIon' geftetn ^ineingeblafen f^ai 

— ber §irfd^, hjeld^en id^ genau in ber SKitte jtt)tfd^en bem (Se* 
toeil^ getroffen l^abe — ber Stein, ber t)on bem ^Untenl^al^ne 
abflefj)runflen ift. 

6. Change the active into the passive: gd^ nel^me ein 
gro^eg S3rot ntit. 3)er %xt\\)tvx banb ba^ $ferb an eine 2Crt 
S3aumftumj)f — id^ l^abe bie 3:urmf^)i^e fiir einen 33aumftum^)f 
gel^alten — er l^atte ba^ ^ferb ani feiner unbequemen Sage be^ 
fteit. 3)er ^Jreil^err toxxi ben brat)en SReifeflefd^rten erfreut be* 
grii^t l^aben. 

7. Explain the position of the adverbs (48-59) : 6inft 
reite id^ ftunbenlang fd^nett burd^ bie dbe ©anbhjiifte bal^in. 
3d^ emj)finbe e« banlbar. 3^ ^^^^ ^^ banfbar emj)funben. 
§eute ntorgen friil^ l^5re td^ ba§ ^ferb l^od^ in ber Suft iiber ntir 
toiel^ern. 3^ V^^^ ^^ ^f^ wnb laut iiber mir h)iel^ern. §od^ 
oben an ber @j)i^e beg Sird^turmg l^angt ntein ^ferb. ©ogleid^ 
hjirb mir aHeg liar. SRur ein 33aumftumj)f toar ju fel^en. 3)er 
^oftiHon blieg geftem bie 9Ke(obien in ba« §om. 6r blie^ fte 
geftern ^inein. ©ie tourben geftern t)on il^m l^ineingeblafen. 



ORAL AND WRITTEN EXERCISES. 175 



Pages 46-54. 1. Explain the position of the adverbs in 
the following sentences (48-59) : 2)ie Sngellinbcr miiffen 
toortnittag^ btei ©tunben ru^ig in ber Sngelfd^ulc fi^en. 2)ie 
©ngcllinber lernen immer gut. ©eftern l^aben fie fel^r fd^on 
mit il^ren golbenen ©riffeln gefd^rieben. 3Ran fagt, ba^ 2)oItor 
gauft nod^ bteitaufenb ^a^re m §immel ©d^ulc l^alten mu^. 
6r alfo ift bcr 6ngclfd^uttel^rer. SDie 6ngel l^tngcgen finb feine 
©d^uHinber. 5Rur fclten ^aben bie Ketnen ©ngcl frei. 2)oItor 
gauft fii^tt jte oft auf ber SJiild^ftta^e f j)ajieren. ©ie iDerben 
oft t)on 2)r. g^auft auf ber SJiild^ftra^e fj)ajteren gefiil^rK Die 
®ngel fallen jufdHigertoeife bie Weinen 2^eufeL 2)ie ©ngel 
fallen fie jufcittigertoeife. 

2, Negate the following sentences and explain the position 
of the negation nid^t (60-63) i 2)ie 2^eufel fd^ritten anfang^ 
fittfam einl^er. ©ie gonnten ben 2^eufeln ba^ unfd^ulbige 9Ser= 
gniigen. ©ie toarfen bie Sturnen auf bie 6rbe unb lad^ten ben 
3Ronb aug. 2)ie 3^eufel betrugen fid^ l^eute ganj orbentlid^. 
3d^ hjei^, too bie 3<*to'&^I^it^^ f*^^^- 2)'^ 2:eufel ftnb auf bie 
§immelgtoiefe gelommen. 2)ie 2^eufel l^aben ben (Sngein ge^ 
fatten. 2)ie Sngel toerben il^ren §eiligenfd^ein ablegen. 

3. Translate the following sentences and explain the 
rendering of but^ when and since (74-76)- : When they have 
no school they are supervised by Saint Peter. The angels 
do not learn geography but they write on silver slates. 
Since Saint Peter fell asleep the angels scattered over the 
whole meadow. When he became aware of the mischief he 
had the devils caught. The star-flower lost its heavenly 
beauty, but it retained a special power since it was thrown 
upon the earth. When did the angels go before the gate? 
It was not Doctor Faust but Saint Peter who took care of 
the little angels on Sundays. 



176 ORAL AND WRITTEN EXJERCISES. 

4. Give the second person singular in all tenses active 
and passive, indicative and subjunctive, of: jtci^ irten — 
ft^cn — juf d^Iagen — l^efien — J^inuntertoerfen — j^enimlaufen 
— nentten — f el^en. 

5. Translate and explain the rendering of the participles 
(67-71) : Instead of keeping watch at the gate he fell asleep. 
The little devils understood more about climbing and shriek- 
ing than about singing. Turning to the angels Saint Peter 
said, „Kow did you succeed in raising the ladder over the 
barricade of boards ? " We saw it standing in the lumber- 
room. They delighted in turning cart-wheels. The angels 
being pleased with the black fellows granted them this inno- 
cent pleasure. 

6. Distinguish between pure conjunctions (general con- 
nectives), adverbial conjunctions and subordinating con- 
junctions and explain the word oi*der: ^od^ t5nnen bie 
@ngel nid^t ben ganjen ^ag l^erumfliegen^ benn jte ntilffen 
jur ©c^ulc gel^tt, toenn fic toon 3)r. gauft gcrufen locrben. 
3lbcr ©onntag^ biirfcn fte auf ber §immefeh)iefe fj)ielen, ober 
jte biitfen bor bent %f)ox f))ajieren gel^n, boc^ loerben jie afe* 
bann bom l^etligen ^etru« beaufftd^tigt, toeil jie jtd^ fonft ber* 
laufen tdnnten. 

7. Explain the punctuation in the following sentences 

(83-90): 2)ie SBiefe ift nid^t griin, fonbent blau, unb 
taufenb golbene S3Iumen tnad^fen barauf. 3)a bed 2^eufeld 
©ro^mutter^ bie btel auf SCnftanb f)alt, il^nen beigebrad^t 
l^atte^ il^re Sd^tDcinje aU @d^Ie^^en ilber ben 9(rm )u tragen^ 
fd^ritten fte anfangd ftttfant einl^er. 3)ie @ngel^ toeld^e @v< 
barmen mit ben S^eufeln l^atten^ ta)iQigten ein^ fte in ben 
ipimmel ju laffen. 9(1$ fte eingelaffen toaxtn, fd^lugen fie 
^dber unb $urjelb&ume. 

8. Translate the chapter on " Word-Order" into German 
and recite the rules in German. 



SUBJECTS FOR ORIGINAL COMPOSITION. 177 

SUBJECTS FOE OEIGIKAL COMPOSITION 

IN GEEMAN. 

I. ©cfd^tbcn @tc : 

1. ©in gut cingcrid^tctcS ©d^Ijlimtter* 

2. ST^t ©d^ull^ug unb Umgcbung. 

3. 3l^r SSol^njimmcr. 



4. (£ 

5. (£ 

6. @ 

7. (£ 

8. (£ 

9. e 

10. (£ 

11. (£ 

12. (S 



nen gebedten Xtfdft. 
nen Jjtaftifd^ cmgcrid^tctcn ©ci^cibtifd^. 
n toierftSdigeS ^u§ in cincr ©tabt. 
n S^anbl^Su^n an bet ©eefitfte. 
n S^d^tl^u^n tnt ^albe. 
nen ©lumens vcah Dbftgarten. 
nc ^ante, bie in ©efellfd^ft gel^t. 
nen |>errn, bet inS ©efd^ft gel^t. 
n ^nb, bad jur ®d^e gel^ 



II. ©d^ilbcm @ie : 

13. ^ag ^Better in ber gegentofirtigen Sal^eg^eii 

14. ^^xtn fiebeniJIauf. 

15. 31^ erften beutfci^n ©tunbcn tnt ©oflege obcr in ber SJor- 

berettungdfd^ule. 

16. ^ic Seibcn unb greuben bed @^Ue6en8. 

17. 3^re fiieblingSftubien. 

18. gi^re SKuJeftunben^SBefd^ftigungen. 

19. ^"fyct ^eintat. 

20. (Sine ^uSfal^rt in einen ©ebirgSort. 

21. (Sine SJei-gniigungigreife. 

22. ^ie $erfonen in einem Sifenbal^njuge. 

23. 3)en 9Jaturt)otgang bei einent ©emitter. 

24. Sine Scene auf eitter belebten @tra^ 

III. SJergleici^n ©ie: 

25. ^ol^nftube unb SM^ 

26. ©d^ule unb ^rd^ 

27. Xanne unb Sici^. 

28. mib unb iObftgarten. 



178 SUBJECTS FOR ORIGINAL COMPOSITION. 

29, Sonne unb 9Jionb. 

30. ®ot;f unb ©tabt. 

31 ♦ ©omntcr unb SSintcr. 

32. 3Kcnfd^ unb SBaunt. 

33. gni^Iitig nnh 3«9cnbaltcr. 

34. SSicge unb @arg. 

35. Scorer unb ©dottier. 

36. SCrjt unb ©cclforger. 

IV. ©d^ctben ©ie ein ®cft)rad^ jtotfd^en: 

37. jtDci §crren, bic jufantntcn reifcn. 

38. jmei 2)amen, meld^ (Sinffiufc madden. 

39. jmci ©d^itlem (©(^ulerinnen), bie il^rc ^ufgoben bcfprcdftcn. 

40. 5tt)ci gteunbtnnen, bie il^r gemeinfd^aftlid^e^ Biwiwicr moblicren 

moflen. 

41. jmci ©tubenten, bic tin (Sjanicn ma6^n ntiiffen. 

42. 5tt)ei gteunben, bie fic^ iiber htn ju mill^Ienben SBeruf be* 

raten. 

43. jmei SBriibem, bie im ©arten arbeiten. 

44. jnjei <3d)n)eftern, bie einen !^ifd^ becfen. 

45. SBoter unb (Bo^n (Xo(^ter), bie iiber ba§ ju mfil^Ienbc ©oflegc 

beroten. 

46. Sel^rer unb ©driller, bie iiber bie ju mSl^Ienben ©tubien 

fjjrec^en. 

47. ben 3KitgIiebem einer gramilie, bie SBorbereitungen ju ciner 

9fleife na(^ (Surojja mod^n. 

48. ben SJlitgliebern eineS .^Iub§, bie ^rogromme fiir mel^rcrc 

Si^ungen enttDerfen. 

V. ©rjai^Ien @ie: 

49. bie ®efd^ic^te: „®er neuc paletot" in etttw 300 SBorten. 

50. bic ©efd^id^te: ,,3)er ^ro^ej urn be^ (£fel§ ©d^atten" in un* 

gefa^r 800 SSorten. 

51. cin englifd^S 9)iard^en, weld^S @ie gclefen l^ben, auf 

beutfd^. 

52. cine cnglifd^ SBaflabe, meld^e @ie gelefen l^oben, Quf bcutfd^. 



WORD-ORDER. 



1. POSITION OF THE VERB. 

There are three types of word-order according to tlie 
position of the verb. 

I. The normal order : the finite Yerh^ follows the subject. 

Sd^ i(f^ttiht ben 33rief, 

I write the letter. 

Sd^ f^aht ben 35rief gefc^rieben. 

I have the letter written. 

U. The inverted order: the finite verb precedes the 
subject. 

§eute ffi^iretfie id^ ben 33rief. 

To-day write I the letter. 

©eftern f^aht \i) ben 33rief gefd^rieben. 

Yesterday have I the letter written. 

///. The dependent or transposed order : the finite verb 
stands at the end of the clause. 

3d^ loiinfd^e, ba^ bu ben 33rtef ^d^ttihfi, 

I wish that you the letter write. 

3d^ l^offe, ba^ bu ben 33rief gefd^rteben f^aft. 

1 hope that you the letter written have. 

General Principle : 7^e more important elements of 
the sentence tend to mass themselves at the end of 
the sentence. 

The most important word occupies the last place, it 
is preceded by the next important word and so on. 

^ Finite verb or personal verb or inflected part of a verb. 

179 



180 



WORD-ORDER. 



I. THE NORMAL ORDER. 



Subject 1 


Finite Verb 


Object 


Hon-finite Verb> 


3)er iJteunb 


fi^retlit 

f4ret!it 

%at 

mtrb 

mirb 

tatte 

fiat 
ttiftttfi^te 


ben SBricf. 
ben SBrief 
ben S3rief 
btn 93rie} 
ben 93vief 
ben 93rtef 
ben SBrief 
btn 93rief 


ah? 

abgefcftrieben. 
fd^reibcn. 

obgefc^rieben l^ben. 
f(^reiben fiJnnen. 
fc^rciben laffcn tooflcn. 
fd^rciben ju fSnncn. 




1. The finite verb follows the subject. 

2. The non-finite part of a verb 
(past participle, infinitive, separable- 
prefix) stands at the end of the claase. 

3. The separable prefix stands before 
the past participle, the participle before 
the infinitive. 

4. In a clause containing two or three 
infinitives' the one governing the others 
stands last 

5. Infinitives are preceded by their 
modifiers. 





1 The subject with all its modifiers : gfiirft 9ii9marf, ber erfle 
beutfd^e 9leid^«fan)Ier unb ber bebeutenbfle !S)ipIontat (Suropa9; ftarh im 
3a^re 1898. ^tv %flann, ber bad ®elb, tot\d)e9 tv ftd^ t)on greunben 
Ue^, burd^ @petu(ation t^erloren ^atte, ift nad^ (Suropa gereifl. 

^ Non-finite verb or non-personal verb or uninfiected part of a 
verb, i.e. the infinitive or participle of a compound tense or a "sep- 
arable prefix." 

' If one of the ** infinitives ** is a modal auxiliary it stands last. 
The past participle has in such cases the form of an infinitive. 



WORD-ORDER. 



181 



6. The normal order occurs : 

(a) in independent declarative sentences. 
(6) in interrogative sentences which begin with a 
subject pronoun. 



II. THE INVERTED ORDER. 



Introductory 
Word or Flirase 


Finite 
Vert) 


Siit>ject 


Ot>ject 


Hon-finlte Verb 




@i4rei!it 


ber greunb 


bcnSBrief? 






^ai 


ber iJreunb 


ben 93rief 


gefd^eben? 




Sdngett 


@ie 


\%Xi mir. 






3rtc 


\6) 


vxvij nvijlit 


(fo finb @ic ber 
©d^reiber). 




fatten 


@ie bod^ 


ben 93rief 


gefc^ricben. 


^Mit 


merbe 


ic^ 


ben 93ricf 


fd^rcibcn. 


3)a§ 


gkuBe 


ic^ 


bit nid^t. 




Sc^cibcn ^ 


mtfl 


ic^ 


\itn 93rief, 




©inen Sricf ^ 


fi^reiBe 


vi) l^cutc. 






3)arutn 


ttiiirb 


er 


ben S3rief 


gef^ieben l^aben. 


^^ro^bcm er blinb 










ift, 


%ai 


cr 


ben 93rief 


f^eiben tooflcn. 




7. The finite verb precedes the subject. 






8. In all other respects the arrange- 






ment is the same as in the normal order. 





The inverted order occurs : 

9. in independent interrogative sentences, except such as 
begin with a subject-pronoun : giefi bet Snabe bie ©efc^id^te? 
does the boy read the story 9 

^ For the sake of emphasis a word may be placed at the head of 
the sentence. Emphasis is reached in German by position, in 
English it depends largely on intonation. 



182 



WORD-ORDER. 



10. in imperative sentences^: Sefen ©ie bie ©efd^id^te! 
read the story ! Kauf en h)ir cin S5ud^, let us buy a hook, 

11. in optative or conditional sentences when the conjunc- 
tion mtnUf if^ is omitted : SBare id^ bod^ in 6uroj)a getoefen, if 
I hod only been in Europe; but: SBcnn id^ bod^ in @uvo^a 
gelDefen iDcire; see p. 184, note 2. 

12. often in exclamatory sentences : SBie 6Iiil^en bie SIus 
men f o f d^5n ! how beautifully the flowers blossom 1 

13. when the independent sentence begins with an adverb, 
an adverbial conjunction or any other word or words than 
the subject. 



^amwa^^ ^abe ic^ ©ie nic^t 
gemeint. But, id^ j^abe ©ie 
natiirlid^ nid^t gemeint. 

^arum bift bu mir bofe! 

©efteru toar er bei mir. 



Of course I did not mean 
you. 

Therefore you are angry 

with me ! 
Yesterday he was with me. 



14. Adverbial Conjunctions, 



attevbingd, to be sure 
alfo, so, then 
aitbirerfeUd, on the other 

hand 
aui^,' also, too 
augerbem, besides 
Ibaib ... haVt, now ... again 



bagegett, on the contrary 
hamaH, at that time 
bamit, therewith 
bamt, then 
ba^ev, therefore 
baraitf, thereupon 
barum, therefore 



bajit, besides 
bemgemfti, j accordingly 

beitn, then 
bennoi^, however 
bedgleii^ett, likewise 
bedliatb, therefore 



1 Except in the third person singular of the present subjunctive ; 
er bettage {td^ nid)t, let him m)t complain, 

2 Inversion does not take place if the adverbial conjunction is 
set off by a comma : ^l(xiM\&jf ic^ 1^ a be @le nlti^t gcmeint, ofcowrse I 
did not mean you. 

^ "St^mWHii, anHii, boii^^ \a, fogar, felbft, do not cause inversion if 
they modify the subject and not the verb : ^uci^ '\6^ bin ein '^ioXtx, 
Ttoo am painter. ^6) bin fleiglg, boc^ bu bifl faul, lam dUigentyet 
you are lazy. But : 3cf) bin cin SWufifer, auc^ bin IdJ ein iWaler, 



WORD-ORDER, 



183 



^effettttngeai^tetr notwith- 
standing 
^edtoegett, therefore 
bpi^,* yet, but, surely 
ebenfo, likewise 
enbKil^, finally 
erftettd, firstly 
fentet, further 
folgKl^, consequently 
freUifl^, to be sure 
gteti^faUd, likewise 
g(eic^ttio^(, nevertheless 
liali . . . ^alb, half . . . half 
utbeffett, however 
infofent, in so far 



jrt^i indeed, of course 
jc — befto,»the — the 
jeboci^r nevertheless 
!)tngegen, on the contrary 
mit^itt, consequently 
nac^^etr afterwards 
nfimltd^, namely 
nntitir(td^,i of course 
noi^, still, yet 
nujt, now 
felbft/ even 

(Or 80 

fogarr^ even 
fogleii^, directly 
fottft, else, formerly 



itxU . ♦ ♦ irite, partly . . 

partly 
trol^betn, nevertheless 
fibetbied, besides 
itlirigettS, moreover 
unterbeffen, meanwhile 
tiietteidjlt, perhaps 
titeltne^, rather 
tior^er, previously- 
tQOl^I, perhaps, indeed 
pbem, besides 
Suerfi, first 
attlel^t, last 
5ttn5d^ft, next 
jtoar, to be sure. 



15. Important exception : The general connectives, 



but, yet 



VixCtf and tAtt 
ttnvLf for atteitt^ 

do not affect the word-order. 



fott^em^ but, on the contrary 
oicr,' or 

The man is not rich but he is 

happy, for he has a good 

conscience. 
Then he took leave and I 

looked after him for a long 

time. 



3)er 5Kann tft ntd^t reid^, cAtx 
er ift glucfUd^, icutt er 
l^at ein gut eg ©etoiffcn. 

3)ann nal^m er 2lbfd^ieb uui 
id^ f d^aute il^m lange nad^. 
(normal order) — unb lange 
fd^aute id^ il^m nad^ (in- 
verted order). 

16. in the principal clause if a dependent clause precedes 
it (see below 29). The dependent clause having the value 
of an adverb, an adjective or a noun causes inversion. 

^ see note 3 on page 182. 

^3c tncl^r il^r l^abt (normal order), ^efto (or jc) ntcl^r ttjottt 
il^r (invert, ord.) l^aBcn, the more you havCy the more you will have, 
3e mcl^r bu arbcltejl, je ntcl^r berbienfl bu, the more you work 
the more you gain, 

^ tniXOtt^ttf either, generally causes inversion, ohtv, or, very 
rarely: cntmcber Blft bu flciglfl^ ober bu luirfl bcflraft ttjerbcn, 
either you have to be diligent or you will be punished. 



184 



WORD-ORDER. 



III. THE DEPENDENT OR TRANSPOSED ORDER. 



Introductory 
Word or PhraBe 


Subject 


Object 


Hon-finlte 
Verb 


Finite 
Verb 


^ier ift bcr ^iann, f 
tocld^m (bctn) I 


bcr fjreunb 


ben S3rief 




filti^tibt, 


bcr grcunb 


ben S3rief 


gefd^rieben 


W, 


toeil 


er 


ben SBiHef 


fd^ciben 


nmfiit. 


@agc ttiit, - 


IV u 

roic 
tDonn 


er 


ben SBrief 


obgefci^eben 


nau 


3d^ locife, baj 


er 
cr 


ben 93rief 


gefc^eben 


fantu 


ben S3tief f^at fc^ibcn lafjcn tooflen, 


toenn* 


cr 


ethen (Sci^retber l^Stte finben !&nnen. 




17. !Z%c ^niYc verb stands at the end 






of the clause. 






18. The Don-finite part of the verb 






immediately precedes the finite verb.* 






19. The inflected auxiliary precedes 






two or three infinitives. 






20. In all other respects the arrange- 






ment is the same as in the normal order. 





1 If the conjunction ha^, that, Is omitted, the normal order 
occurs. 3ti^ iDcig, cr l^a t ben ©ricf gcfd^ricbcn. 

^ If the conjunction mettlt, if, is omitted, the inverted order 
occurs. $ S ttc e r einen <Sd^reiber ftnbeu !dnnen, fo tt)ilrbc er nid^t felbfl 
gefc^ricben l^aben. @ie l^anbeltC; a (9 tt)Src fie eine reic^c !S)amc(aU 
tt) e n n [al« ob] fte eine relti^e SDame tt) 5 r e), «^ <icted as if she were a 
rich lady, 

3 The separable prefix stands before the participle, the participle 
before the infinitive — just as in the normal order. 



WORD-ORDER. 



185 



21* The dependent order is restricted to subordinate or 
dependent clauses introduced by : 



22. Subordinating, Conjicnctions, 



ai9f as, when, than 
atS Bh, as if 
a\§ \»tun, as if 
ht\99x, before 
««, until* 
ba, as, since 
bantU, so that 
bat, that 
bietoeil, because 
elje, before 
fottiS, in case 



inbem, while 
inbeffeit, while 
{tttoiefem, how far 
iittoietoeit, how far 
Jc mclnr, the more 
it nad^Um, according as 
nad^bem, after 
o(, whether, if 
oftgUidi, though 
slifdiim, though 
aibtntHii, though 



feitCbent), since 

f0,if 

fotoie, as, just as 

trol^bem, in spite of 

toeii, because 

Wtun, if, when 

toenn aud^, though 

toennglcif^, though 

toftlireitb, while 

^ttnud (ba), especially as 



23. Relative Pronouns. 
(a) The relative tQelfJ^er, melfj^e, )»tXiS^t9. 

Singular Plwral 
masc fern. * neuter for all genders 

totl^t toelfltei^, who, which melflte 

bcrcn bcf fen, whose, of which bcrcn 

loeld^cr toelc^m, to whom or which irelci^n 

toeld^ tDcIc^csi, whom, which toelc^ 



N. melflter 
Q. bcffcn 

A, toelc^n 



(6) The relative htt, hit, ha&. 



N. 


htx^ 


^ie 


ha&, who, which, that 


lite 


0, 


bcffcn 


bcrcn 


bcffcn, whose, of which 


bcrcn 


D. 


bent 


bet 


bem, to whom, to which 


benen 


A. 


ben 


bie 


^^f whom, which 


bie 



1 Distinguish between a relative and a demonstrative pronoun : 
2)a ifl ein 3Rann, ber (demonstr. pr.) !ann funf ^Sprad^en fpred)eu 
(normal order) — ba ifl ein ilRann htt (relative pr.) fflnf ©prac^en 
fpreci^en lann. 



186 WORD-ORDER. 

(c) The relative toer, ttiaiS. 

2^, tott, (he) who tiKiS, (that) which, what 

O. loeffen (toefe), whose tocffcn, of what 

D. toem, to whom 

A. men, whom tmS, what 

24. Relative Conjunctions, 

luann, tooju, to which or what tt)orau§, from which or what 
when tDoburd^, by which or what toorin, in which or what 

ttiie, wotnit, with which or what moriibcr, at (over) which or what 
how, what tDobei, at which or what morauf, upon which or what 

WO, tDofiir, for which or what tooron, at which or what 
where tt)oi)on, of which or what toorunter, among which 

25. Principal and Dependent Clauses. 
The dependent clause may be placed : 
26. after its principal clause : 



a5u tjcrbtenft Did ®elb, »e« 
bu fcl^r flci^ig Mft 



You gain much money be- 
cause you are very diligent 



27. between the parts of its principal clause : 



§err Sauer, toeld^cr fcl^r 
bid ®clb berbicnt, ift 
Pei^ig. 

28. before its principal clause : 



Mr. Bauer who gains much 
money, is very diligent 



9BetI bu fcl^r flei^ig iifc tjct: 
bienft bu biel ®clb. 



Because you are very diligent, 
you gain much money. 



29. The principal clause takes the inverted order when it 
is preceded by the dependent clause. 



2i(^ tDiinfd^e, ^af; bu mi(^ 
morgen befuii^p — ba^ bu 



I wish that you would call 
on me to-morrow — That 



WORD-OBDER. 



187 



\ 



N 



fd^e id^.* 
%\9 ^^tl^agorag feinen be* 
riil^mten Sel^rfa^ entbedft 
l|atte, brad^te er ben ®'6U 
tern em Dj)fer Don l^unbert 
Dd^fen bar. 3)a^er jittert 
jeber Dd^fe, fo oft eine neue 
SSal^r^eit entbedft mir^. 



you would call on me to- 
morrow I do wish. 
Pythagoras having discovered 
his famous theorem, offered 
up to the gods a sacriQce 
of a hundred oxen. There- 
fore every ox trembles as 
often as a new truth is 
discovered- 



2. POSITION OF THE INFINITIVB. 

30. The infinitive with or without ^u stands at the end of 
the clause. See §§ 2, 3, 4, 5. 



3(^ mu^ big morgen fed^g 
©troj)l^en Don biefem ©es 
bid^t leritett. ^d^ fange gleid^ 
an, %n (enteit. 

3d^ l^offe jtDei big brei S5riefe 
bon bit sit belommett. 



I must learn six stanzas of 
this poem before to-mor- 
row. I shall begin im- 
mediately to learn. 

I hope to receive two or three 
letters from you. 



31. The position of several infinitives without p is in the 
reverse order from the English. 



6r l^at ben Srief f(^reiben 

2 3 

laffen tooSen. 
®u toiirbeft il^n nid^t l^aben 

12 3 

gel^en laffen hjoffen. 



3 2 

He intended to have the letter 

1 
written. 

You would not have been 

3 2 1 

willing to let him go. 



* Observe that the two verbs — the verb of the dependent 
clause and the verb of the principal sentence — will come together 
separated by a comma. See 88. 

The dependent order is identical with the normal order if 
there is only subject and verb in the sentence. 



!S)ie ^tutneit blill^en unb bie @onne 

fj^cint (normal) 
!S)te9Iumenb(itl^fntt)ei( bie @onne 

Id^cint (dependent). 



The flowers blossom and the 

sun is shining 
The flowers blossom because 

the sun is shining. 



/ 



/' 



y 



188 



WORD'ORDER. 



32. The infinitive with jit is generally an abbreviated but 
complete dependent clause and as such it should be treated, 
that is : finish the dependent clause preceding it aud place a 
comma after it, then bring the infinitive clause : 



She said that she liked to go 
out in stormy weather. 



©ie fagte, ba| fie eg gern I^a6e, 
bei ftiirmif d^^em SBetter a\^^vi= 
gel^n — but not: ©ie fagte, 
ba^ fie 6ei ftiirmifd^em SBets 
ter au^jugel^n gern l^abe. 

33. The verbs fil^eittett, seerriy pfltatn, use, tufiitfil^eit^ wish^ 
fttfl^ett, seeJcy and relative clauses generally enclose the infini- 
tive clause. 



@r fagte, ba^ er eg jeben 2l6enb 
p tl|tttt n>itnfci^te^ ti)eil er 
f^dt atti9$itge(eu ^flegte. 

§ier ift ber SWann, m^tt 
bag }tt tl|tttt getpol^nt ift. 



He said that he wished to do 
it eveiy evening, because 
he used to go out late. 

Here is the man who is ac- 
customed to do so. 



3. POSITION OF ARTICLES. 

34. The definite article precedes all words it modifies ex- 
cept air, ally and g e r a b e , very. 



^le beiben Rinber. 
Sia* liie Seute. 
©erabe htt 5Dlann. 
^ie ganje SBelt. 
^r boj)j)elte $reig. 



Both tJie children. 

All the people. 

Tlie very man. 

All the (the whole) world. 

Double the price. 

Half the sum. 



^ie ^albe @umme. 

35. The indefinite article precedes all words it modifies 
except mand^, many a; fold^, mch; hjeld^, what; toag 
fiir, what for (a), what kind of. 



^Rani) tin Knabe. 

(Sol(^ fin (ein fold^er) SWnnn. 

aBelc^f eitt mixi. 



Many a boy. 
Such a man. 
What happiness. 



WORD-ORDER. 



189 



9Bad filr erne 93Iume ift bad ? 
(Sitte fo fd^one ^ame. 
(Sin ju ^ei^er ©ommer* 
CHtte gan) alte @efd^td^te. 



What kind of flower is that? 
So beautiful a lady. 
Too hot a summer. 
Quite an old story. 



4. POSITION OF NOUNS. 



a5ic SDhitter fd^enft bem ^inbe ben Saff. 

The mother gives the ball to the child. 

3)ie 3Jtutter fd^enft i^tt bem ^inbe. 

The mother gives it to the child. 

Sd^ cmjjfe^Ie ben grcunb bem Setter. 

I recommend the friend to the teacher. 

©r toibmet feiiie ^raft ber ©d^ule. 

He devotes his powers to the school. 

er befd^ulbigt ben SKann be« SKorbeg. 

He accuses the man of murder. 

3^ fd^icte bit eiiieii Serid^t fiber bie ©i^ung. 

I sen^ you an account of the meeting. 

3d^ 0ttt^e metttett 93ruber noit bit. 

I send greetings to my brother from you. 



36. The dative of the person precedes the accusative 
of the thing. 

37. A pronoun object precedes a noun object.^ 

38. If both objects are persons, the accusative pre- 
cedes the dative. 

39. If both objects are things, the accusative precedes 
the dative. 

40. The accusative precedes the genitive. 

41. Objects with prepositions follow simple objects. 



^ In the inverted and dependent order a personal pronoun object 
is often put before a noun subject: ba reici^te iljm ber ^e^rer ein 
SBiif^, then the teacher hcmded him a book; a(8 tl)n ber ^ ruber 
frogte, tohen the brother asked Mm; — but ba reic^te er il^m ein 
SBuc^ ; al9 er i ^ n f ragte. 



190 



WORD-ORDER. 



5. POSITION OF PRONOUNS. 



^i) fd^cnfe bit ben Qni. 

I give the hat to you. 

Sci^ fd^enle Hit hit. 

I give it to you. 

'^i) \d)tnU btr benfelibett* 

I give the same to you. 

35u l^aft tS mix^ erjci^It. 

You have told it to me. 

@r l)at ^xdi mix DorgefteSt. 

He has introduced himself to me. 

®r i)ai pii^ tS^ angceignet. 

He has appropriated it. 



42. If both objects are personal pronouns, the accus'- 
ative precedes the dative. 

43. {til^ precedes or follows t9. Both precede every 
other pronoun. 

44. The personal pronoun precedes the demonstrative. 



6. POSITION OF ADJECTIVES AND PARTICIPLES. 

45. An attributive adjective or past participle precedes 
its noun and is preceded by its own adjuncts. 



§ier ift cin l^unbert ^Pfunb 
^d^mxtx Coffer. 



Here is a trunk weighing 
a hundred pounds. 



1 With mix, ^ix, i^x, the neuter ei^ may be put last, 3c^ er* 
8 or t9 fii^l. 



WORD-ORDER, 



191 



3)ie Don bem fd^iJnften SQBetter 
ibegiluftigte ^lotte tpar tm 
Scgriff abjufcgcln.^ 

46. Present participles are 
qualifiers. 

3)te auf bem SWeere fil^)otm» 

men^e ^lotte geprt ben 

2lmerifanern.* 
@einem ^itl^rer f^t^ot^tnh, 

mad^te et i^n jum ®es 

fangenen. 



The fleet, favored by the 
finest weather was about 
to set sail. 

always preceded by their 

The fleet sailing on the ocean 
belongs to the Americans. 

Obeying his leader he made 
him prisoner. 



7. POSITION OF THE APPOSITIVE. 

47. An appositive may precede but generally follows its 
modifiers. 



(Seiner $fli(^ten etngeben! (or 
©ingebenf feiner ^flid^ten)/ 
lel^rte et nad^ §aufe ju^ 
riicf. 

©etrdftet burd^ bie 3^etlna^me 
(or 2)urd^ bie 3^eilnal^me 
0etr5ftet)/ trodnete fie 
il^re X^^ranen. 



Mindful of his duties he re- 
turned home. 



Comforted by the sympathy 
she dried her tears. 



1 The adjective or participle and its modifiers may be expanded 
into a relative clause : ^ier ifl cin Coffer, toeid^ev ^unbert ^funb \ditoex 
ifl. 2)ie Slotte, n^e^e t)on bem fd|onflen Setter begttnftigt tt)urbe, toav 
im SBegriff abjufegeln. 2)ie glotte, tot^t auf bem ^eere fc^mimmt; 
ge^5tt ben Smerilanern. 

^ The appositive and Its modifiers may be resolved into an ad- 
verbial clause : ^a er feiner $f(id^ten eingeben! toat, SBeil er burc^ 
bie Xeilnal^me getrSflet tt>ar. Consequently the principal sentence 
takes the inverted order. See § 29. 



192 



WORD-ORDER. 



8. POSITION OF ADVSRBS OR ADVERBIAL EXPRESSIONS. 

48. If an adverb (or adverbial expression) stands at the 
beginning of a sentence the subject must follow the verb 
(8ee§ 13). 



^eitte gel^e td^ jut ©d^ule. 
^oxt toirft bu mid^ ftnbcn. 



To-day I go to school. 
There you will find me. 



49. An adverb of time stands before one of manner or 
place. 



2Bir letntcn ^eute (time) fitU 
|tg (manner) in htt @ii^ttle 

(place). 



We studied diligently (man- 
ner) at school (place) to- 
day (time). 



50. Of several adverbs of time or place the more general 
precede the more specific. 

We shall go to bed late to 



SQgtr gel^en l^eute ^Un'h ftiSt ju 

g5ett. 
^er 3u0 fa^rt moirgett frilly urn 

7 U^r. 



night. 
The train will start to-morrow 
early at 7 o'clock. 



51. The adverb stands last in a sentence if the verb is in 
a simple tense, and close to the infinitive or participle if the 
verb is in a compound tense. 



SQSir lemcn unfere Slufgabc 
gttt. SQBtr l^abcn unfere 2lufs 
gabe gut gelemt. 

3^ folge btr immer (time) 
mit ^reuben (manner) fiber* 
aU (place) i)'m. ^i) bin bit 
immer iiberatt ^in mit 3^reu= 
ben gefolgt. 

SBir lemten geftent (time) in 
ber ^^nlt (place) nidft 



We learn our lesson well. 

We did learn our lesson 
well. 

I always follow you every- 
where with joy. I always 
have followed you every- 
where with joy. 

We did not learn well at 
school yesterday. We did 



WORD-ORDER. 



193 



(^nt (manner). SBStr l^aben 
geftern in bcr ©d^ule nid^t 
gut gelcrnt. 



not learn well at school 
yesterday. 



52. In the normal construction the adverb must not stand 
(1) between the subject and the finite verb, (2) immediately 
before the subject. 



©r fd^reibt mit oft. 
Dft fd^retbt er mir. 



He writes me often. 
Often he writes me. 



(Never: er oft fd^reibt mir, or, oft et fd^reiW mir). 

(1) In the dependent order the adverb has to stand between the 
subject and the finite verb since the latter must stand at the end 
of the whole clause : @r berftd^erte mir, bag e r mi(^ aufrici^tig ^ o c^ » 
f d^ 5 ^e , he as8ured me that he greatly esteemed me. 

(2) In the inverted order the adverb may stand between the 
verb and the Tumn subject: 3m 3a]^ve 1618 lam am 9[beitb fliat ein 
^ff i}i^^ }U ^aQenflein, in 1618 tn the evening late there came an 
officer to WdUenstein. But— 3m 3o^re 1618 fam er am tlbenb Ipfit 
gu SaUenflein. 

53. Exception : The only words which may separate sub- 
ject and verb are ahtt, al^o, aniS^, ^ngegeu, (iitgegeit^ inbeffeit, 



^d^ ahtt l^a&e ed nid^t ge^ 

tl^an. 
@r alfo \)ai ben Srief ge^ 

fd^rieben. 



I, indeed, have not done it. 

So, it was he, who wrote the 
letter. 



54. Adverbs of time precede objects when these are nouns. 



SQBir lemen oft fd^bne Sieber. 

SSBir l^aben f^tutt unfere SSer* 
inanbten 6efud^t. 



We often learn beautiful 

poems. 
We have visited our relatives 

to-day. 



55. Adverbs of manner or place follow the objects when 
these are nouns. 



194 



WORD-ORDER. 



^6) f)dbi ntntx^ bie Slufgabe 

§it $attfe gefd^rieben. 
^i) lernte ^eute bie 2lufga6e 



The other day I wrote the 
lesson at home. 

I learned the lesson well to- 
day. 



56. The shorter adverbs ^icr, ha, hoxt, fo, tUoa, stoar, ^0% 
may precede all other adverbs or noun-objects. 



SQBir fa^en ha eine ©tunbe. 

©r iDar ^iet geftern jum S5e: 
fuc^. 



We were sitting there for an 

hour. 
He was here on a visit 

yesterday. 



57. 9lntf only, must always precede the noun or pronoun. 



9lux mcin S5ruber fprid^t 
3)eutfci^. 9lut er fann 
©eutfd^ tjerftel^n. 



Only my brother speaks 
German. Only he can 
understand German. 



58. All adverbs follow the objects when these are pro- 
nouns without a preposition. 



2Bir lernen fie oft. 

2Btr l^aben il^n f^tntt 6efud^t. 



We learn them often. 

We have visited him to-day. 



But: 2Bir l^abcn oft bcl S^nen gefpeifl, we have often dined wUh 
you. Sir fprcdjcn immer Don bir, we always apeak of you. 

59. A sentence must not begin with two different adverbs. 



Dft trafen fid^ bie ^Jreunbe 
taglid^. (Not : Dft taglid^ 
trafen fid^ bie greunbe). 



Often the friends met daily. 



Excepted are those adverbs which form together one expres- 
sion: $fute morgen fril^ urn fftnf U^r mcrbe icf) abreiien, to- 
day in the morning early at five o* clock I shall depart. !S)rau§en 
Iinf« flel^t cln SBagcn, out of doors to the left stands a carriage, 
3)rilbcn cuf ber anbcrn @clte lag bie ^taht, there on the other 
side was the city. 



WORD-ORDER. 



195 



60. The negation ttiii^t (nte, ntemate), precedes the infini- 
tive, the past participle, the separable prefix and the predi- 
cative adjective. 

^d) I^a6e bag Steb ttiii^t ge- 

lernt. 
3(1^ iDerbe bag Sieb uitf^t 

lernen. 



3(1^ fd^reibe bie 2lufgabe itiii^t 

ab. 
5Die aiufgabe ift n^t leic^t. 



I did not learn the poem. 
I shall not learn the poem. 
I do not copy the lesson. 
The lesson is not easy. 



61. In simple tenses niil^t follows the object not preceded 
by a preposition. 

Sd^ lerne meinc Slufgabc niii^t. 
3)u iDei^t, ba| id^ mcine 2lufs 
%abt nxdit lerne. 



I do not learn my lesson. 
You know that I do not learn 
my lesson. 



But: tt)ir fpTCil|en ni^t tjou bicfcr 51 ufg a be, we do not apeak of 
this leaaon, ^(^ reife nl^t nad) Lofton, I do not travel to Boston, 

62. The negation ttiii^t generally follows the adverbs of 
time and precedes the adverbs of place and manner. 



®er ^reunb ift g eft em niii^t 

l^ier gelDefen. 
aBirfmb ^eute nl^t fd^nell 

nad^ ^aufe gegangen. 



The friend was not here 

yesterday. 
To-day we did not go home 

quickly. 



63. In case of special emphasis itfij^t is placed before the 
important word it negatives : 



^i) bin itii^t ber ^reunb 

toon RaxU 
9im \6) bin ber fjreunb toon 

^arl. 
9li^t RaxU ^reunb bin i^ 

fonbem (SmiU. 



I am not the friend of 

Charles. 
/ am not the friend of 

Charles. 
I am not the friend of Cliarles 

but of Emil. 



196 



WORD-ORDER. 



64. Several small particles are used in German to throw 
special emphasis on a certain word, like antS^, cUso^ too^ even ; 
ja, as you know^ be sure^ indeed; too^l, I suppose^ I wonder; 
^tlb% even; nii^t eittmd^ not evenf htnn, then (expressing 
astonishment) ; hoilf (to strengthen an exclamation or an im- 
perative) ; gera^e^ jttst^ exactly. 



9indi bet Sel^ret toar bet ^n- 

ftc^t. 
Sd^ bin ja etn arme^ Kinb. 
Semen ©ie ben 95er« ja gut. 

@$ ift iu0]^l badfelbe in aSen 

gamilien. 
^elbft mein S3ruber fagt ba$. 
^d^ ^a6e ttiil^t txnmal ein 

Kleib. 
®eit tDann ftnb tpit ^ettn 

^eunbe? 
Sefen @ie ^011^ lauter! 
1^ @d ift b0i4 tuol^l nid^t^ 935fe$? 

^atteft bu ed boil^ gleid^ ge^ 

fagt! 
3d^ Hn gerabe babei einen 

Srief ju fd^reiben. 
@r ift nid^t gerabe mein f^eunb 

ju nennen. 
3ci& n>ar gerabe ba. 
^ad ift beitit boil^ iuol|( Ubet:: 

trieben. 
@r ift bein fjreunb, tiid^t 

3)u ^aft ed gefe^n, ttid^t 
iual|r? 



The teacher also was of the 

opinion. 
You know I am a poor child. 
Be sure^ to learn the verse 

well. 
I suppose it is the same in 

all families. 
Even my brother says it. 
I have not even a dress. 

When then were we ever 

friends ? 
Do read louder ! 
There is nothing wrong, I 

trust? 
If you had but said so at 

first! 
I am just about to write a 

letter. 
I do not regard him exactly 

as a friend. 
I chanced to be there. 
I call that exaggerated. 

He is your friend, is he not ? 

You have seen it, h/ive you 
notf 



POINTS OF DIFFICULTY. 



197 



9. POSITION OF ADVERBIAL CLAUSES. 

65. An adverbial clause must not stand between subject 
and verb. 



The boys, after having 
played, were ready to 
work. 



2)ie ^naben toareit, nad^bem 
fie gefjjielt l^atten, jum Sir* 
beiten bereit — or, 3lad^bem 
fte gef^ielt l^atten^ toareit 
bie ^naben jum 3lrbeiten 
bereit. 

66. A sentence must not begin with two adverbial clauses. 



©obalb bie beutfd^e ©tunbe 
au« toar, fingen toxx an, 
obgleid^ eS fel^r fj3dt toar, 
unfere franjdfifd^e libera 
fe^ung ju fd^reiben — or, 
©obalb bie beutfd^e ©tunbe 
auS toar, fingen toir an, 
unfere franjdfifd^e liber* 
fe^ung ju fd^reiben, obgleid^ 
eg fel^r fj)&t toar. 



As soon as the German 
lesson was over, although 
it was very late, we began 
to write our French trans- 
lation. 



SOME SPECIAL POINTS OF DIFFICULTY IN 
GERMAN COMPOSITION. 

67. The English present participle must frequently be 
translated into German by the help of a conjunction or a 
relative pronoun and & finite verb. 

68. To express an adverbial relation of time, cause or 
manner an adverbial clause is used, introduced by one of 
the following conjunctions : al9, when; tiail^beitt, after; xnhtm, 
while^ whilst^ since; to&l^reitbr while ^ whilst; f obalb a\9f as soon 
as; ba, as^ since; mitf because. 



198 



POINTS OF DIFFICULTY, 



SS^etl (ba) meine ©d^toefter 
Irani %\t, lann fie nid^t jut 
©d^ule gel^n. 

^d^ fal^ eg, o(il id^ l^eute beim 
^aufe tioir^etgmg. 



My sister, being ill, cannot 
go to school. 

I saw it when passing the 
house to-day. 



69. If the participle qualifies a preceding noun or pronoun 
it is expanded into a relative clause. 



95er ^nabe, m^tt gerabe 
auf un^ ju lommt, ift bet 
©ol^n unfereg ^rdjibenten. 



The boy coming straight to- 
ward us, is the son of our 
president. 



70. The English so-called improper accusative can not be 
the subject of an infinitive clause. It must be rendered in 
German by a dependent clause introduced by the conjunction 
baft. 

Sd^ toei^/ bflfi er ein flei^iger 

mam ift. 
^i) toiinfd^e, boft er fd^reibt. 



I know him (imp. ace.) to be 
an industrious man. 

I want him (imp. ace.) to 
write. 



But : i6) hat i^n ju fd)rei6en, / asked him (logical ace.) to write. 
Sd^ 6efa^l i^m ju {d^reiben; I told him (logical dative) to write. 

71. The English participle or verbal noun in ing is often 
translated (1) by an infinitive with or without ju* 



@r i)at Sled^t ju glau^eti, ba^ 
ba« toa^re ©ludf barin be^ 
fte^t, jufrieben ju fein. 



He is right in thinking^ that 
true happiness consists in 
being contented. 



(2) by a relative clause or an attributive adjective. 

2Sd^ fa^ bag jtinb, mldit» ^ox 
bem §aufe toorbeilief. ^d^ 
fal^ bag toor bem §aufe 
norbeilaufenbe ^inb. 



I saw the child running past 
the house. 



POINTS OF DIFFICULTY. 



199 



72. The prefixes of separable verbs are detached from the 
verb and placed at the end of the sentence in the present, in 
the imperfect (preterite) and in the imperative ; but in de- 
pendent clauses no separation takes place. 



Wladitn @ie bag 93ud^ auf! 
2Sir mad^ten ba§ ^ni) ouf* 
3^ lounfd^e, ba^ ©ie ba§ 
^n6) auftnaii^ett. 



Open the book ! 
We opened the book. 
I wish that you would open 
the book. 



73. In separable verbs the prefix ge and the preposition ju 
are inserted between the separable syllable and the verb 
itself forming together one word. 



S<^ ^abe bag ^nd) aufgc^ 

mad^t. 
^6) bitte bie SSud^er aufju^^ 

tnad^en. 



I have opened the book. 
I beg you to open the book. 



74. fotiberti, but, is preceded by a negative and introduces 
an opposite statement — after, but, qualifies; it is used both 
after affirmative and negative clauses — atteiti, but, intro- 
duces an exception to an affirmative or negative statement. 



^6) bin nid^t reid^, fottbent 

arm. 
6r ift nid^t reid^, ahtx er ift 

fel^r freigebig. 
@r ift t)on t)orne]^mer 3lbfunft, 

attctit er l^at fd^led^te ^Ra- 

nieren. 



I am not rich but poor. 

He is not rich but he his 

very generous. 
He is of noble descent but 

he has bad manners. 



75. alil = when, is used to express a definite past time ; 
Wtnn = when, whenever, is used to express indefinite time ; 
toanti, when, asks a question regarding time. 

%t^ id& in ber ©tabt anfam. When I arrived at the city. 



200 DIVISION OF SYLLABLES. 



SBentt id^ in 3)eutf(I^Ianb hxn, 

tperbe id^ bit fd^reiben. 
Warn gel^ft bu fort? 



When I am in Germany I 

shall write you. 
When do you start ? 



76. bo, asy since^ expresses cause ; ha, when^ and felt (bent) , 
sincBy denote time. 



^0 (loeil) bie 5lnaben faul 
finb, burf en fie nid^t fj)ielen. 
^a i^r nod^ jung toart. 
Seitbent il^r alt getporben feib. 



Since the boys are lazy they 

are not allowed to play. 
When you were still young. 
Since you have grown old. 



DIVISION OF SYLLABLES. 

77. The division of simple words is determined by pro- 
nunciation. Divide as you speak. 

78. A consonant occurring between two vowels is placed 
in the second line : aSa = ter, 33ru « bet, lie - ien, fa s gen. 

79. When two consonants occur before a vowel one con- 
sonant is placed on each line : &at « Un, 3Rdn « ntt, SRef « fer^ 
trill s fen, let * nen. 

80. Double vowels are not divided: 93att«er, fteit-en^ 
lau 5 txn, Sal - te, Sir * ne. 

81. Compound consonants — ify, d, p^, p\f fl$^ % %, if, tij, 

^ — form one sound only and are never separated* : SWen * 
fi^en, gii-Je, 3l5*i!e, ^a^^t, m^^jpt, ©a*<^e, aWcii^^te, 
mat « ^en, @tabt « i^en. 

82. Compound words are divided in accordance with their 
component parts: 3lugsaj)fel (not Sttu^ 0aj)fel), ©eutfd^* 
lanb, ©estrani. Sin* flange, SWaisblusme, ©onsnen«auf» 
gang, mi^ ^ ad^ * ten, er = in ^ nern, l^ier « in. 

* Aecording to the Bavarian rules. In Prussia ft, pf, \p, ^, bt 
and it (dissolved Into ff) are separated : Saf « ten, flo^ * fen, Jhiof * ^e^ 
mi r U, etab - it, Stat « $t. 



PUNCTUATION. 



201 



PUNCTUATION. 

The principal differences between German and English 
punctuation are as follows : 

/. In German a comma is required 

83. Between the principal and the dependent clause. 



^^ loei^, ba^ er nid^t fonts 
men toitt. 3)a^ er nid^t 
lommen toitt, toei^ id^. 

®er ®raf, bet bem armen 
9Ranne, beffen §auS abge* 
brannt toar, taufenb 2:^aler 
gefd^enft i)at, ift l^eute ge^ 
ftorben. 



I know that he will not come. 

That he will not come I 

know. 
The count who gave the poor 

man whose house was 

burnt a thousand dollars, 

has died to-day. 



84. Between co-ordinate clauses having different subjects. 



©otool^I meine Sruber, al« 

aud^ meine ©d^toeftem jtnb 

in @uro))a. 
3)u bift gludflid^, benn bu l^aft 

treue ^reunbe. 
SBieleg toiinfd^t fid^ ber 3)lenfd^, 

unb bod^ bebarf er nur 

toenig. 
©oil id^ fd^reiben, ober toittft 

bu eS tl^un? 



My brothers as w^U as my 
sisters are in Europe. 

You are happy for you have 

true friends. 
Man wishes much and yet 

he needs but little. 

Shall I write or will you do 
so? 



85. Before substantive clauses containing an infinitive 
with an. 



3d^ freue mid^, ©ie toieber* 

jufel^en. 
Su bift l(|ier^ um )u lemen. 



I am glad to see you again. 
You are here to learn. 



202 



PUNCTUATION. 



86. Before and after parenthetical clauses and appositions. 



„®ut;" fagte er, „id) loitt bag 

$au« laufen." 
35i«marl, ber Qx'd^U beutfd^e 

©taat^mann, ftarb im 

galore 1898. 



Well* he said, I will buy 
the house. 

Bismark* the greatest Ger- 
man statesman, died in 
1898. 



87. Between the demonstrative and relative pronouns : 



3)erjemge, loeld^er gelogen 
i)at, toirb beftraft loerben. 



He who has told a lie will be 
punished. 



//. In German a comma is not required 

88. Before titib and ober unless they introduce a new sen- 
tence with verb and subject expressed. 



^d) toerbe l^eute nad^ SSofton 

reifen unb morgen juriids 

lotntnen. 
3^ beabftd^tige nad^ 33ofton 

ober 3leu ?)orI ju reifen. 
3)ie Slofen, Snellen unb Silien 

toaren in t)otter Sliite. 



I shall go to Boston to-day*, 
and return to-morrow. 

I intend to go to Boston*, 

or to New York. 
Roses, pinks, and lilies*, 

were in full bloom. 



89. Before and after however^ moreover, therefore and 
similar words. 



3)iefer SKann ift arm; fein 
35ruber inbeffen ift reid^. 

Sd^ bin frani; id^ lann bas 
l^er nid^t fommen; ilber* 
bieg ift ba« SSetter fe^r 
fd^Ied^t. 



This man is poor; his bro- 
ther, however, is rich. 

I am ill ; I, therefore, cannot 
come ; the weather, more- 
over, is very bad. 



* Latest English punctuation is like the German as illustrated 
-' in paragraphs 86 and 88. 



LIST OF IDIOMS. 



203 



///. In Oerman a colon is required 

90. To introduce a direct quotation, a rule, an example, 
an enumeration of objects. 



@r fagte tnir: ;,2:^ue red^t 
unb fd^eue nicmanb." 

3)ie SRegel lautet : 2ltte ^anpU 
todrter toerben gro^ ge^ 
fd^rieben ; jum 35eif^}iel : 
aSater, ©ol^n, Silb. 

SBir lauften biele nu^Ud^e 
©inge, namlid^ : ©tiil^le, 
a;tfd^e, Setten, Siid^er, 
u. f. to. 



He said to me, do right and 
fear no one. 

The rule is, all nouns are 
written with a capital 
letter, for instance 3Sater, 
©o^n, Silb. 

We bought many useful 
things, namely, chairs, 
tables^ beds, books, etc. 



-•o*- 



LIST OF IDIOMS. 

1. Sine Spxadfe fi5nnen, to know a language. 

2. 3n einetn Drte an'fomtnen, to arrive at a place. 

3. ^iffcn (5ic bicHeici^t, do you happen to know. 

4. Qd^ fcl^ bic^ toon oben bi§ untcn an, I look you over from head 
to foot. 

5. ^6) fc^e mic^, I sit down. 

6. 3n bic |)iJ!^c fd)aucn, to look upward. 

7. 3)u tl^uft mil fe^r Icib, I am very sorry for you. 

8. ?(uf bent Sanbe, in the country. 

9. 6tma§ ifyin laffen, to have something done. 

10. ^ie etmad l^igt, what something is. 

11. Sine Scl^rjjrobc ab^alten, to give a test lesson. 

12. ?(u§ bcm ©cbftd^tnig gcbkfen, whisked out of one's head. 

13. 3)umme§ ^zvlq fafein, to talk nonsense. 

14. 3)en ^lag tauf^n mit, to change places with. 

15. 3(]^ bringc btd^ auf ctmaS, I lead you up to it, I guide you 
to find something. 



\ 



204 LIST OF IDIOMS, 

16. 3^5^ ^fc c^^^cw ©c^lcr Quf, I call on a pupil. 

17. 3^^ fringe hvS) auf bic <B^Vix, I give you a clue. 

18. 3Bcitcr! go on I 

19. Sine ^robc ablcgcn, to give an illustration or test 
^-^0. @§ iDirb mir SScrgniigen bcrcitcn, it will give me pleasure. 

21. ^6) l^eifee bid^ etmaS tl^un, I bid you do something. 

22. Ubcr cttoaS nac^'bcnfen, to think of, to consider something. 

23. %x\ etttxiS fotnmcn, to think of, to fall upon. 

24. ©§ toifl mir nidftt ein'faUcn, it does not occur to me. 

25. 3n bic ©labt jjiel^en, to move to a city. 

26. 9Kobc fcin, to be the fashion. 

27. 5luf bic ^romcnabe gcl^n, to take a walk. 

28. @J)Qjiercn gcl^n, to go to walk. 

29. 3ctnanbcn ettoag an'gcl^en, to concern somebody. 

30. 3emanbcn in ben (Sinn fontmen, to enter one's head. 

31. 6ic fonnte nid^t uml^in, she could not help. 

32. 2)er paletot ftcl^t bit gut, the great-coat is becoming to you. 

33. 2)cr paletot \\^i bir gut, the great-coat fits you well. 

34. ©inent Scaler ab'l^lfcn, to remedy a fault. 

35. @S l^nbelt fid^ nnt etnxiS, it is a question of something. 

36. 2)cr paletot gel^ bir bi§ auf bic |)acfen, the great-coat reaches 
to your heels. 

37. 3n aflcr Sriil^, very early. 

38. SSor \\6) l^in murmcln, to murmur to one's self. 
^9. (5o gcgcn ftcben Ul^r, about seven o'clock. 

40. 3" ben ©inn {^o^\) fommen, to occur to. 

41. S)er C^ebanfc gilt bem paletot, the thought is of the great- 
coat. 

V 42. 3^ tounbere mid^, I am surprised. 

43. SWit bem ^ot)f fc^iitteln, to shake one's head. 

44. ©§ bleibt mir nid^tg iibrig, nothing is left for me. 
^^45. ^a6) |)aufe fommen, to come home. 

46. @incn 93rief burd^fliegcn, to glance quickly through a letter. 

47. @8 ift fd^abe, it is a pity. 

48. 68 tl^ut mir leib, I am soriy. 

49. 3^ 93efe]6l, at your service. 

50* ©t(^ auf ben SBeg mac^n, to go on one's way. 



LIST OF IDIOMS. 205 

51. @g fdHt mir cin, it occurs to me. 

52. 3Ba§ gicbt c§? what is it? 

53. ^6) bcrftc^ ©jJofef I know how to take a joke. 

54. Qd^ lad^c in mic^ l^incin, I laugh to myself. 

55. 3^^" SSorfd^in fommcn, to make its appearance. 

56. 0cr fcin, to come from. 

57. ^6) ^dte bic ^anb toot mir l^in, I hold out my hand. 

58. @g ift allc§ in Orbnung, it is all right now. 

59. 3^ ^ferbe, on horseback. 

60. ^6) ^altc c§ fiir, I take it for. 

61. @§ Qclingt mir, I succeed. 

62. 3<^ crgreifc ba§ ^fcn<)anier (hare + banner), I take to my 
heels. 

63. ©§ gilt fd^nellc |)ilfe, there is need of quick help. 

64. S)Q§ Q^mtfyc an bic S3acfe legen, to raise the gun. 

65. ^d^ jicle, I take aim, 

66. 3)er ©d^ufe gcl^t \o^, the gun goes off. 

67. @8 fd^obct m(i^% it does no harm. 

68. ^6) l^oltc auf Slnftohb, I have a great regard for propriety. 

69. @§ baucrt ni(i^t langc, it was not long. 

70. Sine langc Sfla^t maci^n, to put one's thumb to one's nose. 

71. 3^^ fcl^c mici^ an nid^t^, I pay no heed to anything. 

72. 3(^ ttjcvbc etttJQ§ genxil^r, I become aware of something. 

73. 3" S"6f on foot. 

74. SSett unb brcit, far and wide. 

75. ^dj mad^ ^ah, I make a halt, I stop. 

76. SSa§ foU ha^? what does it mean? 

77. (So l^bcn toir nid^t gel^onbelt, that was not in the bargain. 

78. 3)Qg Dcrftcl^t [id), that is understood. 

79. ©in anberc§ ift bcr @fcl, cin anbercS ift bcr ©d^ttcn, the donkey 
is one thing, the shadow is another. 

80. SWit cincm 3Bort, in short. 

81. @8 bcliebt mir, I choose, it pleases me. 

82. 3d^ tocrlaffe mid^ barouf, I depend upon it. 

83. 3^^ ®ebii]^ tocifen, to bring to terms. 

84. Sctnonben \n^ ^uge fafjen, to measure some one with the 
eye. 



206 LIST OF IDIOMS, 

85. 3m Sftufc ^itf)n, to have the reputation. 

86. ^6) l^dtc bir etwaS ju gutc, I make allowances for you. 

87. 3(i^ mafec mir cine ©ad&e an, I appropriate a thing. 

88. Qd^ fann au§ bet @ad^ nic^t flug toerbcn, I can make neither 
head nor tail of the case. 

89. <Bx6) mit cinanbcr ab'finben, to settle with each other. 

^ 90. (5o toiel ift c§ untcr 93riibem ttjcrt, that is quite worth so much. 

91. (Sic ftrcbcn cinen SBergleid^ an, they reach an agreement, 

92. ^6) crfldrc mid^ fiiv, I take the side of. ' 

93. 3)afiir l^alten, to take (think) to be. 

94. §luf bcm (Bpkk fte^n, to be at stake. 

95. (S§ foil nid^ bal^in fommen, it shall not come to that. 

96. ®r lafet e§ an nid^t^ fel^Icn, he spares no pains ; an mir foil cS 
nid^t fel^lcn, it shall be no fault of mine. 

97. @r h)irb nid^t ermangcln ju, he will not fail. 

98. ^cmanbcm ha^ ©leid^etoid^t fyilten, to hold one's own with. 

99. 3d^ bin nid^t gefonnen, I am not inclined. 

100. 3^1^ ©teucr bet SSal^rl^eit, for the sake of truth. 

101. 3d^ Dcrbcnfc e8 bir, I find fault with. 

102. 3n ber Qkbuxi crftirfcn, to nip in the bud. 

103. ^uf ben Stop\ fteHcn, to turn one's head. 

104. 3d^ nel^mc mid^ ciner ©ad^e an, I espouse the cause of. 

105. ^artci crgrcifcn, to take sides. 

106. 2)en (Bpiti um'brcl^n, to turn the tables. 

107. 3emanbcm in btc ^^t)ftognomie' gcratcn, to scratch some one's 
face. 

108. @incn ^rojcfe fiil^ren, to carry on a lawsuit. 

109. ©in Urteil fSflen iibev cttoaS, to pronounce sentence (or 
judgment) on some thing. 

110. 3f* ^^ ^ti^itt gcfommen, has it come to this. 

111. 5(u§ frcicn ©tiidfcn, of one's own accord. 

112. @d tl^ut l^tet ntd^tS jur <Ba(!l^f it has nothing to do with the 
case. 

113. @g gcl^t mid^ nid^t§ an, it does not concern me. 

114. 3Rut faffcn, to take courage. 

115. ^6) l^bc cttoaS toor bit tooraug, I have an advantage over 
you. 



~1 



LIST OF IDIOMS. 207 

116. gcuianbcm cincn blaucn S)unft Dor Mc 3tugcn marficn, to pull 
the wool over one's eyes. 

117. ©cineg 5lmtcg fein, to be his duty. 

118. 3(]^ rufe bi(^ jur Drbnung, I call you to order. 

119. D^c lange Sorrcbc, without wasting of words. 

1 20. Qux ©Qd^, to the point ; to business. 

121. 3(]^ gerate in ^tfc, I fly into a passion. 

122. @mc Slagc bor ©cridftt (an)'bringcn, to lay a complaint before 
the court. 

123. ©in 93cifJ)ieI aufftcUcn, to make an example. 

124. @inen ^etgteici^ ein'gel^n, to make a compromise. 

125. @g ift ni(i)i ganj rid^tig mit un§, we are not quite right in the 
head. 

126. @g fommt barouf an, ob, the question is whether. 

127. (Sine 9iebe l^Iten, to make a speech. 

128. @tnc $au^)t|)crfon bot/ftcHcn, to represent a chief character 
(in a play). 

129. ^6) l^abc mic^ ju ©runbe gcrid^tct, I have ruined myself. 

130. (Sinen ^nbel auf htn ^Id siel^n, to bring an affair down 
on our heads. 

131. ttbcr ben @fcl l^r'faHcn, to rush in upon the donkey. 

132. 3)ie ^td^ bcja^lcn, to pay the reckoning ; to atone. 

133. @$ ^i nviii il^re^Ieid^n, it has no parallel. 

134. 3)cn ^oJ)f jcrbred^n, to rack one's brains. 

135. 3c^ fiil^lc mcin SKiitd^n an bir, I wreak vengeance on you. 

136. ^a§ l^ilft c§? what is the good of it? 

137. (Sine ©ntf^ibung treffen, to reach a decision. 

138. 3d^ reife in ber ganjcn SSelt l^rum, I travel about all through 
the world. 

139. (53 fd^tnt nid)t gang in ber Drbnung ju fein, it does not seem 
quite right. 

140. @r tPoUte hod^ fo gem, he wished so much. 
^-^:41. 3c^ tttte @ie urn SBerjei^ung, I beg your pardon. 

X42. Nation fann bei ntir leine 9iebe fein, there can be no question 
of that with me. 

143. (£S freut mid^, 3^e ©efanntfd^ft gu ntod^n, I am glad to meet 
you. 



208 LIST OP IDIOMS. 

\y^ 144. 3ft etmaS Dor'gef alien? obcr l^t \\^ ctnmS crctgnct? lias any- 
thing happened. 

145. Um fo bcffer, so much the better. 

146. ^ir tooHcn c8 fiir bte^mal gut fcin laffcn, for this time we will 
let it pass. 

147. @r tear e8, toic cr Ictbtc unb lebte, it was his very living 
self. 

148. 3^ ^i^ im SBcgriff ctttxiS ju tl^un, I am about to do some- 
thing. 

149. ^inc SSiberrcbe ! not another word ! 

150. 3^5^ VMn^ @ic barauf aufmerffotn, I call your attention to it, 

151. %6) erloffe bir bic Strafe, I let you off. 

152. @§ fotnmt mtr bor, It strikes me. 

153. 38a§ ©ie ntrf)t fagcn! you don't say so. 

154. 3^'^ wiwfe ^nif^ um'jiel^en, I have to change my dress (coat). 

155. 3tft 'fam t)or stoei 9Kinutcn, I came two minutes ago. 

156. ©ic riefeu wie au§ einctn SWunbc, they cried with one voice. 

157. @r tnad^tc fe^rt, he turned about. 

158. 3Ber ttJtirbc fo etwa^ fiir miJglic^ l^ltcn, who could believe 
such things possible. 

159. S'Jicfit^ fiir ungut, no offence (meant). 

160. ^llc§ jur rc^tcn S^it, all in good time. 

161. ^a$ )xi^t fic^ ntd^t, that is not at all fitting. 

162. 9Sa§ gc^t (Sic "iioSf an? what business is that of yours. 

163. 3^ ^^J^« t^wn, ma§ mtr gefftflt, I can do what I please. 

164. 3^ ftojjfc mtr bic Ol^ren ju, I stop up my ears. 

165. ©riifecn ©ie il^n t)ie(mal§, or, cmjjfcl^len ©ic mid^ il^m beftcniJ, 
give him my compliments. 

166. 3c^ ^^^ i^in inS ©etmffcn, I appeal to his conscience. 

167. 3^5^ ftrei(^ mit bcr $anb iibcr \x!i% ^nn, I pass my hand over 
my chin. 

168. 3<^ ^in mtr gar vx^\ bcnmgt, I am not at all aware. 

169. @ic tl^tcn bcf[er, fi(^ in ^6sjl ju ne^mcn, you had better to be 
on your guard. 

170. 3Ba8 ffiHt 3^J^en ein? what do you mean. 

171. 3c^ ergrctfc ^efi^ t)on etma^, I take possession of something. 

172. 3c^ bin im \i{xVi\iZ^ I am capable of. 



LIST OF IDIOMS. 209 

173. 3ci^ gel^ bie %xt)^)^ l^inan obcr l^muntcr, I go upstairs or 
downstaire. 

174. (Sic f5nnen fi(3^ batauf Dctloffcn, you may be quite sure. 

175. (5inb ©ie Derviicft? Have you lost you wits? 

176. 3ci^ l^Itc ©ic fiir fcl^r butntn, I take you for a simpletou. 

177. ©§ fragt \\^ noci^ \t^, it is a question. 

178. ©ic werbcn S^rcn So^n jd^on fricgcn, you will get your deserts . 

179. 3^ ^enfc nid^t baran, I shall not think of such a thing. 

180. @ie finb toieber Dcmiinfttg gcroorben, you have come to your 
senses. 

181. @g wfirc beffer, @ic maci^tcn ^^xt Ubcrfc^ung, you had better 
do your translation. 

182. S)a§ foUtc tnir cin'fallcn, you don't catch me. 

183. S)erglei(i^n tear i^tn nic^t toor'gcfommen, the like had not hap- 
pened to him. 

184. @tn fiir qAc 3RaI, once for all. 

185. S3ctrad^tcn ©ic \vS) a(§ gcol^rfctgt, consider your ears boxed. 

186. ^|^||t md% it will not do. 

187. ©S^^knQl^rc ©tiofc ob'fifen, you must do your time. 

188. 3^ S^ten^^j^ten, in your favor. 

189. Sag untcrjJe^Sie fid^, how dare you I 

190. ©ie tragcn e§ mir nid^t nad&, you bear me no grudge. 

191. ^6) l^Ite ©ic fiir, I take you to be. 

192. 3d^ !ann ©})a6 toertragcn, I can take a joke. 

193. @§ mod^t nic^tg, ober laffcn ©ic eg gut fcin, never mind. 

194. 3c^ gcbe bir einigc SRatfc^Idgc, I give you some advice. 
^ 195. 3c^ bin bir fel^r Derjjftid^tet, I am much obliged to you. 

i ®^6^ P^ Dicltnalg Don mir, give her my love. 
J * \ 9J?it l^erjtid^en ©riifeen fiir 2)id^, with best love to you. 

197. @g ntad^t (gctoSl^rt) ntir Did SBcrgniigen, it gives me great 
pleasure. 

198. 3d^ bin gem bereit, I am very willing. 

199. Sag ben Snl^alt bcr S3riefc anbctrifft, as regards the contents 
of the letters. 

200. 3d^ ftefle mic^ ^^ntn Dor, I introduce myself to you. 

201. 3BoUen ©ie bci mir ju 9Kittag effcn, will you take dinner 
with me. 



210 hlBT OF IDIOMS. 

^ 202. ^ xoMjit 3^ncn wcinc ©oufmc toor'ftcllen, I want you to 
meet my cousin. 

203. @§ wirb ntir cine fjreubc fcin, I shall be very glad. 

204. @tne @rfd(tung ^\ mit^ an \^^ '$lixcc«^^ sefeffelt, a cold has 
confined me to my room. 

205. 3(^ l^bc bent Unterri(^t nid^t bet'rool^nen filnncn, I have not 
been able to attend my classes. 

206. (5g gcl^t ntir jeft beffcv, I am better now. 

^ ( fBiflft \!(\x bet ntir bor'fommen or Dor'fpreti^n, ) will you call 
( SSiflft hi nti(^ befud^n, f on me. 

208. (Sine ^eforgtmg mad^n or eine 8otf(i^ft auS'rit^ten, to do an 
errand. 

209. ^it ^^ unb $ad, bag and baggage. 

i 3(^ ftefle 3l^ncn meinen fjteunb box, ) t • f ii 

210. •< 3(i^ ntad^c @ie ntit nteincnt grcunb bef annt, 



jfannt, > 
I ein, I ^ 



I 3d^ fii^re ntcincn gteunb bci ^^x^vx ein, J ^ "^^ 

211. 3(^ bin Ql^nen fel^r berbunbcn, I feel obliged to you. 

212. 3(]^ bcwerbc mid^ itnt bic ©teflc, I apply for the place. 

213. 3d^ bcfleibc cine ©tcfle, I hold a position. 

214. 3)cutfd^ ift ntir gcldupg, I am familiar with German. 

215. %^% @intritt^£anten ntad^n, to take the entrance exami- 
nation. 



I ' 



VOCABULARY. 



811 



EXPLANATIONS. 



nonn; m., masculine noua; n.i n 

I. Verbs marked with an aete 

are to be eought la tlie lUt of sR 

S. Separable compound lerbB 



le; (»-<., article; dtf., deSnlte;/, feminine 

Iter noup; pi., plural. 

sk (*) arc strong or Irregular. Their torma 

ag and Irregular rerbs, p. aiS-HB. 

re Indicated by an accent ('; 



4. Worde marked with a dagger (t) are o( foreign origin. 

5. (la), (lA), (lc),(3a), (2A), (3), after nouna Indicate the declension claases; 
nouns marked with an aaleriak (*) take nn umlaut In the plural; ilx. 



1. Strong Decfensiim. 

(lo) No ending In the nominative 
plural; genltlTe singular i', dative 
plural n ; bn SaUt*, bit igUa. 

(16) The nominative plural ends In 
r:genltlvealDgalBr(i)#, dative plural 
cm: Mr Sd^ii*, bit SB6n(. 

(1 c) The namlnallTe plnral enda In 
tx ; genltlvo singular ti, daOve plnral 
mi : baS 9auS', bit ^u|n. 

' Femlnlnea are not Inflected In the ali 



S. Mixed Dedenxion. 

All cases in the plural end In ((}r:= treak; genitive slogulu' (()< = strong: 



S. Weak Dectmaim. 

(3a) All the cases' (namlnatlve aln. 
gnlar excepted) end In n: beciNabe, 
blc (biobcn. 

(2£) All the cases' (uomlnatlTe sin- 
gular excepted) end In ni; bit (afH 
nung. bit fioffnungdi. btt $<r, bit ifn= 



bU Mutt, bci Vugtt, bit auftcn. 



H 



GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



ai^'i^reii^eitr* to break of. 

9ihhtfvtif n. a fictitious city in Greece. 

9ihUtVttn, pi. inhabitants of Ab- 

dera. 
ahhttVti\tf^, Abderian ; Jig. foolish. 
9iUnhf in. (16), evening. 
al^enb^r in the evening. 
WiVXttVitXf n. (la), adventure. 
cAtXt but, however, 
al^crmaltg, repeated. 
ai^ermaU, once more, anew, 
ab^finbctt,* fld^ mit icmanbcm, to come 

to terms. 
al^'fragen, to inquire, to hear (a 

lesson). 
cA'SWHttn, to lead off. 
aft^t\pawM, tired, fatigued. 
al>'%&n%tn,* to depend upon, 
adielfcttr* to remedy. 
iAfia%m, to tear from. 
9h'Hu\tn, to buy from. 
a%f\t%tvit* to lay down or aside; 

Beuonid — to bear witness. 
al^^mietcii, to hire. 
%ftm\tttx, m. (1 a) lessee. 
fttnaf^mt,/. (2 a) decrease. 
aiffncfimtUf* to take off. 
Sl^iidgitngr/. (2b) dislike, 
al^'fii^iieibeit,* to cut off. 
tibf\pviufitn,* to spring off. 
at^fttintn,* to dismount. 
aft^ttiitUf to divide. 
aMtPifcnf to force, 



a^fuxttUtn, to decide. 

ai^/loei^eit, to evade. 

Sl^loeifitttg,/. (26) dismission. 

Sl^locfetti^eit,/. (26) absence. 

ab'Se^rctt, ^^, to starve. 

ai'SttM^itr to pull off. 

fScceffo^rittitt, n. everything belong- 
ing to a thing. 

«ii^fcl,/. (2 a), shoulder. 

atfft (vulgar f ac^te), eight. 

fSba'gio, p/. -S, gen. -S, adagio. 

«ber,/. (2a), vein. 

ftUieu, n. adieu (k Dieu = with 
God). 

fSbHotat^ m. (26), lawyer. 

%bl»filatettfittttr m. (16), legal mind. 

9[ffc, m. (2 a), ape. 

Si^nliii^r similar. 

atbttn, foolish. 

att, all ; ailed load, all that. 

aUbttanut, well-known. 

altcbem, all that. 

falle'grfi, allegro. 

allcin, alone, only, but. 

attemal, always. 

allenfalld, at best, perhaps, by 
chance. 

altergerittgft, most humble. 

allergrdtt, greatest of all. 

aKcfamt, all together. 

aVgemcin, universal, general. 

aUmifiUUtt gradually. 

aid, as, than, when; aid ol^, as 
though ; ttiii^td aid, nothing but. 

Mhathf forthwith. 

213 



214 



VOCABULARY. 



aldbimttr then. 

alfUr thus, so, therefore, then. 

alt, old ; alte Sage, old age. 

Sltettr pi. elders. 

am, = an bent. 

9imi,*n. (Ic) office. 

tontftfie/renr to amuse, enjoy. 

an, at, on, in, by, to. 

att^i^eraumeiir to appoint. 

ait'l^eten, to adore. 

an^Iafen,* to blow upon. 

XnUiit, m. (16), sight. 

abtbenleit, n. (la), memorial. 

attber, other; ber, bie, bad anbere, 
the other ; ttidyti^ anbered, nothing 
else. 

Sttbent, fi(^, to change. 

Ottberd, otherwise. 

anberflialb, one and a half. 

^nbenrng, /. (2 6), change. 

Sttfono,* m. (16), beginning. 

anianoett,* to begin. 

anfangd, in the beginning, at 
first. 

ait^frifi^ett, to refresh. 

an'ffti^reii, to quote. 

an^ftttten, fidp, to be filled with. 

att'Oeliett,* to concern. 

angei^drig, dependent. 

aitgenei^tit, agreeable. 

Slngeloolini^eit,/. (26), habit. 

an'greifen,* to attack. 

Slngft,*/. (1 6), anxiety, fright. 

SttgfitUii^, anxious, anxiously. 

att%iUenb, continued. 

Sln^ftttger, m. (1 a), adherent, votary. 

an^eben,* to begin. 

ott^dren, to listen to. 

an^tlebett, to cling to, to adhere. 

att'tummen,* to arrive ; ed lontmt auf 
etioad wHf it depends upon some- 
thing. 

an/Iaitgen, to arrive. 

9lnla|r* m. (16) occasion, cause. 



ott'malett, fi(j^, to assume, to arro- 
gate, to lay claim to. 

ait'neliiiien,* to accept, ftdy —, to take 
under care of. 

tcafpx9h\t'xtvit to try on. 

att/reben, to speak to, to address. 

att'ridytett, to cause. 

anfftffig, established. 

an'fd^aueit, to look at. 

an^felien,* to look at; — fftr, to 
deem, regard. 

9lnfel|en, n. (la) appearance. 

anfei^ttUii^, notable, eminent. 

an'fe^en, to set or put on, to ap- 
point. 

Sltifiiift,/. (2 6), opinion, view. 

%»i\pxui^,* m. (1 6), title, claim. 

Sttftanb, m. (16), good manners, 
propriety. 

tMfiaii, instead of. 

%nfkx\ttt, 9H. (1 a), instigator. 

Xttfito^, m. (1 6), knocking against, 
attack. 

att'ftreben, to strive for. 

Xnteil, m. (1 6), share ; — l^abeit, to 
have a share, to participate in. 

Sntrag,* m. (1 6), proposal, motion. 

an'treffett,* to meet with. 

Sntloort,/. (26), answer. 

antumrten, to answer. 

antierloanbt, relative, related. 

S^nloaU,* m. (16), advocate, attoiv 
ney. 

Snsalil,/. number. 

an'^iellettr* to draw on, to don. 

SMPuKfir the Grecian sun-god. 

falPOftafie'reitr apostatize. 

«rbeU,/. (26),work. 

WtUim\\t^, m. (16), work-table. 

arg, bad, wicked. 

ftrger, m. vexation. 

Argent, ftii^, to be angry. 

t%rgtttltettt^ n. (1 6), argument. 

arm, poor. 



VOCABULARY. 



215 



Snitr m. (16), arm. 

9[nitc, (2 a), the poor. 

ormfeUgr poor, miserable. 

8lrt,/. (2 6), kind, sort, manner; Ui 
Vfttt 9(rf r of their kind. 

fUttm, m. (la), breath. 

fMftnff n. Athens. 

attii^, also, too, withal, even, in- 
deed ; see p. 196, § 64. 

auf , on, upon, in, at, over, to. 

ttttf^ranfett, to bluster. 

tmffflltfitn,* to fly up or open. 

auf'forbent, to summon, challenge. 

aitf'ffti^renr to play, to perform; fidy 
— , to conduct oneself. 

Xnfgabe,/. (2 a), exercise. 

aitf 'gcben,* to give up or out. 

auf ^altett,* ^^, to live. 

9tiifl|e^imo,/. (2 6), instigation. 

anffffittn, to cease, to stop. 

attfmertfamr attentively. 

Snfnttmtetnngr /. (2&), encourage- 
ment, incitement. 

aitf melytiten,* to admit, to receive. 

au^'pa^tn, to take care, to pay at- 
tention. 

aitf 'raffrtt, fi(^ roieber — , to rally. 

auf ^reifettr* to tear open. 

onf'tntfen,* to call on. 

9infvuiftf m. (16), uproar. 

attf 'fdyeudyett, to start. 

Sitffe^ett, n. (la), sensation. 

Xnffiiift,/. (2 b), supervision. 

anf 'flprittgm,* to spring up. 

anf 'ftei^eit,* to get up. 

auf 'ftenett, to set up ; fidy — , to sta- 
tion oneself. [up. 

SnffteHnnfir/. (2b), making, setting 

Vitfttao,* m. (1 6), order, commis- 
sion. 

anf 'trettn,* to step forward, to ap- 
pear, to perform. 

anf^ioadyeiir to awake. 

anf ^ai^fen,* to grow up. 



«»fa»9»* w. (16), display. 

Mtt^t, n. (3), eye. 

SttgettBUft, m. (lb), moment. 

9tiioctt(rane,/. (2 a), eye-brow. 

an&, out of, from. 

M»fhUibtn,* to be delayed. 

aiii9'(reii^ett,* to break out. 

fitt§ftTUdt,* m. (16), outburst 

9litdbtitff,* m. (16), expression. 

aud^rttffeit, to express, to utter. 

aud'fiubcii,* to find out. 

Stt^gano,* fn. (lb), outcome, issue, 
result ; — ne^men, to turn out 

atti9'0eliett,* to go out. 

audgclaffen, ungovernable. 

tiudffiaittu,* to endure. 

attSfimft,*/. (16) information. 

attd^mad^'eii, to end, to terminate, to 
constitute. 

attd^raufcit, to tear up. 

<md/rei|ett,* to pluck up. 

atafxn^n,* to cry out. 

tm^fvupftUf to pull out 

au^^fii^attett, to look out. 

attdfdylieleitb, exclusive. 

auB'jtllto&tmtn, to swarm out. 

att^'fei^eii,* to look, to appear. 

anfer, out of, outside of, beyond. 

intent, to utter. 

atttemrbentlif^, extraordinary, re- 
markable. 

iitferft, utmost; m^9 in|erfte, to 
the utmost. 

§ii|enttt9,/. (2 6), utterance. 

M9f\p9tttn, to ridicule. 

ataf^pttO^n,* to utter. 

ntt»\ptndi,* m. (1 6), judgment 

an^'ftrcffen, to stretch out. 

an»ft9htn, fi(^, to vent, to spend 
one's rage. 

9iti9trao,* m. (16), outcome, issue, 
decision. 

aUi^/Men, to practice. 

t«^ltortt«t^/. (26), authority. 



216 



VOCABXJLARr. 



Oaife,/. (2 a), cbeek. 

99idtt, ni, (1 a)i baker. 

Oaifofen,* m. (la), oven. 

l^ulb, soon. 

ialQen, fici^, to wrestle. 

tCalla'be,/. (2 a), ballad. 

iallcn, to form into balls, bie gfaitfl 

baKctt, to clencb tbe fiat. 
©Ottb,* m. (1 c), ribbon, 
bang, frightened. 
»a«l,»/. (16), bencb. 
fbarba'rif^, barbarous. 
t©anm', m. (1 6), baron. 
Sapimme,/. (2 a), bass-voice. 
9ait(l^,* m. (16), belly, vault. 
Saner, m. (3), peasant. 
bSttcrlid^, pertaining to peasants, 

boorish. 
Sannt,* m. (1 6), tree. 
9anntftnm|pf,* m. (16), stump of a 

tree. 
beabfid^ttQen, to intend. 
%tantta^tn, to make a motion, to 

propose, 
bcanttoorten, to answer. 
9ebancm, n. (la), regret, 
bebeifen, to cover. 
Sebiente, m. (2 a), servant, 
bebfirfen,* to need, 
beenbigen, to end. 
Scfcljl, m. (16), order, command. 
befei^Ien,* to command, to order, to 

bid. 
befinben,* ftij^, to be. 
befragen, to question, 
befreien, to free, 
begeben,* jt(^, to betake oneself, 
bcgclyen,* to commit, 
begcljrettr to wish, to demand, to 

long for. 
beginncn,* to begin. 
begUiten, to accompany. 



ecglcitnng, /. (26), accompanying, 
attendance. 

begnfigen, fld^, to content oneself. 

begretfen,* to grasp, to understand ; 
in fiii^ — , to include. 

begrfi^en, to greet. 

bcljaUen,* to keep ; Kcd^t — , to gain 
one's suit, to carry one's point. 

bei^anbeln, to treat 

bcl^att)iten, to maintain, to assert. 

a9ei^an)itnng, /. (26), assertion, pro- 
position. 

belyenigett, to trouble. 

bei, at, by, in, with. 

bei'bringen,* to teach. 

bcibe, both, two. 

Seifall, m. (1 6), applause, approval. 

bci'Iegen, to impute. 

beim = bei bem. 

»eitt, n. (2 6), leg. 

beina4(e), almost, wellnigh. 

Setfi^er, n. (1 a), assistant, judge. 

9eif^iel, n. (16), instance, example. 

beiflPieHoiS, unparalled. 

SeifHntntnng,/. (26), approval. 

bei'tragen,* to contribute. 

betannt, known. 

belannttidi, as is well known. 

Sefanntfi^aft, /. (2 6), acquaintance. 

htltnmn,* to confess, to acknow- 
ledge ; fii$ — , to acknowledge, to 
avow. 

bellagen, to lament. 

benagen^mert, lamentable. 

99ef(agte, m. and/. (2a), defendant. 

beffatfii^ett, to applaud. 

betimtnten,* to get, to obtain. 

betebt, lively, frequented. 

beleibigenb, offensive. 

Seleibignng,/. (26), insult. 

belieben, to please. 

betiebig, optional. 

beloi^nen, to reward. 

^elo^nnng,/. (26), reward. 



VOCABULARY, 



217 



"btmttfbat, perceptible. 

(cmcrfctt, to note, to observe, to re- 
mark, to say. 

9emcttttttOr/. {2b), observation, re- 
mark. 

htnaHiftatt, neighboring. 

]6cnel|mett,* ^^, to conduct oneself. 

Sknci^meit, n. (1 a), behavior. 

Skitetmung,/. (2 &), naming. 

(enui^ettr to make use of. 

(cquein, convenient, comfortable. 

"btvattn,* to give advice, to consult. 

(eredytigen, to justify. 

l^ereit, ready. 

htvtxttn, to prepare, to give. 

htvtit§f already. 

htvtutn, to regret. 

ftttitf^tcn, to report. 

©eruf, m. (16), calling. 

Oerulfiouttg,/. (2 6), quiet, tranquil- 
lity. 

ieritl|mt, famous, renowned. 

^cfagt, aforesaid. 

(efd^Sftigen, to busy, to employ. 

Sefd^Sftigung, /. (2&), occupation, 
pursuit. 

Seff^cib, m. (1&), advice, account. 

Sefd^irmimg, /. (2&), defence, pro- 
tection. 

lief iff Uefen,* to determine, to decide. 

(eff^reiben,* to describe. 

(efii^ulbigeit, to charge with. 

Sefd^ii^er, 7n. (la), protector. 

(efeljeit,* to look at. 

9eftl{, m. (16), possession. 

ht^^en,* to possess. 

(efottber, special. 

(cffittberd, especially, separately. 

iBefomtenlicit,/. (2 6), discretion. 

(eforgeu, to fear, to take care of, to 
attend to. 

"bt^ptttl^n,* to talk over, to discuss. 

l^effer, better ; bad iBeffcre, what is 
better. 



Ufk, best. 

ibeftciifett,* to bribe. 

(efteljett,* to exist ; — auf , to insist 

upon ; to be obstinate ; — «ul, to 

consist in. 
htftcUtUf to order, 
(eftimmcn, to determine. 
htftimmi, certain. 
9efiHUr5ung, /. (2 6), consternation, 

anxiety. 
l^efnbcltt, to contaminate. 
Betiittl^ett, to stun. 
(etragen,* \\^, to behave oneself. 
93ctrageit, n. (la), behaviour, con- 
duct. 
httttUttttf* to carry on. 
ibetmKm&i^tigett, to empower, to 

authorize. 
l^eHoUmSditigt, authoritative, 
ibetvaffnett, to arm. 
l^eloa^ren, to exempt, to save, to 

protect, 
bcloegeit, to move, to shake. 
Sclocgttng, /. (2 6), agitation. 
bemetfcn,* to prove. 
httntvhtu,* fi(^ urn ctroaS, to sue for, 

to seek. 
ibclouttbent, to admire. 
9elouttbentng,/. (2 6), admiration. 
ht^affUnf to pay, to pay for. 
bcscid^nett, to designate. 
^t^ittf m. (16), precinct. 
ibc^ftgUd^, relative to, respecting ; in 
. Sesiig auf, with regard to. 
SSieberlierjigfeit,/. (26), uprightness, 

true-heartedness. 
Silb, n. (Ic), picture. 
"bitben, to form, to compose, 
(ittig, fair, reasonable. 
»taigtett,/. (2 6), fairness. 
bittben,* to tie, to bind, 
l^innen, within. 
6i«, till, until, to; «« ««!» W« an, 

until, to. 



VOCABULARY. 



\ 



lU^, hitherto, up to this time, as 
yet- 

iiW. n. a little. 

RMftcu, m. (la), fragment, morml, 

Sfltc,/. (2 a), entreaty, request. 

tUten,* to ask, ro beg, to leqnest, 
to entreat. 

tincT, bitter. 

iiitmit'ttn, |iif). (o commit an ab- 
anirdity, to make a fool of one- 
self. 

tlafcn,* to blow, to play, to soimd. 

SlaH,* n. (1 c), leaf, petal. 

Sllttltln, n. (la), petal. 

tlrnt, blue. 

mti, n. (1 b), lead. 

tliitcn,* to lemuD. 

titnkrn, to dazzle. 

eild,m. (16), glance. 

eiinHc, m. (2a), blind man. 

Mlnttln, to peep, to blink. 

Mil, naked, mete(ly), only, simply. 

biaittttt, flourishing. 

»lnra(,/,C2a), flower. 

Slumnqntta,* m. (1 a), flower- 
garden. 

BItll, n. (16), blood. 

Sltttt,/. <2a), blossom. 

»«»»n, m, (la), ground. 

t«»(Hlja, groundlesa,eiCBeding(ly). 

SDi)t*n.(lJ)),bDat. 

»ir([,/. (2a), purse. 

btU, evil, noxious. 

9*tf<4«fl,/. (2b), message. 

*inlcn,m, (la), roast (meat). 

bcaiirijcn, to use, to need. 

liriiiiR, brown. 

trail, brave, good. 

tit d] en," to break. 

Utril, broad, wide. 

lirtniicnft, burning, on fire, 

»rcli, H. (1 o), board. 

KrcilcrlitrtJiiinMHg,/. (2b), fence (of 
boards). 



Sirtttrlpank,* /. (16), board par- 
tition, barricade. 
»titf, m. (16), letter. 
trtnetn,* to carry, to bring. 
Srat, n. (16), bread, a loaf of 

SrkktT,* m- (la), brother. 
«»»(, m. (2a), boy, lad. 
8Su<»,«n. (Ic), book. 
tuNi, bright, variegated. 
Sarglr, m. (la), citizen. 
»iirB«rfritB, m. (1 6), civil wax. 
eiii|(cFAaft,/. (26), the citizens. 
SHrgtrwaAc,/. (2a), civic goard. 
eRd>t, m. (2 6), fellow student, 
enrhtcm. (2a), servant. 
enfni, m. (la), bosom, heart. 
»»!<,/. (2a), penance. 
SllHt, /. a small river in Fmsda 
which flows into the Havel, 



tetamtiag'Rcr, m. {la), Cham- 
pagne. 
te»l'lt|(, n. (gen. i. pi *), college. 



k«, there, when, then, as, dnce. 
katd, thereat, thereby, at the same 

time, in doing bo, by it; krttt 

fcln, to be present. 
Xait^buxh, r». (16), terrier, dachs- 

bonnd . 
kaklllA, by this or that means, 

thereby. 
kafftr, forlt, tortbat. 
taeigtN, against it. 
kittr, hence, therefore. 
katlH. thither, to that place; kaktM 

unb kgrt^in, hither and thither, 
tSamt,/, (2a), ladj, [that, 

kornit, therewith, with it, in ordet 



VOCABULARY. 



219 



batiMPfcn, to deaden, to soften down, 
to subdue. 

^ant, m. (1 &), thanks, gratitude. 

bantbat, thankful, grateful. 

battfen, to thank. 

banit, then. 

baran, thereon, therein, thereby, 
about it, to it, of it. 

barauf , upon it or that, at it, there- 
upon, then. 

barin, therein, in it or that. 

batlkbtt, over that, over it, about it. 

baruittr around there, on that ac- 
count, for it, therefore. 

ba'fein,* to be here or there, to be 
present. 

bafclbft, there. 

hafif that, in order that. 

ba^fteljeit,* to stand there. 

banentr to last, to continue. 

babott, thereof, of that, of it, from 
that. 

ba5ttr to that, along with it, for 
that purpose. 

baju'lommen,* to come up. 

tXebttt'te,/. (2 a), debate. 

bcffen, to cover ; htn Stfiif —, to set 
the table. 

Segeit, m. (la), sword. 

bein, -c, thine, your. 

bcmnaiifr accordingly. 

benett, dative^ plural of bet, bie, bad. 

Xenlart, /. (26), sentiment, dispo- 
sition. 

bcnrettr* to think ; man btntt, only 
think ; fic^ — , to imagine. 

Xettlmal,* n. (1 c), monument. 

btnn, for, then, indeed ; see p. 196, 
§64. 

btnnotllf nevertheless. 

ber, bie, bad, the, that, he, she, it, 
who, which. 

berett, whose, of them. 

bergleiil^ii, such, the like. 



bcricnige, bieienige, badjenige, he, 

she, that, 
berfelbe, biefelbe, badfclbe, the same, 

it. 
bc^f^albf therefore, for that reason, 
beffeit, gen. of ber, bad. 
beffentlotneit, urn —, for that reason, 

on that account, 
bei^megen, for that reason, on that 

account, 
beutttd^, clear, distinct. 
bcutfiif, German. 
Xeutfd^c, m. (2a), German. 
tXtalc!'ti!cr, m. (1 a), dialectician. 
Statta, /. Roman goddess of the 

moon, 
bid^t, dense, close, 
bicf, thick, dreggish. 
bienett, to serve. 
Siettft, m. (1 6), service. 
XiettftmJibf^en, n. (1 a), servant-girl. 
bicfer, -t, -ۤ, this, this one, the 

latter, 
btcdmal, this time. 
Sing, n. (1 6), thing, matter, 
fbtnie'reit, to dine, 
fbfrcrt', direct, 
bfid^, yet, but, still, by all means, 

surely, you know, pray; see p. 

196, § 64. 
Xold^, m. (1 &), dagger, 
bonnent, to thunder. 
b0pptU, double, doubly. 
Xorf ,♦ n. (1 c), village, 
bort, there. 
bortl|itt, thither. 

iXvatt^fmc,/, (2 a), drachma, a Gre- 
cian silver coin, value about 20 

cents. 
^Xtafma, n. gen. -^, pi. 5S)ramen, 

drama, 
brftngeu, ^6i, to crowd. 
Sr&ttgeit,7i. (la), insistence, urging, 
bre^ett, to turn. 



i 



220 VOCABULARY. 


*ni. three. 


ei«t,/. (2a),oak. 


tOTitrtr»t,' n. (1 6), haHpenny loaf. 


ttmiint.»n.(lc), squirrel. 


tnlfPA, threefold. 


mW, m. (1 a), zeal. 


»t(l««l, thrice. 


riftiB. aeaioHS. earnest. 


kniMslig, three timefl repealed. 


.iB", own. 




clgcnkiMkig, witli one's own hand. 


tTiHgca,* to rush, to press, to force. 


tiaimatia, selfish. 


ititu, third. 


8i|[lifd|tft, /. (2b), attribute, 


ktotin, to threaten. 


quality. 


3ir»lt»Bg,/. (Hi), threat. 


(igtttflRKlB, obstinate. 


»tfi»tir. over there. 


SigtMlnm,' n. (Ic), property, pos- 


ttililMi, to press, to Blip. 


session. 


kn, tboa, yon. 




kima, doll, stupid. 


eigrnlnmMc4(, n. (16), right of 


Xanuntcil, /. (2 6) , stupidity. 


possession. 


Sn«nT*)>f,< m. (1 b), douce. 


tigcNlli^, really. 


kwlrl, dark. 


lilti. to hasten, to harry. 


klialtn, to seem. 


tUftdia, hastily. 


artufi,* m. (1 6), vapout. 


tllig, hastily. 


banl, throngh, by, by means of, 


ti», one, an, a. 


oviag to. 


linanktr, each other. 


kNTAIIicS".' to peruse hastily. 


(In'slniCB, to breathe. 






fcflrftn,* to be allowed ; may. 


tiRft, (iHC, tint«, one. 


tftn, dry. 


dKfa4, simple. 




aiMfsn,' nt. (16), ooncell, sudden 


(S. 


idea. 


tln'fslen,- to j(dn, to cliime, (o oc- 


(*«. BT«n, just; tbtdfo, just as. 


cur {U> one). 


eic«wt, n. (16) ptopottioii. 




fi«t, geDDiue, real. 


(ia'Haktn,' HA, to arrive, to be 


rtti, uohle. 


there. 


(ftt, before. 






clN'frltccK,* to freeze iu. 


tntidt. lionsst, worthy. 


thi'Btkoi,' to Inspire. 


tfiicc./. (2a), honor. 


tln'gcklM.' to enter. 




»ln'8.|l<l|Mr,- to confesfl. 


eiir««dlt,/. (2 o), statue. 




clirciiDiill, honorable. 


(inigtr, -»,-(*, some; tiaigt umiBC. 


chrliA, honest, fair. 


some lev. 


ctrlicbtnb, hoiior-loTing. 




cbrlDiitkig, venerable, wonhlpful. 


clnfctrtn, to slop at. 


t> • ay. indeed. 


Oinlakmtg,/. |26). invitation. 


ttl. T., (le),ere. 





VOCABULARY. 



221 



etttmalr once, once more ; aitf einmalr 
suddenly, all at once; nid^t ciit- 
mal, not even. 
@iittitaleitt#r n. multiplication table. 
eitt'nel|mctt,* to take, 
ein'rid^tcn, to direct, to fit up, to 

furnish. 
cingemftet, rusty, inveterate, 
eitt'fd^alteit, to insert. 
cin'fdilafen,* to fall asleep, 
ein'fei^citr to appoint, to institute. 
etttft, once. 
eittHerftattben, agreed. 
etn'loinigeii, to agree to. 
^btloirtuiio,/. (2 6), influence. 
Siittoo^ncr, m. (la), inhabitant, 
etnsebt, single, one by one. 
eiitjig, single, sole; >ie eiwatflc, the 

only one. 
@tfcttlial^itittg,* m. (16), railway 

train. 
@(ic, /. one of the most important 

rivers in Germany. It flows 

through Saxony and Prussia and 

empties near Hamburg into the 

North Sea. 
feUgant^ elegant. 
tUxCt, miserable. 

clf» (c) eleven, 
etfenbcttt, of ivory, 
emlyfaitgen,* to receive. 
@m|pfe^ iwx^,f. (2 6), compliments, 
cm^fitibeit,* to perceive. 
etiM»drt, disgusted, 
em^or'reffcn, to hold up. 
(gnbc, n. (3), end ; ttm Chtbc, finally. 
enbtgen, to finish, 
enbltd^, at last, at length. 
(Snburteilr n, (16), ultimate sen- 
tence. 
(fttgel, m. (1 a), angel. 
Snglaub, n. (16), England, 
ettglifiif, English. 
eutbetfen, to discover. 



(Stttbctfung,/. (26), exploration. 
@tttc,/. (2 a), duck, 
entfenten, fi(^, to go away, to de- 
part, 
eittf etitt, distant, 
etttgegnen, to reply, 
ent^alten,* to contain. 
entl|fittett, to reveal. 
@ittff^abtgung,/. (2 6), indemnifica- 
tion ; — bfrlangen, to claim dam- 
ages. 
cntfd^ciben,* to decide. 
Chttfii^eibung,/. (2 6), decision, 
entfd^lieten,* fui^, to decide, 
entffi^foffcit, determined. 

(fntffi^dt^,* m. (1 6), decision. 

(fntfd^nlbigung,/. (2 6), excuse. 

entfe^en, to horrify. 

entfte^cn,* to arise, originate. 

entloebet . . ^ obcr, either ... or. 

enttoerfen,* to lay out, to plan, to 
devise, to make. 

(fntjiel^ung, /. (2 6), withdrawal. 

entjiinbeti, to set on fire. 

entjloeieit, fiij^, to fall out. 

er, he. 

crad^tett, to think, to deem. 

erbatmen, to move to pity. 

(Srbittcrung,/. (2 6), bitterness, irri- 
tation. 

crbdnben, to grow blind. 

erbe,/. (2a), earth. 

(Stbfunbe,/. (2a), geography. 

(Steigttid, n.(l 6), occurrence, event. 

erfaffeu, to seize. 

@irf0lg» in. (1 6), result, issue, suc- 
cess. 

crfreneu, to delight. 

erfrent, delighted. 

crftiff^eit, to refresh. 

erfftaen, to fill, to fulfil. 

ergcbeu, devoted, loyal, most hum- 
ble. 
crgreifen,* to seize, to resort to. 



222 



VOCABULARY. 




ttffaittn,* to keep, to be given, to 

receive, to get. 
(Stftfaltun^, f. (2&), preservation. 

ttfithtn,* to lift up, to rise, to en- 
ter (a protest); flii^ — , to arise, 
to rise. 

eri^dllen, to elevate. 

tttfoUn, jic^, to recover. 

<Stl|o(uuo,/. (2 6), recovery, relief. 

ttinnttn, ftd^, to remind of, to re- 
member. 

iStiunttun^, f, (2 6), reminder. 

erfSm^feit, to obtain by fighting. 

ttUujcn, to buy. 

ertettitcttr* to recognize. 

erfUireit, to explain, to declare; 
fitti — r to account for; fii^ — fiir, 
to proclaim on the side of, take 
the side of. 

e?Mfirttti8,/. (2 6), explanation. 

erlaubett, to allow. 

(&vlau^niSf/. (16), permission. 

(SvUhni§, n. (16), occurrence; pi. 
haps and mishaps. 

erietbett,* undergo. 

erlaud^t, illustrious. 

tvUhtn, to experience. 

erleuf^tettr to light. 

tvi'i\tn, to release. 

ttman^tln, to fail. 

ermdgltfifett, to make possible. 

<Stnft, m.(l 6), earnest ; (Sxnft maiffeii, 
to take in earnest. 

crnft, serious. 

ttnfttiaUt serious. 

entftUd^, seriously. 

erdffnen, to open. 

erquiffen, to refresh, to revive. 

errcgett, to excite. 

etrii^tett, to erect. 

ttx'ittn, to blush. 

erfd^allctt,* to sound, to spread 
abroad. 

erff^cinett,* to appear, to arrive. 



erfc^eit,* to perceive, 
erfe^ett, to supply, make good. 
cvft, first, not until, only, 
^rflaiineii, n. (la), astonishment, 

amazement. 
ttftt, first, early, 
erftcd^en,* to stab, 
crfttffen, to suffocate, to choke, 
crftreffctt, to extend. 
crtrtiitctt,* to drown, 
erloaii^enr to awake. 
ettoiffntn, to mention, 
crloarteitr to expect, to await. 
ertvartttitQ^nott, full of expectation, 

expectant, 
erioecfeit, to arouse. 
erioerlien,* |i(^, to acquire, to win. 
eriotbetn, to reply, to rejoin, 
ertoiberung,/. (2 6), reply. 
ct^&tlUnf to tell, to relate, 
etjie^ttttg,/. (26), education. 
(Stf^titfttt, m. (1 a), high priest. 
tS, it. 

(Sfe(, m. (1 a), ass, donkey, 
efcl^afty asinine. 

(Sfelin,/. (2 6), female ass, she ass. 
(Sffctt, n. (la), food, fare, 
tetifct'te,/. (2 a), etiquette. 
etma, perchance, about. 
ttt»a$, something, some. 
tntt^, to you, you; yourselves, to 

yourselves. 
ener, cure, your. 
(Sutofpa, n. (1 a), Europe, 
eioig, everlasting, perpetual. 
(Smigteit, /. (2 6), eternity. 
t(£ca/mett, n. {gen. #, pi, eiamino), 

examination; tin — madyett, to 

take an examination. 



3f. 



fabe, flat, stale, 
fiilligr capable of. 



VOCABULARY. 



223 



fal^ren,* to go, to drive ; — laffeit, to 
give up, to waive. 

3f«Wf* m. (1 6), case. 

fatten,* to fall. 

fjittcii, to fell, to bring down. 

fott^, in case. 

falfd^, wrong, incorrectly. 

fttlten, to fold up. 

tSfttttii'Iie,/. (2 a), family. 

frntocXr* to catch. 

tgform,/. (2 6), farm. 

fnfeltt, to talk foolishly. 

faffctt, to seize. 

^uiptt^, m. (1 b), lazy fellow. 

3f«uft,»/. (1 6), fist. 

fei^Ien, to fail, to be at fault, to be 
wanting, to lack. 

iJfe^Icr, m. (1 a), defect, fault, mis- 
take. 

feierUd^r solemn, ceremonious. 

feiit, fine, nice, polite. 

gfclb, w. (1 c), field, plain. 

fcffen^erjio, stony-hearted. 

Ofettfter, n. (la), window. 

gfertcn,/. pL vacation. 

fern, far; fntolefetn? how far? in 
what respect ? to what degree ? 

fcrtig, done, ready-made* 

fe|», firmly. 

fett, fat. 

Ofcttcr, n. (la), fire. 

fie(ertf(^, feverish. 

tS^iflUt',/. (2 6), figure. 

fiii^eit,* to find. 

Srtffi^er, m. (1 a), fisher. 

Ilammen, to flame. 

(|f(aff^c,/. (2 a), flask, bottle. 

fle^it, to implore. 

fitfttutlidff fervently. 

f(ei#io, diligent. 

SfUtfer, m. (1 a), mender. 

fiitfitn,* to flow. 

fliitt, quick. [gnn). 

Srlisttett^l)tt,* m. (16), cock (of a 



(|f(iioe(, m. (1 a), wing. 

3fltt#,*m. (16), river. 

Sflfigd^en, n. (la), small river. 

f(ttftent, to whisper. 

SrOlge,/. (2a), consequence; in htv 
(JfolQC, subsequently. 

folQett, to follow. 

fotQCit^erma^en, as follows. 

fotgUd^r consequently. 

forwent, to demand. 

(Iforbetung,/. (2 6), demand, claim. 

tformulie^ren, to formulate. 

fort'fa^reit,* to continue, to go on. 

fort'gellcii,* to go away. 

fort'fei^en, to continue. 

^otV\pitUn, to play on. 

Srtttgc,/. (2 a), question. 

fragett, to ask. 

gfrtttt,/. (2 6), woman, wife. 

ftct, free. 

(Ifrcigelaffene, m. (2 a), freed man. 

^vcititit, f, (2 6), freedom, liberty. 

grrciliert, m. (2 6), baron. 

fret(td^, certainly, to be sure. 

frci/fteljcn,* to be permitted ; e^ ftttft 
Slftien frei, you are free to do. 

freiloittig, voluntary, spontaneous. 

fremb, strange, foreign, alien. 

^ttmht, m. (2 a), stranger, foreigner. 

freffcn,* to eat, to devour. 

gfreubc, /. (2a), joy; mit grreuben, 
joyfully. 

freubig, joyful; gladly, with de- 
light. 

frcttett, fi(^, to rejoice, to delight in, 

to be glad of. 
(Jfrennb, m. (1 6), gfreuttblti, /. (2 6), 

friend. 
frettttbliiif, friendly, kind, kindly, 
grrcunbfii^aft,/. (2 6), friendship. 
(|frcl»el, m. (1 a), offence, outrage, 
fricbfaittr peaceable, 
ftifii^, fresh. 
tfriHoC, frivolous. 



224 



VOCABVLART. 



[ 



frnmra, gentle, pions. 
ftoBil. frosty, 
frflft, early. 

ffraiK,/. <2 a), early time. 
frHfttr, ptevioas. 
fftilMtag, m. (16), spring. 
Smmi, n. (16), breakfast. 
mttn, to (eel. 

fUdrcn, to lead, to take, to ezi 
(HaperlDteadence) ; Bd fii^ - 

flilf, five. 

Sunlt.ni. (2 a), spark. 
. fnnfcln. to glitter. 
flir, tor. 



etanB,-/. (1 6), gooie. 

8fl"*. whole, entire, all, quite, 

wholly ; flanf unt gat, locally, al- 

logeihet; flant link gar Itin, none 

whatever. 
finHUli, wholly, enUrely. 
Bur niitl, uot at all, by no means i 

not in the least; e«l llWta, 

nothing at all. 
W«rttn,< m. (1 a), garden. 
Wnriinj,/. (2b). ferment, tumult. 
Wn!(r,/.(2o), street. 
WnKtnjiuigt, m. (2a). street.amb. 
maffcniio, n. (1 c), street ballad. 
Wnft," m. (1 &), guest. 
«iif(ft»(,«m. (16), hotel. 
Baublfrtel, n. (lb), jugglery. 
Bilul,«m. (lb), nag. 
iSauMOi, m. (I o), palate. 
Wtbifrbt,/. (2 a), gesture. 
BrifirktN, fli^, to behave. 



grtem,' to give; i« s<<>t. there is, 
there are; ti flak, there was, 
there were. 
flctldnt,* to command. 
ettlrgSnt,* m. <1 c), place dtuated 

among the mountains. 
«tbra«*,«,n. {ib),nae. 
Sltrnni^n, to use. 
©(iaftr,/. (2b),due. 
gcbiltrtnb, due, fit. 
Sttmt.f. (2b), birth. 
WrtfiM, It. (16), hushes. 
@cliaikllli«, n. (16), memory. 
Qtckanit, »t. (2a), thought. 
ekkulk,/. patience. 
gtknlktn, to tolerate. 
gfttrl. honored. 
ffl«(«*r./. (26), danger. 
grfdlirliit, dangerous. 
gefaOtn,* to please. 
mmtn, m. (lo), lavor; — t|nm, 

to do a favor, to oblige, 
e<|ISe'l. 'I. (la), fowls, poultry. 
@(ft«icitts, n. ices. 
StWftl, jj. (16), feeling. 
etmOta, unfeeling, 
gcgtn, towards, gainst, about. 
tecgdiargumtW, n. (16), counter, 

argument. 
®<iink,/. (26), region. 
tecgtniiaii. m. (16) opponent. 
t®fBrtp«ttti', /. (26), opposite 

party, opposition. 
e'gnftfHg, opposite, mutual. 
etgcnRaitk,* m. (16), object, snb- 

«tStnKiI,n. (16), contrary; im— , 

OQ the contrary. 
gcgtiBktr, opposite to. 
(SteiattMit. f. (35), presence, 
gefltnwiirtis, present. (nent. 

©tflwi, TO. (la), adversary, oppo- 
gtgacrifil. relating to the oppoaita 

party, antagonistic. 



VOCABULARY, 



225 



gelyeit,* to go, to walk. 

gef)orii^eii, to obey. 

ge()«ireit, to belong, to appertain to, 
to have to do with the question. 

gcl|drt0, proper. 

^eiftedQcgettloartr /. (26), presence 
of mind. 

@el5(^ter, n. (la), laughter. 

gelangen, to attain, to come by. 

gelaffen, composed. 

®ti^, n. (Ic), money, sum. 

^clegenlicit, /. (2&), occasion, op- 
portunity. 

gelel|rtr learned. 

^t\va^, mild. 

gcUen,* to be worth, to pass for, to 
concern. 

@emal|l, m. (1 6), husband, consort. 

gcmeiit, common. 

gemciitigliiif, generally. 

gemetnff^aftltii^, common. 

<ikiiiei]tloefeii, n. (la), common- 
wealth. 

<9emfit, n. (1 c), heart, soul, disposi- 
tion. 

genau, accurate, exact, precise, 
quite, exactly. 

geiteigt, inclined. 

Okneigtlieitr /. (2&)> inclination, 
readiness. 

t®eme', n. {gen. -9, pi. -i), genius, 
talent. 

gente#eit,* to enjoy. 

genug, enough. 

^enugt^ttimg, /. {2b), satisfaction. 

t^eogra|»l|ie^/. (2 a), geography. 

gerabe, direct, just, precisely, the 
very, just at that moment ; see p. 
196, § 64. 

geratcii,* to become, — in, to fall 
into, come into; to turn out; in 
gotn — , to get angry. 

gered^t, just, fair, reasonable. 

(Beredptigteitr/. {2b), justice. 



©ercdjtfame,/. (2 a), right, preroga- 
tive. 

®ttitSit, 71. {lb), dish; judgment, 
court of justice. 

®ttittH§UvUit, /. (2 6), jurisdic- 
tion. 

®crid^tg||0f,» m. (16), court. 

(StviO^mtitt,* (1 6), judgment-place. 

gering, small, unimportant, humble. 

gertngfftgtg, slight. 

gent, willingly; ttt»a9 — tifuu, to 
like to do something. 

@eriif^t, n. (1 6), rumor. 

@efd^5ft, n. (16), business, concern. 

geffi^e^eit,* to happen, to be done. 

geffl^eit, sensible, intelligent. 

Olcfd^if^te,/. (2 a), history, story. 

gefH^tcft, skilful. 

®c\tlltt%, n, (16), outcry, shouting. 

geff^tofinat, tailed. 

gefd^loeigen, to say nothing of ; ge- 
fd^locige, much less, not to men- 
tion. 

gefd^toiub, quick. 

®t\tU\M\tf /. (26), society, com- 
pany, party. 

gcfeUftf^oftlid^, social. 

®€fe^, w. (1 6), law. 

^fei^gebttttg,/. (2 6), legislation. 

gefe(;m5#{g, lawful. 

^efii^t, n. (Ic), face. 

©efittnttttg, /. (2 6), sentiment, 
opinion. 

gefonnen, disposed, inclined. 

@cf)»ettft, n. (1 c), ghost. 

@ef^raiif, n. (1 6), conversation. 

geftelieit,* to confess. 

geftent, yesteixlay. 

t@€|»i«ttlartaii', /. (2 6), gesticula- 
tion. 

geftreng, severe; ©cftrengcr ^rr, 
Your worship. 

geloalir, aware; — - tvcrbett, to be- 
come aware of. 



226 



VOCABULARY. 



geloa^ren, to grant. 
©eloaUti^at,/. (2 6), violent act. 
&tt9effv, w. (16), gun. 
(3ttotifif n. (1 6), horns, antlers, 
getoinnen,* to win, to gain, 
getot^, certain, certainly. 
©ettiiPcft,/. (2 6), certainty. 
i^tXoxtitx, n. (la), thunder-storm. 
getoS^nen, ft(^ to accustom one's self. 
©etoo^tt^eit,/. (2 6), custom, 
gctod^nlid^, usual, 
getoollitt, accustomed, 
gielit, ed gieit, there is, there are. 
@ift, n. (16), venom, poison. 
®«bc,/.(2a), guild. 
@lanj, m. (16), glory, glare, 
gtauben, to believe, to think, to 

suppose. 
glauBKf^r credible, 
gleid^, equal, like, at the same time, 

just, immediately, right away; 

gtet(^ aU Ob, just as if; mcined 

(beincS, feinc§) gteid^en, persons 

like me (you, him) ; e§ l^at itic^t 

fctnedgleif^ett, it has no parallel ; 

gletd^ tion 9tnfang att, from the 

first. 
@lct(l^getot(^t, n. (1 6), equilibrium, 

balance, 
gfetd^giiltig, indifferent, 
gleif^fam, as it were, 
gletten,* to slide, 
glorreif^, glorious. 
©Ififf, n. (16), good luck. 
gliiff({(^, fortunate, happy, 
glltcflif^erloeifc, fortunately, 
glfi^en, to glow, 
©nabe, /. (2 a), grace ; @einer @na- 

ben, his honor. 
gnSbig, gracious, graciously. 
golbett, golden, 
golbgclb, golden, 
gdtmett, to grant. 
®ott,*m. (Ic), God. 



gdttUd^, divine, like a god. 

gottlob, thank God. 

gottloS, ungodly, wicked. 

@rttb,* n. (1 c), grave. 

grfimen, jlt^, to fret, to grieve. 

(S^ramma ^titftttttbc,/. (2 a), grammar 
lesson. 

tgtttaiii^', graceful. 

©rcitje,/. (2 a), bounds. 

@rted^cn(anb, n. (16), Greece. 

@rt{fe(, m. (la), slate-pencil. 

t@nmaf /fe, /. (2 a) , grimace. 

grob, gross, coarse. 

©ro'blait, m. (16), insolent fellow. 

gtiibnill, grossly. 

grd^ten, to shriek. 

0ro|, great ; ^a^ @ro§c, great thing. 

®r«*ftff /. (2 a), greatness, magni- 
tude. 

grogmJif^tig, powerful. 

grogmdgenb, mighty. 

©roftmuttcr,*/. (la), grandmother. 

tgrotc^l^ grotesque. 

griiit, green. 

@ruttb,* m. (16), ground, reason, 
cause; 5^ ®runbe gelyen, to be 
ruined; im @ruitbe, at the bot- 
tom, in truth. 

gr&nbeit, to base, to found. 

grfi^eu, to salute, greet, send love, 
kind regards. 

©ttiift, /. favor. 

gfinfttg, favorable, propitious. 

g»t, good, well. 

®VLt,* n. (Ic), good, estate. 

@tttc, /. kindness, conciliation ; in 
®Utf amicably. 

iaat, n. (16), hair. 
liaben, to have. 
^aifett, m. (la), heel, 
^agel, m. (la), hail. 



VOCABULARY. 



227 



^a^it,* m (1 6)» cock (of a gun). 

liatXi, half. 

^ftjfte,/. (2 a), half. 

^aU,*m. (16), neck. 

tialSftavtiq, stiff-necked. 

^ait, m. halt ! 

f^altl stop! 

lyatten,* to hold; ^ultctt laffrn, to 
stop ; tfalttn f ftr, to take or think 
to be. 

^amntellbraten, m. (la), roast mut- 
ton. 

^anb,*/. (1&), hand. 

^aitblbrcU,/. (2&), hand's breadth. 

^anbcl,* m. (la), case, affair, quar- 
rel. 

ftanUlttf to act; fifi^ — nm tmaS, to 
be at stake ; t§ tianUU fif^ ntitr the 
question is. 

^avhtl^mtt, /. {2 b), commercial 
world. 

lianbfefitr strong. 

^attblnng, /. (2&), action, trial, 
business. 

^atibf thrift,/. (26), handwriting. 

^aitbkioll,/. handful. 

^unbtifcrfrr, m. (la), artisan. 

^anbtofrrf^genof, m. (2 6), fellow 
tradesman. 

^ottgen,* to hang. 

^anno'kierr n. (la), Hanover. 

flUTttt&diq, stubborn, obstinate. 

^afe, m. (2a), hare. 

liaftigr hastily. 

^Jittfifir frequently, often. 

^att)ft,* n. (1 c), head. 

^aii)ft)fevfoit, /. (2 6), chief charac- 
ter. 

^unpmovtf* n. (1 c), noun. 

^Uttd,* 71. (Ic), house; nad^ ^uttfe, 
home, homeward. 

^uttdgettoffr, m. (2 a), house com- 
panion. 

I^ittdlifl^r domestic. 



^akirl,/. a tributary of the Elbe. 
Iieieti,* to drift; flfi^ — , to raise 

one's self. 
^fCr/. (2a), dregs. 
iJlfftifir vehement, violent, strong. 
l^eiba! huzza! 

^clbe,/. (2 a), plain, heath, 
^etl, n, (16), welfare, hail! 
llcUtg, sacred; ber lieiltge ^etrua, 

Saint Peter, 
^ciligrttff^rin, m. (1 6), halo, 
^ctmat,/. (2 6), home, native place, 
i^rint'gc^rit,* to go home. 
Iietmlif^r secretly. 
Hftr hot. 
^etgen,* to bid, to be called, to 

mean, 
^elb, m. (26), hero. 
l|e(feit,« to help ; tofad l|t(ft t» ? what 

use is it? 
^eU, bright. 

^tUthutht,/. (2 a), halberd, 
fetter, m. (la), farthing. 
iKtr hither ; t»o tft bad tftv ? where 

is that from ? um^er, round about, 
^cmb^fittfeit,* to sink down. 
l|cnitt'fomtitcit,* to come. 
tftvawnafitn, to approach. 
^ttannatitn, n. (1 a), approach, 
^ernttf ^nettem, to climb up. 
^crattS^)m<;ett, to dress out, to deco- 
rate. 
tfttau^fiitf^tn,* to pull out. 
lirrbei^fft^reit, to bring in, to lead. 
tfttUVvn^tn,* to call in. 
fttvUV\^Uppttt, to drag hither* 
fttvhtUftlivstn, to rush up, or near, 
lirrcitt'fft^ren, to show in. 
tttv^tommtn,* to be owing to, to be 

the consequence of. 
f^trtommiiUft customary. 
^trluit^, m. Hercules, a Greek 

hero. 
I^rniirber'falleit,* to fall down. 



228 



VOCABULARY, 



^c'rolb, m. (1 6), herald, 

^err, m. (26), master, gentleman, 

Mr.; mciit ^etr I sir I 
^evrlifl^, delicious. 
Iier'fcln,* to descend from, come 

from, to be derived from, 
lieritm, around, 
^emnt^re^eiir to twirl. 
lientm^llirgctt,* to fly about, 
^erum^tanfen,* to run about. 
iKtum^f^fa^ierett, to walk about. 
l|rnttit<f)frt]igeii,* to spring about. 
^ttum'ixtXUn,* fi(^, to idle around, 
lierttm^ttttmneln, ft^ to bustle about. 
i^ttVMitx, down, 
lietititter^ffl^itcibrit,* to cut off. 
licrkior^liHttgen,* to produce, 
licrkior^brittgcit,* to break forth, 
^nf^r^ragctt, to project. 
l|rrkior'f4|aneit, to look out. 
iltx>»9x'^\tiltn,* to pull out. 
^rr^enibamr, /. (2 a), lady-love. 
iltv^iX^, hearty, heartily. 
lietieit, to hunt. 
^nte, to-day; iio4| f^tnit, this very 

day. 
^ctttig, ber l^eutige Sag, this day. 
fiitx, here, in this, 
^iernttf , hereupon, to this, 
llirraui, from this. 
l|iet(ei, herewith, herein. 
l|ierl|cr, here. 
^iermit, herewith. 
^«fe,/. (2 a), help, 
^immclr m. (1 a), sky, heaven ; beim 

^immet ! by Jove ! 
^immrI^tf|or, n. (1&), gate of 

heaven, 
l^mmliff^r heavenly. 
llin, thither ; bor fi<9 l^in, to herself, 
^inanf 'flattent, to flutter up. 
I^inattf 'ticttcm, to climb up. 
l^inaitd'lDerfeit,* to thrust out. 
liiieiit, in, into, thither. 



l^ittgegen, on the other hand 

^itt^ge^en,* to go to. 

^in'fommen,* to come to. 

I^inten, ^itttrr, behind. 

llintercinanber, in succession. 

^tttfibrr^ffl^attcn, to look over. 

llinnnter, down. 

l|itt/|ticifrit,* to refer or point to. 

llitt^n'brittgrtt, {t4l, to crowd to- 
ward. 

\l\n^'\t%tn, to add. 

^irnff^Sbet, m. (la), brain. 

^trffi^, m. (16), stag. 

^i<;e,/. (2a), heat, ardor, passion. 

I^i<!i0, passionate^ hasty. 

^^t^ W\itx, ^54lfl), high, highly. 

l|Ofl^ ^ad^tm, to esteem highly. 

l|S<9ft, highest, supreme. 

^Of^tofftrbtg, right reverend. 

^94lieitdf4|titattd,* m. (lb), wed- 
ding-feast. 

^of,* m. (16), court. 

l|offcit, to hope. 

l|Sf(i<|, polite. 

^i»^rr/. (2a), height; in bic ^d^c, 
into the air, upward. 

l|ol|(, hollow. 

^arertueib, n. (1 c), fishwife. 

liolett, to fetch. 

^atte,/. (2 a), hell. 

^iiUentiior, n. (1 6), gate of hell. 

^areit, to hear. 

t^orijoitt', m. (16), horizon.^ 

^om,* n. (1 c), horn. 

t^otel', n. (flren. -«, pZ. -*)» hotel, 

l|&bf<|, comely, pretty, nice ; l|&bf<| 
orbetttlifi^, in a proper manner. 

*Wf«r/. (2 a), help. 

^ttnb, m. (16), dog. 

I^unbert, hundred. 

^nttger, m. (la), hunger. 

%wx%xi^, hungry. 

Curtail! hurra! 

^itt,*m. (16), hat. 



VOCABULARY. 



229 



3^ 

il|m, to him, to it. 

i^n, him. 

«Hr, their, her; 3^r, your. 

i^reSgteifl^eitr her equal, the like (of 
her). 

tSUft^r/. Iliad, Greek epic poem. 

tittttfUrle'ren, to illustrate. 

im = in bcm. 

immerr always, ever; itoil^ Immcr, 
still; tmmer uitb immer totebet, 
again and again. 

immtx%xn, always. 

\mmttvxt%x, more and more. 

tttl^»ofa1tt^ portly. 

in, in, into. 

iitbrm, while, when, in that. 

ittbeffen, however. 

flii'bireft, indirect. 

imterlif^, inner, domestic. 

ittdge(feim, secretly. 

infofcnt, in so far as, in as much 
as. 

Yxvi\\f\^\t'xtxi, to inspect. 

tttttereffant' , interesting. 

tSttteref fe, n. (2 a), interest. 

tStttertoutt', w. (1&), interval. 

tSittertietttiott', /. (2 6), interven- 
tion. 

intifieferitr in what respect, to what 

degree. 

irgenb, — ein, some ; — ctlDUd, any- 
thing ; — Wti^tx, any, whatever ; 
— too, somewhere. 

Irrcii, to err ; flii^ — , to be mistaken. 

\tif yes, indeed, certainly, truly, to 
be sure ; see p. 196, § 64. 

3aile,/. (2 a), jacket. 

Saflb,/. (2 6), hunt. 

l^agbgeit^ffr, m. (2o), hunting com- 
rade* 

3a0bgef(i||i<9ter/.<2a), hunting story. 



lagcit, to hunt. 

Sager, m. (la), hunter. 

Sjiger^jittdfi^cnr n. (1 a), game keep- 
er's house. 

3al>r, 7i. (16), year. 

ial^relattgr for years. 

3a(nre§5eit, /. (2 6), season. 

3al|r^nnbcrt, n. (16), century. 

Safol^r m. (16), Jacob, James. 

iSamnter, m. (la), complaint. 

Safon, m., Jason, a Greek hero. 

it, ever. 

Jeber, -e, -0, every, each, any ; ei» 
— , every one ; iebermmttt, every- 
one. 

icbof^r however, nevertheless. 

\tmaU, ever. 

iemanb, somebody, any one. 

Jcner, -e, -5, that, the former, that 
one. 

ienfeitig, opposite. 

iti^i, now. 

tioWa' lifc^, jovial, jolly. 

3ttl6el, m. (la), rejoicings. 

Sngenbaltcr, n. (la), youth. 

itwfi, young. 

iSttngc, m. (2 a), boy, lad, youth. 



tAa(a/te,/. (2 a), cabal. 

Aa(ftt,* m. (1 6), boat. 

Hdltilfttigreit,/. (26), cold-blooded- 
ness. 

tftamin', m. (16), chimney, fire- 
place. 

itatiM»f r* m. (1 6), combat. 

^StapX'ttX, n. (la)» chapter. 

farg, niggardly. 

Karl, m. (1 6), Charles. 

ftafe, m. (la), cheese. 

faufen, to buy. 

Aanflabeit,* m. (la), shop, store. 

laum, scarcely. 



230 



VOCABULARY, 



lel^rctt, fi(^ — , to tarn ; ftii^ an etloai 
— , to heed. 

Itin, no ; Urn ctnaigrr, not a single 
one. 

leiner, no one; leiner kiott ieiben, 
neither of them. 

StifXvitXf m. (la), waiter. 

lennen,* to know. 

Sttvi, m. (16), fellow. 

Aeffrtfltffcr, m. (la), tinker. 

fttnb, 71. (Ic), child. 

ffirrf)e,/. (2 a), church. 

JlUd^turm,* m. (1 6>, church-tower. 

Stiv\tl^hawn* m. (16), cherry-tree. 

ftirfilje,/. (2 a), cherry. 

Airff^fcrn, m, (16), cherry-stone. ' 

Siin^t, f. (2 a), complaint, bewail- 
ing. 

flagen, to complain. 

ftldger, m. (1 a), plaintiff, complain- 
ant; Il&geriffl^cr Knloalt, plain- 
tiff's attorney. 

fttang,* m. (16), sound. 

Ylar, clear. 

tftUrfe,/. (2 a), class. 

Sitan\tl,f, (2 a), stipulation. 

fithtn, to cleave, to stick, to at- 
tach. 

Kletb, n. (1 c), dress, clothes. 

lUihtu, fld^, to dress, to clothe. 

itUiberftf^ititt, n.(l 6) , cut (of clothes) . 

Jtleibnng,/. (26), clothing. 

JtleibtmgdfHifr, n. (16), garment. 

Yleiit, Uttle. 

^Uintv, m. little fellow. 

Aletnigreit, /. (26), small matter. 

Ilettent, to climb. 

tmicltt^ m. (26), client. 

Ilingcit,* to sound. 

fftlnb, m. (gen. -9, pi. -5), club. 

tlttg, wise, clever. 

Annie, m. (2 a), boy. 

Stnitxitmtn, m. (la), shoemaker's 
stirrup. 



Anof^cn, m. (la), bone. 

ftnftttel, m. (la), club. 

lo^tffl^Mari, coalblack. 

tAone'Qfr m. (2 a), colleague. 

ffo'tniff^, comic, droll. 

^tommanhWxtn, to command. 

iommtn* to come. 

fAomtniffiim',/. (26), commission. 

fAomd'bie,/. (2o), comedy. 

tKom^Iimeitf, n. (1 6), compliment. 

itomp^nit^vtn, to compose. 

tAom)fofittOlt^ /. (26), composi- 
tion. 

^Slompott'f n. (16), sauce, preserves. 

fAottbi'torlabcn,* m. (la), confec- 
tioner's shop. 

ISttncit,* to be able, can, to know. 

iStonttatt't m. (16), contract. 

fftonsert', n. (16), concert. 

fto|>f,»m. (16), head. 

StQp^ti^tn, n. (1 a), pillow. 

Sloth*, m. (16), basket. 

StitptVf m. 1(1 a), body. 

ft9r)f erlid^f fit, /. (26), corporeality. 

loftrn, to cost. 

ftoftett, /./>;. costs. 

tftoftftiit', n. (16), attire. 

Stva^t,*/. (16), force, power. 

frSnfen, to injure. 

Shrnitj,* m. (16), wreath, crown. 

Ira<;ett, to scratch. 

ftuuSf curly. 

triegcriff^, warlike. 

Jhriegdmnitn, m. (Ic), soldier. 

tShrttir,/. (26), criticism. 

tfrl'tifc^, critical. 

fi&4|e,/. (2 a), kitchen. 

fttt4|cit, 7n. (1 a), cake. 

ftx8<<f/- (2 a), ball. 

Iftlllcit, to cool. 

mi|it, bold. 

ftuminer, 9/1. (la), grief, trial. 

luub'geben, to make known. 

Stunft,*/. (X6), art, skilL 



VOCABULARY, 



231 



furs, short ; Imr YnraeWr lately, not 
long ago ; in rnrsetitr shortly ; fnrj 
ititb gut, to make a long story 
short. 

Atttffl^er/. (2a), carriage. 

s. 

Ifid^cltt, to smile. 

lad^eit, to laugh. 

Ififl^erHfl^, absurd, ludicrous, gro- 
tesque. 

(abcn,* to load. 

Sabot,* m. (la), shop. 

S<^0(r/' (2 a), situation, plight. 

Sagrr, n. (la), couch. 

Sanb,* n. (1 c), land, country. 

Sanblifiu^fl^ett, n. (la), cottage, 
country-seat. 

Sanbffl^aft, /. (26), landscape. 

laitg(e), long, a long time. 

Sangmut, /. patience. 

I&ngft, long since. 

S&rm, m. (16), noise. 

Ijfrmenb, noisy. 

laffcit,* to let, to allow. 

tSater'ne,/. (2 a), lantern. 

8aiif,* m. (16), course. 

laufen,* to run. 

Satrae,/. (2a), humor. 

laut, loud, distinct. 

lauteit, to purport; bie Knttifort 
lantet, the answer is. 

lauter, clear ; nothing but. 

lebcn, to live. 

Sebcn, n. (la), life. 

lebenbig, alive. 

Seben^art,/. (2 6), manner of living. 

Sebcndlattf,* m. (1 6), course of life, 
career, biography. 

lebliaft, lively. 

Scblyaftiglcit,/. (26), liveliness, life. 

Icd^^n, to be parched with thirst, 
to languish, to pant. 



teer, empty. 

Jegeit, to lay ; flc^ — , to lie. 

fie^rc,/. (2 a), moral. 

Iclirctt, to teach. 

Sclircr, m. (la), teacher. 

Se^r)frobc,/. (2 a), test-lesson. 

Ie(frreifl^r instructive. 

8eib, m. (Ic), body. 

leib^aft, embodied, real. 

Scibmafl^c,/. (2 a), body guard. 

leid^t, easy, easily, lightly. 

8eib, n. (3), sorrow, pain. 

leibcn,* to suffer, to endure. 

Seibrit, n. (la), suffering. 

leibig, troublesome. 

leibliil^, tolerable. 

fieier,/. (2a), lyre. 

leife, softly. 

leiften, to render. 

Seiftnng,/. (26), performance. 

fieiter,/. (2 a), ladder. 

tficftion',/. (26), lesson. 

iernen, to learn, to study. 

Jefctt,* to read. 

Ui^if last. 

U%ttxtx, the latter. 

lengttcit, to deny. 

Scute, pi. people, persons. 

filc^t, n. (Ic), light. 

lieb, dear. 

8iebc,/. (2 a), love. 

licbcn, to love. 

lirber, rather. 

Sirbed^anbel,* m. (1 a), love-affair. 

Siebliaber, m. (la), lover. 

lieblifl^, charming. 

Sieblingi^ftubien, pU favorite studies. 

Ilcgen,* to lie, to be. 

Sictt'tcnant, {pronounce: Scut'naut), 

m. {gen. -d ;p/. -5), lieutenant. 
Idblid^, estimable, worthy, 
lod'gelien,* to come off. 
lod^fd^natten, to take off. 
8Me,/. (2 a), break. 



232 



VOCABULARY, 



8tift,*/.(16),air. 

£ilftfl^eit, n. (la), breeze, breath of 

wind. 
2»nfi«»/. (2a), lungs. 
8tif*r»/. (16), wish, fancy. 
Suftigleit,/. (26), merriment. 

ntaf^en, to make, to do, to consti- 
tute. 

m&f^tig, mighty; mightily, im- 
mensely. 

SRiibf^en, n. (la), girl, maiden. 

aRSgbleitt, n. (la), little girl. 

taRaoi^fter, m. (la). Master of Arts. 

taRaJcftftt/,/. (26), majesty. 

man, one, a person. 

mattf^, many a. 

tnand^er, -e, -t^, many a one. 

fmanier'^Ufl^r mannerly, genteel. 

SRarnt,* m. (1 c), man. 

tnonnliaft, manly. 

aiiiaittel,* m. (1 a), cloak, mantle. 

aRfirc^eittttf^,* n. (1 c), book of fairy 
tales. 

aRnriri^eit, n. (la), little Mary. 

9Rar!, n. (la), marrow. 

SRarft,* m. (16), market, market- 
place. 

Viatii^la%f* m. (16), market-place. 

tnorffl^liereit, ready to march. 

tnarfdiie^reitr to march ; tnarfd^ liinein, 
march in. 

aRarftatt,* m. (16), stables. 

^a^xt^t\,f. (2 a), measure. 

mef|r, more. 

mel|reit, fi4), to increase. 

ntrlirrre, several. 

melit, -e, my. 

meitten, to think, to suppose, to say. 

tneinige, bcr, bie, bad — , mine. 

SReittung,/. (26), opinion, meaning, 
intention. 



meift, most; bit meifteit, the most; 
am meiften, most. 

aReifter, m. (la), master. 

metbeit, to announce, to make 
known. 

taRelobie',/. (26), melody. 

fmeto^iff^, melodious. 

SWettBC/. (2 a), multitude, crowd. 

SRenfd^, in. (26), man, human being. 

aRrnff^citfinii, m. (1 6), human under- 
standing. 

merrrn, to notice. 

merfmfirbig, remarkable. 

SReffer, n. (la), knife. 

taRetlio'bc,/. (2 a), method. 

mid^r me. 

SRiene,/. (2a), expression, air. 

SRiete,/. (2 a), hiring, lease, rent. 

mieten, to hire, to rent. 

SRietlotttratt, m. (16), contract of 
rental. 

aRtlf^ftrafe,/. (2 a), milky way. 

tmtiltrrifc^, military. 

SRilbe,/. clemency. 

taRilii',/. (26), militia. 

mtttber, less. 

tSRltttt'te,/. (26), minute. 

aRtgerfoIg, m. (16), failure. 

mtt, with, by; together with, also, 
likewise. 

mWht'xvL^tVi,* to bring along. 

SRttbftrger, m. (la), fellow-citizen. 

miteinaitber, together. 

mW^thtn,* to give some one some- 
thing to take along with him. 

mif ge^rn,* to go along with. 

SRitgUeb, n. (Ic), member. 

mttlribig, compassionate. 

mit^ne(fmen,* to take along. 

mitfamt, together with. 

mXta^m, midday. 

aRittagdeffeit, n. (la), dinner. 

SRittag^sctt,/. (26), dinnei-time. 

fiRittc,/. (2a), middle. 



VOCABULARY. 



233 



SRitte(, n. (la), means. 

SRUtclgrdlc /. (2 a), middling 
size. 

mitten, in the midst ; mitteit anf , in 
the middle of. 

SRitternac^t,*/. (16), midnight. 

mitttrrtoriU, in the meantime. 

9Rttttoof^, m. (1 &), Wednesday. 

fmStUr/reit, to furnish, to fit up. 

a»obe,/. (2 a), fashion. 

taRobitIation% /. (2 6), modulation. 

tttdgen,* may, can, let. 

mdglifl^, possible. 

ta)^oment^ m. (16), moment. 

aotonut, m. (1&), month. 

aotonb, m. (1 &), moon. 

SRoraft,* m. (1 6), morass, swamp. 

aoiorb, m. (1&), murder. 

SRorbtoert^Cttg, n. (1&), instrument 
of murder, weapon. 

aitorgcit, m. (1 a), morning. 

tttorgen, to-morrow, in the morn- 
ing. 

mftbr, tired. 

SRfi^c, /. (2&), pains, trouble, ex- 
ertion; ber aviftlic tifcrt, worth 
while. 

SWftllfal, n.or/.(l&), toil. 

SRunb, m. (16), mouth. 

mftitbrit, to flow into. 

tnfinbUfl^, orally. 

aotfittbung, /. (2&), mouth (of a 
river). 

mnirmeln, to murmur. 

taRttfir,/. (2 6), music. 

9Rtt$reI, m. (3), muscle. 

9Rttgeflitiibe, /. (2 a), leisurehour; 
— Oef4l<iftigititgrii, pursuits of leis- 
ure hours. 

tnftffeit,* to be obliged ; must. 

SDlttt, m. (1 h)t courage. 

SWutter,*/. (la), mother. 

mittiDilltgcrtiicife, wantonly. 

^^t,f. (2a), cap. 



5R. 

nttd^f to, for, by, after, according to; 
ita4l ttitb nac^, gradually. 

9lafl^bar, m. (3), neighbor. 

nadibem, after, when. 

nai^'benfcit,* to consider, to think of. 

9{afl^brttfr, m. (1 6), vigor. 

9>2ad|(omine, in, (2 a), successor. 

92af^rommettf(^af t, /. (2 6), posterity. 

ttad^malS, afterward. 

Wailititittag, m. (16), afternoon. 

nai^mittagd, in the afternoon. 

SRac^rif^t,/. (2 6), information. 

nad^'rufeit,* to call after. 

9>2afl^rul|tiir m. (16), posthumous 
fame. 

ttfid^fitc, nearest, closest, next. 

Wac^t,*/. (16), night. 

Wabet,/. (2a), needle. 

Wiigel,»m. (la), nail. 

na^eliegettb, neighboring. 

9}&^r, /. (2 a), nearness, neighbor- 
hood. 

ttfi^eit, to sew. 

fnaiti, natv6, natural. 

9lamtt m. (2 a), name. 

namcttd, by name. 

itamllaft, well known. 

itfiinUfl^, the very same, identical, 
namely, you must know. 

9latt, m. (2 6), fool. 

Wafe,/. (2 a), nose. 

Watttr,/. (26), nature. 

naiiUvlitfi, natural. 

natikvntf^vtotlit, naturally. 

9ltUl, m. (la), mist. 

9{el6entiteitfd|r m. (2 6), fellow-being. 

ttclititeit,* to take. 

ttein, no. 

ttcitttrn,* to name, to call. 

fnerkidd', nervous. 

mut new ; kion itritem, anew. 

itentt, nine. 



234 



VOCABULARY, 



tnctttral<, neutral, 
ttld^t, not ; — me^r, no more, 
ttifi^ti^r nothing. 
ittf^tdbcftotifeiiiQer, nevertheless, 

however, 
nif^tdloitrbtg, frivolous, 
tile, never, 
iticber, down. 
itteber^fe<;en, to set down, to appoint, 

to institute. 
niebcrtrfifl^tiQ, hase, mean. 
Wiebertrfic^tiB!ctt,/. (2 6), baseness. 
niebdg, low, vulgar. 
tttentali^, never, 
tttemaitb, no one. 

9{ictl6rauf^,* m. (1 6), use, usufruct, 
nofi^f still, yet, more, besides ; nod^ 

ifma^f anything more; nod^ ein* 

Qtiit, once more, 
nofl^mald, once again. 
ttSrbitf^, northern. 
Worbfee,/. (2 6), North Sea. 
92orbltititb, m. (1 6), north wind, 
notbftrftig, scantily. 
nStig, necessary, needful; nStig 

l^aieit, stand in need of. 
ttdttgeit, to force, 
itilfliteni, sober. 
«««, now, well, why. 
itttitinell^r, now, by this time, 
ttur, only, simply. 
itft<;li(^, useful. 

olPr whether, if. 

oictt, above ; bow — , from above, 
obenbrrtn, over and above. 
Ober^an^ft,* n. (Ic), head. 
Cber^err, m. (26), supreme lord, 
oierft, uppermost, 
odgleif^, although. 
tOlPieft', n. (16), object. 
Cbrigfeit, /. (26), magistrates, au- 
thorities, government. 



obrtgreUIif^c tperfim,/. (26), magis- 
trate. 
Cbftgarten,* m. (la), fruit>garden. 
Sbe, barren, 
obey, or. 

offenbur, evident, open, 
dffeittltfl^, public, openly, 
dffnctt, to open, 
oft, often, 
o^we, without. 
Cl|r, n. (3), ear. 
t£)Iottom^ m. (26), farmer. 
fOrta^br, /. (2 o) , octave. 
D|ifer, n. (la), sacrifice, 
orbentlid^, orderly, properly. 
Crbnung,/. (26), order. 
Crt,* m. (Ic), place, locality. 
Crt, m. (1 6), village, town, district. 

l^aur, n. (1 6), pair ; citt \faat, a few, 

some. 
^tidtn, to pack. 
tVa'Ietot (pronounce; IfJa'Ieto), m. 

(flren. -5, p^. -5), great coat. 
tVartei',/. (26), party. 
l^arteigetft, m. ( Ic), party spirit, 
t^artellic^feit,/. (26), partiality. 
l^artrilDttt,/. party violence. 
Iiaffen, to fit. 
t^faffioniert^ passionate, 
fl^afle/te,/. (2a), pastry. 
t)fatrio'Hf<9, patriotic. 
)fr4|ff^tiiar5, jet-black. 
)feiitUf^, painful, 
t^crfott',/. (26), person. 
ft^titx, t^ctrnd, m. Peter. 
^jfelfew,* to blow, to whistle, 
ipfeit, m. (16), arrow, dart, shaft, 
l^ferb, n. (16), horse. 
Vfiegc,/. (2 a), attendance, care. 
)ff(cgrit, to be accustomed to, to be 

wont, to be used to ; fo )ff(egt riS jit 

ge^cn, thus it generally happens. 



VOCABULARY. 



235 



Wii^t,/. (26),duty, 

t!^l|Otogra)fl|ie^/. (2 a), photograph. 

t!^l|)|fiogitomic%/. (2 a), face. 

I^iftofer/. (2a), pistol. 

%la%,*m. (16), place. 

)fldl{Iif^r suddenly. 

I^dielr m. (la), mob, people. 

I^olctt, n. (la), Poland. 

fl^oiiMP, m. (1 6), pomp. 

t|lofitto^ positive. 

t)fofficr'Itf^, ludicrous, funny. 

t!^omiIioit% m. (lb), postilUon. 

Iirifl^tigr splendid, magnificent. 

Dfraftiff^r practical, useful. 

^xaUtnf to strike. 

t?Pr«flbe»t', m. (2 6), president. 

\ftti\tvif* to praise ; gl&fflic^ )frcifcn, 
to call one happy. 

^ttW^tbtXL,* to expose. 

)freidtiiftrbtg, praiseworthy. 

t^itat|ia(% m. (1 6), principal, mas- 
ter. 

l^toBc,/. (2 a), proof, test. 

fiprogratntit^ n. (1 6), programme. 

ft^romrita^Cr /. (2a), promenade, 
walk. 

fl^roiiittj/,/. (26), province. 

t91^0^(6^ m. (16), process, suit, 
action. 

f^rftgelr m. (la), lash. 

l^tiltier, n. (la), powder. 

t^mrjetbantn,* m. (16), somerset; 
etnrn — ff^Ingett, to make a somer- 
set. 

a 

gttrr, diagonally. 

Wab,» n. (1 c), wheel. 
WMtge,/. (2 a), urchin, rogue. 
rtf<9, quick, fast. 



rafcn, to rage. 

9laferct,/. (2 6), madness. 

8tat,* m. (1 6), council, advice. 

rateu,* to advise. 

8latl|aiti,* n. (1 c), town-hall, court- 
house. 

8latdl|crr, m. (2 6), alderman, sena- 
tor. 

Stauit, m. (1 a), plunder. 

ruttfctt, ft(^, to fight, to scuffle. 

raniteit, to whisper. 

tWelicElott',/. (26), rebelUon, 

frcfterKfi^, rebellious. 

rcf^nen, to reckon, to count, to con- 
sider, to do arithmetic ; }it — r to 
reckon among, to admit. 

red^t, right, rightly, very. 

9le<9t, n. (1 6), right, title ; xt^i ^t« 
ieit, to be right. 

red^tett, to be at law, to dispute. 

Stei^tdliaitbel,* m. (la), law-case, 
law-suit. 

tRrilitdfhrcit, m. (16), legal contest, 
action. 

9lr<9tdtag, m. (16), day of trial. 

rcffrn, to lift. 

8leke, /. (2 a) , speech, conversation ; 
bie 9lebr fein, to be the question ; 
cine Slebr f|alteit, to make a speech. 

rebnt, to speak, 

xtWx^, honest. 

9lebtter, m. (la), speaker. 

9lebnerriinft,« /. (16), oratorical 
tricks, eloquence. 

Wegrit, m. (la), rain. 

t8tegimetit% n. (Ic), regiment. 

tt{<|, rich, abounding in. 

reid^rn, to reach, to extend, to last. 

telf, ripe. 

Welfe,/. (2 a), journey, travel, trip. 

Keifegefaiirtr, m. (2 a), fellow, tra- 
veller. 

Sleffegelb, n. (1 c), money for travel- 
Ung. 



236 



VOCABULARY. 



reifen, to journey, to travel. 

rcifen,* to tear. 

vtittn,* to ride, to go on horseback. 

fUtittv, m. (la), rider. 

9ititpUth, n. (16), saddle-horse. 

fUtittitXf n. (16), animal to ride. 

reisenb, charming. 

^ntpxAWV, /. (2 6) , republic. ' 

t9lcf^»erf, m. (16), respect. 

t9lefitUat', n. (16), result. 

reumilHg, repentant. 

9i^eiit, m. (16), Rhine. 

rid^tfttr to raise, direct; cine 9fragc 
— wi, to put a question to. 

m^itx, m. (la), judge; mt^itt brr 
crftctt Sttfratt), judge who heard 
the case first. 

ti^ttxm, judicial. 

Hd^tig, correctly. 

9\%t,f. (2a), crack. 

Kotf,«m. (16), coat. 

vollr coarse, rude. 

Wotr n. (16), horse. 

9i96Ietn, n. (1 a), little horse. 

Kftffen, m. (la), back. 

tttbem, to row. 

Wnfr 171. (16), call, rumor. 

rttfcit,* to call on, to cry. 

V(»^t,f. (2 a), quiet, peace. 

ttt^ig, quiet, calm. 

rftlimrn, ftc^, to boast. 

8ltttiM»eUamittcr, /. (2 a), lumber- 
room. 

Sutler/. (2a), thing, affair, cause. 

fai^t, gentle. 

eaf^kicrlialt, m. (16), state of a case. 

Sac^kiertifiiltci;, m. (la), counsel. 

fagen, to say, to tell. 

fJimtUf^, collectiYe; bU fftmllii^it, 

all the. 
ftitft, soft, gentle. 



eantt, Saint, St. 

earg,* m. (1 6), coffin. 

tfairla'ftif4|, sar<iastic. 

@atte(,«m. (16), saddle. 

Sa^ir* m. (16), leap, sentence. 

faugett,* to suck. 

@atttii,*m. (16), hem. 

teaHdfaltion',/. (26), satisfaction. 

t6ce'«c,/. (2 a), scene. 

fd^Sbigr shabby. 

@<9abr,* m. (2 a), damage, injury. 

@f^ibcl, m. (la), head. 

fd^abeit, to harm. 

@f^abcnerfa4r m. (16), indemnity; 
itiit — Hagen, to claim indemnity. 

ef^ablodl^altiuigr/. (26), indemnifi- 
cation. 

fflialfliaft, archly, roguish. 

64|attbr,/. (2 a), disgrace. 

fd^arf, sharp, sharply. 

@<|attett, m. (la), shadow, soul. 

ff^attig, shady. 

ff^anen, to look at. 

Sfliattfeitfter, n. (1 a), show window. 

@4|cre,/. (2a), scissors. 

©i^eibe,/. (2 a), disk. 

ff^rinett,* to shine, to seem. 

@<9eitrl, m. (la), vertex, head. 

@4|rnfc, /. (2 a), public house, tav- 
ern. 

@f^rnfel, m. (la), leg. 

@f$rr5, m. (16), joke. 

f^liffcttr to send. 

ffliitfUfl^, proper, fit 

\^\t\t oblique, slanting. 

ff^icfcn,* to shoot. 

e<|iff tlirt, /. ( 2 6 ) , navigation. 

teWt'ite,/, (2 o), trick. 

ff^Ubrm, to describe. 

®4|itiM»fr m. (16), ignominy, dis- 
honor ; abusive language. 

@fl^iriit, m. (1 6), shade. 

eil^difl^t,/. (2 6), battle. 

ei^Uf^tgefattg,* m. (1 6), battle-oiy. 



VOCABULARY. 



237 



@fl^laf, m. (1 h), sleep. 

ff^Iagrit,* to beat, to strike ; eiit 8lab 

ffl^Iagcitr to turn a somersault; 

SBttrset fc^Iageitr to take root. 
fd^IcdHtr poor, poorly. 
ffi|(eiflictt,* to creep. 
@f^Ic)f)fe,/. (2 a), train. 
@fi|cr5r m. (1 &), joke. 
f(^lt(^tcit, to put down. 
mit%l\t^f finally, 
©c^mffet, m. (1 a), key. 
ff^mcffeit, to taste. 
@f^mdf^rfo{,/. (2 6), flattery, 
ff^melarit,* to melt. 
@4|iteer m. (1 6), snow. 
Sd^neibrr, m. (1 a), tailor, 
ff^nettr swift, quick, quickly. 
@f^mtt, m. (1 6), cut. 
ff^on, already, so early as, indeed, 

no doubt. 
fd^Sttr beautiful, handsome, fine, 

fair. 
@f^dne,/. (2 a), beauty, fair one. 
ff^d)ffeit, to draw, to get. 
@f^rattf,* m. (1 6), closet, 
ff^recfcttr* to frighten. 
\ify(t\Un,* to write. 
@f^rci(ftttttbc,/. (2 a), writing-lesson. 
@fi|reil6tiffi|, m. (lb), writing-table, 

study-table, 
ff^rrien,* to cry. 
ff^rcitcn,* to stride, to walk, 
@f^tt4f(ifrerr m. (la), cobbler, 
ei^ttlb,/. (2&), fault, guilt; if^ Mn 

@fl^itlb baran, it is my fault ; ^^nVt 

llnieit, @fl^ttlb fcitt, to be in fault, 
fd^nlbig, guilty, indebted, owing. 
Sf^uUr/. (2 a), school. 
@(^&(rr, m. (1 a), pupil, student. 
@fl^u11cliirer, m. (1 a), school teacher. 
@fl^ttlmeif(err m. (1 a), school master. 
ffl^nM»f(ifi|tig, obliged to attend 

school. [tendent. 

Sf^ttlrtt,* m. (1 &)i school superin- 



@fi|tt(tag, m. (1 &), school day. 

edUttf,* m. (1 b), shot. 

@fl^itftei;, m. (la), cobbler, shoe- 
maker. 

eddttftrta^Ur/. (2 a), awl. 

ff^ftttrltt, to shake. 

®flittl{, m. (16), protection. 

ef^it<;oott,* m. (1 c), protecting god, 
protector. 

@f^tt<;)fatrott, m. (16), patron saint. 

@flitt<;bcrtifattbte, m. (2 a), stranger 
standing under protection of, 
proteg6. 

fd^tofai^, weak. 

fd^loaitfeit, to stagger. 

ec^tifatta,* m. (16), tail. 

ff^tifal{eit, to talk, to prate. 

ff^tofetQctt,* to be silent, to cease to 
speak. 

@f^ttietnel6ratett, m. (la), roast pork. 

(dottier, difficult, grievously. 

©f^tolerlflfelt,/. (26), difficulty. 

fd^tifimmeti,* to swim. 

@d|tifittbrlgeift, m. (Ic), madness, 
humbug. 

fditottl, sultry. 

fed^i^r six. 

@eefilfte,/. (2 a), seashore. 

@eele,/. (2 a), soul. 

@relforoer, m. (la), pastor, minister. 

felieit,* to see. 

fe^r, very, very much. 

feitt,* to be. 

fein, his, its. 

\t\i, since. 

©cite, /. (2a), side; auf ber eineit 
@cite, on the one hand; auf bcr 
anbcren @citr, on the other hand. 

@citeitl6liff, m. (16), side glance. 

feitend, on the part of. 

\tUit, same. 

\ti^tXf self; myself, himself, her- 
self, themselves, yourself, etc* 

felbft, self ; even. 



238 



VOCABULARY, 



fcltrn, rare. 

feltfatn, singular, strange. 

fengen, to scorch. 

fr^fcn, to place, to pat, to spring, to 
leap ; fidH — , to sit down, to seat 
one's self. 

fid^, himself, herself, itself, them- 
selves ; an fid^, in itself. 

fidHer, safe, sure, securely. 

@i<9rrlKit,/. (26), security. 

fifl^t(a?, perceptible, evident. 

fie, she, they ; @ic, you. 

fie(rit, seven. 

f&i^naV, n. (16), signal. 

filhttn, silver. 

fKicnurif, silver white. 

tfitn'^fel, simple, stupid. 

fingen,* to sing. 

fittten,* to sink. 

6iititr m. (16), sense, mind. 

Bittt,/. (2 a), custom. 

fittfam, properly. 

t@ituatioit%/. (26), situation. 

fiiitn,* to sit, to be (in school), to 
fit. 

eHitn, n. (la), fit (of clothes). 

@i<;ttit0,/. (26), session, sitting. 

fo, so, then. 

folPttlb, as soon as. 

fofort, at once. 

foQUr, even. 

fogletf^, at once, straightway. 

@o4tt,*m. (16), son. 

fold^, such. 

fottcn, shall; ought; follte, would; 
mail itUit titeittett, one would 
think. 

emttmer, m. (la), summer. 

Sommertag, m. (16), summer day. 

fottbrr, without. 

fottbrrdrr, strange. 

fonbcrit, but. 

e9tm$,htuhf m^ (16), Saturday. 

^oitite,/. (2a), sun. 



Sottttcnaufgang,* m. (16), sunrise. 
@onttett4i<;r,/. (2 a), heat of the sun. 
@onitettnittergaitg,* m. (16), sunset. 
@ottntag, m. (16), Sunday, 
fottft, else, besides, at other times. 
^optfitditUf n. (la), little Sophy. 
forgeii, to look after; bafitr — , to 

see to it. 
fokiiclr so much. 
Bpattantt, m. (la), Spartan. 
e^»«t,»m. (16), joke. 
ipa^tUt to joke. 
ipam^t, witty. 
jp&t, late; bie f)f&lefitr S^iM^r^mnicw- 

fdHaft, the remotest posterity. 
f\puiitfttn, or fliasicren'ge^eit, to 

take a walk. 
@)faiier^gattg,* m. (16), walk. 
jptijtUf to dine. 
Bpitntl, m. (la), mirror. 
@)fiel, n. (1 6), play, game. 
f)fie(en, to play. 
@)fiet, m. (16), spear, lance. 
®<»l<fer/. (2 a), point, top. 
f)fi<;f{ubig, subtle. 
Bpovtn, pi. spurs. 
^pott, m, (1 6), derision, scorn, 
e^friifile,/. (2 a), language. 
jpxtifitn,* to speak, to talk. 
iptiu^tn,* to spring. 
®>wffe»/.(2o), step. 
9ipvudi,* m. (1 6), sentence,formula. 
@)fritttg,* 771. (1 b), leap. 
Si'ttt,/. (2 6), track, trail. 
6r. = fcincr, his. 
^taai, m. (3), state. 
Staatdfaffc, /. (2 a) , public treasury, 
©tabt,*/. (16),city. 
^tahtUUitf n. (la), city-life. 
@tabtri4|ter, m. (la), city-judge. 
eiaU,*m. (16), stable. 
ftimtKig, robust, 
fttrf, strong; eitir ftartr SReiU, a 

measured mile. 



-^— 1 



VOCABULARY. 



239 



@t8r!c, /. (2 a), strength. 

ftarren, to stare. 

\tatt, instead of. 

fkatt'finhtn,* to take place. 

fiatttid^, fine, noble. 

@taube/. (2 a), shrub. 

ftcffcn,* to stick, to put. 

fie^ett,* to stand. 

fttifitn,* to rise, to mount; ttom 

^ferbe ftetgen, to alight from one's 

horse, to dismount. 
Stem, m. (16), stone, flint, 
©telle,/. (2a), place, spot. 
fttUtn, to put, to station ; flii^er ftel- 

itUf to secure ; fif^ ftettett, to put 

one's self. 
@tellttitg,/. (26), position. 
fttxUUf* to die. 
Stern, m. (16), star. 
@temMnme,/. (2 a), star flower, 
ftet^, always. 

©tetter,/. (2 a), contribution, 
ftieliett,* to fly out. 
©tille, /. (2 a), stillness, quiet, 

silence. 
©tiUff^tifetgeit, n. (la), silence. 
©timme,/. (2 a), voice, 
ftota, proud ; auf ettvad ftols fetn, to 

be proud of 
Pren, to disturb. 
Bto^,*m. (16), blow, 
©ttafe,/. (2a), punishment. 
©tra(fl, m. (3), ray. 
©tra(flettlratt5, m. (16), crown of 

rays, 
©trafte,/. (2a), street. 
©tranc^,^ m, (1 c), bush, 
fhreid^eln, to stroke. 
©treit, m. (16), contest, strife, dis- 
pute, 
fhreiten,* to contend, to dispute, to 

wrangle. 
fhreitig, disputing, questionable ; 

ftreitig maflen, to dispute about. 



©trntigtelt,/. (2 6), dispute. 
ftrenge, severe, rigorous, strict, 

strong, intense. 
fhriegeln, to curry, 
©tttlbent^iir, /. (26), parlor door, 
©ti^ff, n. (16), piece, fragment. 
t©ttt'bie,/. (2 a), study. 
©tttfe,/. (2 a), step, terrace. 
fttttiM»f, dull, 
©tuttbe, /. (2 a), hour, lesson ; tton 

©tttttb' an, from that moment, 
fhmbenlatig, for hours, 
fturntiff^, stormy. 
ftftraen, fi(j^, to rush. 
fttt^^en, to crop (the ears) ; to start, 

to be startled, 
tfttlitil', subtle. 

fttf^en, to seek, to search, to try. 
©tttiM»f,* m. (16), slough, bog. 
fnm^ffig, marshy, 
©ftnbe,/. (2 a), sin. 

tabelit, to blame, to find fault with. 

XafeJ,/. (2 a), table, slate. 

Xag, m. (1 6), day; eitie^ Xage§, one 
day; ben lieien langen Xag, the 
whole livelong day. 

Xage^anl6ru(^,* ?n. (16), daybreak. 

Xanne,/. (2 a), fir-tree. 

Xafd^e,/. (2 a), pocket. 

tanhf deaf. 

taufd^en, to exchange. 

tanfenb, thousand ; tanfenb nnb after 
tanfenb, thousands upon thou- 
sands. 

Xanminb, m. (16), thaw-wind. 

XeiJ, wi. (16), part, party. 

teilen, to share. 

!tei(na^me, /. (2 a), interest. 

tettne^menb, participating, sympa- 
thizing. 

%tmptl,m. (la), temple. 



240 



VOCABULARY. 



Xeitfel, m. (la), devil, imp. 
XtuUi^fttaten, m. (la), devils roast, 

imp. 
tffaUXf m. (la), German coin, 75 

cents. 
2:Mr/. (2 6), deed. 
2:^orr n. (16), gate. 
tfiovtttit,/. (2 6), foolishness. 
^vaUtn, n, Thracia, Thrace, a 

province in Greece. 
Sl^ron, m. (16), throne, 
tl^tttt,* to do, to make, to put, to act. 
Sl^ftr,/. (2 6), door, 
tlef, deep. 

%\tt, n. (16), animal. 
Stfc^, m. (16), table. 
Xitcl, m. (1 a), title, name. 
3:oc^ter,*/. (la), daughter. 
a;obe§Waf, m. (16), death-like 

sleep, 
tobntfibe, tired to death, 
toll, mad. 

Zon,* m. (1 6), sound, tone, 
tdnett, to sound. 
%9tit,f. (2 a), tart, cake. 
tiJten, to kill. 

tragen,* to carry, to take, to wear. 
ttSnnteit, to dream, 
treffen,* to hit, to strike, to find, to 

light on ; fld^ — , to happen. 
treilien,* to carry on, to carry, to do. 
3:reilier, m. (la), driver. 
trctt, true. 

treu^crsig, true-hearted, candid. 
\tt\um!pWttXi, to triumph. 
tro<f, in spite of, notwithstanding, 
tru^bem, nevertheless, although. 
^^^^^t defiant, insolent. 
trftJe, dull, dim, sad. 
tftt^Hfl, strong, sound, violent. 
Xuxm,* m. (1 6), tower. 
%wm\m^*f. (2 a), top of a tower. 



ftlfteit, to exercise, to administer. 
fifter, overj on, about, of, at, across, 
ftier/ic^alteit,* to have left. 
fiXier(Hitoeit,« to deliver, to carry. 
ftBcrfTttt,* wi. (16), plenty; aww — r 

superfluously. 
ftlier'ge^eit,* to change to. 
^htxHvLpi, altogether, at all. 
ftlierjjolctt, to overtake, 
itlberlaffen,* to leave, to give up. 
ftjierlefleit^ieit,/. (26), superiority. 
ftbernai^tcn, to pass the night. 
fitenraffl^eii, to surprise, 
ftlietrafd^mia,/. (2 6), surprise, 
filierrcbctt, to persuade ; fld^ — (affen, 

to be persuaded. 
&aerfe<;en, to translate. 
fliiettreffen,* fic^ fcIXift — , to surpass 

one's self. 
filbertiortetlen, to defraud, 
fidrrarugen, to convince. 
iilirig, left, over, remaining, other; 

ftlpria (leilieit, to remain ; im flbrt- 

0cn, as for the rest. 
tlfer, n. (la), shore, bank. 
tWjr,/. (2 6), clock, hour; o'clock, 
tim, about, for ; urn ^u, in order to ; 

tttit fo VSin^tXf so much longer, 
ttnt^brrliett, to turn over, 
ttmfang,* m. (1 6), compass, 
tttnoelien,* to surround. 
ttmgcftttiio,/. (2 6), surroundings, 
tttnl^er, around, about, 
tttttljer'lillcreit, to look about, 
ttot^in, not otherwise but; id^ Imtn 

ttid^t ttm^in, I cannot (choose) but 

(do). 
umftli^ptix, to capsize. 
ttmVIamment, to gripe, to clasp, 
ttm'fe^en,* fic^ — nac^, to look about 

for. 
ntnfonfl, for nothing, in vain. 



VOCABULARY. 



241 



ttntftanb,* ?». (1 h) circumstance. 

ttm^ftintmen, to bring round. 

tttntattsett, to dance round. 

nnanSIdfi^Iif^r irrepressible. 

ttitl6attbtg, ungovernable, unruly. 

nnhthtttttnht insignificant. 

nitBefttgt, unauthorized. 

ttnhtt&mmtttf heedless. 

nnht^utnif uncomfortable. 

unBeff^jifttgt, unemployed. 

unBcff^reitltf^, indescribable. 

ttitBcftCf^af^, unbribable. 

nnBtllis, unfair, unjust. 

unit, and. 

tUtbtttf^fid^tiQreit, /. (26), opaque- 
ness. 

tmtnihc%viitfy, indispensable. 

nitentoeltltf^, free of charge. 

unerlbittUf^, relentless. 

ttitcr^iirt, unheard of. 

nncirtrJigUf^, unendurable. 

untttnavitt, unexpected. 

mtfrennblif^, unfriendly. 

ttnfits, m. {lb)j mischief. 

ttngebulb,/., impatience. 

ttttQebttibig, impatient. 

nngefa^r, about. 

ttitgcgritttbct, unfounded. 

ttttgei^etter, vast, enormous, terrible. 

ttngc^euer, 7i. (la), monster. 

ttngelcgettl)eit, /. (2 6), unpleasant- 
ness, trouble. 

ungereil^t, unjust. 

ttttgcreimt, absurd, preposterous. 

ttngercimt^eit,/. (2 6), absurdity. 

ungcfd^iift, unskilful, awkward. 

ungeff^lai^t, rude. 

nngetifi^, uncertain, ambiguous. 

ungettid^ttltfl^, unusual, extraordi- 
nary. 

ttitglanbHf^, incredible. 

ttnglttff, 71. (16), misfortune. 

itnomifafl^erltieife, unluckily. 

nngftttfttQ, unfavorable. 



ttttlieU, n. (16), calamity, mis- 
chief. 

unfiJifiitl^, impolite, discourteous. 

ttitleibUf^, intolerable. 

ttttmenffi^Iif^, inhuman. 

nnmUtelbar, direct. 

untndgUf^, impossible. 

ttnorbttung, /. (2 6 ) , disorder. 

ttttrei^t, wrong, false, unjust. 

tturcc^t, n. (16), injustice; tttirefl^t 
ffafttn, to be in the wrong. 

Unvufic,/. (2a), disquiet. 

nnnt^ig, restless. 

nnfanlier, unclean. 

ttitff^ulblg, innocent. 

ttttfer, -e, -§, our. 

uitftnnig, absurd, irrational. 

unten, below, at the bottom. 

mittt, under, among. 

unitthvtti^nf* to interrupt, to break 
up. 

uttterbeffen, in the meantime, mean- 
while. 

ttttterbriiffcttr to oppress. 

tttttere, lower. 

nitterlialten,* to entertain. 

ttittcrl)aU]tttg, /. (2 6), entertain- 
ment, conversation. 

uittentcl^mettb, enterprising. 

ttitterrifl^teit, to teach. 

ttitterfel{t, sturdy. 

nnterft, lowest. 

unterfte^eit,* ji(^, to venture, to pre- 
sume. 

ttntcrfttfl^eit, to inquire into. 

ttuterHjian, m. (3), dependent, sub- 
ject. 

ttnt^at,/. (2 6), misdeed. 

nnber merit, insensibly, unawares. 

ttnberffliJliittl)eit, /. (2 6), insolence, 
effrontery. 

ttnkicrfitaitb, m. (1 6), indiscretion. 

ittiborfJi<;Ud|, unintentional. 

ttntifeit, not far from. 



242 



VOCABULARY. 



untoiUiq, indignantly, angrily. 
un^&fliia, countless, 
ttrfad^e,/. (2 a), cause. 
nxipvunq,* m. (1 6), origin, 
ttrtetl, n. (1 6), judgment, sentence* 

»atcr,*m. (lo), father. 

Dtrdd^tltcl^, contemptible. 

»crac$tttttg,/. (2 6), scorn. 

Iicrfiergctt,* to hide. 

tttxhammtn, to condemn ; uerbamnttr 
damned. 

Uerbettfett,* to take amiss, to find 
fault with. 

Herbtenen, to merit, to deserve, to 
be worthy. 

»crbicttft, n. (1 &), merit. 

nerbienftnott, well deserving. 

tfttbtit^nOf, ill-humored. [parch. 

I>erburftettr to perish with thirst; to 

Herbu^t, puzzled. 

Dereliren, to revere. 

Deretnigett, to join. 

Ucrfattcn,* to fall in. 

Serfaffung, /. (2 &), constitution, go- 
vernment. 

nerferttgen, to make. 

©crflttfterung, /. (2 6), darkness. 

berffiegeti,* to fly away. 

berfolgen, to pursue. 

bergangen, past. 

»ergflngett|icit,/. (2 6), the past. 

bergebettd, in vain. 

bergeltctt,* to requite ; &oU bergeUe 
c5 ! God reward for it I 

bevgeffett,* to forget. 

bcrgicfcii,* to shed. 

Sergleid^, m. (1 6), agreement. 

berg(eid|en,* to compare. 

SSergnftgttt, n. (la), pleasure. 

Sergniigung^reife, /. (2 a), pleasure 
trip. 



bergftten, to recompense, to refund. 
»cr^ftltttt5, n. (16), relation, 
bcirliclfctt,* to help, to get. 
berl^tttbent, to prevent. 
Sctptimg,/. (26), prevention, 
berfattfen, to sell. 
berhtiMifen, to connect. 

berlftr^en, to shorten, to abbreviate. 

berlattgen, to desire, to demand. 

bcrlaffcttr* fic^ — auf , to rely upon. 

berlatifen,^ fid^, to run away. 

berleben, to spend time. 

berlegen, embarrassed. 

»erlegett^ctt,/. (26), perplexity. 

berle<;en, to violate. 

beirUetett,* to lose, to waste. 

bermeinen, to believe, to suppose. 

bermeitttUcI^, supposed, pretended. 

bermietett, to let, to rent, to hire out. 

Sermteter, m. (la), renter, letter. 

»crmtetitng,/. (26), rental, letting. 

Sermittbctimg,/. (26), lessening, di- 
minution. 

bermdge, by virtue of. 

bermdgen,^ to be able, can. 

bente^mett,* to hear; fii^ — laffen, 
to make one's self heard. 

bernettten, to answer in the nega- 
tive. 

bernftttftig, wise. 

berbfltgett, to take care of. 

berbflic^tett, to oblige. 

bcrratcn,* to betray. 

berfagen, to refuse. 

berfammeln, fic^, to assemble. 

Serf ammlnng, /. (26), assembly. 

berfi^affen, to procure, to furnish. 

berft^iebett, various. 

bevfi^ielett,* to shoot away. 

berfdittaitfett, to stop for breath. 

berfelieti,* to provide with. 

berfe<;en, to reply. 

berfid^em, to assure, to aver, to as- 
sert ; fifi^ — t to make sure of. 



VOCABULARY. 



243 



lierf^ted^en,* to promise. 

Herftftnbig, reasonable, sensible. 

Hetftattblidl, intelligible. 

I»erftjlr!ett, to strengthen. 

ncrfteilcn, to hide; Serftcileti f^lelcn, 
to play at hide and seek. 

Herfteift, covert, hidden. 

Derftetreti,* to understand; ba5 •er- 
ftelit lidlr that is understood. 

a^erfttdl, m. (Id), attempt. 

Herfndlett, to try, to attempt. 

I»ertiittfd|eti, to exchange. 

Sertetbismtg,/. (2 J), defence. 

Sertrauen, n. (la), confidence. 

I»eritrfiicl^en, to cause. 

^rttrteilnns,/. (26), sentence, ver- 
dict. 

Sert9alter, m. (1 a), magistrate. 

Dertvoitbedi, to transform. 

I»ert9i>irreit, confused. 

Her^ei^eti,* to pardon, to forgive. 

Sctaeitrung , /. (26), pardon. 

I»eraie|ien, to distort; >«« a»««I —f 
to make a wry mouth. 

Hiel, much, many. 

I»ielleid|t, perhaps. 

•let, four. 

I»ierliittttbeirt, four hundred. 

I»ierftdifigr four-storied. 

I»ierter fourth. 

Siertrlr n. (la), quarter. 

Siertelelle, /. (2 a), quarter of a 
yard. 

ajugcl,* m. (1 a), bird. 

»ott,* 71. (Ic), people. 

Sdlfi^eit, w. (la), company, small 
people. 

HoS, full. 

HDlleitbeti, to finish. 

HiiKer, full of. 

•Wig, wholly. 

Iioit, from, of, by, about. 

^9t, before, with. 

Horattd, in advance; etw«i wr ie- 



ntaitbeiit botiiti^ Ijiaiett, to have an 
advantage over one. 

Homtid^beaa^teit, to pay in advance. 

)»9xaui^^t%tn,* to go before, to pre- 
cede. 

Samndfe^ttng, /. (26), presupposi- 
tion. 

^9xhtV\a%xtn,* to drive past. 

burbeFflielcit,* to flow by. 

l»0r^ereiteti, fitft, to prepare. 

Sorbereituttg, /. (26), preparation. 

Sarierettttngdfd^ule, /. (2a), prepa- 
ratory school. 

bor'brlngett,* to bring forward, to 
put forth, to plead. 

Sureltens, pi. ancestors, forefathers. 

Hnr'fiitbett,* to find. 

Sorgang,* m. (16), proceedings, 
process. 

burgefe^t, superior, higher. 

borlpaitbeii, existing. 

Harder, before, previously. 

borig, last. 

bor'lommen,* to seem, to come on 
for discussion. 

bor'Iiegettr* to be under considera- 
tion ; bet borliegeitbe i^aU, the pre- 
sent case. 

bormiiHg, former. 

barmittagd, in the morning. 

b0nse|im, noble, aristocratic. 

Sor^U^,* m. (1 6), porch, vestibule. 

Surrebe, /. (2 a), preamble, intro- 
duction. 

Sorfd^ein, m. (16), appearance; jum 
-^ lontmett, to appear. 

Sarfd^tag,* m. (16), suggestion, 
motion, proposal. 

bar'fd^lageit,* to propose, to pre- 
sent. 
«i»rfd|rlft,/. (26), copy. 
Darf^ielr n. (16), prelude, introduc- 
tion, 
barftelj^eiib, prominent. 



244 



VOCABULARY. 



itot'fttUtnf to represent; fld^ — , to 

imagine. . 
90tttil, m. (16), advantage. 
S0rtrag,*m. (16), address, lecture. 
Ii0rtt;effa<l^, excellent, capital. 
»i>rtt;effH«l^feit, /. (26), superiority 
ttPxHihtx, past. 
iPOvaftgUd^, excellent. 

XBad^e,/. (2a), watch ; — Ipalteii,* to 
keep watch. 

load^feit,* to grow. 

f»a<ftttttampj,* m. (16), quail-fight. 

tvagetty to venture. 

SBngeti, m. (la), carriage. 

maiplett, to choose. 

Wat^t, true. 

tuftlprettb, during, while. 

»a|irl|elt,/. (2 6), truth. 

tifii|ir(id|, truly, verily, surely. 

wtii^x^ntfimtn,* to perceive. 

93alb,*m. (Ic), wood. 

SBanberer, m. (la), wanderer, tra- 
veller. 

SBnttger/. (2a), cheek. 

tuiitttt, when. 

SBarme,/. (2a), heat. 

Wtitttnt to wait, to await ; — «»f , to 
wait for. 

tontnnty why. 

t9a§, what, which, whoever; \»a§ 
ffir tin (tine), what kind of. 

SSalfer, n. (la), water. 

SBaffer^ttlpn,* n. (Ic), water-fowl. 

loeber . . . nodi, neither . . . nor. 

SBeg, m. (16), way, road. 

tuegen, on account of, because of, 
relating to. 

toeg^laitfett,* to run off. 

loeg'fdimelien,* to melt away. 

tvelpen, to blow, to stir. 

SBeib, n, (1 c), woman. 



tueid^en,* to j^ve way; ttid^t timt ber 
SteUe toeii^ett, not to move an inch. 

tueigens, {t(^, to be unwilling, to re- 
fuse. 

totiif because, since. 

»e«e,/. (2 a), while. 

loeife, wise. 

©eife,/. (2 a), way, manner. 

loeifett,* to show, to teach ^ 

»ci«|ieit,/. (2&), wisdom. 

loeil, white. 

t»eitf far. 

h»cltcr, further; go on! ii«b f* — , 
and so forth. 

tueiter^f^irittgen,* to spring away. 

SBeitl&nfigreit, /. (26), vast extent, 
difficulty. 

tveldler, -e, -eS, what, which, who. 

»c«,/. (2&), world. 

meltbefattttt, known over the world, 
notorious. 

tvem, to whom. 

totn, whom. 

wettbeit,* {t(^, to turn. 

SBettbttttg,/. (2 5), turn. 

tvenig, little, few ; eiti — , a little. 

tveniger, less. 

loenigfite (ber, Die, bad), the least. 

loettigftettd, at least. 

Wtnn, when, if. 

h»cr, who. 

toerben,* to become, to get, to be. 

tverfen,* to throw, to cast. 

»cr!, n. (1 6), work. 

SBertjettg, n. (1 6), instrument, tool. 

\»ttt, worth, worthy. 

meiljialb, why? for what reason. 

toef, toeffeti, genitive of iver and of 
»a8. 

SBetter, n. (la), weather. 

toettens, to storm. 

toii^tig, important. 

SBid^tigteit,/. (2 6), importance. 

l«ibC9, against. 



VOCABULARY. 



246 



SBi^erreke,/. (2 a), contradiction. 

SSiberfai^er, m. (1 a) , opponent. 

SBiberf^ntd^,* m. (1 6), contradiction. 

Stberf^ntd^dgeift, m. (Ic), spirit of 
opposition. 

totkrrfteljieti,* to resist. 

tvie, how, as, like, as if; toie atti^, 
however. 

tviebetr again, once more; tifiebet 
gut ntai^ett, to make amends. 

Uiieber^britigeti, * to bring back. 

tvieberljier^ftelleti, to restore. 

aSBtrberlierftellttttg, /. (2 6), restora- 
tion, re-establishment. 

mieberlialett, to repeat. 

Uiieberl)o(t, repeatedly, often. 

toieberum, again. 

©iege,/. (2 a), cradle. 

tviel^ent, to whinney. 

®Mf»y. (2 a), meadow. 

tPiebiel, how mnch. 

l9ieuiolp(, although. 

»»iib, wild. 

»iae, m. (2 a), will ; ttw . ♦ . taiiHeitr 
for the sake of. 

toillig, willingly. 

UiiUtg fKmmeti, to make somebody 
willing. 

SBittlftr,/. (26), arbitrariness. 

»inb, m. (1 6), wind. 

SBittbljittnb, m. (16), grayhound. 

I^inbtg, windy. 

9Binbf)iiel, n. (16), Italian gray- 
hound. 

Siitbftog,* m. (1 6), squall. 

SBititer, m. (la), winter. 

Uilr, we. 

totrfen aitf , influence. 

toirnifll, real, really. 

Strfttttg,/. (2 6), eflPect. 

mxii%au9,* n. (Ic), inn, hotel. 

tolffen,* to know. 

SSitterung^toed^fel, m. (1 a), change 
of weather. 



»lttte,/. (2 a), widow. 

loo, where, when. 

SBod^e,/. (2 a), week. 

SSod^entug, m. (16), week-day. 

tooburd^, by what means. 

toofern, provided. 

Htogegen, against what. 

toolper, whence, from what place. 

tool^iit, whither, where. 

tool)ineiit, into what. 

too||(, well, indeed, certainly; ittttt 
too!p(, well then, Jiee p. 196, § 64. 

»oljIfal|rt,/. (2 6), welfare. 

tool)lfei(, cheap, easily. 

taiol)(gettft!prt, well-fed. 

tooljjlgetfpiiti, well-done. 

tooi^(l)abenb, prosperous. 

toolplberbient, well deserved. 

too^nen, to live ; inttc too^nen, to re- 
side in. 

SBolpnftttbe, /. (2 a), sitting-room, 
parlor. 

SBolfnaimmer, n. (la), parlor. 

SBolbegt, a town in Mecklenburg- 
Strelitz. 

»olf,*m. (16), wolf. 

SBdltdlen, n. (1 a), little cloud. 

SBolfe, /. (2 a) , cloud. [want. 

tootten,* to will, to be willing, to 

loomit, with what, with which. 

loottadl, for what. 

SBonite,/. (2a), joy, delight. 

toorott, whereon, of what. 

loorauf, whereupon, upon what, 
for what. 

»ort,* n. (Ic), word; ©iJrtet, dis- 
connected words. 

f&wct, n. (16), word; VAvtit, words 
in connected discourse ; ntit einem 
SBorte, in a word. 

toiirtlid^, word for word. 

loorttber, at what, at which. 

toooon, of what, of which, about 
what. 



246 



VOCABULARY. 



tOP^u, wherefore, to what or which, 
for what or which. 

^ntfitt, m. (la), usury; — treiBen, 

to take usury. 
Sttttbur^t, m. (1 6), surgeon. 
t»unhethat, marvellous, 
tvttttberlidi, strange. 
tottttbem, ji(j^, to be surprised; t§ 

tvttnbevt mid|, I am surprised, I 

wonder. 
aSBnnfcl^,* m, (1 6), wish, 
tvftttfdleit, to wish, to desire, 
fflfirbc,/. (2a), dignity; ii^ Wit e§ 

mttt nteitter »ftrbe, I consider it 

beneath me. 
totirbtg, worthy, 
mitrgen, to choke; Ijiittttnteir'tiiftirgen, 

to swallow, 
©ttrael,/. (2 a), root. 
®Jlf**f/. (2 a), waste, desert. 

3«^I//. (26), number. 

^&ffUn, to count. 

ialjiiti, gentle. 

S^ffnav^t,* m. (1 6), dentist. 

Sa^nBrei^er, m. (la), tooth-drawer. 

aftrtlii^, tenderly. 

Stdtt//. {2 a) reckoning. 

htfin, ten. 

Sfitfftn, n, (la), sign, indication. 

ftctgen, to show, to point out ; fld^ — , 
to show one's self. 

Stit,f. (26), time. 

StitpmUf m. (16), moment. 

Stlmxtuft, m. (1 6), loss of time. 

serbred^ett,* to break in pieces. 

5erret|ett,* te rend, to tear. 

^errett, to pull. 

itvWtfttu,* to shoot in pieces. 

^ttftttntn, ^^, to scatter. 

deug, n. (16), «tuff, mat^al, sub- 
stance. 



3ettgni5, n. (16), testimony. 
5ie!peit,* to draw, to pull, to derive; 
P*^ — f to move. 

iititn, to take aim. 

aiemlidi, pretty, tolerably, rather. 

dimmer, n. (la), room. 

5ittent, to tremble. 

Stttetttb, trembling. 

3o«>f,*m. (16), cue. 

^orn, m. (16), anger, wrath. 

5tt» to, with, on, at, for, too. 

dube^dr, n. (16), appurtenances. 

aitrfPtt, to shrug (one's shoulders). 

b^tvn, first, at first. 

3ufaa,*m. (16), chance. 

^ttffiUig, accidentally. 

aitfftmgermcife, accidentally. 

3ttflttd|t,/., refuge. 

$u'fl&fttvn, to whisper to. 

aufolge, by virtue of. 

5ttfrieben, content, satisfied. 

dtt/geben,* to allow, to admit. 

dttgegen, present. 

itt'gcljicit,* to take place, to goon. 

dtt0((f m. (la), rein, reins. 

Sttgletd^, at the same time. 

^u^Httn, to listen. 
dtt^drer, m. (lo), heai-er. 
iuffommtn,* to come up to, to aj)- 
proach, to become, to be suitable 
for. 
anient, at last, last, finally, 
aum == ju bem. 
aumal, especially, 
dttmutttttg,/. (26), demand. 
sm&dtftf first of all, next, 
att^neljimeti,* to increase. 
Bwwft,*/. (1 6), guild. 
3ttttftgen0^, m. (26), member of a 

guild. 
3ttitftmei{ler, m. (la), guild master. 
Bttnge, /. (1 6), tongue, 
atirttif, back ; come back! 
atttftif /fe^rett, to return. 



VOCABULARY. 



247 



^rftif 'fommeit,* to come back. 
3ttriliffttnft,*/. (1 6), return, 
an'rttfcn,* to call to. 
^ttfammen, together. 
3itfammenflttft,* m. (1 &)» conconrse. 
an^fd^ftttttt, to look on, to watch. 
5it'fi^(ageit,* to shut in. 
au'fdireiteti,* to ascribe, to attribute* 
^WSpttHitXi,* to award, 
dttt^ttttf n. (1 a), aid. 
aulvevfid^tUdl, confidently. 
5ttli0r, beforehand. 
attHor^fontttmen,* to rush in ahead. 
ptoeUett, sometimes. 



ait^saiplett, to allot to. 

^toftngen, to force. 

jUiaitatg, twenty. 

a»ei, two. 

duietfel, m. (la), doubt. 

5tt>eife(traft, doubtful, questionable. 

^Uieimal, twice. 

iUieite, second. 

dtvief^alt, m. (1 6), contention. 

5l9tngeti,* to compel, to force. 

^taixxi, m. (16), thread. 

^tuiff^ett, between, among. 

dtviftf m. (16), dispute. 

atoilf, twelve. 



ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY. 



[See explanations, p. 212.] 



A. 



t • 



a, an, etn, etne. 
abbreviate, ab'ffiraen. 
abbreviation, ^bf&r^unO;/. (2 b). 
able, to be able,* {5nnen, ffi^ig fein.* 
ability, f5fQl)iflfeit,/. (2 6). 
about, prep.f urn, Uber ; adv., t^erum, 

unoef&^r. 
above all, toor aQem. 
absence of mind, S^vf^^^ut^eit, /. 

(26). [fc^len. 

absent, abioefenb; to be absent, 
absent-minded, aerfireut. 
absentmindedness, :8^tfireut^ett, /. 

(2 6). 
absolution, ^bfoIutionM/. (2 6). 
absurd. abfurbM tl)5Tt(^t, atbern. 
absurdity. aSBiberfmniflfett,/. (2 6). 
academic, atabe'tnifc^.f 
accent, Accent',! m. (16). 
accept, an'nc^mcn,* f)in'ncl)mcn ; * 

Seifatt f(^enfen. 
accompany, begteiten. 
accomplish, DoHfiil^ren. 
according to, je na^ bet ; in accord- 
ance with, gemfiB- 
accusative, %nufatib/t m. (16). 
achieve, erreic^en; erringen^^gu ftanbe 

bringcn.* 
achievement, Grrungenfd^aft,/. (26). 
acknowledge, an'erfeniien/* an^^eu 

gen; erwibern. 



acquainted, befannt. 

acquaintance, 93efanntf(^aft,/. (26). 

acquire, ertoerben.* 

across, vibex, bur(^. 

active, rege. 

actual (ly), mxtliii, t^atjac^Uc^. 

add, l)in)u'fiigen. 

address, ^brcffcit/- (2 o); ?tnreb€,/. 

(2 a). 
address, an'reben. 
adjective, ^b'jecttt),! n. (16). 
adjoin, au'flo&cn.* 
adjoining, anfiogenb. 
adjunct, '^cftimmungSiDort,* n. (Ic). 
admisssion, 6intritt, m. (1 6). 
adorn, fc^mucfen. 

advance, @ntgegenfommen, lu (la). 
adverb, ^bccrb', fw- (3) ; adverbial, 

abccrbta'Ii[(^.t 
advertisement, ^naetge, /. (2 a); 

^nnon'cct/. (2 a). 
advice, tRat, ?7i. (16),p/. iRat|(^Uge. 
advise, raten.* 
sssthetic, fifi^e'tifd^.t 
affair, ©acie, /. (2 a); ©o'd^id^tc, /. 

(2 a). 
affectionate, liebenb, l^eraUcb. 
affect, Siuflug ^aben auf. 
affirmative, bejafien. 
African, afrtfa'ntfc^. 
after, prep., naii, Mnter ; conj.,nadi^ 

bcm. 
afternoon, 9la(^mittag, m. (16). 



349 



250 



VOCABULARY, 



again, toieber. 

against, gegen, auf . 

age, ^Itet; n. (la). 

aged, alt ; the aged, bie ^Iten. 

ago. DOT. 

agree with, Ubetein'ftimmen mit. 

air, Cuft,*/. (16); air of heayen, 

j&immel§luft,*/-(l&). 
album, %tbum,t n. {gen. -§, pi. 

-§). 
alcohol, Wfo^ol.t 7/1. (16). 

alert, tuac^fam. 

all, aVi, 0an) ; not at all, gar nic^t. 

allow, erlauben, gefiatten. 

almost, fafi, beinal)e. 

along, entlang, fiber. 

aloud, (aut. 

Alpine, ^Ipeit; pi. 

already, berettS, f(^on. 

also, au(^. 

although, obgIet(^. 

alto, «lt, m. (la). 

alto singor, ^{tsSfinger, m. (la). 

altogether, gfinatid^, tJoUfianbig. 

always, immer/ fietS. 

amateur, ^ilettantMm. (26). 

amazement, 6rftaunen, n. (la). 

amazing, erjiaunlic^. 

America, %mt'x\\a. 

American, ^mertfa'ner, m. (la); 

^merifa'ncrin,/. (26). 

American, amerifa'utfc^. 

amiable, liebenSiofirbig. 

among, unter. 

amount to, {t(^ be{aufen* auf. 

an, ein, etne. 

anatomy, ^natomieM/. (2 a). 

and, unb. 

anew, Doit neuent; aufS neue. 

angel, SngeU m. (la). 

*agry» jornig, b6fc. 

another, ein anberer. 

answer, ^Int'mort/. (26). 

answer, anttsorten, ertoibern. 



antechamber, SSorstmmer/ n. (la). 

anticipation, ^orgefQ^I, n. (16). 

antique, antir.t 

anxiously, angflDoQ. 

any, ieber (beliebige); trgenbein. 

anything, irgenb ettoaS. 

apparent(ly), augenld^etnlic^; ft^eiiir 

bar. 
appear, erfc^einen.* 
appearance, 6rf(^etnung,/. (26). 
applause, ^ppIau^M m. (16). 
apply, auf'Iegen, an^toenben. 
appoint, ernennen.* 
apposition, ^ppofttion',/. (26). 
approach, fit^ na^ern, au'f(^retten auf. 
approyal, 3wfn«bcn^ett, /. (26); 

Seifan, m. (16). 
apt, pajfenb, genetgt. 
arch-rogue, 6rs=©pt^bube, m. (2 a). 
arise, ermac^fen.* 
aristocratic, artflofra'tif(^.t 
arm, ^rm, m. (16). 
arm-chair, ^rmftul)!,* m. (16). 
arrange, ein'ric^ten, arrangie'ren;t 

to arrange one's self, {t(^ fieUen. 
arrangement, ^norbnung,/. (26). 
array, pu^en, fc^mflden. 
arrive, an'fommen,* an'Iangcn, ein'« 

trcffcn* 
art, i^unjl,*/. (16). 
article, «Ttrfcr,t m. (16). 
artistic (-ally), fQnftlerifii^, funfibee 

fliffen. 
as, mt, aid, ^a] as . . . as, fo . . . 

lote, fo . . . al§ ; as if , mte, a\% 

toenn ; as well . . . as, fo . . . mie. 
ascend, l)inauf'ge^en* or fteigen.* 
ash, %f(^c,/. (2 a). 
ashamed, to be, ftij^ fc^fimen. 
aside, abgefel)n. 
ask, fragen, bitten,* etnlaben.* 
aspire, fireben. 
ass, @fe(, m. (la). 
assemble, fi(^ t)erfomme(n. 



VOCABULARY. 



251 



assembly, Setfatnmlunfl,/. (26). 
assess, ab^i^d^en. 
assistance, ^iilfe or ^ilfe, /. (2 a). 
assume, an^ne^men * 
assurance, @erai^^dt /. (26). 
assure, fic^er ma(^en, t>er{t(^eTn. 
astonished, erfiaunt. 
astonishing, erfiaunlic^, befremblii^. 
astonishment, Srftaunen, n. (1 a). 
at, an, in, i\x, urn ; at once, 3uglet(^ ; 

at last, enbU(^. 
atom, ^toniM n. (16). 
attack, ^nfaQ,* m. (16). 
attain, erreic^en, erjieten. 
attainable, ju erreic^en. 
attempt, 3$erfu(^, m. (16). 
attempt, ftc^ bemfil^en, ))erfu(^n. 
attend, bei'mo^nen, begleiten. 
attention, ^lufmerffamfeit, /. (26). 
attentiye(ly), aufmcrffam. 
attractiye, angie^enb. 
attributiye, attributit/.f 
august, er^aben. 
aunt, %anit,f, (2 a). 
author, ^erfaffer, m. (la). 
authority, «utorltdt',t /. (2 6). 
auxiliary, J^fi(fgt>eTb; n. (3). 
ayalanch, Sa»ine,/. (2 a). 
ayaunt ! fort, ^inmeg ! ^inaud ! 
await, ermarten. 

awake, xoa^ ; to be awake, maiden. 
aware, 0e»al^r, betou^t fein. 
away, weg, fort. 

B. 

back, IRaifen, m. (la). 
back, juTfidf, loieber. 
background, ^interorunb/^m. (16). 
badge of honor, Orben; m. (1 a), 
bank, »ant/. (2 6). 
bard, ranger, m. (la). 
basement, ^rbgeftio^, n. (16). 
basis, (e(runb,*m.( 16). 



Bayarlan, baitifii^. 

be, fein;* there is (are), e9 ifi (finb), 

ed giebt. 
bear, tragen,* ertrogen,* erbulben. 
beautiful, f(^dn. 
because, tueit. 
become, nerben;* fi(^ fc^iifen. 
bed, Sett, n. (3). 

bedchamber, Sd^lafaimmer, n. (la), 
bedstead, SettfteHe,/. (2 a). 
beer, SBier, n. (16). 
before, prep., Dor; adv., ijorl^er; 

co/y., c^c, betoor. 
beg, bitten.* 

begin, beginnen,* an'fangen.* 
beginner, ^nffthger, m. (la). 
beginning, ^nfang,* m. (16). 
behaye, fi(^ (t>ernfinftig) betragen.* 
behayior, Setragen, n. (la). 
behest, Sefe^t, m. (16); SJerlangen, 

n. (la). 
behind, I)inter. 

belieye, glauben, f&r m5g(i(^ ^alten.* 
being, ^efen, n, (la). 
bell, ®to(fe, /. (2 a), Plinget, /. 

(2a). 
bellows (a pair of), IBIafebalg,* m. 

(16). 
belong, ge^5ren. 
below, unter. 
bench, »onf,*/. (16). 
bend, beugen, nelgen. 
bend of the head, Po))fnt(fen, n. 

(la). 
benefit, 9lu^en, m. (la), Sorteil, m. 

(16). 
benign(ly), ^olbfelig. 
Berlin, adj-t Berliner. 
besides, fon^, au^erbem; prep.^ neben. 
besmear, beftreii^en.* 
best, beft, am beflen, l^errlit^fl. 
betrothed, ©rant,*/. (16). 
better, beffer. 
between, jtoij^en. 



252 



VOCABULARY, 



bewildered^ t>erit)tTtt. 

beyond, doubt, unatuetfeO^aft. 

biU, aiec^nunfl,/. (2ft). 

birthday, ©eburtStag, m. (16). 

bite, bcipen.* [Icit/. (26). 

bitterness, Sodf)eit /. (26), 93itter« 

black, fd^marj, braun. 

black-headed, fc^tuaraldpfio. 

blame, tabeln. 

blessing, ©egett/ m. (la). 

blockhead, ^ummfopf;* m. (16). 

blond, blonb. 

blow, blafen.* 

blue, b{au. 

body, i^drper, m. (la). 

boil, fo(^en. 

boisterous, fl&rmif(^. 

bold, ffil^n. 

book, ^\x^,*n^ (Ic). 

bosom, SBufen, m. (la), SBrufl,* /. 

(16). 
both, beibe; both. . . and, fomo^I . . . 

bound, ©pruixfl,* m. (1 6). 

bow, fi(^ t>erneiaen. 

box, o^rfeigen. 

boy, Pnabe, m. (2a), 3unge, m. 

(2 a). 
boyish yoioe, i!naben{iimme, /. (2 a) . 
Brahmin, Srama^ne, m., a member 

of the sacred caste among the 

Hindus, 
brain, ©elitrn, n. (16). 
branch of study, Se^rfat^,* n. (1 c). 
bravo ! brat^o ! 
breakfast, ^rfiW((/ n. (16). 
breakfast, frai^fiiiden. 
breath, ^tem, m. (la). 
bright, ^ea. 
brighten, er^eUen. 
brilliant, brifliant', tpritfelnb. 
bring, britiflcn,* fibcrbringen,* mit'* 

bringen ;* to bring back, mieDer^* 

bringen. 



broad, breit, toeit. 

broken, gebro(^en. 

brook, butben. 

brother, 93ruber,*m. (la). 

brow, Stirn,/. (26). 

brush, $infel; m. (la). 

build, bauen. 

building, (S^ebfiube, n. (la). 

burning, btennenb. 

business, @ef(^aft, n. (16), ^nge^ 

legcnl^cit,/. (26). 
business methode, @ef(^fiftdmet^obe, 

/. (2 a). 
business firm, @e|(^5ftdl^au§,* n. 

(Ic). 
business purposes, @)ef(^fitt§anoes 

legen^eiten, pi. 
busy, bef(^fifttgt. 
but, abet, fonbern, aQetn; but still, 

abet bod^. 
by, bet, bur(^, Don, auf. 
call, nenncn,* rufcn,* an'rufen ;♦ to 

call upon (in class), auf'rufen.* 
calm, beruf)tgen. 
can, fSnnen.* 
cannon, i!ano'ne,/. (2 a); cannons 

in forts, ^fiung§fanonen. 
care, @(^u^, m. (16). 
capable, fa^ig, im fianbe. 
capital, grower %nfang§bu(^fiabe, m. 

(2a). 
careful, forgfdltig. 
caricature, farifie'ren.f 
carpet, ^eppic^, m. (1 6). 
carriage, 2Bagcn, m. (lo). 
carry, tragcu ;* to carry off, tteg'* 

ne^men ;* to carry out, auSf &]^s 

ten. 
case, ^n,* m. (16); in oa^e. faUS. 
catch, ertappen. 
cause, UT|a(^e, /. (2 a); ®runb,*m. 

(16). 
cause, toerur[a(ben, i^eranlaffen. 
cease, auf'^5ren, t>eTfiummen. 



VOCABULARY, 



253 



oeaselesf , enbloS. 

celebrated, berftl^mt. 

ceU.3enc,/. (2 a). [/.(2 a). 

center, 5Kittctj)unft, m. (16);aRitte, 

century, 3a^r!)unbcrt, n. (16). 

ceremony, ^anbluno,/. (26). 

certain(ly), gemt^, ftc^erltc^. 

certainty, ©emtfe^ctt,/. (2 6). 

certificate, 3^ugni§, n. (16). 

certify, befc^tnioen. 

chair, ©tul^I,* m. (16); lecturer*s 

chair, Pat^c'ber,t m. (1 a) 
chamber, '^mmtx, n. (1 a). 
chandelier, l^ronteuc^ter/ m. (1 a), 
change, finbern, t>erSnbeTn. 
chant, ©efaixfl,* m. (16). 
chapter, i^api'teUt w. (1 a). 
character, 6l^aralter,t m. (16). 
charm, 3<<uber/ m. (la), 
chastisement, Strafe//. (2a). 
chemistry, (Sl^emie/f/. (2 a). 
chest, ©(^ranf,*m. (16); ®ru|i,* /. 

(1ft). 
child, i^inb; n. (Ic). 
childish (ly), linbifi^. 
childishness, Pinberet//. (26). 
chin, Stxnn, n. (16). 
choms, 6l^or,*tm. (16). 
chromatio, (^roma'ttfc^.t 
circle, Stxtx^, m. (16). 
circumstance, Umjlanb,* m. (16); 

3Ser^ottni§, n. (16). 
citizen, ^hrqex, m. (la), 
city, Stabt,*/. (16). 
claim, bel^aupten, forbern. 
clandestine, ^etmlic^, t>erf}ol)Ien. 
clasp, f(^{a0en.* 
class. Stla^cf. (2 a). 
class-book, Plaffenbuc^,* n. (Ic). 
class-room, Pfaffensimmer, n. (la). 
clause, ©a^,* m. (16); ^auptfa^.* 

w. (16). 
dear, flat; to dear one's throat, 

fi(^ r&ufpern. 



dient, mientM m. (26). 

climax, i^Ii'maj,t m. (16); 3enitl&* 

punft, m. (16). 
clock, U^r,/. (26); what o'clock 

is it, tuie )o\el U^x if) eS; the dock 

strikes two, bie Ul^r ft^tdot amei. 
dose, f(^(te^en.* 
close, nal^e (bet). 
dothes, i^Ieiber, pL 
dutch, crgreifen.* 
coachman, ilutfc^er, m. (la). 
coal-black, fo^Ifc^marg. 
coat, tRocf,* m. (16). 
coax, fc^meid^eln. 
coaxingly, f(^met(^(erif((; in ^meU 

(^e(nbem Xone. 
cold, fait. 

cold, grffiltunfl,/. (26). 
collar, i^ragen, m. (la). 
colleague, ^oae'fle,t m. (2 a). 
college, ©oCfefle,! (gen.-^.pl-i.), 
cologne, eau de cologne, i!5(nii(^eS 

aBaffer, n. (la). 
colon, iJo'ton,t m. (gen. -§, p/. -5.) 
color, f^farbc,/ (2 a). 
come, fomnien;* to come back, jur 

rfid'tomtnen;* to come on, anyixe- 

^en;* to come across, an'treffen,* 

beaefliten. 
comedy, i^omS'bict / (2 a)., 
comfortable, be^aglic^, mit SSe^agen. 
comical, fo'mifd^. f 
comma, iJomma,t n.(gen. -d,pl.-9) 
command, befel)(en.* 
commence, beginnen.* 
commit a fault, einen $ef)Ier bege* 

^en.* 
common sence. !Sernunft,/. 
commotion, ^ufrcgung,/. (26). 
companion, (Sefeaf (Rafter, m. (la); 

(Seffi^rte, m. (2 a). 
company, (iJefeCft^af t, / (26.) 
comparatiye(ly), tjer^filtnidmfi^tg. 
compare, toergleit^cu.* 



254 



VOCABULARY, 



compatible with, ftd^ t>ertra0en* nth. 
compel, jtoinoen.* 
complete, t>oIIfitdnbiQ. 
compliments, (Btnpfel^Iunaenrp^ 
component parte, 93eflanbtett€/ pL 
composition, 9luffa^;* m. (16); %br 

faffung,/. (26) 
composure, ^affung,/. (26); @e« 

mttt§t)erfa|funfl,/. (26). 
compound, aufammengefe^t. 
comprehenidon, ^erfi&nbnid, n. 

(1ft). 
conceal, Derbergen.* 

concentration, Ponaentrte'rung^t /. 

(26). 
concem,an'gel^en ;* to be concerned, 

beteiligt fctn.* 
concert, i!on8ert',t ri. (16). 
concert g^and, i^onjert'flliigel, m, 

(la). 
conclusion, ^^\\x%*m. (16). 
condemn, t>erbammen. 
condescend, fi(^ ^eroblaffen. 
condescending, ^eroblaffenb. 
condition, SSebtngung, /. (26); 3u« 

Panb,*m. (16). 
conditional sentence, SebingungSr 

fafe,*m. (16). 
condolence, Seiletb; n. (la). 
conduct, Setragett/ n. (la); ^ene^ 

men, n. (la). 
conduct one's self, {i(^ bene^men.* 
confine (to), befc^rdnfen, (auf). 
confounded, ntebertr&t^tig. 
confusion, SSertottrung,/. (2 6). 
congratulation, @(&(fmunf(^,* m. 

(1ft). 
conjecture, SBermutung, /. (26). 

conjunction, Poniun!tion^t/. (26). 
connectiye, IBinbeioort;* n. (Ic). 
connoisseur, Sttnntx, m. (la). 
conscience, ©emiffen, n. (la). 
conscious, bemu^t. 
conciousness, iBemu^tfein, n. (la). 



consent, ein'miQigen. 
consequence, ^olge, /. <2a); in 

consequence of, 3ufoIge. 
consequent, folgenb. 
consequently, foIgIi(^. 
consider, betra^ten; flberlegen; an^ 

fc^en * fur. 
consideration, SSebingung, /. (26); 

in consideration of, in ^x^iS^i^- 

tigung {with gen,)] to come into 

consideration, in 93etra(^t fommen. 
consistent, tibereinfiimnienb, gem&B* 
consonant, Ponfonanf;t m. (26). 
constant, beflfinbig. 
constitute, aud'maij^n. 
constitution, iJonjlitutiott',t/. (2 ft). 
content, ISn^alt, m. (16). 
contain, ent^alten. 
continually, beflfinbig. 
continue, fort'fa^ren,* fort^e%en. 
contrary, jumiber. 
contrite, bufefertig. 
contrition, 3erfnitf(^ung,/. (26). 
converse, {i(^ unterl^alten.* 
conyeyance, fjfu^rwerf, n. (16). 
co-ordinate, coorbinte'renb.t 
convulsiye, framt^f^aft. 
copy, eiemplar'^tn. (16), «bf(^rift, 

/. (26). 
cordial, \^txi\K^. 
correct, forrtgie'ren,! t)erbef[ern. 
correct, rii^tig. 
correction, ^ej^lertoerbefferung, /. 

(26). 
correctness, 9li(^tiglett,/. (26). 
correspond, forrefponbte'ren.f 
correspondent, ^oTref))onbent^t m. 

(26). 
correspondence, PorrefponbenaM /. 

(26), aSriefme^lel, w. (la). 
corridor, i^or'ribor,t m. (16). 
costume, i^opm^t n, (16). 
costume party, Pofifimfefi, n. (16). 
cottage, Sanb^AuSc^n, n. (la). 



VOCABULARY. 



255 



conncel, raten.* 
count, redinen, a&^Ien. 
countenance, @e{t(^t§au3bTU((,* m. 

(16)- 
country, Sanb,* /i. (1 c). 

course, of course, natarlicb. 

court, J&of,* m. (16), ®crt*t8^of,» 

m. (16). 
courteous, ^5fli(^, artig. 
cousin, Pou|in',t »»., p/. -«; or 

Setter, i». (3)., ^ouit'ne,t/. (2a). 
coyer, beden. 
crazy, toll. 

creep, |c^lei(^en,* frict^en.* 
crescendo, (SreScen'bo.t n. (la), 

swelling. 
cross, freujen, fiber tomtnen.* 
cruelty, ©raufamfeit,/. (26). 
crush, t>erni(^ten. 
cry, f(^reicn,* rufcn.* 
custom, (^emo^nl^eit,/. (26). 

D. 

danger, ®efal)r,/. (26). 

dangerous, getd^rlic^. 

dare, |!(^ unterfte^en,* {i(^ erfrei^en. 

dark, bunfe(, bfifter. 

dart, sucfen. 

date, -Xa'tum,t n. {gen. -8, pi. ®a'» 

ten) 
dative, 3)a'tit),t m. (16). 
day, Xag, m. (16); the other day, 

neuli(^. 
deal, )7erfal)ren.* 
dear, lieb; dear me! %(^, bu Iteber 

i^immel ! 
death, S:ob, m. (16). 
decease, Sob, m. (16). 
declaratiye sentence, Sde^auptungS^ 

|at*m. (16). 
decrease, ^b^na^me, /. (2 a), %b= 

nef)men, n. (la). 
decide, entf(^tben. 



decided, entfi^ieben. 

declare, fagen, erftfiren. 

deed. Xi^ai, /. (2 6); dark deed, 

TOiffet^at,/. (26). 
deep, tief. 

definitiye, befiimmt. 
degrading, erntebrtgenb. 
degree. ®rab, m. (16), ^a%, n. 

(lb). 
delay, S^eraug, m. (16). 
delicate, fd^rodc^lic^, empfinb(i(^. 
delightful, ^5(^fl or au^erorbentlic^ 

angenel)m. 
Delilah, Telt(a ; see Samson. 
deUver, befreien. 
demand, t>er(angen. 
demon, Seufcl, m. (la), ®dmonM 

m. (3). 
demonstratiye, bemonfiratb^t 
denote, bejeic^nen. 
deny, leugnen. 

depend (on), ab'^fingcn* (»on). 
depended, tiebe. [fi^Hc^, ab^dngenb; 

dependent clause, 9lebeitfa^,* m. 

(16). 
deport, fiift benel^men.* 
depriye, berauben. 
depth, ®iunb,*m. (16). 
descend, l)ernieber'j!eigen.* 
description, 93ef(^reibung,/. (26). 
deserye, t^erbienen. 
designate, bejeic^nen. 
desire, tvunfc^en. 
despair, ver6, t>eran)eife(n ; subst., 

ajeraroeifluug ;/. (26). 
destiny, ©efc^td, n. (16). 
detach, ab'trennen. 
detect, eutbecfen. 
determine, ent|(^etben,*fefit^e^en, be« 

fiimmen. 
deyelopment, ^ntmicfelung,/. (26). 
devil, Seiijcl, m. (la). 
diaboUcal(ly). biabo'tilc^.t 
dictionary, 2Bdrterbu(^,* n. (Ic). 



256 



VOCABULARY, 



die, flerben * 

difference, Unterfii^teb, m.{lh). 
different, )}etf(^ieben. 
difficulty, ©(^micriflfcit, /. (26). 
dignity, (Srnil, m. (16), aBfltbe, /. 

(2a). 
diligent (ly), eifrig. 
dining room, ^^simmer, n. (la). 
dip, tau(^en. 

diplomatist, ^iplotnafrt m. (26). 
direct(ly), iinmittetbar, bireft'.t 
director, 5Diref'tor,t w. (3). 
directorial chamber, ^iref'toraintr 

tncr, 71. (lo). 
disagreable, unanoenel^m. 
disappear, ijerfc^mtnben.^ 
disappointment, Snttdufc^ung, /. 

(26). 
disciple, 9la(^fotocr, m. (la), ©(^ii= 

tcr, m. (la). 
discoyer, entbeden. 
discnss, aur ©praise fotntnen,* eT:^ 

Srtern. 
discussion, 6r5rterun0, /. (26). 
disgrace, Si^an^e,/. (2a), ©d^mat^, 

/. 
disgrace, entetiren. 

disgraceful, nit^tsmfirbtg. 

dishonor, ente^ren. 

dismiss, entlaffen.* 

dispense, eriaffen,* bispenfte^ren.t 

dispose of, Derfiigen ilber. 

disrupt, auSeinanber'rei^en,* jer^ 

fpalten. 
dissatisfied, unaufneben (mit). 
distance, ^ntfernung,/. (26). 
distinctly, beutUi^. 
distinguish, unterfd^iben.* 
distribute, i^erteUen. 
divide, teilen, ab'fflraen. 
division, 2:€ilunfl, /. (26), ^bffir- 

aung,/. (26). 
do, t^un, ma(^en. 
doctor, 35ortor,t »». (3). 



dollar, %\^aUx, m, (la), S)onar,t 
m. {gen, -S,pl. -5). 

Don Ottavio, a character in Mo- 
zart's opera Don Gioyanui, 1787. 

door, 3:^ur,/. (26). 

double, t^erboppedi, 

double Yowel, 5Doj)'petoo!ar,t »». 
(16). 

doubt, Swcifel, m. (la). 

doubt, atoeifeln ; beyond doubt, un^ 
amcifcl^aft. 

down, ^crab, l^in ab, licrunter,. l^in* 
unter; down stairs, bie Xreppe 
^inunter; up and down, auf unb 
nicDer. 

Dr., SDof'tor, m. (3). 

draw, aic^cii.* 

dreadful, entfe^Iic^. 

dream, %xanm,*m, (16). 

dream, traumen. 

dreamy, traumertfc^. 

dress-coat, fjfrad,* m. (16). 

idrink, trinfcn.* 

due, gebfi^renb. 

during, toS^renb. 

duty, ^Pfilid^t, /. (26), ©ienjl, w. 

(1ft). 
dying, beriaft^enb. 

E. 

each, jeber; each other, ft(^ einan- 

bcr. 
eagerness, (Sifer, m. (la); ^i^e, /. 

(2 a). 
eagle, ^b{er, m. (la), 
ear, Ot)r, n. (3). 
early, fru^e. 
easy, easily, letc^t. 
edition, ^u§g abe, /. (2a); school 

edition, @(^u(au3gabe,/. (2a). 
effect, 993irfung,/. (26). 
eiderdown, Siberbaune, /. (2 a). 
eight, a^i. 



VOCABULARY. 



257 



either, pron* jeber; conj. entweber. 

elect, md^Ien. 

electric, clcf'trift^.t 

element, (Slement^f n. (16). 

eleven, elf. 

else, fonfi. 

embrace, Utnarmung,/. (2 ft). 

employer, ^rmci|jal',t m. (16). 

emphasis, 9la(^bru(f, m. (15). 

enclose, ein^^egen, bei'Iegen, ein'- 

fc&Iic^cn,* anbci'fcnbcn.* 
encore, da capo, no(^ einmal. 
encourage, auf'muntern. 
enconraging(l7), aufmuntetnb. 
end, (Snbe, n. (3). 
end, enben. 

endure, crbulbcn, ertragcn.* 
English, ena(if(^. 
enlarge, ermeltern. 
enormous, geioaltig. 
enough, genug. 
enraged, toutenb. 
enter, cin'tretcn,* betrcten.* 
enthusiasm, Segeiflerung, /. (25). 
entity, SBcfcn, n. (la). 
entwine, iDideln. 
enumerate, auf'aal^Ien. 
enumeration, ^ufaal)lung, /. (25). 
enyironnement, Umgebung,/. (25). 
enyelope, ^ouDcrt^t n. {gen. -%, pi, 

-§). 
erect, errtd^tcn. 
ErlKing, (JrlfSnig, m. (15). 
escape, entgcl^cn,* cntfoTnmen.* 
escort, gctcitcn, ba§ ©cleite gebcn.* 
esoteric, e|otc'ri|(l(|.t 
especial, befonber. 
establish, fcji'ilcaen, fi^ern, bcfejlir 

gen. 
estate, S3erm5gen, n. (la), 
esteem, ^(^tung,/. (26). 
estimate, $eTe(^nung,/. (25), 
etc., unb fo metier; u. f. m. 
etiquette, (gtifet'te^t/. (2o). 



Europe, 6uro>a. 

even, fd^on, bereitS, foeben, fogar, 
felbfl. 

evening, 9[benb, m. (16); one eve- 
ning, etne§ ^benbS. 

evening party, ^benbgefeUfc^aft, /. 
(25). 

ever, immer. 

everlasting, etoig, immeriofi^renb. 

every, jeber; every time, jebeSmal; 
every minute, afle ^ugenblide. 

everything, a\it^. 

everywhere, fiberaff. 

evident(ly), augenf(i6ctnlt(^, offenbar. 

exact t gen au. 

examination^ 6ra'men,t n. (la). 
entrance examination, 6tntrttt3= 
esamen; to take an examina- 
tion, ein (Ssamen mat^en. 

example, Setfpiel, n. (16). 

exceed, iiberjc^reiten. 

exceedingly, unge^euer. 

excellent, au3geaet(^net. 

except, au§genommen. 

exception, ^u§nal)me,/. (2 a). 

excitement, ©rregung,/. (26); ^uf» 
regung, (25). 

exclaim, auS'rufcn.* 

exclamation point, ^u§rufung33ets 
d^en, n. (la). 

exclamatory sentence, %u§tuffa^,* 
m. (15). 

excuse, entfd^ulbtgen, erlaffen.* 

excuse, (5nt|(^ulbigung,/. (25). 

exemplary, ejempla'rift^.f 

exercise, ^ufgabe, /. (2 a); Ubung, 
/. (2 6). 

exercise, Ciben. 

exert, fid^ bem&^en. 

exhaust, er|d()5pfen. 

exist, ejiftie'ren,t t>a fein.* 

expand, auS'belinen, aunsfen. 

expect, ermarten; to expect of one, 
einem ju'trauen. 



258 



VOCABULARY. 




expell, retcQic'ren,t forf joacn. 
experience, (Srfa^rung,/. {2b). 
experience, erfal^Ten.* 
experienced, adj., erfa^ten. 
explain, erffciren. 
explanation, 6rfl&ning, /. (25). 

^lujflaninfl, (26). 
exposition, ^uSetnanberfe^ung, /. 

(26). 
ecpresB, auS^ritcfen. 
expression, ^uSbrud,* m. (16). 
expulsion, 9leIefiation',t/. (26). 
extraordinary, ungemd^nltt^. 
extremely, im ^5(^{ien ©robe, 
exult, jubeln. 
eye, %uqe, n. (3). 
eye-shot, Slit!/ m. (16). 

F. 

face, ®eft(^t, n. (Ic). 

fact, Xl^atfat^e,/. (2 a); in point of 

fact, in ber ^I)at. 
factory, fjfabrint/. (26). 
fail, fc^rft^lagen,* Dcrfel^Icn. 
fairy tale, 3JlSixd^n, n. (la). 
fall, fallen,* ntcbcr'f alien.* 
fall, ^crbft, m. (1 6). 
false(ly), falf(^. 
familiar, mo()Ibefannt, t)ertraut. 
family, SfamiUc',t/. (2a). 
famoos, ber&^mt. 
farce, ^offe,/. (2 a); Unjinn, m. 

(16). 
fashion, 2Beife,/. (2 a). 
fast, ft^neQ. 
fate, @(^i(ffal; n. (16). 
father, Sater,* m. (la). 
fathom, ergriinben. 
fault, f^e^Ier, m. (la). 
favor, ©unfit,/, ©efattcn, m. (la). 
faYorite study, Qteblinadfiubtumr n. 

{gen. -%, pi, -ftubien. 
fear, ffirc^ten. 



fearful(ly), fd^redfltt^, entfe^tic^. 
feature, (C'iiefiddtSr) S\^Q*m. (16). 
feel, fallen, t)erfpuTen. 
feeling, ©efuH n. (16). 
fellow, SBurfd^c, m. (2a), Steil, m. 

(1ft). 
fellow-being, !I7litmenf(^, m. (26). 

fe8tiye(ly), fefilic^. 

fete, W Weit,/. (26). 

fever, fjficber, n. (la). 

few, a few, einige. 

fight, fdmpfen, fi(i^ J^erum'ft^Iagen.* 

figure, 3a^I, /. (26). 

find, finben ;* to find out, aud'fln« 

ben,* erfal^ren.* 
finger, f5rinQ«t, m. (la). 
finish, t)oQenben, ferttg madden. 
finite, fini'te.t 
fire, ^euer, n. (la). 
firmness, f$fefiig{ett,/. (26). 
first, adj., erfi ; adv., juerfir erfi, 

erpenS. 
fitting, to be, fidd aiemen. 
five, funf ; five times, funfmal. 
fix, fefl'fietten. 
fiight, Srewe,/. (2 a) ; two fiights 

up, 3tt)et 2:tep))en ^o(^. 
fiat, eta'ge.t/. (2a). 
fioor(ing), Soben,* m. (la). 
fiy, fliegen.* 

follow, fotgen ; anf i^Iiefeen.* 
following, folgenb. . 
fool, 9larr, w. (26). 
for, prep., fur, tt)egen, fett, auf, ju. 
for, co7)j,f benn, t>a. 
forbid, toerbieten.* 
force, OJematt,/. (26). 
force, jnjtngen.* 
foreboding, ^^nung, /. (26). 
forefinger, ^^ifi^ftnger, m. (la). 
forehead, 9 Urn, /. (2 6). 
forever, auf immer, ett)tg. 
forget, Dergeffen.* 
forgive, toerjei^en.* 



VOCABULARY. 



259 



form, fifonn,/. (26). 

form, bilben, niacin. 

forth, I)ert)or. 

fortunate, gliicflii^. 

fortune, @Ifi(f, n. (16). 

forty, t>tcr3ia. 

four, Diet. 

fourth, t>iert. 

fragrant, buftenb. 

Frederick the Great, ^riebtid^ bet 

(Sro&e, king of Prussia, 1740—1786. 
free, fret. 

freedom, Sfwi^elt,/. (2 6). 
French, franjdftfd^. 
fresh, frift^. 
frequently, oft, ^duflg. 
friend, Sfr^unb, m, (16); ^reunbin, 

/. (2 6) ; friendly, frcunblit^. 
frlYOlouB, nic^tta. 
from, t)on, buT(^. 
fulfil, toottbrinflcn.* 
full(y), Don, DBttia. 
funeral, Sei(^enbegfin0ni§, n. (16). 
funny, f))a^i(|. 
future, Swi^wttft /•; ia future, 

tunftt0. 
future, adj,f f&nfttfi. 

G. 

gallop, ®aVioWA ^'f ff^n. -9, pi. 

&aUoppa't>en. ^ 
gaol, Sutfttl^auS,* n. (1 c). 
gate, %i)ox, n. (16). 
gazelle, ©aacfle,!/. (2 a). 
general, adgemetn, fiemd^nlit^ ; in 

general, xm anaemetnen. 
generation, ®enetatton',t/. (2 6). 
genitive, ©e'mttD.f m. (16). 
genius, ®e'niu8,t m. (16), ©cntc^t 

n. {gen. -%, pi. -§). 
gentle, faitft, leife. 
gentleman, ^ert, m, (26). 
German, ^eutfi^e, m. (2 a). 



German, beutfi^. 

Germany, ^eutf(^(anb, n. (16). 

get, befommcn,* ^olen, wcrben ;* to 

get down, l^erunter fommen * 
giddy, lett^tfmnta. 
gift, ^ahe, /. (2a), @e|(^nf, n. 

(16). 
gifted, begabt. 
gilded, t)eTgo(ben. 
gilt, ®oIb, n. (16). 
gilt, golben; gilt illumined, mit 

®olb Dcraiert. 
give, gcben,* crtcilen; give up, 

taffcn * 
gladly, gem, mit SSergniigen; to be 

glad, ]\di freuen. 
glance, '^licf, m. (16). 
glass, (^(ad,*n. (Ic). 
glean, fammeln. 
glitter, gISnaen, ergl&naen. 
gloom, ®un!ell^eit, /. (2 c), ^fijler* 

feit,/. (2 c). 
glory, 9luf)m, m. ^errlit^feit,/. (26). 
go, gel^en;* to go on, fort'fatiren;* to 

go out, au§'gel^en,* ^in'get)en;*to 

go to work, fi(^ an bie Arbeit 

maiden; to be gone, ba^in fein.* 
God, ®ott,*m. (Ic). 
godless, gottlod. 
godlike, g5tt(i(^. 
good, gut; good gracious ! %^, bu 

Ueber ^immel ! 
good-by, lehen @te tool^I. 
good-for-nothing, 3:augent(^t3, m. 

(16). 
goyem, regie'ren.f 
graciou8(ly), gnftbig, l^ulbreid^. 
grammar, ®ramma'tif,t/. (26). 
grant, geflatten. 
grasp, ergreifen,* erfajfen. 
grateful, banfbar. 
gray, grey, grau. 
great, gro^; a great deal, fe^r 

biel. 



260 



VOCABULARY. 



great-coat, 5Pa'l€tot,t m. {gen. -4, 

pi. -§), iibcrgic^cr, m. (1 a). 
greatly, ^Bd&It^ fc^r. 
Grecian, grte(^i|d&. 
Greece, ©rtet^enlanb, n. (1 6). 
greedy, (jierifl. 
Greek, grict^lfi^. 
green, grfin. 
greet, begrfi^en. 
greeting, @ru^,* m. (1 &). 
groan, @eufaer, m. (la), 
groan, fit^jen. 
grounds, ^nlagen, p/. 
group, ®rutHJ€,t/. (2 a). 
group, fi(^ gntwle'rcn.t 
gueBB, raten.* 
guest, ®aji,* m. (1 6). 
guilty, ft^ulbtg, firafU(i&. 



habit, @etDo^n^ett,/. (25). 

hair, ^aar, n- (16). 

half, Idalb; half past nine, ^alb 

hall, ©aal,* m. (1 6); llor'nbor,t wi- 

(16). 
hall-door, SaaltJ^fir, /. (25). 
hand, J&anb,*/. (16); with one's 

own hand, eigen^finbig. 
hand, reid^en. 
happen, geft^e^cn,* Dor'faUen,* Dor'= 

fommcn.* 
happily, freubig. 
hard, ^art. 
haste, (5ilc,/. (2 a). 
hasten, eilen. 
hat, ^ut,*m. (16). 
have, ^aben, beft^en;* to have to, 

mflffcn.* 
he, er. 
head, ^aupt,* n. (1 c) ; at the head, 

an ben ^nfang. 
hear, ^5ren, erfaldren.* 



hearer, ^uPret, m. (la). 

hearty (ily), ^ctaltd^. 

heave, leut^en. 

heaven, ^immel, m. (1 a) ; heavens ! 

O^immct! 
heavily pasted, bicf bef (etfiert. 
heel, ^acfen, m. (1 a). 
height, ^die, /. (2 a); ^d^e))unft 

m. (16) 
help, ^fllfe or ^tlfe,/. (2a). 
help, t)elfcn,* ^fllfe leijien. 
Henry, ^etnric^, m. 
her, i^T. 

herd, J&crbe,/. (2 a). 
here, l^ter. 
hero, ^e(b, m. (26). 
hiding-place, Serfied, n. (16). 
high, t)0(l(). 

high priest, ^o^epriefier, m. (la). 
himself, ft(^. 
hinge, ?tngcl,/. (2 a). 
his, fetn. 

history, ^tW^Xt,f, (2 a). 
hold, l^atten.* 
holy, ^eilig. 
home, ^etmat, /. (26); adv, nad^ 

^aufe. 
honesty, e^rlit^fctt, /. (2 a). 
honest, e^r(t(i^. 
honor, ef)re,/.(2a); wordof honor, 

(Sl^rentt)ort, n. (1 6); on my honor, 

auf (S^re, auf (SJ^rentoort. 
honor, bee^ren. 
honorable, e^rentoert. 
hope, ^offnung,/. (26). 
hope, ^ off en. 
horse, $ferb, n. (16). 
hospitality, (^ajlfreunbfc^aft, /. 

(26). 
hostess, tB^irttn,/. (2,6). 
hour, ©tunbe,/. (2 a). 
house, ^auS,*n. (Ic). 
how, mie. 
however, abet, inbeffen. 



VOCABULARY, 



261 



hnge, grog. 

hnxnan, menfd^Iti^. 

humble, ge^orfatn, untertDliTfig, be- 

toof.t 
humor, ^umor'/t m. (16); Qaune, 

/.(2 a). 
hundred, ^unbert. 
husband, ©ema^U m. (16). 
hush, 5uin Sc^metgen bringen.* 
hypothetical, ^Q))ot^e'tifd^.t 

I, ic^. 

ice, (^i§/ n. (16). 

idea, 3bcc',t/. (2 a). 

identical, iben^tifc^.f 

idiot, 3biot',t w. (26); 9larr, m. 

(26). 
if, menn, ob; as if, aid ob, aid [loenn. 
ill, franf, f(^(e(^t; ill humor, fi^Iei^te 

Caime, /. (2 a). 
illogical, unt(/gif(^.t 
illuminated, erleui^tet. 
illustrate, iaufttte^ren.f 
illustration, Seifpiel, n, (16). 
illustrious, berCi^mt. 
imaginary, imaginfii^.f 
indicate, an'geben.* 
imitate, nadd'al^men. 
immediate, nfic^ji. 
immediately, fofort, gleid^, unmitte(:r 

bar. 
imperatiye, Sefeldl, m. (16); 3m< 

Jjcratito.t m. (26). 
imperfect, 3m^)erfeft',t n. (16). 
impertinence, Unberfd^fimtJ^eit, /. 

(26). 
impertinent, unberfd^dint, imperttr 

ncnt'.f 
impolite, unl^5fli(i^. 
import, 99ebeutung,/. (26). 
important, bebeutenb, totd^tig. 
imposing, tm))ofant^t 
impossible, unmdgdc^. 
impression, 6lnbru(f,* m. (16). 
imprison, ein'f(^(ie^n.* 



imprisonment, ©efangenfd^aft, /. 

(26); ©cfftngniS, n. (16). 
improper, unetgentltd^. 
impudence, Unt>eTf(^fimtl^ett,/. (26). 
in, in, an, auf. 
incline, (fic^) neigen. 
increase, bermel^ren. 
indeed, in ber %%aX, fo. 
indefinite, unbeflimmt. 
independent, unabl^dngig. 
indignant, entriiflet. 
indignation, ^ntrfifiung, /. (26). 
indirectly, mittelbar. 
induce, t)eran(af[en, bemegen,* be= 

fiimmcn. 
industry, 3nbu|trie',t/. (26). 
inevitable, unb^rmeibltt^. 
inezorable(ly), unerbittlt(^. 
inexperienced, unerfaJ^ren. 
inference, ©(^(ugfotgerung, /. (26). 
infinitiye, 3nftnitit)',t m. (1 6). 
inflect, fleftie'ren.f 
inflict, auf'erlegen. 
inform, an'geben,* benad^rit^tigen. 
infuriated, niitenb/ em))drt. 
inhabitant, 93eh)ol)ner, m. (la), 
inquire, fragen. 
insert, ein^(^a(ten. 
insist, be^elden * auf. 
inspection, ^nfid^t, /. (2 6 ) . 
instance, '^cM,* m. (16). 
instant, ^ugenblid, m. (16); this 

instant, augenblidlit^. 
instead, prep, anfiatt; adv, bafQr, 

fiatt beffen. 
institution. «nilalt,/. (26). 
instrumental, inflrumenta^.f 
instrumentalist, SRu'jifer^t m. (1 a); 

Snjtrumcntiji^tm. (26). 
insult, beleibigen. 
intellectual, geifiig. 
intend, gebenfen,* l^or'l^aben, htcS>^ 

fit^tigen. 
intention, 9(bft(^t,/. (26). 



262 



VOCABULARY, 



intoreit, iutereffie'ren.t 

interest, SJntcrcrict (3); ^xnStix, 

pi.; rate of intereet, ^indfu^,* 

m. (16). 
international, internationar.f 
interrogative sentence, ^tagefals,* 

m. (lb). 
interrupt, unterbrec^en.* 
into. In, Idinein. 

intonation, Setonung, /. (2 5). 
intoxicate, beraufi^en. 
intoxicated, ttunfen. 
intoxication, ^tunlenl^eit/. (26). 
introduce, au'fttliren, ein'fft^ren, ein'= 

loiteit. 
introductory, eiuleltenb. 
invent, crfinben.* 
invention, (Svfal^rung/ /. (25). 
inversion, ^ntoerjlon'^t (2 6). 
inverted, int>eTtieTt^t 
investigate, unterfuc^en. 
investigation, UnterfiK^una,/. (2 5). 
inviolable, uimerle^Iii^. 
invitation, (Sinlobuno,/. (2 6). 
invite, ein'IaDen.* 
is, trt; that is, baS f)ei^t. 
it, eS (et; fie). 
its, leiti (t^r). 
itself, fi(^, felbfi. 

J. 

James, ^a'lob, m. 
January, 3a'nuaT; m. (15). 
jerk, 9}u(f, m. (15). 
jest, [(^erjen. 

join, fi(^ t>ereintgen mit, bei^treten.* 
joke, fpa^cn. 
joy,§reubc,/. (2 a). 
judge, beutteilen. 
judgment, aSeurteilung, /. (26). 
June, 3unt, m. (16). 
Jupiter, the supreme god of the 
Bomans ; TJltor, the avenger. 



just, gerabe, eben, etntnal; just now, 
je^t, foeben; just in time, gerabe 
aur re(^ten 3^it; just listen, ^dreti 
@ieeinmat; just wait, nun, marten 
(Sic! Seep, 196 iVb. 64. 

justify, rec^tferttgen, berec^tigen. 

justice, ©erec^tigfelt,/. (26). 

keep, bema^ren, he^alien;* to keep 

up, nodd treiben;* keep on, fort'* 

treibcn * mit. 
key, ©(^mjfel, m. (la). 
key-hole, @(^Iiiffeao(^,* n. (1 c). 
kind, freunbltd^. 
kindly, freunbltt^, giitigft. 
kindness, (^m,f. (2 a). 
King, ^5ntg, m. (1 6). 
kitchen, ^u^,f, (2 a). 
knock, Uop\en, ft^Iogen;* to knock 

down, um'werf en,* nicberMt^Iogcn.* 
knock, St{t>p\en, n. (la). 
know, njiffen,* fcnnen.* 
knowledge, ^enntnid, /. (16); 9Bif« 

fcnf«aft,/.(26). 

L. 

labyrinthian, (ob^rin'tifc^.t 

lad, 3unge, m. (2 a). 

ladder, fieiter, /. (la). 

lady, %amz, /, (2 a); his lady, feine 

©ema^lin,/. (26). 
language, Sprat^e, /. (2 a). 
lank, f(^Iaff, Idinabl^&ngenb. 
large, gvo^; largely, l^auptf&tidlit^. 
last, (e^t, gule^t; at last, enbU(^; 

last week, t)OTige SBod^. 
late, fpat. 
latest, le^t. 
Latin, tatei'nift^. 
latter, (e^t. 
laughter, ^at^n, n. (la). 



VOCABULARY, 



263 



lanrel-wreath, SoTbeeratoeig, m.(l h). 

law, ®efe|8, n. (16). 

lay, (egen ; to lay aside, jut @ette 

legcn. 
lazy, fau(. 
lead, $(eln. (Id). 
leader, ^uI)Ter, m. (la). 
lead-pencil, Sletfittt, m. (16). 
leaflet, 99(dtt(^en, n. (la). 
lean, fid^ le^nen, jtd^ beugen. 
lean, adj.^ mager. • 

learned, gelel^rt ; learned man, ®e= 

Ic^rte, m. (2 a). 
least, at least, loentgflienS. 
leave, laffcn,* bcrlaffen,* iiberlajfen ;* 

to leave off, aufidren, ettva^ fetn 

laffen.* 
lecturer's desk, ^atl^c'ber,tm. (1 a). 
left, Unf ; left hand, Sinfe,/. (2 a). 
lend, Icil)en.* 
lenient(ly), milbe. 
less, iveniger. 
lesson, Stunbe,/. (2 a) ?lufgabc, /. 

(2a). 
let, taffcn,* crlaubcn ; to let out, 

auS'Iajfen.* 
letter, Sui^jiabe, m. {la), S9rief, 7u. 

(16); letter of recommendation, 

(5nHjfe^Iung§brief, m. (16). 
liable, genelgt. 
lie, licgen ;* to lie down, fit^ Tiicber'= 

(egen. 
liege lord, Se^n§I)eTT, m. (2 6). 
light, fiit^t, w. (1C&16). 
light, an'sf^nben. 
lighten, bitten. 
like, adj., al^ntit^, adv., tvie ; the 

like, bergletd^en ; I like it, e3 ge» 

fftttt* mir. 

line, Scite//- (2 a). 

linen chest, &etnenf(i^Tanf,* m. (1 6). 

lion, fiSnjc, m. (2a), Ceu, m. (16). 

lip, fiippe./. (2 a). 

liquid, Sflflffigfeit,/. (26). 



lisp, Ufpeln. 

listen, ^5ren, ju'l^Sren, (mit) an'* 

^5rcn. 
literature, Cittcratur'^t/. (2 ft). 
little, ftein, tvenig. 
live, teben (on, Don), iDoI)nen ; to be 

living, am Sebcn fein. 
living, tebcn'big. 
loan, Darlcl^en, n. (la). 
lock. Code,/. (2a). 
lock in, ein'|4Uc&cn,* ein'jpcrren. 
logic, Co/gif,t/. (2 6). 
logical(ly), lo'gif^.t 
logician, 2o'gt!er,t «i- (la). 
long, (ang. 

long, fi(^ jel^ncn (nad^). 
look, gutfen, aud'je^en ;* to look at, 

befel)en ;* to look after, beobac^- 

ten ; to look on, upon, an'jel^en,* 

betra(^ten. 
loom forth, empor'ragen. 
lordly, foutoerfin'.t 
lose, toertiercn.* 
lot, Sauplat* ?n. (16). 
love, Cicbe,/. (2 a), ©rii&e, p/. 
loving, liebenb. 
lower, finfcn* taffen.* 
lunatic, SSerrucfte, m. (2 a). 
lyric, eih I^rt|(l(ic3 ©ebt^t, n. (16). 

madness, SoHl^eit, /. (2 6). 
magazine, '^z\\\iix\\\, f. (2 6). 
magnanimous(ly), gro^miitig. 
magnificently ), prat^tDoQ. 
magnitude, (^rd^e,/. (2 a). 
maid, maiden, 3J25b(^en, n. (la), 
mail, ^ojl,/. (2 6). 
mail, mit ber $ofl fc^iden. 
majestic(ally), majefia'tif^.f 
majesty, 9naieftfit',t/. (2 6). 
make, mat^en ; to make out, t)er« 
auS'bringcn.* 



264 



VOCABULARY. 



malidoiu, j^etmt&tfijd^. 

man, SKanti/* m. (Ic), SWcnf^ m. 

(2 6). 
mane, !Dl5^iie,/. (2 a). 
manner, «rt, /. (2 b), aOBcife, /. (2 a), 

SBejen, n. (la). 
mantle, itamingefim§, n. (16). 
manufacturer, SSerferttaer, m. (la). 
manufactoring town, f^abriffiabt,* 

/. (16). 
many, i^tele, matK^. 
March, ^mars; m. (16). 
mark of kindness, ^ufmerffam!eit; 

/. (2 6). 
marry, ^ciratcn, fi(^ Derl^etratcn ; to 

be married, fid^ trauen laffen * 
maryellousCly), munberbar. 
mass, SJlafff, /. (2o), verb: an'= 

^fiufen. 
master, STletfier/ m. (la), ^err, m. 

(26); master of the house, ^au§« 

l^err, m. (2 6) ; master of tone, ber 

SSne SWeijlcr, m. (la). 
master, bemeiflern. 
match, <B\xexi)\)hl^6ien, n. (la). 
material, materieU^f 
matter, ^ngelegen^ett^/. (2 6). 
mattress, '^a\xa%z,\f. (2 a). 
may, fSnncn,* biirfen,* m5flcn.* 
me, mtr, mit^. 
mean, metnen, bebeuteii, beabfiddti- 

gen; in the meantime, unterbeffen. 
meaning, ©inti/ m. (16). 
meanwhile, insmift^en. 
mediation, 93ermittelung, /. (2 6). 
meditation, 9la(^beufen, n. (la). 
meditative(ly), nac^benflic^. 
meet, bcgcgnen, aujammen'treffen.* 
melodious, tvol^Ifliugenb. 
mental, getfiig ; mental power, 

^eiMfraft,*/- (16). 
mention, etiDfi^nen. 
merely, \>\o%, nur. 
messenger, ®ote, m. (2 a). 



mUd, freunblid^. 

mimic art, mimicry, WLxaxVAf- 

mimic, nat^'a^men. 

mind, @ei{l, m. (Ic). 

minute, SJliimte,/. (2a); thievery 
minute, augenblidflit^. 

mirror, Spiegel, m. (la). 

misadventure, UnfaK/* m. (16). 

misanthropic, menlddenfeinblit^. 

miserable(ly),eTbftTmItd^,intjera^e(.t 

moan, ftd^ett; d(!^a^n. 

modal auxiliary, 3JlobaIa)erb,t n. 
(3). 

moderate, Ieib(i(^/ mfi^ig. 

modest, befi^etben. [men* 

modify, mobiftsic'ren,t nfi^er bejlttns 

modifier, SepimmungStDort,* w. ( 1 c) . 

moment, 9Woment',t w. (16)), 
%ugeubU(f, m. (16); only this 
moment, eben nod^. 

money, ®elb, n. (Ic); money mat- 
ters, (^elbangelegenl^eiten, pi. 

monologue, 9^ono(og^t m. (16), 
Selbftgeyprfid^, n. (16). 

month, SJlo'nat, m. (16). 

mood, Stimmung,/. (2 6). 

more, metir ; one more, uo(^ ein. 

moreover, ferner, uberbteS. 

morning, !D2orgen, m. (la). 

mortgage, ^i)potl^cr,t/. (2 6). 

mortifying, bemutigenb, petnlid^. 

most, ae2v., am meifien. 

mother-tongue, ^Dlutterfpradde, /. 
(2 a). 

motive, OKotb'^t w. (16), ®runb,* 
m. (16). 

mountain, ©ebirge, n. (la). 

mouth, 3J2unb, m. (16). 

mouth-piece, !!J2unb{lutf, n. (16). 

move, bcroegen,* (cause), bemegen 
(stir), riitfcn. 

movement, IBemegung,/. (2 6). 

Mozart, a famous German com- 
poser, 1756-1791. 



VOCABULARY. 



265 



Mr., ^err, m. (2 6). 

Mrs.Sfrau,/. (26). 

much, M\d) very much, fet)T; 

much-souglit-for, biefgefuil^t. 
mnrder, SWorb, w. (16). 
murmer, murmeln. 
muse, W\x\t, /. (2 a); muses = 

daughters of Zeus, the inspiring 

goddesses of art and poetry, 
museum, SWufe'um,t n. {gen. -8, 

pi. OJlufc'en). 
music, 3Jlufir,t/. (2 6). 
musical, tnuflfa'ltfc^.t 
musician, 5Wu'fifer,t rn. (la). 
music room, ^Stujit'aintmer, n. (la). 
must, mfiffcn.* 
mute, Stumme, m. (2 a). 
mutter, murmeln. 
my, meln, meinc. 

N. 

name, 9lame, m. (2 a); her name 

is, fie l^eifet.* 
narrow, enge. 
national, national^t 
native place, ^elmatSort,* m. (1 c). 
nature, Slatur',/. (2 6). 
naughty, unge3ooen. 
near, nal^c ; most near, am nfi(^f)en. 
necessary, n5tiOf notmenbig. 
need, Slotrocnbigfeit,/. (2 6). 
need, braut^en. 
negation, negative, SJerneinung, /. 

(26). 
negative, negatiD';t verhy toerneinen. 
neglectful, nai^Ififftg. 
neighhor, 9lac&bar, m. (3), Slfid^fle, 

m. (2 a). 
neither . . . nor, tveber . . . nod^. 
nervous, nerbSS'.f 
neuter, f&d^Iit^.' 
never, xdt, niemalS. 
new, neu. 



news, 9la(^ri(^t,/, (26). 
newspaper, 3^itung,/. (26). 
next, nfit^fl. 

night, 9la(^t,*/- (!&)• 

nightfall, bet (Sinbrudd be9 %benb9. 

niece, 9liitc,/. (2 a). 

nimble, fltnl, fc^neUfttgig. 

nine, neun. 

ninth, neunte. 

no, nein ; none, fetn ; no one, fetner, 

ntemanb ; no longer, uit^t I&nger. 
noble, ebet. 
nobody, ntemanb. 
noise, Sfirm/ m. (16). 
nonchalance, ®lei(^gttltigfeit, /. 

(26). 
none, fetn ; none of, nit^td t)on. 
non-finite, inftnif .f 
non-personal, unperfSnUdd. 
nonsense, Un{lnn; m. (16), ^Ibern« 

lieiten, pi. 
noon, 37ltttag, m. (16); at noon, 

mittagS. 
nor, no(^. 
normal, gerabe. 
nose, 9la|e,/. (2 a). 
nostril, 9la|enfiagel, m. (la). 
not, nt(^t ; not a, fetn. 
notable (ly) I borne^mltd^. 
note, ^nmerfung,/.(26), 55iaet',t n. 

(16), 99rief(^cn, n. (la), 
note down, notte'ren.f 
nothing, nic^td. 
notice, bemetfen. 
notify, mit^teilen. 
notorious, berCi(^tigt. 
noun, ^aupttoort* n. (Ic). 
nourishment, 9la^Tung,/. (26). 
novel, 9loman',t rn. (16). 
now, nun, \t^i ; just now, gerabe 

je^t ; now and then, I)in unb mie^ 

ber. 
number, 9lummer,t/. (2 a), ^naa^I/ 

/. (2 6), 9lumero,t/. 



266 



VOCABULARY. 



0. 

oblige, k)etpfli(^ten. 
object. Objefnt n. (16). 
obseryatlon, Scobaituno,/. (26). 
obserye, bcmcrfen, beobat^tcn. 
obstinacy, ^artnadtififcit, /. (2 6), 

n)iberfcfeU(ftc8 Sctragen, w. (la). 
obtain, befommcn,* ert)altcn.* 
occupation, Sefd^aftigunQ,/. (26). 
occupy, ein'ne^men.* 
occur, Dor'fattcn,* flejf^cl^cn,* fi(^ er= 

eiflnen, ftcl^cn.* 
occurrence, ^TeigniS, 7i. (16), 93orr 

tommniS, n. (16). 
o'clock, at ten o'clock, urn 3el)n 

Uf)r. 
October, Dfto'ber^t m. (1 a). 
ode, Obc,/. (2 a); festive ode, f5fcji= 

obe,/. (2a). 
of, \>on, an, au3. 
offense, SSeleibigung, /. (26), JBcr= 

flcl^cn, n. (1 a). 
offend, beletbioen. 
offer, ?tnerbictcn, n. (1 a), 
offering, Opfer, n. (la), 
office, ^mt,*w. (Ic). 
official chair, ^mtdfeffel, m. (1 a). 
officious, bienjlbefliffen. 
often, oft. 
oU, 6l, n. (16). 
old, alt. 

omit, auS'Iaffcn.* 
on, auf, an, ju ; on condition, unter 

ber 93ebingung. 
once, etnmal ; at once, auf etnmal, 

3ug(ei(^, fofort, augenblitflit^ ; once 

more, nunme^t ; once for idl, ein 

ftir aHemal. 
one, ein, eine. 
only, nut, lebigUc^. 
open, adj.f off en ; ver6, Bffnen, auf'^ 

mac^n, auf flinfen' 
opera, D'per,t /. (2 a). 



opinion, ^Stetnung, /. (2 6), ^nftc^t, 

/. (2 6). 
opponent, (^egner, m. (la). 
opportunity, ©elegenldeit, /. (26). 
opposite, entgegengefe^t. 
opposition, SSBiberrebe, /. (2 6), 9Bi- 

berfprut^,* m. (16). 
optative sentence, SBunft^fals,* m. 

(16). 
or, ober ; either ... or, cntmeber . . . 

ober ; or else, ober. 
order, Orbnung,/. (26), 3BortfoIge, 

/. (2 a) ; in order to, urn ^u. 
order, bejicCen, fontmen* lajfen.* 
ordinary, gemdl^nltt^. 
original, urtout^jig, urf^r&nglic^. 
other, anber ; otherwise, anberS. 
our, unfer. 
ought, jott, fottte. 
ounce, Unae,t/. (2 a). 
out, au§. 

outside, au|er^alb, brau^en bor. 
outwit, flberUjlen. 
ovation, Dt)ation',t/. (2 6). 
over, fiber. 
overcome, overwhelm, fiberh)A(tia 

gen. 
owe, ft^ulben. 
own, adj.f eigen ; verhy be|t|en.* 

P. 

pace, fc^reiten.* 

painfully, mfil^jam. 

pair, $aar, n. (16). 

pale, )i{ci^ ; to turn pale, erblei(^en.* 

paper, papier, n. (16), 3«itung, /. 

(26). 
paper, ac^j,, papxextn ; verb, ta^e- 

jie'ren.f 
pardon, aSetaei^ung, /. (26). 
pardon, tocrjeilien.* 
parenthetical, parent^e'ttfc^.f 
parlor, aSBo^naimmer, n. (la). 



VOCABULARY. 



267 



part, %t\\, m. (16). 
particle, ^arti'fel^t/. (2 a). 
partidilar, (Sinael^eit, /. (26). 
participle, ^artiiip',t n. (gen. -5, 

pi. -icn). 
pass, fle^cn,* t)orbena^ren,*|lrei(feeH ;* 

to pass the door, an ber ^^fir 

)70Tbet'!omnien;* topass one's lips, 

fiber bie Sippen gletten.* 
passage, @ana,*m. (16), SteUe, /. 

(2a). 
past, auhsi.t SSergangen^eit,/. (2 5); 

adj.i bergangen. 
past participle, $arti3i))(iuin), ^er- 

jcft(i),tn. 
paste, StWx^tx, m. (la); paste-pot, 

«Ici|*ertopf,* m. (16). 
pasted, beftetfiert. 
pathos, $at^o9, n. (1 6). 
patroness, @dnnerin,/. (2 6). 
pause, inne'^alten.* 
pea, 6rb|c,/. (2 a). 
peace, ^riebe(n), m. 
peaceful, frieblid^. 
pearl, ^tx\t,f. (2 a). 
Pearl Street, ^erljira^e, /. (2 a). 
peculiar, eigen. 

pedagogue, $^bagog^t m. (2 6). 
peel (out), (^eTau§)f(^ft(en. 
penalty, ©trofc,/. (2 a). 
penetrate, burt^bringen.* 
people, 95oH,* n. (Ic), 9lation/t /. 

(26). 
perceiYe, bemerfen, berfpfiren. 
perceptibly, tnetflid^. 
perfect, )7oUfommen. 
permit, erlauben; te be permitted, 

burfen.* 
person, tperfon,/. (2 6). 
personal, perfdnltd^. 
persuade, fiberreben; to be persu- 
aded, ftf^ fiberreben laffen.* 
phenomenal, p^finomenar.f 
phenomenon, ^Ij&nomen^t n. (16). 



philosopher, $](|i(ofo))V»t m. (26). 
philosophical, p^iloto'p^ijt^.t 
photograph, ^^otograp^ie't/. (2 a). 
phrase, ^Oi^,'*m. (16). 
physical, pld^'jlft^.f 
picture, ®ilb, n. (Ic). 
picturesque, ma(erif(^. 
pipe, *Pfeife, /. (2 a). 
pitch, tverfen;* to pitch into, fld^ 

loerfen* in. 
place, Ort,*m.(lc),?piot*m.(16), 

SteUe, /. (2 a) ; into place, luret^t; 

of this place, Ijierortig. 
place of destination, 93efiimmung9> 

ort/* m. (Ic). 
place, {leQen, fe^en. 
plain, (Sbene,/. (2 a). 
plan, tp(an,*m. (1 6); plan of study, 

fie^rplan,* m. (16); plan for the 

future, ^w'unftsplan,* w. (16). 
platform (of a lecturer), Sia\\iz'» 

ber.f m. and n. (la). 
play, fpielen. 

pleasant, angenel^m, ^fibfti^. 
please, gefaflen,* ujollen;* please! 

bitte! gef&Uigfi. 
pleasure, Sergnflgen, n. (la), 
plural, aJle^rga^I,/. (26). 
pocket, %(L\^,f. (2 a). 
poet, '^Wzx, m. (la). 
point, ©pifee,/. (2 a). 
points of difficulty, pi. €(^n)ierig« 

leiten. 
polite, ]^dfli(^. 

politeness, ^dflic^feit, /. (26). 
poor, arm. 
popular, populfir.f 
position, ©teUung,/. (26); SteGfe,/. 

(2 a). 
positiye, poftttb'.t 
positiyely, entfd&iebcn. 
possess, befilen.* 
possession, Sejt^, m. (16). 
possibiUty, a»5glt(^feit,/. (26). 



268 



VOCABULARY, 



possible, m&oIi(^, et}entueU^t 
possibly, m5gli(^ertt)eife. 
postage, $orto,t n. (la). 
post-office order, tpofianmeifung, /. 

(26). 
pour, firdmen. 
power, Stxa]X,*f. (16). 
powerless, tnad^tloS. 
practical, praf'tifd^.f 
practice, etn'iiben. 
practise, ftbuna, /. (26). 
praise, (oben. 
prank, ©trett^, m. (16). 
precede, t)oran'ge^en;* it precedes, 

e§ {iel)t t)ot. 
precinct, 9lcalon',t/. (26). 
precious, lo^bar. 
predicatiye, prfibifatb^f 
preeminent, ]^ert)ortagenb. 
prefer, tjor'aicfien.* 
prefix, SJorfilbe, /. (2 a), Jpreflj, n. 

(1&). 
preparation, S^orbereitung, /. (2 6). 

prepare, pre<)oric'rcn,t ft(^ Dor'berets 

ten. 
preposition, ^rfipofitiou'.t /. (2 6). 
presence, ©egcnnjart, /. (2 6), ^rft= 

|en§, n.y SSor^anbcnfein, n. (la). 
present, gegenmdrtig, je^ig. 
present, ©cgcnwart, /. (2 6); 5Prfi= 

fenS, n. at present, bermalen. 
present participle, $articip(ium), 

?Prfi|cuti§,t n. 
present, \>ox'^zUtxi, ilberteit^en. 
presentation, ^uffitl^rung, /. (26). 
presently, glett^, fofort. 
preserre, bewai^ren. 
presumptuous, n)ibeTf))en|itg. 
pretext, 35orttjanb,* m. (16). 
prevail, l^errfd^en. 
prevent, t)er]^inbetn. 
previous, Dorf)crgel^enb, frfl^er. 
price, JprciS, m. (16). 
pride, Stol), m. (16). 



priest, ^rleper, m. (la). 

priestess, ^tiejlettn,/. (26). 

prince, ^^x^, m. (2 6), ^rins, m. 
(26). 

princess, ^rinaef fin, /. (2 6). 

principal, S)ircf'tor,t »». (3). 

principal, mic^tigfH; principal lan- 
guage, ^auptfprat^e, /. (2 a); 
principal clause, ^auptfa^,* m. 

(16). 
principle, Jprinjip^f n. {gen, §, pL 

^rtnaipten); general principle, 

@runbprinatp',t n. 
print, brudfen. 
prison, ©effingniS, n. (16). 
private, prtoat'.f 
privilege, ?PriDite'gtum,t n, {gen, 

-%, pi, -ien), Sorrcddt, n. (16). 
probability, ^a^rf^einU(^fett, /. 

(26). 
probable(ly), toal^rft^etnlit^. 
procure, toerld&affcn, fommcn lajfen.* 
professional, Itfinfiler, m. {\a), pi. 

^at^Ieute, ^rolcjfioncrie.t 
product of art, ItunfieraeugniS, n. 

(16). 
professor, ^rofcnor,t m. (3). 
professorial cbair, RaXl^t^zxA m. 

and n. (1 a). 
profitable, geminnbrtngenb. 
profusion, iBer|(^toenbung,/. (26). 
program, ^rogramm',t n. (16). 
promise, t)erfpre(l^en.* 
pronoun, $ronom^ n. (3), ^flmort,* 

n. (Ic). 
pronounce, auS^fpted^en.^ 
pronunciation, ^uSfprac^, /. (2 a). 
proper, anftanbig, paffenb. 
property, ©runbflfld, n. (16). 
propound, auf'rocrfen* (elnc Sftoge). 
prostrate, ntebcr'mcrfcn.* 
prototype, SSorbilb, n. (Ic). 
prove, fit^ crnjcifen.* 
Prussia, ^reu^en, n. 



VOCABULARY, 



269 



provisional, pTOt)ifo'rif(^.t 

psychical, pf^'d&if*,t fceUf(i6. 

puff, paften. 

punctuality, ?pttnftli(^fett,/. (2 6). 

punctuation, 3et(^enfe^una,/. (26). 

punishment, Strafe,/. (2a). 

pupil, @(^a(er, m. (la). 

pure, rein. 

purpose, 'Sxoti, m. (16); for the 
purpose of, atoecfs. 

pursue, t)erfo(gen. 

put, fleden, leoeti; fe^en; to put 
down, fc^reiben;* put together, 
Sufammen'fui^ett or sjleUen. 

Q. 

qualifier, 9Be|ttmmunfl§njort,* n. (1 c). 
qualify, nd^er befiimmen, beft^r&nfen. 
quarter, S^tertel, n. (la); quarter 

of an hour, 93iertelfiunbe, /. (2 a). 
queen, Itdmatn,/. (2 6). 
question, ^rage, /. (2 a) . 
quick(ly), raft^. 
quiet (ly),ru^ta. 
quite, gattii, burd^auS. 
quotation, ^nfU^rung/ /. (2 5), 9lebe, 

/. (2a). 

R. 

rage, toben. 

raise, ^eben,* erideben.* 

rapid, f (^neU, raf(^. 

rare, felten. 

rate of interest, ^indfu^, m. (1 6). 

rattle, taffeln. 

reach, reic^en, finben.* 

read, lefeu.* 

readily, f^^neUer, tett^ter. 

real(ly), mtrflit^, lual^r^aftig. 

reason, SBerfianb, m. (16), Urfa(^e, 

/. (2a), ®runb,*7W. (16). 
receipt, Ginnal^nie, /. (2 a). 



receiye, em))fangenr* er^alien.* 
reception, 6m^fang,*m. (16), %u 

f edfd^aft, /. (2 6) ; reception room, 

(Smpfang Shimmer, n. (la). 
recitation, @tunbe,/. (2 a). 
recognize, eriennen.* 
recompense, belo^nen. 
recoyer, ^er'fietten. 
recreation, erfrif(^ung,/. (26), iBer« 

gnftgen, n. (la). 
recruit, Olefrut't m. (2 6). 
reference, Stttrffit^t (auf), /. (2 6), 

3eugni§, n. (16), (Smpfel^IungSs 

fc^reibeu, n. (la); in reference to 

this, bieSbeaiiglit^. 
refractory, mtberfe^Uc^. 
refresh, erfrif(^en. 
refuse, fid^ meigern, auS'jc^tagen.* 
regard, ^inrt(l()t,/.(2 6); as regards, 

toa§ . . . anbetrifft;* in regard, be^ 

atigUd^; with regard to, in ^infit^t 

auf. 
regarding, tiinfu^tUi^. 
regret, bebauern. 
relation, Seaie^ung,/. (26). 
relative, SSermanbte, m. (2a). 
relative, beaiiglit^, relatiD'.f 
rely, fidd Derlajfen* auf. 
remain, bleiben.* 
remark, bemerfen. 
remarkable, merlmiirbig. 
remember, ft(^ an ettvad erinnern. 
remind, erinnern {an), gema^nen 

(an). 
remit, erlaffen.^ 

remove, ab'aie^en* (einen ©(^Iftffel). 
remunerate, beIol)nen. 
render, (eiflen, fiberfe|en. 
renowned, berai)mt. 
repeat, tvteberl^olen. 
repent bereuen. 
repentance, IReue,/. (2 a). 
repetition, ^Bieber^olung,/. (26). 
reply, ermibern, antmorten, Derfeften. 



270 



VOCABULARY, 



report, bertt^tcn. Serid^t crflattcti. 

reputation, iRuf, m. (lb). 

request, bitten * 

require, t)erlangen; is required, mu^ 
gefelst luerbeu. 

required, erforbettid^. 

requirement, ^nforberung, /. (2 6)/ 
6r|orbernt§, n. (16). 

reserred, bor^e^atten.* 

residence, SBo^nung,/. (26). 

resignation, (Srgebung, /. (26). 

resigned, adj., ergeben. 

resolve, auf^Idfen. 

resolute, entfd^Ioffen. 

resound, etf(^aUen, ertdnen. 

respect, ^esic^ung, /. (2 6), ^od^* 
ad&tung, /. (2 6); in all other re- 
spects, in ieber anbeten ^tnfit^t. 

respectful, at^tungdbolt; e^rerbtetig, 
^5fli(^. 

rest assured, fet toerftc^ert. 

restless, raftloS. 

restlessness, 9lu^e(oftgfett; /. (26). 

restrict befc^rfinten. 

restriction, ^efd^rfinfung,/. (2 6). 

result. Wulat'^t n. (16); without 
result, erfotgtoS. 

resume, mieberouf^ne^men.^ 

retain, beil)e^a(ten.* 

retire, fK^auriitf'aie^cn.* 

return, surfirf'fommcn,* aurfld'gcben,* 
aurUtf'fenben,* bcrfcfecn. 

reveal, du^ern, offenbaren. 

reverse order, umgeteldrte S^tW^txis 
folgc,/. (2 a). 

reward, Selo^nung,/. (26). 

ribbon, 95anb,* n. (Ic). 

riddel, Statfe^ n. (la). 

ridicule, (&(^erli(^ madden. 

right, rec^t; to be right, re(^t ^oben; 
right back, gtei(^ ober fofort auriidf; 
right here, gerabe l^ier; right 
hand. ^ti^Xt, /. (2 a) ; at the right, 
)ttt 9le(^ten. 



right, iRed^t, n. (16); rights (of an 

affair), Serecftttgung,/. (2 6). 
ring, tdnen; to ring the bell, 

flingeln, ft^elten. 
ringing, ©eflingel, n. (la). 

rival, 9lebenbu^lenn,/. (26), ^u 

t>a'tin,t/. (2 6). 
roar, ©ebTiiO; n. (16); roar of the 

chorus, S^orgebrCiK, n. (16). 
robber, iHfiuber, m. (la). 
robust, l)anbfe|i. 
rogue, Spt^ube, m. (2 a), @(^lm» 

m. (16). 
roguish, f(^etmif(^. 
roof, %Ci6;i*n. (Ic). 
room, :3immcr, n. (la), ©aal,* m. 

(16). 
root, SBurget, /. (2 a), Duettc, /. (2 a), 
rough, rau^. 
round, 9leil)e,/. (2 a). 
roundabout way, Umtoeg, m. (16). 
rule, iRcgel,/. (2o). 
run, taufen.* 
rustle, Taufd^n. 

S. 

sable, 3o^e(pel3, m. (16). 

sacred, getoetl^t. 

sacrificial offering, Opfergabe, /. 
(2 a). 

sacrilege, 99(aSp](|emte^t/. (2 a). 

sad, trautig. 

sadly, traurig; ernfittd^. 

sake, for the sake of, wegen, be* 
^ufS, um . . . h)tKen. 

salary, @el^a(t,* m. (Ic). 

salon, ©alou'.t m. {gen. -4, pi, -4), 
a fashionable distinguished as- 
semblage. 

salutation, ®ru^,^ m. (16). 

salute, gr&Ben. 

same, ber«, bie^, badfelbe. [(la). 

sample, $robe, /. (2 a), 9Rufier, n. 



VOCABULARY. 



271 



Samaon, the strong man, the cham- 
pion of the Hebrews. His super- 
natural strength lay in his long 
hair. This was cut off by his 
love, Delilah, and he was thus 
deprived of his strength (Judges 
16,4-21). 

sanctuary, ^cilifitum,* n. (Ic). 

sateUite, ©atcHit'^t »». (2 6). 
satisfaction, ©enugtl^uung, /. (26). 
satisfied, befrtebtgt; to remain la- 

tisfied, ft(^ begnfigen. 
Saturday, @onnabenb, m. (16). 
save, retten, fparen. 
say, jagen. 

■capegrace, 3:augent<!^t§, m. (1&). 
scholar, (^elel^rte, m. (2 a). 
school, @(^ule,/. (2 a); school conrt, 

school-boy, ©d^ulf nabe, m. (2 a). 

school-master, ©d^utmann,* m. 
(Ic). 

school-life, ^6iuUef>tn, n. (la). 

science. SBiffenft^aft /. (26). 

scissors (a pair of), Severe,/. (2a). 

Boonndrel, Bd^utte, m. (2 a). 

scrap, 3^ttel/ m, (la). 

script, ©thrift,/. (2 6). 

seat, ©it »i. (1 6), ©tu^l,* m. (1 6). 

seclude, ab'jddlieBen.* 

second, ameit, secondly, stoettenS. 

secret, (^el)etmm3, n. (16); in se- 
cret, indgel^etm. 

secretary, ©efrctfir'^t m. (16); pri- 
vate secretary, $ribat^efret5^rtn,t 
/. (26). 

security, ©it^er^eit, /. (2 6),^tanb,* 
n. (1 c). 

see, fe^cn,*cinfe^cn.* 

seek, fut^en; much sought for, bieU 
gefu(j&t. 

seem, fc^einen,* erfd^einen;* it seems 
to me, i^ ftnbe. 

8eeming(ly), jc^einbar. 



seize, ergretfen.* 
self, fetbfl. 
sell berfaufen. 
send, ]^\den, fenben.* 
sensational, fenfationeU';t lenta 

tional novel, ©enfattonS'roman' t 

m. (16). 
sense, ©inn, m. (1 6). 
sensible, to be sensible of, empfln* 

ben * 
sentence, ©at*nt. (16). 
sentence, {Irafen. 
sentinel, sentry, ©(^i(bn)a(l&e» /. 

(2 a). 
separable, trennbar. 
separate, trennen. 
separation, 3:rennung;/. (2 6). 
serious, crnfl. 

seriousness, Qxn% m. (16). 
seriously, ernillid&. 
servant, SCiener, m. (la). 
servant girl, 2)icn|imfib(^en, n. 

(la). 
serve, biencn, fcrDie'ren.t 
set, fcfeen; to set off, ab'reifen, aV^ 

trcnnen. 
seven, fieben. 
several, berjc^icbcn; pi, etnlgc, meld* 

rere. 
Bevere(ly), jlreng, ^cfttg. 
severity, ©trcnge,/. (2 a). 
shake, f(i&tte(n, auS'ft^atteln. 
shamble, ft^Ienfern. 
she, fie. 
sheet of paper, .^ogen papier, m. 

(la). 
shiver, ©t^auet, m. (la). 
shoe, ©(^ul), m. (16). 
shorten, t)erfiiraen. 
short, fura; a short time ago, bor 

furacm. 
shoulder, ©(gutter, /. (2 a). 
shout, rufcn,* f^rctcn.* 
show, a^tgen/ ermeifen,* betunben. 



272 



VOCABULARY. 



BhriU, fd^ria. 

shut, fddlte^en.* 

sick, (rant; sick of, miXbe. 

side, ©cite,/. (2a). 

sign, ^t\d)en, n. (la). 

sign, untcrjddtetbcn.* 

sUent, ftia. 

silence, StiUfd^toetgen/ n. (la). 

8ilk(en), fetben. 

silly, Dunim. 

similar, a]()nlid^. 

simplicity, (Sinfad^t^cit,/. (2b), 

simple, einfad^. 

simulated, erl^eud^elt. 

since, prep.j jeit; conj.f ba. 

sincere (ly), aufrtd^tig. 

singer, Sfinger, m. (la). 

single, einaein, etnaig. 

singular, ©in'gular,! w. (1&), Gin* 

3at|I,/.(2&). 
sink, fin fen.* 
sir, ^err ! m. (2 6). 
sit, fi^en;^ to sit down, jtd^ fe^en. 
situated, gelegen; to be situated, 

ttcflen* 
situation, Sage,/. (2a), Situation', t 

/. (2 6), Soilage,/. (2a). 
six, feddS. 

slave, ©fta'toct w. (2 a). 
sleep, jd^tafcn.* 
sleeping-room, Sd^Iafaimmer, n. 

(la). 
slender, fd^Ian!. 
slight, gelinb. 
slow(l7), langfom. 
small, !Iein. 

smell, ©erud^,* m. (16). 
smile, Sfid^etn, n. (la). 
smile, Idd^cln. 
smite, ftrafen. 
smoke, raud^en. 
smooth, glatt; smooth-shaven, 

glattrajtertM 
smooth, gl&tten. 



snow, <Bd)nee, m. (la). 

so, fo, e§, ba§, alfo, ba. 

so-called, fogenannt. 

sober, ntid^tern. 

society, ©cfcttld^aft,/. (26). 

soldier, ©otbat',t w. (2 6). 

sofa. Sofa, n. {gen. -§, pi. -8). 

solemn(ly),feiertidd. 

solid, fompaft't. 

soliloquy, Sclbftgefprfid^, n. (16). 

solve, tbfen. 

some, einige; some day, einmal. 

somebody, jemanb. 

something, ctn)a§. 

somewhat, etma. 

song, ©cfang,* m. (16). 

soon, balb, fd^on. 

soothing, Beffinftigenb. 

Sophocles, an illustrious Athenian 

dramatic poet, 495-406 B. C. 
sorrow, Summer, m. (la). 
sort. %x\, f. {2 b); no sort of, fcir 

nerlci. 
sound, Saut, m. (16). 
spare, tjerfaumen, erfparen. 
speak, fpred^cn,* rcben. 
special, befonber. 
specialist, f^ad^mann,* m. (1 c). 
specific, fpcci'fifdd,! befonber. 
speech, 9lebe,/. (2 a). 
speed, Sd^neKigfeit,/. (26). 
spend, tjerleben. 
spirit, 0eift, m. (Ic). 
spite, in spite of, tro^. 
Spontini, an Italian musician, 

1774-1851. 
spread, t^erbreiten. 
stair, Sreppe, /. (2 a), Stiege, /. 

(2 a). 
stalk, fd^reiten.* 
stammer, f)ammeln. 
stamp, Sriefmarfe, /. (2 a). 
stand, fie^en.* 
stanza, IBerd, m. (16). 



VOCABULARY. 



273 



stare, {larren. 

start, ab'reijen, in bte ^6^e fatjrcn.* 

startle, erfd^recfen.* 

state, bar^Iegen. 

statement, ^ngabe, /. (2 a), Se^ 

^auptuna,/. (2 6). 
station, jieQen. 
stay, bicibcn * 
steal, fte]()Ien.* 
stealthily, (eife, untjermerft. 
stenograph, {lenograpl^te'Ten.t 
stenographer, ©tenoarapl^M m. 

(26). 
step, treten,* fleiflcn.* 
step, Sc^ritt, m. (16). 
stick, flecfen, fteBen. 
stifle, unterbrfidfen. 
still, adj.y fiiH; od^v., nod^ tmmer, 

no(^, bod^. 
stock, in stock, auf Sager. 
stoic, jlo'ifd^.t 

stone, ©tein, m. (16); adj., jieinern. 
stop, an^f)alten;* to stop ringing, 

ba§ IJIiufleln toff en ♦ 
storm, ©emitter, n. (la). 
story, ®e|(^i(^te, /. (2 a), ©totfwerf, 

n. (16). 
strange, feltfam, fonberbar. 
stream, ftromen. 
street, Strode,/. (2a). 
strength, ^raft,*/. (16). 
strengthen, ftarfen, tjerjtfirfen. 
strict(ly), jlrenG. 
strike, |d^(agen.* 
strikingly) I t&ufd^enb. 
strip, Streifen, m. (la); strip of 

wall paper, Sape^tenftreifen, m. 

(la). 
strive, ftreben, tfimpfen. 
struggle, fampfen. 
stubborn, j^artnfitfig. 
student, ©tubent',twi. (2 6), ©d^liter, 

m. (1 a). 
study, ©tubierflube, /. (2 a) . 



study, Stu'btunt,! n. {gen, -8, pL 

©tu'bienO. 
stuff, ftopfen. 
stupid, bumnt. 
style. Stil,tm. (16). 
subject, ©eaenflanb,* m. (16), ©ub« 

jeftM n. (16), S]()e'ma,t w. (s'en. 

-8, p?. Stje'mata'). 
subjunctive, J^onjunftiD'^f m. (16). 
submit, ft(^f&gen, fiberlaffen.* 
subordinate, ab^angig, fuborbinie'* 

reub.t 
subsequent, folgenb. 
succeed, gelingen;* I succeed, e8 ge« 

lingt mir. 
success, (Srfotg, m. (16). 
such, fo(d^; such as, mie; such 

things, fo etmag. 
8udden(ly), plb^Iid^. 
suffer, (ciben.* 
suggest, t)0T')d^Iaaen.* 
suggestion, Sorfd^Iag,* m. (1 6) 
suit, paffen. 

summer, 8ommer, m. (la). 
summon, citie^ren.f 
sun, (Sonne,/. (2a). 
sunshine, Sonnenfd^ein, m. (16). 
superfluous, iiber^uffig. 
supply, flenja^ren, geben.* 
suppose, an'ne]()men,* tjermuten. 
supposition, ^nna]()me,/. (2 a). 
supreme, ^oddft, erf)aben. 
sure(ly), |id^er(lid^), toirflidd. 
surprise, iiberrafc^en. 
surround, umgeben,* umringen. 
swear, jtftwbren,* fd^impfen. 
syllable, Silbe,/. (2 a). 
sympathetic(ally), mitfiil^Ienb, tei(s 
na^mSDoH. 

T. 

table, Xafel,/. (2a), Sifd^, m.(16); 
family table, ^amifientafel, /. 
(2a). 



274 



VOCABULARY, 



take, ne!)men,*cin'nel^Tnen,»bnnflen ;* 
to take off, ab'ne^men;* to take 
for, tialtcu* far; take part, \exV- 
iicl^men;* take place, ftatffinbcn * 

talk, ]pxe(iien* 

task, ^ufflabe, /. (2 a); the day's 
task, %aQemvl, n. (1&). 

tea, 2:i)ec, m. (16). 

teach, le^ren. 

teacher, Secret, m. (la). 

tear from, entrei^cn.* 

tell, fageii, txi&^kn, geigen. 

ten, sel^n. 

tend, pflegen, bie 9leiaung l^aben. 

tense, '^t\i\oxm,f. (2 6). 

terrible(bly), j^rerftit^, fiird^tcrttd^. 

testimonial, 3^ugm§, n. (16). 

text-hook, 2ct)rbu(l^,* 71. (Ic). 

than, aU. 

thank, banfen. 

Thanksgiving, ^antfagungSfefl, n. 
(16). 

that, pron., ba§; toaS; bet, bie, ba§; 
jenev; jcne, jencS; toctd^er, toeld^e, 
tuelc^eS. 

that, conj.y t>a%. 

the, bcr, bie, baS. 

their, i^r, iljre, \%x. 

then, baun, ba, barauf. 

there, ba; there are, e3 Qtebt. 

thereby, babur(^. 

therefore, ba^er, barum. 

thereto, bagu. 

thereupon, barauf. 

they, fie, biefe. 

thief, 5Ditb, m. (16). 

thin, biinn. 

thing, O^ino, n. (16), ©adde,/. (2a); 
such things, fo etroaS. 

think, ben fen,* meinen, gtaiiben. 

third, ber, bie, ba§ britte. 

this, biefer, biefe, biefed. 

thorough, oriinb(i(^. 

thoroughly, burddauS. 



though, obgleic^. 

thought, (S^ebante, m. {gen. -nS, 

pl.-w). 
thoughtful(ly), nad^benttidd. 
thousand, taufenb. 
threat, S^ro^ung,/. (26). 
three, btei; three times, breimal. 
threshold, Sd^melle,/. (2 a). 
through, burd^. 
throw, werfen.* 
thunder, suhs.^ Conner, m. (la); 

ver6, bonnern. 
Thursday, 2)onner§tao, m. (16). 
thus, jo, aljo, balder; thus far, biS^er. 
tight, fell. 

time, 3eit,/. (2 6); 3Rat, n. (16). 
tip, Spi^e,/. (2 a); tip of the nose, 

9lafen|pi^e,/. (2 a). 
tired, mQbe. 
Titanic, tita'nifd^.t 
to, gu, nad^, auf ; in order to, urn au. 
tobacco, S^a'baf, m.t (16). 
to-day, i^eute. 
together, gufammen. 
to-morrow, morgen. 
tone, Xon,* m. (16). 
too, gu; too mudi, gu ))tel. 
torture, martern. 
tour, aiunbreife,/. (2 a). 
toward, auf. 
tower, 3!urm,* m. (1 6). 
town, ©tabt,*/. (16); town gate, 

©tabttt)or, n. (16). 
trace back to, guriitf'ffiiiren auf. 
tradition, 5:rabition',t/. (2*). 
traditional, trabitionet[^t 
tragedy, Srauerfpiel, n. (16). 
translate, Qberfetjen. 
transpose, t^erfe^en. 
travel, reifen. 

treatment, S^el^anblung,/. (2 6). 
treat, bel^anbetn, begegnen; suhs,^ 

(^enu^,* m. (1ft). [^euer. 

tremendous (ly), furc^tbar, unge« 



VOCABULARY. 



275 



tremor, bittern, n. (la). 

trial, ^riifuttfl,/. (26). 

trick, Streic^, m. (16). 

trim, fd^mudE. 

trouble, ^ii{)e,/. (2 a). 

true, iva^r. 

trunk, J^offet; m. (1 a). 

try, tocrfut^en. 

Tuesday, ^ienStag/ m. (16). 

tune, 3JlelobteM/. (2 a). 

turbulent (ly), l^efttg. 

Turk, %^x\t, m. (2 a). 

turn, bre^en, um^tel^en; to turn 

pale, erbleic^en.* 
twaddle, @ef(^md^, n. (16). 
twelve, 3tt)6tf. 
twenty, gnjonjtfl. 
twice, aimtnal. 
two, jmei. 
type, ?lrt,/. (26). 
tjrpewriter, ©d^reibmafd^tne,/. (2 a). 

u. 

Uhland's King, an allusion to Uh- 
land's ballad ^^er junge Jtdnig 
unb bie ©d^afertn.* — »3)a pieG ou§ 
ttcfem 2;urme 't>tx alte IfSnig l^erfflr." 

unable, nic^t tm flanbc. 

unaccountable(ly), unDerantmortUd^. 

unapproachable(ly), unna^bar. 

una88ailable(ly), unangreifbar. 

unattainable, unerreiddbar. 

unavoidable(ly), unab»ei3Ud(|. 

uncalled for, unndtig, 

uncle, Onfel, m. (la). 

undecided, unentfd^Ioffen. 

under, unter. 

understand, ))er{le^en.* 

undertake, unternel^men.* 

undutiful(ly), |)f!i((n)eTgeffen. 

uneasy(ly) , unrul^io . 

unexpected(ly), unertoattet. 

nnfaYorable(ly)i ungftnfiio, fibel. 



unfortunate, ungl&(f(i((. 

unfortunately, leiber. 

unheard of, unei^Srt, l^immeU 

fc^reienb. 
• unimpeaohable(ly), tabeUoS, unan* 

fec^tbar. 
uninflected, unfleftiert'.t 
uninterrupted(ly), unaudgefetit. 
universal (ly), aUgemein. 
university, Unitoerjltfit'.f/. (26). 
unless, ed jei benn, ba^. 
unlike, ungleic^, with dat. 
unmarried, uutoer^eiratet. 
unpack, aud'padfen. 
unpardonable(ly), unbeiaeitilic^. 
unprepared, un)7orbereitet. 
unpretentious, anlprud^SIoS. 
unreasonable(ly), unbernanfttg, un* 

fin nig. 
unsatisfactory ;ly), ungenttgenb. 
untalented, talentloS. 
untenable, unflid^Ijaltig, unl^altbar. 
untrue, untreu. 
unusual(ly), ungemdl^nttc^. 
unworthy (ly), untottrbig. 
up, auf, ^inauf, l^erauf. 
upon, auf, oben auf. 
urge, brdngen, aufbringen.* 
us, un3. 
use, gebrau(^n, an^toenben ; subs. 

(Sebrau(^,» m. (16). 
useful, nfitilidd. 
utmost, fiu^erji; to the utmost, 

aiif'S fiu^erfie. 
utterly, t)dQig. 

V. 

vacation, f^etien ; vacation -trip, 

Sfericnretfe, /. (2 a). 
vague (ly), unbcflimmt, bunfet. 
vain(ly), tiergeblid^ ; in vain» toec^ 

geben§. 
value, SBert, m. (16). 



276 



VOCABULARY. 



▼anish, toerfij^toinben.* 

▼assal, aSafatt.t w. (2 6) ; Untergebcne, 

m, (2 a). 
▼enal, elenb. 
▼entnre, toagen. 
▼erb, ScittDort,* n. (Ic); SJerb.t n. 

(3). 
▼erbal(l7), fprad^Iid^/ iDdrtUd^. 
verbal = Serbol = 
▼ery, \t\)x ; very much, fcl^r ; this 

▼ery day, nod^ l^eute. 
▼estal, ))ef}a'Iifd^.t 
village, ®orf ,* n. (1 c) 
villainousCly), t^erbred^ertjci^. 
virtuoso, Sirtu'ojc, t w. ( 2 a) . 
visit, befud^en ; mbs, Scfud^, m. 

(16). 
visitor, Sef udder, m. (1 a). 
vivid(ly), Icb^aft. 
viz., n&mlid^. 
vocal, fiimmbcQabt. 
voice, ©timme,/. (2a). 
void, ntd^ttg, ungiKtig. 
vowel, gjofol^t w. (16). 

W. 

wait, marten. 

wake, roadmen. 

walk, gcl^cn,* ||)aiie'ren ; «i6«., ^ro= 

menal)C;t/. (2 a). 
wall, SBonb,* /. (1 h) ; SWauer, /. 

(2 a). 
wall-paper, 9Banbtape'te,t/. (2 a.). 
want, tooQen,* tounfdden ; suhs,^ STlan^ 

gcl,*m. (la). 
ward off, ob'toe^ren. 
warmth, aBfirtne,/. (2 a). 
warn, toarnen. 

watch, madden ; svbs,, Ul^r,/. (26.) 
water, 9Baffer, /i. (la). 
wave of the hand, ^anbbetoegung, 

/. (26). 
way, 2Bcg, m. (16); SOBeifc, /. (2 a). 

in the way, im ^ege. 



we, tt)ir. 

weakness, Sd^tofidde, /. (2 a). 

weather, Setter, n. (la). 

week, SBod^c,/. (2 a). 

welcome, tvtQfommen. 

well, njo^I, gefunb, gut, fd^Sn, nun; 

as well as, fomol^I aI3 aud(|. 
well-known, wo^Ibefannt. 
what, maS ; what for, tDorauf . 
when, al§; menn, mann. 
where, mo. 
whether, ob. 

which, mcld^-er, -e, -e§ ; maS. 
while, whilst, ma^renb. 
whisper, ©eflufler, w. (la). 
whisper, jlufiern, au'fliifiern. 
white, meit. 
who, mer ; metd^ -er, -e, -e§ ; ber, bie, 

whole, ganj. 

whose, beffcn, beren, tocffen. 

why, marum, meSl^atb. 

wide, mett. 

wife, Sfrau, /. (26), ©ema^tin, /. 

(2 6). 
wild(ly), l^eftig. 
will, moUen.* 

willing, adj,, toiUen^, minig. 
win, geminnen.* 
window, Sfenjler, n. (la), 
wing, Sfliigel, m. (la). 
wisdom, 2Bei§]^eit,/. (26). 
wish, aSunft^,* m. (16). 
wish, tottnfd^en, moKen.* 
wits, SJerfianb, m. (16). 
with, nttt, bet, burd^. 
withdraw, aurflcfnel^mett,* miberrus 

fen,* entjie^en.* 
within, in. 
without, o^ne. 
witness, 3euge, m. (2 a). 
woefnl(ly), mel^miitig. 
word, ffiort,* w. (Ic); ©ort, n. 

(1 6) ; word-order, SBortfoIge, /. 

(2 a). 



VOCABULARY, 



277 



work.«rbeit,/. (2&); ©ctf, n.(16). . 

work, arbetten. 

world, ©elt,/. (2*). 

worsbiper, ^nbeter, m. (la); Ser^ 

cl)rer, m. (la). 
worshipfulCly), anbfi((tig. 
worthy, el^rbar, toQTbia. 
wonld, iDlirbc. [fen. 

wring from, ab'tingen,* ^erau8>rcf= 
wrinkle, gfatte,/. (2 a). 
wrinkle, runjetn. 
write, fc^rciben.* 
writing-desk, ©(^reibtij^ m. (16). 



ye. i]()t. 

year. 3al^r, n. (1&). 

yell, Rxt\\6^n, n. (la). 

yellow, oetb. 

yee, \cl, nun. 

yesterday, gefiern. 

yet, no(^, bo(^ ; not yet. no(^ nid^i. 

yield, nad^'gebcn.* 

you, bu, x^x, ©ie. 

young, jung. 

your, euer, bein, 3^r. 

yourself, jtd^, bi(^, 3^r. 

youth, Sanglina, m. (lb). 



Y. 



Z. 



yawn, gdl^nen. 



seal, (Sifet, m. (la); ^\%t,f. (2a). 



LIST OF STRONG AND IRREGULAR VERBS 

WHICH APPEAB IN THIS BOOK. 



BEMABKS. 

1. The 2d and 3d person singular of the present indicative and the 2d 
person singular of the imperative are given whenever they are irregular ; a 
dash ( — ) indicates that they are regular (as in weak verbs). 

2. An f, after the inf nitive indicates that the word is conjugated with 
feitt, and f , and l^, that it is either conjugated with fettt or l^aiett* Omission of 
the f, indicates that the verb is conjugated with j^aien* 



InfinlUye 



iaifen, l&. and \., 

BAKE 

iefe^lett, command 

iegintten, begin 

Ui^tn, BITE 
iergeti, hide 

htm^tttf induce 
BiegeK, bend 
ftitttn, offer 
iinben, bind 
iitttn, ask 

huibtUf fv remain 
hvattn, roast 
iredlen, l^. and \., 

BREAK 

ittnntn, burn 
BrUtgen, bring 
^tnUn, THINK 
bHngett, fv press 
bflrfeit, be permit- 
ted 
emlifangeit, receive 



Present 

2d, 3d person 



Bcf.e^It 



f>ixQ% Bitgt 



Im- 
peratlYe 



bI&KcOt,BIfift 



br&tft, Brat 
brit^ft, brid^t 



barf, barfft, 
empf&ngft, 



befie^I 



Imperfect 
Indicative 



birg 
(berge) 



brid^ 



wanting 



bnf 

befall 

begonn 

m 

burg 

betoog 

bog 

bot 

bottb 

bat 

btifig 

blieb 

briet 

bmdl 

bmnnte 

bmdlte 

budlte 

bmng 

burfte 

em^fing 



Imperfect 
Subjunct. 



bii!e 

befd^Ie 
befe^Ie 
begdnne 
begdnne 

me 

b&rge 

biirge 

betvdge 

bagc 

Uit 

bdnbe 

bate 

bliefe 

bliebe 

brietc 

brad^e 

brennte 

tv&diU 

bat^te 

brdnge 

burfte 

empfinge 



Fast 
Participle 



gebaifett 

befol|(eii 

begottnen 

gebiffeti 
geborgett 

bemogett 

gebogett 

Hthottn 

gebttttbeii 

gebeten 

geblafen 

gcbUeben 

gebrntett 

gebrodpett 

gebratmt 

gebradpt 

gebudlt 

gcbrungeii 

geburft 

em^fangett 



279 



LIST OF STRONG AND IRREGULAR VERBS. 279 



InfiiiitiTe 



enMPfelileit, recom- 
mend 
em^fittbftt, feel 
ttUtidftUftum pale 
effm, EAT 
falireit, ?. and ^., 
jaUtn, I, FALL 
fangett, catch 

fittbeitr FIND 
ftiCgCttr I or fi„ FLY 

llte^ett, I, FLEE 
^kfitn, I and ^., 

flow 
freffett, eat 
frierctt, 1&. and I, 

FREEZE 

gedett, GIVE 
gcftett, y., GO 
gelingeti, f., buc- 

ceed 
geltett, be worth 

genieten, enjoy 
ge(«$e^eti,f.,happen 
getvinnen, win 

gielen, pour 
gleif^eti, resemble 
gleiteit, fv GLIDE 
gruiett, dig 
greifen, seize 
fialttn, HOLD 

Ijaugettr 1^. and f., 

HANG 
^cien, raise 

^eilen, bid, call 
^elfett, HELP 

fetmett, know 
nittgett, 1^. and f., 

sound 
Ummtnf I, come 
!f)nnen, can 
fricd^en, I, creep 

(obCK, LOAD 



2d, 3d person 



cm^jfifftrt 



lff(c)t, i6t, 
fo^rft, fa^rt 
m% f&ttt 
fanoj't, fotiot 



friff(eft), frlfit 



gicbft, Qtcbt 



giltft, flilt 



flcfd^ic^t 



ordbft, Qt&ht 



l^filtft, l^olt 
l^ongft, l^dngt 



^ilfft, ^ilft 



lann, !onnft 



Im- 
peratLve 



i6 



Imperfect 

Indicative 



frlS 



fllcB 



gilt 



wanting 



w 



wanting 



l&bft, labt 



emiifanb 

oft 
ftt^r 

pug 
fanb 

flog 



fraft 
fror 

go* 

gins 

gelmtg 

gdlt 

genoft 
gefc^o^ 
gem ann 



gUffi 

gmt 

grnii 
griff 

^Ing 

fannte 
ftattg 

lam 
fonnte 
!ro<^ 
(nb 



Imperfect 

Snbjunct 



em^f&^Ie 

empfd^Ic 

empfftnbe 

erbUt^e 

age 

fu^rc 

ftele 

ftnge 

fdnbe 

flftgc 

fldl^e 

PflfTc 

frafee 
frflre 

gdbe 

ginge 

geiange 

galte 

gdlte 

gcnaffc 

gcfd^a^c 

getuanne 

getuOnne 

gllcfic 
glitte 
grfibe 
griffc 
l^telte 
l^inge 

^dbe 
l^ube 

^aifc 
^ulfe 
!cnntc 
Iiangc 

lame 
lanntc 

liibe 



Pait 

Participle 



em^fo^Ittt 

em^fttitbea 

eriltfliett 

gtgeffea 

gefalirrtt 

gefoHra 

gffangen 

grfttitbra 

gctlogen 

gftlolirtt 

grflolfrn 

grfrelfrtt 
gefroreu 

gegebeti 

gegangen 

gelungen 

gegolttn 

genoffrn 

gefc^elieit 

gewonnen 

gegoffen 

geglif^en 

gcglittctt 

gcgraben 

gegrlffett 

ge^altcn 

gegangen 

geljoliett 

ge^eilett 
ge^oJfeit 

gefannt 
getfungeit 

gefommcti 
grtonnt 
getroc^en 
getabeii' 



282 LIST OF STRONG AND IRREOULAR VERBS. 



9d, Sdperaon 



!■- 



Indicative 



iBfcrfect 
Subjnnct. 



Pait 

Ptrticiple 



iKifnu allow 
Ipm^ca^tom 
soe 



lKitex« f., become 
kprrfea, throw 
toifnuknow 

tn^tUt WILL 

^ri^ii, accuse 
5ic^, draw 
SMniiiai* force 



iDtrbft, tDtrfpt 
tDnfl, tDirl) 
tDirf^, tDirft 
iveiftt, wti% 



tDlll^ 



iDirf 



inci 

iPCMMe 

iMri 

(tDuri) 

iPMrf 
(wurf) 
tottfte 
ippnte 

500 



toicfc 

toenbcte 

toarbc 

touxht 

tofirbe 

iDirfe 
iDurfe 
tDttgte 
iDoOte 

aioinge 



geiPtefen 
gctoanbt 

geipprbeit 

getoorfeit 

geiPKtt 

geippnt 

gcite^ 

gesogen 

geatmotgeit 



282 LIST OF STRONG AND IRREGULAR VERBS. 



iBflnltlYe 


Present 

2d, 3d person 


Im- 
peratlve 


Imfcrfect 

Indicatiye 


Imperfect 

Subjunct. 


Pait 

Participle 


tveifett, show 
tpentett, turn 
tperiiett, sue 

totvHn, I, become 

tperf ett, throw 

\»if{tn, know 
ntoUtn, WILL 
Seilien, accuse 
Sie^ctt, draw 
Atoin^tn, force 






tvattbte 
toath 

(tVUTb) 

tvarb 

tpurbe 

tparf 

(tt)urf) 
tonltc 
tvottte 

ati»ott8 


toiefe 

toenbete 

tD&rbe 

toiirbe 

toiirbe 

toArfe 

tDiirfe 

toitSte 

tooQte 

aic^e 

aSfle 

ato&nge 


getvicfen 
getvanbt 
getvoribett 

gemorbm 

grtporfeit 

grtPttft 

gcmoat 

geaie^ett 

gesogett 

geatPttttgeit 






ttJlrbft, toirbt 

tolrft, totrb 

tolrfft, tolrft 

toeigt, loeig 
\v\U, tDiOft 


totrb 


ttJlrf 















) 



GERMAN TEXT-BOOKS 

PUBUSHED BY 

. HENRY HOLT & CO.. NEW YORK 

*§ 7ii»r b0oks {(txctpiing texts) are bound in cloth unless otherwise indicated, 

t Postage 8J( additions. Descriptive Educational Catalogue, Foreign Language 
Catalogue^ or Illustrated Catalogue of Worhs in General Literature free, 

^ Grammars, Readers, Etc. 

*g Blackwell*8 German Prefixes and Suffixes. 137 pp. t6mo. 6oc« 

^ Brandt and Day^s German Scientific Readincr. See Texts, 

^ Bronson*8 Easy German Prose and Poetry. (Stories by Hauff, including^ Die 

Kara wane, and by Andersen and Grimm, also Poems.) Voc<sb, 597 pp. 

g 76mo. $i.as 

^ Stories by Grimm, Andersen, and Hauff (from above). Vocab. 42^ pp. 90c. 

^ Corwin's Cverman and English exercises. For supplementary iise witn either 
^^ of Whitney*s (merman Grammars. With notes and vocabularies. 77 pp. 

ismo. Paper. asc. 

, Harris* Carman Reader. Can be commenced on second day in lanffuag^e. 
^ Simple selections of real value as literature, employing^ a small vocabulary 

1^ and admirably graded. Vocab. 360 pp. zamo. $1.00 

nS Tagemann's Elements of (^rman Syntax. 170 pp. zamo. 80c. 

a^ Joynes-Otto. First Book in German. 1x6 pp. Boards, zamo. 30c 

§ Introductory C*erman Lessons. Vocab, asa pp. lamo. 75c. 

^O Introductory Overman Reader. Vocab. a8a pp. zamo. 95c. 

^ iU|imm*8 Lese- und SprachbUcher. zamo. 

f\ Kreis I. Bds. 79 pp. asc Kreis IV. ' Bds. zsz pp. 400. 

•1^ '* II. Bds. 8z pp. 30c. " V. Bds. Z64 pp. 45c. 

^ " •* {Vocab.') 104 pp. 35c. '* VX. Bds. z88 pp. 50c. 

***^ " III. Bds. ziopp. 35c. •» VII. Bds. a6opp. 60C 

" * {Vocab.). 146 pp. 40C. See also Histories OP German Lit. 
tS Otis* Elementary German. Ed. by Prof H. S. White. New Edition^ re- 
M vised by Prof. W. H. Carruth. Easy, thorough, stimulating, and 

^ " breezy,^ WuU of conversational exercises. Vocab. ^jj pp. i6mo. {The 

H Rotnan-type edition sent only when specially ordered, 80c.) 8oc. 

^ Introduction to Middle High German. With selections from the Nibe- 

fl\ luneen Lied. Vocab. 156 pp. 8vo. f i.oo 

Otto^s German Conversation -Grammar. Adapted by Wm. Cook. A most 
popular grammar here and in Germany, where it has reached its asd 
edition. Vocab. 591 pp. zamo. Half roan. $i<30 

(1) Elementary German Grammar. Vocab. 315 PP* zamo 8oc, 

•i,^ Progressive German Reader. Ed. by Prof. E. P. Evans. Vocab, 330 pp. 

^^ zamo. %\.\Q 

Q> Schrakamp^B German Grammatical Drill. z68 pp. zamo. 65c. 

t^ Exercises in Conversational German. Z07 pp. zamo. 55c. 

^ Thomas* Practical (merman Grammar. A book remarkable for its terseness 
j^ and simplicitjr and for its human and interesting exercises. Used in Uni' 

{^ versity of Chicago, Johns Hopkins, Columbia, the Universities of Virginia^ 

^ Ohio, Indiana, Kansas, Pennsylvania, Michigan, Missouri, Iowa, etc., etc. 

^^ New Edition with additional exercises. 43Z pp. zamo. 91. za 

Whitney's Compendious German Grammar. Noted for authority, clear- 
ness, and helpful comparisons of English and German. A Text-book at 
Harvard, Yale, Columbia, etc., etc. Vocab. 47a pp. zamo. $1.30 

Prices net* Postage %per cent additional, bescriptive list free. 

yi *99 ■ ' 



(5 



Henry Holt 6- Co,'s German Text-Boohs. 



Whitney's Brief German Grammar, based on the aboTe. VacaiM, 143 pp. 

z6mo. ooc. 

-— German Reader. Vocah, 533 pp. z3mo. |i>50 

— — Introductory German Reader. Easy selections in prose and verse from the 

^ beat modern authors, largely on German subjects. 399 pp. x6mo. $x.oo 

!s Whitney-Klemm German by Practiqe. Vocab. 305 pp. lamo. ' 90c 

6 — - Elementary German Reader. Vocab, 837 pp. z2mo. Boe. 



t 



o Dictionary. 

^ Whitney *s Compendious German Dictionary. (German-English and Enfip- 

!;| lish-German.) 60,000 words so treated that the meanings of many more 

§ are easily determined. Special attention paid to etymolc^y and correspon- 

to dences between English and German words. 900 pp. tamo. Retail^ ix>5o 

c> Grammars, Readers, Etc., entirely in German. 

>H Fischer ^8 Elementary Progressive German Reader. 136 pp. xsmo. 70c. 

^ Heness* Der neue Leitfaden. 403 pp. zamo. $z.a* 

Der Sprechlehrer unter seinen SchUlern. Z87 pp. zamo. fz.zo 

Kaiser's Erstes Lehrbuch. ia8 pp. zamo. 65c. 

^ Schrakatnp and Van DaelPs Das deutsche Buch. Consists chiefly of short 
1^ easy extracts from good literature. Ill'd. Z56 pp. zamo. 65c. 

mS Spanhoofd's Das Wesentliche der deutschen Grammatik. Z87 pp. z6mo. 60c. 
2 Stern's German Lessons for Beginners. 392 pp. zamo. $x.oo 

d Stern's Studien und Plaudereien. I.Serus. New Edition from New Plates, 
O Recht Deutsck in flavor and very interesting. a6a pp. zamo. $x. zo 

^ Stern's Studien und Plaudereien. //. Series. 380 pp. zamo. \\.qo 

T^ Wenckebach's Deutsches Lesebuch, for school's and colleges. 36Z pp. zamo. 
»^ 80c. 

Wenckebach and Schrakamp's Deutsche Grammatik fUr Amerikaner. Can 
be used with beginners. 298 pp. zamo. $z.oo 

Wenckebach's Deutsche Sprachlehre. Intended for still younger pupils 
than the above. Vocab, 404 pp. zamo. fz.za 

Composition and Conversation. 

Bronson's Colloquial German, with or without a Teacher. With summary of 

grammar. Z47 pp. z6mo. 65c. 

Fischer's Practical Lessons in German. Can be used by beginners. Z56 pp. 

t/) zamo. 75c. 

•T^ -— Wildermuth's Einsiedler im Walde. As a basis for conversation, zzs pp. 

^ zamo. 65c. 

0/ Hillern's HOher als die Kirche. Mit WorterklKrung. Ill'd. 96 pp. 60c. 

B Hubs' Conversation in German. 324 pp. zamo. $z.zo 

_^ Jagemann's German Composition. Selections from good literature, each 
•iSS from 4 to as pages. Vocab. 345 pp. zamo. 90c. 

^ Keetels' Oral Afethod with German. 37Z pp. zamo. $1-30 

^ Joynes-Otto : Translating English into German. Vocab. xt^ pp. zamo. 80c. 
^ Pylodet's German Conversation. 379 pp. z8mo. 50c. 

Sprechen Sie Deutsch ? Z47 pp. z8mo. Boards. 40c. 

Teusler's Game for German Conversation. Cards in box. 80c. 

Wenckebach's Deutscher Anschauungs-Unterricht. Conversation and some 
Composition. 451 pp. zsmo. fz.zo 

Williams' German Conversation and Composition. Z47 pp. itamo. 80c. 

Prices mU Postage Zper cent additional. Descriptive list free, 
vi*99 2 



Henry Holt &- Co/s German Text-Boohs. 

Histories of German Literature. 

Fmncke's Social Forces in German Literature. A remarkable cfitlcal« philo- 

^ sophical, and historical work ** destined to be a standard work for both 

•S professional and s^eneral uses " CDial). It has been translated in Germany. 

g It begins with the sagas of the fifth century and ends with Hauptmann^s 

B- " Hannele" (1894). 577 pp. 8vo. Gilt top. Sa.oo 

§ Klemm's Abriss der Geschicbte der deutschen Litteratur. 385 pp. lam. Si.ao 

^ Goatwick and Harriaon^a German Literature. 600 pp. zamo. 9a.oo 

5 Texts. 

O {Bound in board* unUsi otherwU* indicaiod^ 

>s Anderaen*8 Bilderbuch ohne Bilder. Vocab, (Simonson.) Z04 pp. 39c. 



^ -— Die Eisjungfrau u. andere Geschichten. (Krauss.) 150 pp. 30c 

Bin Besuch bei Charles Dickens. (Bernhardt.) 2 Ill's, oa pp. 35c. 

Stories, with others by Grimms and Hauff. (Bronson.) Vocab, CI. 90c. 



^ 



Auerbach's Auf Wache ; with Roquette's Der gefrorene Kuss. (Macdon 
. • NELL.) 136 pp. 35c. 

Wi Baumbach : Selected Stories. {In preparation.) 

«5 Frau Holde. Legend in verse. (Fossler.) 105 pp. ajc. 

Q Benedix'a Doctor Wespe. Comedy. xi6 pp. a5C. 

Q Der Dritte. Comedy. (WHrrNEV.) 29 pp. aoc. 

•*«« Der Weiberfeind. Comedy. Bound with Elz's Er ist nlcht eifersUcbtig 

^ and MUller's Im Wartesalon erster Klasse. With notes. 83 pp. 30c. 

,w — Eigensinn. Farce. Bound with Wilhelmi^s Einer muss heirathen. With 

^^ notes. 63 pp. 3;sc. 

U^ Beresford- Webb's German Historical Reader. Events previous to XfX. 

century. Selections from German historians. 310 pp. Cloth. 00c. 

M« Brandt and Day's German Scientific Reading. Selections, each of consiaer- 

JN able length, from Sell, E. R. MUller, Ruhlmann. Humboldt, vom Rath. 

^1 Claus, Eeunis, Sachs, Goethe, etc , treating of various sciences and 

Cjj especially of electricity. For thos* who have had a fair start in grammar 

F3 and can read ordinary easy prose. Vocab. 369 pp. 85c. 

)S Carovif's Das Maerchen ohne Ende. With notes. 45 pp. Paper. aoc 

^ Chamisso's Peter Schlemihl. (Vogbl.) IllM. 126 pp. asc. 

S^ Claar's Simson und Delila. Comedy. Ed. in easy German. (Stern.) 55 pp. 

Paper. 350. 

^ Cohn's Ueber Bakterien. (Seidbnsticker.) 55 pp. Paper. 30c. 

«r* Ebers' Eine Frage. (Storr.) With picture. 1x7 pp. 35c. 

^ Eckstein's PreisgekrOnt. (Wilson.) A very humorous tale of a would-be liter- 

flv^ ary woman. 135 pp. 30c. 

^ Eichendorffs Aus dem Leben eines Taugenichts. 133 pp. 30c. 

J|N Elz's Br ist nicht eifersUchtig. Comedy. With notes. See Benedix, 300. 

•iSJ Pouqu^'a Undine. With Glossary. 137 pp. 35c; 

^ The same, (von Jagbmann.) Vocab, 220 pp. Cloth. 80c. 

■^^^ Sintram und seine GefSbrten. 114 pp. asc. 

Preytag's Die Journalisten. Comedy. (Thomas.) 178 pp. «3°*' 

Karl der (jrosse, Aus dem Klosterleben, Aus den KreuzzUgen. With 

portrait. (Nichols.) 319 pp. Cloth. 7SC. 

Friedrich'a GSnschen von Buchenau. Comedy. Ed. in easy German. 

(Stern.) 59 pp. Paper. 3SC. 

Oerstllcker'a Irrfahrten. Easy and conversational. (M. P. WvmiEY.) 306 

OSmer'a Bnglisch. Comedy. (Edgrbm.) 61 pp. Paper. 956 

Prices net. Postage Zper cent additional. Descriptive list free, 
vi'99 3 



S 



Henry Holt &* Co. *s German Text-Books. 



Qoethe*8 Dichtunur und Wahrheit. Selections from Books I.-XI. (ton Jaos< 
MANN.) Only Antgrican Edition rt^txenting all thi books. Cloth. ZTi-^ 

373 pp. ^ $«.«« 

Ef mont. Tragedy. (Stkffkn.) 1x3 pp. 40c. 

Tht same. (Dbkring.) Cloth, ijn prtparaiion.) 

^ Faust, Part I. Tragedy. (Cook.) 239 pp. Cloth. jdBc 

!^ GOtz von Berlichingen. Romantic Histoncal Drama. (Goodrich.) The 

6 only Amtrican Edition. xli-t-i7opp. With map. Cloth. 70c. 

Herm^oin und Dorothea. Poem. (Thomas.) Voeab, 150 pp 40c. 

Iphigenie auf Tauris. Tragedy. (Carter.) 113 pp. Cloth. 48c. 

S Neue Melusine. (In Nichols* Three German Tales.) Cloth. 60c. 

Grimm^s (H.) Die Venus von Milo; Rafael und Michel-Angelo. 139 pp. 40c. 
r^iiT Qrimms* (J. ft W.) Kinder- und HausmSrchen. With notes. aaS pp. 40c. 

*§ Tktsame. A different selection. (Otis.) Vocab, 351pp. Cloth, fi.oo 

"^ Stories, with Andersen and Hauff. (Bronson.) Vocab. Cloth. 90c 

k Qutxkow*8 Zopf und Schwert. Comedy of the court of Frederick Wilhelm I. 
-. (Langs.) 163 pp. Paper. 40c. 

^ HaufTs Das kalte Herz. V9caK 35c. 

• -^— Kara wane. (Bronson.) Vocab. 345 pp. 7SC 
lig^ Stories. Ste Bronson''s Easy German under Grammars and Readers. 

Heine*8 Die Harzreise. (Burnett.) 97 pp. 30c. 

Helmholtz's Goethe^s naturwissenschaftliche Arbeiten. Scientific monograph. 

• (Seidbnstickbr.) Paper 30a 
^ Hey^s Fabeln fUr Kinder. Illustrations and Vocab* 59 pp. 30& 
^ Heyse'a Anfang und Ende. 54 pp. asc. 

M Die Binsamen. 44 pp. aoc 

Q L^Arrabiata. (Frost.) Illustrations and Vocab. 70 pp. 35c. 

2| MSdchen von Treppi; Marion. (Brusie.) xiii + 89pp. 35c 

w Hillern's H5her als die Kirche. With tWo views of the cathedral and por. 

traits of Maximilian and of Albrecht Dtlrer. Vocab. (Whitlesby.) 

96 pp. 35c. 

Historical Readers. See Seres ford- Webb ^ Freyiag^ Schoen/eld. Sckrakamjb 

(The Publishers issue in English GorlacK^e Bismarck. $1.00 retail; 

Sinters History of Germany^ 80c. «^/.) 
Jungmann'8 Er sucnt einen Vetter. Comedy. Ed. in easy German. (Stbkm.) 

d 49 pp. Paper* asc 

Oy Kinocr-Komodien. Ed. in German. (Hen^ss.) 141 pp. Cloth. 48c 

Q Kleist's Verlobung in St. Domingo. Cloth. See Nichols. 6oc. 

d Klenze*8 Deutsche Gedichte. An attractive and reasonably full collection 

^ of the best German poems carefully edited. With portraits. 331 pp. 

0) Cloth. 90c. 

rN Knortx^s Representative Crerman Poems. German and best English metrical 

^^ version on opposite pages, ismo. 373 pp. Retail, $3.50 

KQnigswinter'a Sie hat ihr Hers entdeckt. Comedy. Ed. in easy German. 

C^ (Stbrn.) 79 pp. Paper. 35c. 

Leander*8 Tr&umereien. (Watson.) Ten of the best of these idyllic fairy 

tales. Vocab, 151 pp. 40c. 



I 



^. Leasing ^8 Emilia Galotti. Tragedy. (Super.) New Edition. With portrait. 

i53 



90 pp. 30c. 

Minna von Bamhelm. Comedy. (Whitney.) Vocab. 178 pp. Cloth. 60c. 
The same. (Nichols.) With a portrait and reproductions of twelve etch- 



S 



ings by Chodowibcki, but no vocab. xxxvi + x63pp. Cloth. 60c. 
I^than der Weise. Drama. New Edition. (Brandt.) xx + aaspp. 

Cloth. 60c. 

Meissner's Aus meiner Welt. With Illustrations and Vocab. (Wenckebach.) 

137 pp. Cloth. 75c. 

Mels* Heine's Junge Leiden. (Cohn.) A play about Heine. {In preparation^ 
Moser'8 Der Bibliothekar. Farce. (Langx.) 161 pp. 40c. 

Der Schimmel. Farce. Ed. in easy German. (Stern.) 55 pp. Paper. 35c. 

Prices net. Postage Z per cent atUlitional, Descriptive list free, 

vx'99 4 



Henry Holt &* Co.'s German Text'^Books. 



MQgge*8 Riukan Vosi. A Norwe^iaa tale. 35 pp. Paper. 15c. 

bigna, die Seterin. A Norwegian tale. 71 pp. Paper. aoc. 

Mttller's (E. R.) Elektrischen Maschinen. (Sbidenstickbr.) IlPd. 46 pp. 
Paper. 30c. 

. MUUer's (Hugo) Im Wartesalon erster Klasse. Comedy. Set Benedix, yiC, 
!§ Mttller*8 (Max) Deutsche Liebe. With notes. Z2i pp. 350. 

*S Nathuaius* Tajgebuch eines armen FrKuletns. 163 pp. 250. 

}^. Nibelungen Lied. St* Stern or Vilmar^ beiow, also Oit's^ under Readers. 
tg Nichols' Three German Tales : I. Goethe's Die neue Melusine. II. 
o Zschokke's Der tote Gast. III. H. v. Kleist's Die Verlobung in St. 

^ Domingo. With Grammatical Appendix. 936 pp. i6mo. Cloth. 6oc. 

kT Paul's Er muss unzen. Comedy. Ed. in easy German. (Stbrn.) 51 pp. 
•g Paper. 950. 

•S Princessin Use. (Merrick). A Legend of the Hartz Mountains. 45 pp. aoc. 
g ^ Poems, Collections of. See Klenue^ KncrU^ Regents^ Simonson^ ana IVencke' 
_ * hack. 
^ Putlitx's Badekuren. Comedy. With notes. 69 pp. Paper. 950. 

• Das Herz vergessen. Comedy. With notes. 79 pp. Paper. 95c. 

ij^ Was sich der Wald erzfthlt. 63 pp. Paper. 95c. 

— Vergissmeinnicht. With notes. 44 pp. Paper. 90c, 

Regents* Req^uirements (Univ. of State of N. Y.) 30 Famous German Poems 

« (with music to 8) and 10 Famous French Poems. 99 pp. 90c. 

X Richter's Walther uod Uildegund. See Vilmar, 35c. 

^ Riehl's Burg Neideck. An historical romance. (Palmbr.) Portrait. 76 pp. 

S — Fluch der SchBnheit. A grotesque romance of the Thirty Years* War. 
(Kbndall.) Vocab. ii9 pp. 950. 

Roquette's Der gefrorene Kuss. (MacDonnbll.) See Auerhach, 35c. 

^4^ Rosegger^s Die Schrif ten des Waldschulmeisters. (Fosslbr.) An authorized 
Q abridgment. With two Poems by Baumbach and frontispiece, xii-f- 

158 pp. Boards. 40c. 

Rosen's Bin Knopf. Comedy. Ed. in Carman. (Stbrm.) 41 pp. Paper. 

95c. 

Scheffers Ekkehard. (Carruth.) The greatest German historical romance. 

Illustrated. 500 pp. Cloth. $i.as 

Trompeter von SSkkingen. (Frost.) The best long German lyrical 

poem of the century. Illustrated. 310 pp. Cloth. 80c. 



§ 



•^ 



& SchUler's Jungfrau von Orleans. Tragedy.' (Nichols.) New Edition. 903 
^ pp. (Cloth, 60c.) Bds. 40c. 

^ Lied von der Glocke. Poem. (Otis.) 70 pp. 3SC. 

V3 Maria Stuart. Tragedy. New Edition, (Joynbs.) With Portraits. 93a 

pp. Cloth. 60C. 

Xg\ Neffe als Onkel. Comedy. (Clement.) Vocab. 99 pp. Bds. 40c. 

•^ Wallenstein Trilogy, complete. Tragedy in three plays: Wallenstem's 

^ Lager, Die Piccolomini, and Wallenstein's Tod. (Carruth.) lUustra- 

qj tions and map. z vol. 515 pp. Cloth. f 1.00 

Q Wilhelm Tell. Drama. (Sachtlebbn.) 199 pp. Cloth. 48c. 

•4^ The same, (Palmer.) Ills, and Vocab. Ixxvi 4- 404 P^* Cloth. 80c. 

•^ The same. (Palmer.) Without the vocabulary, Ixxvi + 309 pp. Cloth. 

•d 60c. 

*^ The Thirty Years* War. (Palmbr.) Selections portraving the careers and 

^ characters of Gustavus Adolphus and Wallenstein. (/« preparation^ 

Schoenfeld's (German Historical Prose. Nine selections from Lindner, Giese- 
brecht (3), Janssen, Ranke, Droysen (3), Treitschke, and Sybel, relating 
to crucial periods of German history, especially to the rise of the Hohen- 
collern and of the modern German Empire. With foot-notes on historical 
topics. 913 pp. Cloth. 80c. 

Pricet net. Postage 8 per cent additional. Descriptive list free. 



t 



Henry Holt 6- Co.*s German Text-Books. 



Schrakamp^s Erzahlungen aua^der deutschen Geschichte. Tlirough the 
war of ^70. With notes. 294 pp. Cloth. goc. 

Beriibmte Deutsche. Glossary. 207 pp. Cloth. 85c. 

Sagea und Mythen. Glossary. i6t pp. Cloth. 75c. 

Science. See Brandt, Cokn, Helmkoltz, and E. R. Mailer, 

Simonson*s German Ballad Book. 304 pp. Cloth. $x.xo 

Stern's Aus deutschen Meisterwerken. {Niebelungen^ Parcival (and Lohen- 
grin), (?M^r«», 7Vt>/a»««^/f9/^ir.) Vocab. xxTii-|-aa5 pp. Cloth, fi.ao 

Storm*8 Immensee. Vocab. (Burnett.) 109 pp. 250. 

Sudermann's Frau Sorge. (Grubnbr.) {In preparation,) 
^ Tieck's Die Elfen : Das RothkSppchen. (Simonson.) 41 pp. 30c. 

R" Vilmar'8 Die Nibclunfjen. With Richter's " Walther und Hildegund." 350. 
h«r Watson^s German Sight Reading. Easy passages of good unhackneyed 
'g literature. 41 pp. 25c. 

•^ Wenckebach's ScnBnsten deutschen Lieder. 300 of the best German poems, 
£ many proverbs, and 45 songs (with music). (Hf. mor., $2.00.) C^loth. f x.ao 

Q Wichert*8 An der Majorsecke. (Harris.) Comedy. 45 pp. aoc. 

iQ Die vcrlorene Tochter. (Babbit.) (/« preparation.) 

' Wilhelmi's Einer muss heirathen. Comedy. See Benedix, 95c. 

2 Zschokke's Neujahrsnacht and Der zerbrochene Krug. (Faust.) 25c. 

Toter Gast. {See Nichols^ Three German Tales.) Cloth. 60c. 

^ Prices net. Postage % per cent additional. Descriptive list free, 

\ , 

I 

^ BOOKS TRANSLATED FROM THE GERMAN. 

Prices retail. Carriage prepaid. See Catalogue 0/ General Literature^ 

Auerbach's On the Heights, a vols. Cloth. $2.00 

A different translation of the above. 1 vol. Paper. 30c. 

The Villa on the Rhine. With Bayard Taylor's sketch of the author, and 

M^ a portrait. 2 vols. Cloth. $2.00 

Q Brink's English Literature (before Elizabeth). 3 vols. Each |2.oo 

C Five Lectures on Shakespeare. f 1.25 

Av Falke's Greece and Rome, their Life and Art 400 Ills. f 10.00 

H^ Goethe's Poems and Ballads. $1.50 

W Heine's Book of Son|^s. 75c. 

Karpeles' Heine's Life in His Own Words. With portrait. Si'75 

CO Heyse's Children of the World. $1.25 

^ Lessing's Nathan the Wise. Translated into English verse. With Kuno 

t^ Fischer's essay. (I'SO 

^ MoBcheles : On Recent Music and Musicians. 92.00 

1^ Spielhagen's Problematic Characters. Paper. 50c. 

;{J Through Night to Light. (Sequel to '* Problematic Characters.") 

2 Paper. 50c. 

sj« The Hohensteins. Paper. 50c. 

p^ Hammer and Anvil. Paper. Soc. 

*^ Wagner's Art, Life, and Theories (from his writings). 9 Illustrations. |2.oo 

Ri°J? of the Nibelung. Described and partly translated. $i>5o 

Witt's Classic Mythology. net %xjoo 

A complete catalogue 0/ Henr^ Holt &* Co.^s educational publications^ a 
list of thetr /oreignrlanguage publications^ or an illustrated catalogue 0/ their 
works in general literature will be sent on application. 



•Si 

§ FRENCH TEXT-BOOKS 

>2 PUBLISHED BY 

S HENRY HOLT & CO., NEW YORK. 

^ TAese books are bound in cloth unless otherwise indicated. Prices net. Post-' 
•^ age 8% additional. Illustrated Catalogue of Works in General 

^ Literature or Descriptive Foreign Language Catalogue free, 

^ GRAMMARS AND READERS. 

•^ NET PRICB. 

r* Bevier*t French Grammar. With exercises by Dr. Thomas Logie. 
^ For colleges and upper classes in schools. Concise yet rea- 

- sonablyfull and scientifically accurate. Much attention is 

paid to Latin equivalents. In use by classes in Harvard, 

Johns Hopkins, Cornell, etc. i^mo. 341 pp $100 

Q> Bdcher-Otto: French Conversation Grammar. lamo. 489 pp 130 

Progressive French Reader. With notes and vocabulary. 

lamo. 391 pp I zo 

Borers Grammaire Fran9aise. A Tusage des Anglais. Entirely in 

French. Revised by fi. B. Coe. zamo. 450 pp z 30 

- Bronson's French Verb Blanks 30 

CO Delille '8 Condensed French Instruction. 143 pp 40 

^ Eugdne's Student^s Comparative French Grammar. Revised by L. H. 

(T* Buckingham, Ph.D. lamo. 284 pp z 30 

2 Elementary French Lessons. Revised and edited by L. H. 

2 Buckingham, Ph.D. zamo. xa6 pp 60 

5 Fisher's Easy French Reading. Historical Tales and Anecdotes, with 
O foot-note translations of the principal words. i6mo. 353 pp.. 75 

tJ2 Joynes*s Minimum French Grammar and Reader. Contains everything 
T\ that is necessary, nothing that is not. New edition, supple* 



<3 



flQ 



• 



mented by conversation exercises. z6mo. 37^ pp 75 

(£ Joynes-Otto : First Book in French. A Primer for Very Young Pupils. 

^ zamo. zi6 pp. Boards 30 

j^ Introductory French Lessons. z2mo. 375 pp zoo 

^ Introductory French Reader. With notes and vocabulary. 

j{ X63PP 80 

IS Matzke^s French Pronunciation. i6mo. 73 pp. Paper 35 

JU Mtfraa & Stern's First Lessons in French. lamo. 331 pp .. . zoo 

^Wi M^raa* Syntaxe Pratique de la Langue Fran9aise. Revised, zamo. 

ii^ aio pp zoo 

L^endes Fran^aises. Arranged as further exercises for M^ras* 

CQ Syntaxe Pratique. 3 vols. zamo. Boards. 

%^ Vol. I. Robert le Diable. xiii+33Pp ao 

p«[ Vol. II. Le Bon Roi Dagobert. xiii+37pp ao 

^ Vol.111. Merlin TEnchanteur. 94 pp^ 30 

^ M6ra* ft Stern^s £tude Progressive de la Langue Fran^aiae. zamo. 

V3 aSSpp I ao 

»'99 1 



Henry Holt &- Co/s French Texf-Books. 

Motttoooier'a Let Premiera Paw dans Vttn&t dn nanfais. 197 PP $ 75 

Poor Appeodre k Parler Fian^ais. saoio. 191 pp ts 

Otto. Sec B6chef-Otto and Jojrnes-Otto. 

Pyiodat'a Bef {nniof French. Exercises for Children in Prononncm^, 

Spelling, and Translating. x6mo. x8o pp. Boards 45 

Begloner^ French Reader. For Children. With Tocabulary. 

t6mo. 335 pp. Boards 45 

Second French Reader. With Tocabulary. Ill'd. xamo. 

077 pp 9* 

RftmbMiO ft Paaay*aChrestomathie Phon^tique. Easy standard French 

and same matter on opposite pajffes in phonetic script. 

With explanatory introduction. IVo. zxxT + ajwpp.... 150 

Wbita«y*a French Grammar. A sundard work. Used in HarTard, 

Princeton, Johns Hopkins, the UniverEity of Chicago, 

etc., etc. lamo. 443 PP* Half roan 130 

Practical French. Taken from the author*8 larger gram- 
mar, and supplemented by conversations and idiomatic 

phrases, xamo. 304 pp — 90 

Brief French Grammar. x6mo. 177 pp 6s 

Introductorv French Reader. With notes and vocabulary. 
i6mo. 350 pp -T^ 

COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION. 

Allioti See Compends of Literature, below. 

Aubert*! Colloquial French Drill. x6mo. Part I. 66 pp 48 

Part II. X18 p 6s 

B ronton*! Exercises in Bvery-day French. Composition. x6mo 60 

FUury*8 Ancient History. Told to Children. Arranged for translation 

back into French by Susan M. Lane. xamo. xxa pp 70 

Qasc*! The Translator, English into French, xamo. aaa pp x 00 

isu del Auteuri. 06 cards m a box 80 
*arl«i*voui Fran^ati 7 A Pocket Phrase-book, with hints for pronun- 
ciation. x8mo. iix pp. Boards 40 

Riodu't Lucie. Familiar ConTersations in French and English, xamo. 

xa8pp 60 

8adl«r*s Translating English into French, xamo. 885 pp x 00 

Wltcomb ft Bellenger^a French Conversation. Followed by the Sum- 
mary of French Grammar, by Delille. x8mo. ssq pp 50 

DICTIONARIES. 

BtUow*a French and English Dictionary for the PockeL French and 
English divisions are carried on concurrently on the same 
page. Dr. Oliver Wendell Holmes said : **I consider the 
little lexicon the very gem of my library.** samo. 600 pp. 

(Morocco, I3.X0.) Roan tuck * ss 

Cheaper Edition. Laigcr Print, xamo. 6oopp 100 

Oate*! Library French and English Dictionarv. Probably as complete 
and convenient as any French and Snglish Dictioiiary extant. 



956 pp. U columns) large 8vo 4 

' Dictionary of the French and English Languages. It 
defines thousands of French words found in no other French 



and English dictionary. It is modern^ accurate, astd remark- 
ably fttU on idioms. iaaso» x 186 pp. One vohiinc. CA^m/tr 

£di %.. JfetmU x 

Impfoved Modern Pocket^Dictioaary. Flrcncb-Baglish part, a6x 
pp« Eaglish-FreBch part« 387 pp. One voteme x 

a 



Henty Holt Sr Co/s Fiench Text-Books. 

. COMPENDS AND HISTORIES OF LITERATURE. 

CO 

qj ( TkeCritical and Biographical pfrtiont at well at tht 

*«ai StUctiont art entirely in French,) 

2 NST PRICI 

§ AUiot^s LesAuteurs Contemporains. Selectioot from About, Claretle, 

2| Daudet, Dumas, Brckmann-Chatrian, FeuiUet, Gambctta. 

^ Gautier, Guizot, Hugo, Sand, Sarcey, Taine, Verne, and 

^ others, with notes and brief biographies. lamo. 371 pp $1 so 

Q Contes et Nouvelles. Suivis de Conversations et d^Exercices de 

*^ Grammaire. zamo. 307 pp i ool 

Q AubertVLitt^ratureFran^aise. Firtt Strict^ Through XV/l, Centurf» 

^ Selections from Frolssart. Rabelais, Montaigne, Calvin, 

^ Descartes, Corneille, Pascad, Moli^re, La Fontaine, Boileau, 

TjI Racine, F^nelon, La Bruy^re, etc., etc. With foot-notes, 

biographies, and critical estimates. i6mo. 338 pp 100 



flQ 



■^ Diu^rtipuics, ana criucai csiiui<ii,cs. lomo. 330 pp 

J<| Litt^rature Fran9aiae. Second Seriet, XVIII, and XIX, Cen 

S^ turiet, Voltaire, Rousseau, Mme. Roland, Balzac, George 

Jt^ Sand, Copp^, etc. i6mo. 990 pp x 00 

k^ Portier*8 Histoire de la Litt^rature Fran^aise. A Compact and Com- 

^ prehensive Account, up to the present day. x6mo. 36a pp. z 00 

^ Pylodet'a Lit Litt^rature Fran^aise Classique. Biographical and Crit- 

^ ical. Langue d*C£i1, Abailard, H^lolse, Fabliaux, Myst^res, 

^ Joinville, F^roissart, Villon, Rabelais, Montaigne, Ronsard, 

Q Richelieu, Corneille, etc. ismo. 993 pp I 39 

^ Th^tre Fran9aise Classique. From tne above. xiA pp. Paper ao 

^ La Litt^ature Fran9aise Contemporaine. XIX"- Steele. Prose 

^ or Verse from xoo authors, including About, Augier, Bal- 

zac, B^ranger, Chateaubriand, Cherbuliez, Gautier, Hugo, 
Lamartine, M^rim^e, De Musset, Sainte-Beuve, Sand, 
Sardou, Mme. de StaSl, Taine, Toepfer, De Vigny. With 
•elected biographical and literary aocioet. xamo. 310 pp.. i 10 
C^ See also Choix det Contet under Texit. 

^ TEXTS. 

Q^ About. See Choix des Contes. 

C Achard*8 Clos Pommier. A dramatic tale. 106 pp. Paper 95 

S Asop''B Fables. In French, with Vocab. 337 pp 50 

;z Balzac's Eugenie Grandet. (Bergeron.) With portrait. 300 pp 80 

W Le Cur^ de Tours. (Warren.) Includes also Les Proscrits, 

O Bl Verdugo, Z. Marcas, and La Messe de TAthte. xiv + 267 

PP •• 75 

Ursule Mirouet. (Owcn-Paget.) Notes only, 54 pp. Paper.. 30 
Bayard et Lemoine*s Le Niaise de Saint-Flour. Modern Comedy, 

^ 38 pp. Paper 90 

;j Btfdolli&re*s M&re Michel et son Chat. With vocabulary. X38 pp. 

Q (Cl.,6octs.) Paper 30 

7J Bishop's Choy-Suzanne. A French version of his California story 

r^ edited by himself. 64 pp. Boards 30 

rT* Carraud*s Les Goiiters de la Grand'm^e. With list of difficult phrases. 

^ .S«#S^ur. 95pp. Paper ••••?•• 90 

r/t Chateaubriand, Aventures du dernier Abenc^rage and Selections from 
•^ *• Atala, Voyage en Am^rique, etc. (Sanderson.) 90 

^ pp. Boards 35 

CA Choix de Contea Contemporains. (O'Connor.) Stories by Daudet 
n (5), Copp^ (3), About (3), Gautier <a), De Musset (x). 

300PP •• 70 

Prices net. Postage 8 per cent additional. Descriptive List free, 

3 



O 



Henry Holt 6r Cd/s French Text-Books. 



«3 ^ . . HBTPMCl 

qj Clainrllle*s Lee Petltes Mbte«t de la Vie Humaine. Mcdtm Com§dy. 

•>« _ ^SPP. Paper Iota 

Wi Copp^*s On Rend 1* Ardent. School Edition. (Bronson.) A novel of 

^1 ^ ^ modern Pans, full of local color. Illustrated, ziv + 184 pp. 60 

t^ Coppee et Maupassant, Tales. (Cameron.) Authorized edition with 

^ portraits. Includes Copp^e^s Morceau de Pain, Deux Pitres, 

•i«^ Un Vieux de la Vieille, Le Remplapant, etc., and Maupas- 

^ 6ant*s La Peur, La Main, Gar^on, un bock, Les Idtes du 

W Colonel, etc. xlviii + iSSpp 75 

J^ Comeille*t Le Cid. New Edition. (Joynes.) 114 pp. Boards so 

k^ Cinna. (Joynes.) 87 pp. Boards ao 

Horace. (Delbos.) 78 pp. Boards ao 

«C! Daudet, Contes de. Eighteen stones, includinj^ La Belle Nivernaise. 

O (Cameron.) with portrait. 331 pp 80 

Q La Belle Nivernaise. (Cameron.) 79 pp. Bds 95 

qj Du Deffand (Mme.). Eleven Letters. Ste Walter 75 

i^ Erckmann-Chatrian, Le Consent de 18x3. (Bdcher.) Vocab. 304 pp. 55 

\y Contes Fantastiques. (Joynes.) 

^ Madame Tbdrise. (Bdcher.) With vocabulary. 970 pp 55 

•^ Le B locus. (Bdcher.) 258 pp. Paper 48 

^ Pallet's Princes de PArt. 334 pp. (C1.»|t.oo.) Paper 5s 

^ Feuillet's Roman d'un Jeune Homme Pauvre, Novel. (Owen.) With 

O"^ vocabulary. 389 pp 55 

,^ Roman d*un Jeune Homme Pauvre. Play, (Bdcher.) 

^ zoopp. Boards ao 

O Le Village. Modern Play. 34 pp. Paper ao 

QQ Ftfval*s Chouans et Bleus. (Sankey.) 188 pp. (CI., 8oct8.) Paper.... 40 

^ Pleury's L*Histoire de France. For Children. 37a pp....- i zo 

Poa's Contes Biographiques. With vocabulary. 189 pp. (CI., 80 cts.) 

Paper 40 

• Petit Robinson de Paris. With vocabulary. 166 pp. (CI., 70 cts.) 

5P Paper 36 

,sJ D« Qaulls's Le Bracelet, bound with Mme. De M.*s La Petite Maman. 

^ Plays for Children. 38{>p. Paper ao 

2 De Girardln*8 La Joie Fait Peur. Modern Play. (Bdcher.) 46 pp. 

IS Paper ao 

^ Hal^vy^s L*Abb^ Constantin. (Super.) With vocabulary. Boards.... 40 

O History. See Fleury, Lacombe, Taine, Thiers. The publishers issue 

^ a French History in English by Miss Yonge 80 

^ Hugo's Hernani. Tragedy, (Harper.) ia6 pp 70 

•1^ Ruy Bias. Tragedy. (Michaels.) 117 pp. Bds 40 

Q Selections. (Warren.) Gringoire in the Court of Miracles, A 
Man Lost Overboard, Waterloo^ Pursuit of Jean Valjean aind 

^ Cose tte, etc., an d 14 Poems. With Portrait. 944 pp 70 

*^!| Travailleurs de la Mer. (Owen-Paget.) Notet only, a38 

^ pp. Paper , 80 

^ De Janon "a Recueil de Poesies. x86pp 80 

O Labiche (et Delacour), La Cagnotte. Comedy, 83 pp. Paper ao 

i^ (et Delacour), Les Petits Oiseauz. Modern Comedy, (Bdcher.) 

b^ 7opP* Paper ao 

(et Martin), La Poudre aux Yeuz. Modem Comedy. (Bdcher.) 
C^ 59 pp. (With vocabulary^ ^Q.\&*^ net.) ao 

*t X Lacombe's Petite Histoire du Peuple Fran9ai8. (Bu<.) aia pp 60 

eJr! La Fontaine's Fables Choisies. (Delbos.) Boards 40 

e3 Leclerq^s Trots Proverbes. Three Little Comediee. Paper ••• ao 

»5 liltorature, Compends and Histories oC See separate headlaf . 

W Prices net. Postage Z per cent additional. Descriptive List free. 

4 



Henry Holt &* Co.'s French Text-Books. 

mtrnuci 

.• Lroti Selections. (Cameron.) Authoriztd Ed, Viande de boucherie, 

^ Cfaag^n d^un Tieux format, and Selections, often a chapter in 

,H> lens^, from Mariaffe de Loti, Roman d*un Spahi, Mon Fr^e 

c| Yves, Pecbeur d^Isiande, Mme. Chrysanth^me, etc. With por* 

2 trait. Ixii + i85pp |d yo 

^ Mac^*t Bouchte de Pain. (L^Homme.) With Tocabulary. 960 pp. 

5 (Cl.,}i.oo.) Paper 59 

^O De Maistre's Voyage Autour de ma Chambre. 117 pp. Paper 98 

JJ Les Prisonniers du Caucase, bound with Achard^s Clos 

F| Pommier. ao64-x38pp 70 

•««« De Maintenon. 13 Letters. See Walter 75 

(2 Maupassant. See Coppde and Maupassant. 

^ Maz&re^s Le Collier de Perles. Comedy, With vocab. 56 pp so 

^ M^rim^e*8 Colomba. (Cameron.) Story of a Corsican Vendetta. 

^ Vocab. by Otis G. Bunnell and a portrait, xxiv + 370 pp. 50 

2^ Moli^re*8 L^Avare. (Joynes.) 132 pp. Boaras so 

^ Le Bourijreois Gentilhomme. (Delbos.) Paper ao 

SJ Le Misanthrope. New Ed. (Joynes.) 130 pp. Bds 90 

,W| Musiciena C^Ubres. 972 pp. Paper 5a 

k^ De Musset's Merle Blanc. (Williams and Cointat.) 50 pp. Bds 30 

^ Un Caprice. Comedy. 56 pp. Paper 90 

ff. De Neuville^s Trois Comedies pour Jeunes Pilles. 134 pp. Paper 35 

^ Ohnet'8 La Fille du D^put^. (Beck.) A Novel of Political Life in Paris 

^ to-day by the author of Le Maitre de Forges, x + 176 pp .... 50 

A Owen-Paget. Annotations. See Balzac, Feuillet, Hugo, Sand, Vigny. 

^ Poemsy i^ench and German, for Memorizing. (N. Y. Regents' Re- 

g^ quirements.) 30 in each language, with music to eight of the 

^ uerman poems, oa pp. Boards so 

QQ See also Hugo Selections, De Janon. and Pylodet. 

Porchat^s Trois Mois sous la Neige. Journal of a young man in the 

Jura mountains. x6o pp. (CI., 70 cts.) Paper 39 

Pressens^'s Rosa. With vocabulary^ by L. Pylodet. A classic for girls. 

^ 985pp. (CI., fi.oo.) Paper 59 

A? Fylodet'a Gouttes de Ros^. Petit Tr^or po^tique des Jeunes Per- 

•ii^ sonnes. x88 pp 50 

^ La Mire I'Oie. Poesies, Enigmes, Chansons, et Rondes 

m Bnfantines. Illustrated. 80 pp. Boards 40 

Q Racine*8 Athalie. New Ed. 'GoynesJ xxV pp. Bds so 

^ Esther. GoyQes.) 66 pp. Boards 90 

•i*^ Les Plaideurs. (Delbos.) 80pp. Boards 90 

>* Saint-Oermain^s Pour one l^pingle. Suitable for old and young. 

^ With vocabulary. 174 pp. (CI., 75 cts.) Paper 36 

ii? 8t«.-Beuve. Seven of the Causeries du Lunoi. (Harper.) Qu>st-ce- 

^ qu*un classique, Grande Bpoque de la Prose, Pensdes 

,^ ae Pascal, La Fontaine, Memoires de Saint-Simon, 

«Q Mme. de Maintenon, La Duchesse de Bourgogne. 

vi li-t-x76pp 75 

Q 8te.-Plerre*s Paul et Virflrinie. (Kuhns.) An edition of this great 

qj classic, with full notes. Suitable alike for beginners 

Im and for college classes. x + x6opp 50 

|;F Band's Petite Fadette. (B6cher.) aos pp 05 

^ La Mare au Diable. (Joynes.) Vocab, xiz-j-x99 pp... 40 

C^ Marianne. (Henckels.) 90 pp. Paper 30 

•^ Sandeau*s La Maison de Penarvan. A comedy of the Revolution. 

W (B6cher.) .73 pp. Boards so 

CQ Mile, de la Seigliere. Drama, (Bdcher.) 99 pp. Boards.. ao 

Qg Scribe's Les Doigts de F^. Comedy. (B6cher.) Boards ao 

(N (et M^lesville) Valerie. Drama, (B6cber0 Vocab. 39 pp.** so 

^"^ (et Legouv^), Bataille dc Dames. Comedy, (Bdcher.) 8z pp. Bds. aoi 

5 



"« 



-"-l^ 






Lc^r^ 



? 



* 

• 
,,^ *>^-.^^>, 






X3. J 



• 



1/ 

t 4W 



t 

/■ 






/ . ' 



/ / 






ri.^ 






« -^3* i 






liiiiiii 



3 9015 01455 9283 




IotJWJ' 



DO NOT REMOVE 

OR 
MUTILi 




Henry Holt &• Co.^s French Text-Boohs. 



•' 



Q 



o; 



25 

Qi ^ - . NET pRica 

«;; Sevi^n^. aoLetters. See Walter $075 

Wi S^sfur's L«s Petites Filles Modules, bound with Carraud*s Lea Godters 

«8 de la Grand^m^re. With List of difficult phrases. 98 + 95 

C pp. See Carraud 80 

^ Les Petites Filles Modules. 98 pp. Paper 04 

•;:; Siraudin's (et Thiboust) Les Femmes qui Pleurent C* Weeping Wives.**). 

^ Modirn Comedy. 28 pp. Paper ao 

,w Souvestre's La Loterie de Francfort, with Curo's La Jeune Savante. 

Comedies for Children. 47 pp. Boards *o 

Un Philosophe sous les Toits. With table of difficulties. 
•i«i » *32,PP- (CI., 6octs.) Paper aS 

*d Le Testament de Mme. Patural, with Drohojowska^s La 

O Demoiselle de St. Cyr. Plays for Children. 54 pp. 

Q Boards .' ao 

^ la Vieille Cousine, bound with Les Ricochets. Plays for 

|L Children. 52 pp. Paper 90 

~ Talne^a Les Origines de la France Contemporaine. (Edgren.) Extracts. 

With portrait. 157 pp. Boards 5o 

•1-^ Thiers' Expedition de Bonaparte en Egypte. (Edgren.) With portrait. 

2^ ix -f- 130 pp. Boards 35 

^ Toepffer's Bibliotbfeque de Mon Oncle. 50 

^ Vacquerie*s Jean Baudry. Play. (Bdcher.) Paper ao 

^ Verconsin's C'^tait Gertrude. En Wagon. Two of the best modem 

^ comedies for amateurs. Boards 30 

sJ Verne's Michel Strogoff. (Lewis.) Abridged. A Ule of the Tartar 

QQ rebellion. With portrait. 129 pp 70 

^ De Vigny's Cinq Mars. (Owen-Paget.) Notes only. Paper 50 

Walter's Classic French Letters. Voltaire, Mines, de S^vign^, Main- 
tenon, et Du Deffand. (Walter.) 330 pp 75 

^ Zola Selections. (Cameron.) 

fl\ Prices net. Postage i per cent addittonaL Descriptive List /ree, 

^ Books Translated from the French. 

Q 

O Prices retail. Carriage prepaid. See Miscellaneous Catalogue. 

>* About's The Man with the Broken Ear $1 00 

^O The Notary's Nose too 

JQ Bacourt's Souvenirs of a Diplomat (in America under Van Buren, etc.). x 50 

(^ Bazin's Italians of To-day x 25 

Berlioz : Selections from Letters and Writings a 00 

*C! Chevrillon's In India. Impressions of Travel x 50 

O Chanson de Roland x 25 

|N Gavard's A Diplomat in London (1871-1877) x 25 

q\ Guerin's Journal. With Essays by Matthew Arnold and Ste.-Beuve.. . . x 25 

|L Guyau's Non-religion of the Future 3 00 

rr Rousselet's Ralph, the Drummer Boy x 50 

^ Ste.-Beuve's English Portraits a 00 

(^ Talne's Works. Library Edition. x8 vols Each 250 

•i The Pyrenees. Ill'd by Dor^. (Full morocco, $ao.oo.) xo 00 

O English Literature. With 28 portraits. Gilt tops. 4 vols in box. 750 

^ English Literature. Abridged by John Fiske. x vol net x 40 

O 6 



i 

n 

t 

i 



s